' - ' ' . ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOLUME LXVI, 1955 PHILIP P. CALVERT, EDITOR EMERITUS R. G. SCHMIEDER, EDITOR EDITORIAL STAFF J. A. G. REHN M. E. PHILLIPS E. F. J. MARX H. J. GRANT, JR. 25, PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA, U. S. A. 1955 The numbers of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS for 1955 were mailed at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as follows : No. 1 — January January 6, 1955 No. 2 — February January 28, 1955 No. 3— March March 5, 1955 No. 4— April March 31, 1955 No. 5— May April 29, 1955 No. 6— June June 11, 1955 No. 7— July July 8, 1955 No. 8— October September 22, 1955 No. 9 — November November 7, 1955 The date of mailing the December, 1955, number will be announced on the last page of the issue for January, 1956. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS JANUARY 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 1 CONTENTS Slifer — The distribution of permeable sensory pegs on the body of the grasshopper (Orthoptera : Acrididae) 1 Dixon — A new subspecies of Epargyreus clarus from Arizona with distributional notes (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) 6 Snetsinger — Observations on two species of Phidippus (jumping spiders) Alexander — Undescribed species of crane-flies from the western United States and Canada (Dipt.: Tipulidae) part XIV ... 15 Judd — Ichneumonid and braconid wasps collected from flowering heads of cat-tail, Typha latifolia L 22 Entomological departments Oregon State College Reviews : Terricole dipterenlarven 26 Insect fact and folklore 27 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19. 1943. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, 13.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI JANUARY, 1955 No. 1 The Distribution of Permeable Sensory Pegs on the Body of the Grasshopper (Orthoptera : Acrididae) By ELEANOR H. SLIFER, Department of Zoology, State University of Iowa, Iowa City It has been shown in an earlier paper (Slifer, 1954) that the longest of three types of basiconic sensory pegs 1 which are pres- ent on the antennae of the grasshopper is permeable at its distal tip to aqueous solutions of certain dyes. The occurrence of simi- lar pegs on other parts of the body was noted in this article but an account of their distribution and relative frequency was not included. An examination of all portions of the body surface of two species of grasshoppers has now been completed and the results are recorded below. MATERIALS AND METHODS Newly-hatched nymphs and newly-molted adults of two spe- cies of grasshoppers which are common in this locality — Melano- phis differ entialis differentialis (Thomas) and Melanoplus mexi- 1 Jannone (1940) has described sense organs on man}- parts of the body of Doclostaunts maroccanus (Thunberg) and includes the long sen- sory pegs with the trichoid sensilla. Earlier Rohler (1906) studied very similar structures on the antenna of Acrida turrita (Linnaeus) and lists them as basiconic sensilla. Snodgrass (p. 43, 1926: p. 519, 1935) states that "there is no sharply dividing line between sensilla trichodea and sen- silla basiconica." The present writer prefers to class the structures un- der discussion with sensilla basiconica because the cuticular part is so wide in proportion to its length as to suggest a peg rather than a hair. More- over innervation is through a group of nerve cells instead of a single cell. (1) 2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 canus mexicanus (Saussure) — were used in the present study. The method employed was that described earlier (Slifer, 1954) either in its original form or with minor modifications. Living nymphs were usually immersed whole in an aqueous solution of 0.5% acid fuchsin while adults were sometimes treated whole and at other times separated into several pieces before being placed in the dye. No anaesthetic was used. At the end of 30 minutes, or a longer period, the insect, or part, was removed from the stain and dipped rapidly, and in succession, into distilled water, 70% alcohol and absolute alcohol to remove excess dye from the surface. It was then placed in n-butyl alcohol. At this point the specimen was dissected, if need be, and viscera, muscles and other soft tissues removed. Acid fuchsin is readily soluble in water and is lost quickly if there is any delay. Usually an entire specimen can not be dissected with sufficient speed to preserve the stain in all of the permeable pegs and those on the parts handled last will be uncolored. This difficulty was over- come by using a large number of insects and starting dissections in different regions. As each piece of body wall was isolated it was removed to a fresh dish of n-butyl alcohol where dehydration was completed. The parts were then cleared in toluol and mounted on slides in synthetic resin with the external surface uppermost. When successfully stained each peg is colored red at its tip. The distance to which the dye penetrates depends largely, although not entirely, upon the time of exposure. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Below are listed all those parts of the body surface on which permeable pegs have so far been found. No differences were noticed : ( 1 ) in the distribution of the pegs in the two species ; (2) in the distribution on structures which are common to newly- hatched nymphs and adults ; and (3) in the distribution on struc- tures which are common to males and females. Head Antennae (scape, pedicel, each subsegment of flagellum) Front, vertex, occiput, postocciput, genae, postgenae, clypeus Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Labrum Mandibles Maxillae (galea, each segment of palp, palpifer, stipes, cardo) Labium (glossa, paraglossa, each segment of palp, palpiger, mentum, submentum) Thorax Prothorax (pronotum or tergum, episternum, sternum, pro- sternal spine) Prothoracic legs (coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia, each segment of tarsus,2 arolium, base of claw) Mesothorax (pleuron, sternum) Mesothoracic legs (coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia, each seg- ment of tarsus,2 arolium, base of claw) Mesothoracic wings or tegmina Metathorax (tergum, pleuron, sternum) Metathoracic legs (coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia, each seg- ment of tarsus,2 arolium, base of claw) Metathoracic wings Abdomen Terga of segments I to X of both sexes Sternum of segment VIII of female Sterna of segments VIII and IX of male Epiproct and paraprocts of both sexes Cerci of both sexes Furcula of male Melanoplus in. mexicanus (Melanoplus d. differentiate males lack a furcula) Ovipositor valves and egg guides of female The heat-sensitive antennal crescents of the face and the fenestrae of the thorax and abdomen present a special problem. A few permeable pegs may occur within their boundaries but since each peg is set on a small island of ordinary cuticle it is not easy to decide whether the peg is surrounded by the heat-sensi- tive area or is actually a part of it. For the present, such pegs have been listed as belonging to the body part on which the par- ticular heat-sensitive area occurs. -In a study of the tarsus and pretarsus of the grasshopper (Slifer, 1950), it was stated that none of the sense organs which are present on them is permeable to certain dyes. With the technique used at that time no staining could be seen, but with acid fuchsin it is now possible to dem- onstrate the presence of permeable pegs on both. 4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 Although many specimens were examined no permeable pegs were found on the surface of the following structures : Compound eyes Ocelli Tympanic membranes of first abdominal segment Lacinia of the maxillae Mesothoracic tergum Cervicum Pleural and intersegmental membranes of the abdomen The permeable pegs, then, were found on all but a few of the body regions studied but their distribution is far from uniform on those parts where they occur. They are most numerous on the antennae. The labial and maxillary palps, legs, cerci and tegmina are generously provided with them and a fairly large number are present on the thoracic and abdominal sterna. At the other extreme, the pegs are found in very low numbers on the dorsal surface of the metathorax and on the metathoracic wings. No more than two or three pegs were found on the last-named structures in any individual and these only after a long search. The absence of permeable pegs on the surface of the compound eyes, ocelli and tympanic membranes is not sur- prising since these structures are already specialized as sense organs. An examination of the data given above will show that the pegs occur on exposed surfaces and are scarce or absent alto- gether on those structures which are ordinarily folded or covered by other parts. The almost complete absence of pegs on the metathoracic wings is notable, for these wings, when not in use during flight, are folded like a fan and are covered by the tegmina as well. In contrast, the outer surface of each tegmen is pro- vided with many pegs. The cervicum and the pleural and in- tersegmental membranes of the abdomen lack pegs and these are folded inwards much of the time. In adult females which are about to oviposit the membranes between abdominal sclerites may be stretched and exposed and the same is true of nymphs which are preparing to molt. These events, however, occupy relatively brief periods in the entire life of the insect. The cor- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 5 relation, then, between the number of permeable pegs that is present on a particular region of the body and the degree to which that part is exposed to the general environment is a strong one. It was suggested earlier (Slifer, 1954) that the ready pene- tration of the tips of these sense organs by dyes furnishes new support to the conclusions of earlier workers, based on other kinds of evidence, that basiconic pegs may function as chemo- receptors, as hygroreceptors or, perhaps, as both. Experimental and histological work on the pegs which is now in progress may, it is hoped, provide new data to clarify further the function and properties of these structures. SUMMARY 1 . Permeable sensory pegs of the type described earlier for the antennae of the grasshopper are present on almost every region of the body surface which is in direct contact with the surround- ing environment. 2. Pegs of this kind are most numerous on the appendages and are fewest, or absent entirely, on those regions \vhich are usually folded together or covered by some other body part. 3. No pegs were found on the surface of structures which are already highly specialized as sense organs of another kind. 4. No differences were found in the distribution and number of the pegs on the two species studied or in males and females except where a structure present in one does not occur in the other. 5. Permeable pegs are present in the newly-hatched nymph on all those parts where they occur in the adult with the excep- tion of structures which are still incompletely developed, such as the wings and external genitalia. LITERATURE CITED JANNONE, G. 1940. Boll. R. Lab. Entom. Agr. Portici, 4: 1-443. ROHLER, E. 1906. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat. u. Onto., 22 : 225-288. SLIFER, E. H. 1950. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 43 : 173-188. -. 1954. Biol. Bull., 106: 122-128. SNODGRASS, R. E. 1926. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 77: 1-80. 1935. Principles of insect morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York. 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 A New Subspecies of Epargyreus clarus from Arizona with Distributional Notes (Lepi- doptera: Hesperiidae) By BRUCE W. DIXON, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania While arranging the series of Epargyreus clarus Cramer in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, it was noticed that speci- mens from Arizona differed consistently from the material of other parts of the country. Upon investigation, certain other points, as well, were noted. The results of this study are presented below. 1. TYPE LOCALITIES OF Epargyreus clarus CR. AND tityrus FAB. Cramer, in his original description of Papilio clarus (1775, Pap. Exot. 1 : 66, pi. 41, figs. E, F), gives Surinam as the type locality. All references to the South American occurrence of clarus, except a very few, seem to be traceable to the original citation by Cramer. In the large collection of the Carnegie Museum, I have not been able to find a single specimen of clarus from either Central or South America. A few records of the occurrence of clarus in Latin America, however, can be found in the literature. For example : Evans (1952, Cat. Amer. Hesp. Brit. Mus. 2: 45-46) records three males and one female from Mexico (North Sonora), one male from Honduras, one male from Colombia, one male from Surinam, and one male from Brazil. Evans, himself, indi- cated that the specimens from Colombia, Surinam, and Brazil are of doubtful authenticity. This would suggest that Hon- duras was probably the extreme southern limit of clarus, and even this might be doubtful. Hoffmann (1941, Ann. Inst. Biol. 12: 245) records clarus from Baja California and again from North Sonora. Taking into account the fact that both Evans and Hoffmann record clarus from North Sonora, it is quite possible that the species is well established there, and for all practical purposes Sonora might be considered the southern limit of clarus. The Baja California record is not of truly great significance, distribu- IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 7 tionally speaking, since it is a peninsula, but the population might be most interesting to examine. Goclman and Salvin (1898, Biol. Cent. Am. 2: 300) state that, so far as known to them, darns does not occur in Central America. Mr. E. L. Bell (in lift.) doubts that it occurs in South America at all. From the above, there is obviously very strong reason to believe that the Surinam citation of Cramer is in error. Since it is highly desirable that a definite type locality exist for every specific name, I hereby designate as type locality of Papilio clarus Cramer: Dayton (Rockingham Co.), Virginia, based on a series of six males and two females in the Carnegie Museum (coll. by H. C. Will, June-August, 1931, C. M. Ace. No. 9140), on the assumption that Virginia, if not the most likely source of Cramer's material, is at least a very logical one. Fabricius, in his description of Papilio tityrus (1775, Syst. Ent., p. 532), cites only America as type locality. This makes it possible to designate the same locality (Dayton, Va.) for titynts, which is hereby done, and for the same reason. 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SUBSPECIES Epargyreus clarus huachuca subsp. nov. On the upper surface huachuca differs primarily from clarus in that the golden spot in cell Q^ of the fore-wing is com- pletely separated from the large spot in cell M3. The length of the former spot along Cu1 is much less in huachuca, and in one specimen (Arizona, Lindsey Coll'n) this spot is almost gone (0.4 mm.). In all male specimens of typical clarus ex- amined, the latter spot is at least three times longer than the small spot in cell Cu, and always touches or overlaps the large spot. On the underside, huachuca has the grey-violet areas along the outer margin enlarged and of a lighter grey color ; the large silver spot on the hind wing is compressed laterally in huachuca, and the whitish lines which usually run along the outer margin 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ Jan., 1955 of this spot are often absent. The fringes, both on the upper and under surfaces, are decidedly darker in hiiachuca than in clarus. Genitalically huachuca does not appear to differ consistently from clarus except that the lower region of the vinculum is slightly constricted as in e.vadeus. Holotype, male, Huachuca Mts., Cochise Co., ARIZONA, June, 1940 (A. C. Twomey). Allotype, female, same data as holotype. Seven male and three female paratypes, same data as holotype; one male paratype, "Arizona" (Holland Coll'n) ; two male and two female paratypes, Garces, Arizona, July (Biedermann) ; two male paratypes, Williams Creek, Arizona, 26 May 1932 (Sweadner Coll'n) ; one female paratype, White Mts., Arizona, 7 July 1932 (Sweadner Coll'n) ; two female paratypes, Final Mts., Arizona, 29 July 1927 (E. Graham) ; two female paratypes, Chiricahua Mts., Arizona, 1-7 July 1940 (A. C. Twomey) ; one male, one female paratypes, "Arizona" (Edwards Coll'n) ; one male paratype, "Arizona" (Lindsey Coll'n). All types C. M. Ent. type series no. 237. One pair of para- types in my collection ; all others in the Carnegie Museum. A single male from New Mexico (Holland Coll'n, C.M., no further data) has been examined. It appears to be huachuca, but is so worn that identification is uncertain. A very few specimens of clarus have been seen from "Wash- ington Territory," Oregon, California, Colorado, Wyoming, and northern Utah. None of these are referable to huachuca, and I suspect, accordingly, that the new subspecies is probably confined to Arizona and the immediately adjacent region. Sise. Length of gold spot in cell Cu1? fore- wing, along CuL of holotype and eight male paratypes (mm.) : 0.8, 0.9, 1.0 (2), 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, mean 1.13. The same for the allotype and eight female paratypes: 1.5 (2), 1.6, 1.7 (2), 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, mean 1.75. Amount of separation between spot in cell M3 and spot in cell Cux, fore-wing, measured along Citj, of holotype and eight Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 9 male paratypes (mm.) : 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.8 (2), 1.3, 1.4, 1.9, 2.0, mean 1.02. The same for the allotype and eight female para- types: 0.1, 0.2 (2), 0.4, 0.5 (2), 0.6, 0.7, -0.2,1 mean 0.33. Last, but not least, I wish to give thanks to Mr. Harry K. Clench of the Carnegie Museum, who was kind enough to let me study the museum series, and who was a loyal stand-by in times of despair. I also wish to thank Mr. E. L. Bell of Flush- ing, New York, and Dr. A. W. Lindsey of Denison University, both of whom furnished material on the southern limit of darns, along with several other helpful suggestions. Observations on Two Species of Phidippus (Jumping Spiders) By ROBERT SNETSINGER, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana Direct field observations were made on species of Salticidae in study areas in central Illinois from 1951 to 1953. These areas were readily accessible and observations were made, de- pending to a considerable extent on the activities of the spiders, throughout the period. At mating and brooding time it was possible to keep individual records on series of individuals of some species. Observations were made and notes taken, much as life-history studies are made by bird students. Phidippus anda.r (Hentz) and P. rimator (Walckenaer) were two of the most abundant species in the field edges, prairie remnants, prairie groves, and waste areas under observation. Both species appear to have similar life-histories, food require- ments, nesting sites, and other niche requirements. This would apparently mean a direct clash for the basic niche requirements, except that differences in the seasonal timing of their activities (fig. 1) permit these two species to occupy the same area in apparent harmony. Accounts of life-histories of P. audax and P. rimator are combined here because of their similarities. 1 In this specimen the spots overlap to the extent shown. 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 FIG. 1. Timetable showing activities of P. audax and P. rimator throughout season in central Illinois1 P. audax P. rimator Arr. Depart. Arr. Depart. Spring activity starts 3/1 f 4/f Mature males present 3/15* 6/23 6/8 8/17 Mature females present 5/5 6/19 6/21 11/9 Mating season 5/7 6/18 6/29 8/5 Eggs laying 6/14 7/27 8/24 10/17 Eggs hatching 6/28 8/6 9/3 10/27 Young leaving egg sacs 7/2 8/8 9/13 ll/** Immatures present outside egg 7/2 6/14f 9/13 8/20f sacs End of activity (hibernation) 10-llf lit 1 Summary of three years. Peaks of activity are about in middle of arrival and departure times, t Varies with weather. J Of the next year. * Often a few present in late fall. * Ma}' not leave egg sac till winter or spring. Individuals of P. audax are large, hairy, black salticids with a conspicuous central marking and several pairs of less distinct markings on the dorsum of the abdomen. These markings are white in mature individuals and red or orange in instars previous to maturity. The mature females are about 10 mm. to 14 mm. in length. The mature males are about 2 mm. shorter. Individuals of P. rimator are also large, hairy, and black, but have a black dorsal band down the center of the abdomen. On each side of the black band is a series of white dots of hair- like scales. The forward edge of the band has a fringe of white scales in mature and close to mature specimens. The sides of the abdomen are brownish in the immatures, orange-brown in the mature females, and bright red in the mature males. The mature females are about 8 mm. to 11 mm. in length. The mature males are 2 mm. to 4 mm. shorter. The eggs of P. audax and P. rimator are slightly over 1 mm. in diameter, yellowish in color, and laid in sacs about 10 mm. in diameter. The number of eggs in a sac varies with the size of the female, the number of previous clutches, and perhaps other Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 11 factors. One female P. audax, for example, laid 85, 42, and 28 eggs in three successive clutches. It would appear from other counts that the number of eggs in at least the first clutch varies with the individual more than with the species. In both species it takes 10 days for the eggs to hatch. The young spiderlings remain inside of the egg sacs for about three to five days after they hatch. Some of the egg sacs were deliberately opened the first or second day after they hatched. The young spiders at this time had molted once. They bailed out of their egg sacs on their silk thread parachutes like veteran troopers. Normally they do not leave the egg sacs until they force their own openings to the outside world. Hence it is not unusual for spiderlings to molt more than once inside the egg sac. The activity of the spiderlings plays an important part in the length of time it takes for them to leave the egg sacs. During bright, warm days the young spiders are active and crawl through and tear apart the threads of the egg sacs. The more active spiderlings force an opening to the outside and the others follow. Once they are out, they crawl up plants, fence posts, or whatever the nests are built on. When the young spiders reach a high point, they ancher their silk lines. Then they spin out silk threads and float away from their anchorages. Finally, the wind tears or breaks the threads loose and the spiderlings go sailing away like runaway kites. Some stay where the wind carries them; others climb up some other object and set sail again. P. audax and P. rimator obtain their prey by stubbornly stalking it, suddenly jumping it, and finally subduing it with poison. At maturity, P. rimator can spring 5 to 7 inches and P. audax can spring 4 to 6 inches at one leap. Once they obtain their prey, they crush it and eat the juices and soft parts : they leave the hard parts. Both species are able to capture a vast number of orthopterous, dipterous, heteropterous, and homopterous insects. There were no observed differences in the diets of the two species. The season, the size of the spider, and the weather play a part in what is captured as food. The small salticids feed on small insects, usually near the ground. The larger salticids feed on larger insects higher off the ground. 12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Jan., 1955 After leaving the egg sacs, the spiderlings pass through an additional series of instars, each terminated by a molt. It was not possible to determine the precise number of molts for either species. It is hoped a careful measurement of a larger series of immatures collected at very short intervals throughout the year will eventually reveal this information. The molting periods are dangerous times in the lives of these two species. The first molts inside the egg sacs account for the death of about 15% of the spiderlings observed. Later molts also took their share of victims. Molting takes place in special chambers built for this purpose. These chambers are made of silk, open up and down, and look like old-fashioned handmuffs. They are built on fence posts, shrubs, small trees, and other plants. The small salticids build very small chambers of a very few threads. The larger salti- cids build very strong chambers, which take many hours to weave. Such chambers are also used during other periods by P. auda.r and P. riniator. One of these is the mating period. Courtship maneuvers are commenced by male P. auda.v and P. riniator almost immediately after their molt to adulthood. The males usually mature a week or 10 days before the females. They are 10% to 20% smaller than the females, probably due to one or more fewer molts. During this week or 10 days they wander about feeding, fighting other males of the same species, searching for mature females, and probably storing sperm in their copulatory organs. The latter, however, was never observed. When the females become sexually mature, they enlarge the chambers they have used for their last molt or build new ones. The females of P. auda.v and P. riniator do not wander about during the courtship period ; they wait for the males to come to their chambers. Some skittish females become frightened by the males during early courtships. These drive off the males or drop to the ground. However, these females return to the old chambers later or build new chambers. Early in the mating season an occasional male is found occupying a single chamber. This appeared to be the case of a confused male that had cap- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 13 tured the mating chamber, but not the mate. They stay at such chambers for a day or two and then leave. The females wait in chambers for varying periods of time. Some leave their chambers and build new ones every few days until they get mates. Others just wait for the mates. One female P. rimator, with a chamber somewhat isolated from others, waited unsuc- cessfully 24 days for a mate. This spinster was really a spinster. When a mature male locates a waiting chamber with an unpaired female occupant, he slowly climbs the fence post, plant, or whatever the chamber is on. The female then rushes out to meet him. The male continues to advance while threat- ening with his forelegs, pedipalpi, and body. If the female veers one direction, the male also veers to compensate for her movements ; when she retreats, he advances ; and if he is success- ful, he finally forces the female into her waiting chamber. He then climbs on top of the chamber, sometimes closes the ends with silk, and guards the female. The female is now virtually his prisoner. The male soon builds his own chamber on top of the female's. The two spend part of a week or more living together. If another male attempts to obtain an already won female, a fight usually follows. One such battle occurred between a very small male P. rimator with a missing foreleg and a much larger normal male of the same species. The small male, with a miss- ing leg, was resting in his chamber above his mate. The ag- gressor male slowly started to climb the fence post the mated pair was on. When he was within two feet of the chamber, the small male became aware of the aggressor. The defender rushed out to meet the aggressor. When the males met, they each gave a very strong threat display, locked their chelicerae and forelegs, and fought. The defender forced the aggressor to the ground, returned to his mate, gave a short display before her, and went into his upper chamber. The aggressor took a short rest after he was defeated and tried to sneak up again. He tried and was defeated four times in his attempts to obtain a stolen bride. The total time of the fight was about thirty 14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 minutes. The defending males were the victors in the other observed fights. The upper position held by the defending males appeared to have a good deal of strategic importance. The observed matings took place inside of the double cham- bers. When the female faced upward or downward in her chamber with her venter facing outward toward the male, he sometimes took this chance to hold her and mate. He held her against the back of her silk chamber so that she looked like a wrestler pinned to the mat. He then forced his pedipalpi through the silk layers that separated the two and inserted his palpal organs into the openings of epigynum of the female. They were observed to copulate for periods of 5 to 30 minutes. The pair separated and sometimes copulated again. After the mating season breaks up, the males disperse and gradually disappear. The females continue to feed and within a few weeks are almost bursting with gravidity. At this time they seek small sheltered cavities for nesting sites. They then build silk chambers which serve as guardstations during nest- building, egg-laying, and guard duty over the egg sacs. The females weave packets of silk in which they lay their eggs. These egg sacs or packets are anchored near the chambers used for guardstations. The building of nests and the laying of eggs take about two days. After building nests, laying eggs, and fasting while guarding one or more clutches of eggs, the females are left in poor condition and soon die. During the winter months many P. audax are found in aggre- gations in silk chambers under the bark of bur oak, hickory, and other loose-barked trees. P. rimator and also some P. auda.r are found individually overwintering under debris and about the base of plants. During warm winter weather these spiders sometimes become active. The observed instances of contact between the two species were very few. This was related to the timetable (fig. 1) of the two species. When one species was using the nesting sites available in an area, the other was not nesting. When one was using the available mating chambers sites, the other was not mating. When the immatures of one species were feeding on Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 15 very small insects, the immatures or matures of the other species were much larger and ate much larger insects. The observed contacts occurred when P. audax was nesting and P. rimator was mating. There was some overlap in the use of nesting and mating sites at that time. However, no competition was observed. Five cases were observed where a female P. auda.r and a pair of P. riinator lived within 1 to 3 feet of each other on the same fence post. The individuals often passed within 3 to 4 inches of each other without fighting ; at most they made only slight threat displays and usually took no notice of one another. In each of these cases the broods and the matings appeared to be successful. In some laboratory observations on captive adults there were many fatal fights between the two species and often fatal flights between males and females of the same species. If the female spiders were put into a container first and allowed to build chambers, there wras less fighting. The safety of these chambers and a lack of confinement probably accounted for the want of observed fighting between P. auda.v and P. rimator when mating and nesting in close proximity under natural conditions. Undescribed Species of Crane-flies from the West- ern United States and Canada (Dipt. : Tipulidae) Part XIV By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding article under this general title was published in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 63: 233-237, 267-271, 1952. The novelties considered herewith result chiefly from collections made by the author and his friends, Kenneth M. Fender and James Baker, in the Northwestern United States in 1953. The types of the new forms are preserved in my extensive collection of crane-flies. 16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 Tipula (Oreomyza) idahoensis new species General coloration of mesonotum brownish gray, the prae- scutum with a conspicuous central stripe, the posterior sclerites, with the pleura, clearer gray ; wings tinged with brown, the obliterative area at cord conspicuous; ^1 + 2 entire; abdomen ob- scure yellow, the tergites with three nearly continuous brown stripes ; male hypopygium with the tergite entirely divided medially by pale membrane ; phallosome conspicuous, the apoph- yses long and slender ; ovipositor with the valves, especially the cerci, short and obtuse. J\ Length about 14 mm.; wing 15 mm.; antenna about 4.6 mm. 5- Length about 13 mm.; wing 10 mm. Male. Frontal prolongation of head long, nasus very short and stout ; palpi brownish black. Antennae moderately long, as shown by the measurements ; scape and pedicel yellow, flagel- lum black ; flagellar segments only moderately incised, longer than the verticils. Head brownish gray, with a conspicuous dark brown central stripe on vertex ; vertical tubercle low. Pronotum brownish yellow, narrowly darkened medially. Mesonotal praescutum brownish gray, clearer gray on sides, the median stripe broad, the sides narrowly darker than the central portion, lateral stripes barely indicated ; posterior sclerites of notum gray, the scutellum with a barely indicated darker stripe. Pleura gray, vaguely patterned with paler gray ; dorso- pleural membrane yellow. Halteres pale brown, the knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae light gray ; trochanters yellow ; femora obscure yellow, the tips narrowly and vaguely more darkened ; tibiae obscure yellow, the tips very narrowly black- ened ; basitarsi brownish yellow, outer tarsal segments broken. Wings tinged with brown, the prearcular and costal regions more yellowed ; stigma small, darker brown ; obliterative area at cord white, conspicuous, separated from the small antestigmal brightening; veins black, paler in the more brightened fields. Squama without trichia. Venation: Rl + 2 entire; petiole of cell A/\ approximately three times m; cell 2nd A relatively broad. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 17 Abdomen obscure yellow, the tergites with three nearly con- tinuous brown stripes, broken by the pale posterior borders, the lateral stripes widened on the outer segments, the lateral borders broadly clearer yellow; sternites weakly darkened medially, paler on sides. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite sep- arated from the sternite by a suture ; basistyle narrow, entirely separate from the sternite. Ninth tergite, viewed from above, entirely divided by pale membrane, each half produced caudad into a narrowly obtuse darkened lobe, with an internal more pendant flattened blade that is best seen from the side. Outer dististyle long and narrow, a trifle widened outwardly. Inner dististyle massive, the large beak blackened, simple, narrowed to the obtuse tip ; a very small dorsal crest at near midlength of posterior border of style ; surface of style bearing a stout clavate lobe or rod. Phallosome conspicuous ; aedeagus short, sub- tended by small lobes of about the same length, forming a shield- shaped area ; lateral apophyses long and slender, weakly bent at near midlength, the tips obtuse. Eighth sternite narrowed poste- riorly, the caudal border truncate, with two small and incon- spicuous apical lobes separated from the sternite by membrane ; setae of sternite sparse, lacking medially near apex. Female. Characters generally in male but wings tending to be reduced. Ovipositor with valves short and blunt, especially the cerci which are shorter than the more slender pointed hypo- valvae. Habitat. IDAHO. Holotype: £, Toller Ditch, Payette Na- tional Forest, Valley County, altitude 6,000 feet, August 11, 1953 (Alexander and Baker). Allotopotype: ?. I cannot indicate any close ally of the present fly. Some features of the male hypopygium suggest the otherwise entirely different Tipula (Lunatipula) snoqualmiensis Alexander but there is no real affinity between the two flies. Tipula (Oreomyza) albertensis fenebris new subspecies <$. Length about 13-14 mm.; wing 14-15.2 mm.; antenna about 3.5-3.6 mm. 18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 Characters as in typical albcrtensis Alexander, differing in the details of structure of the male hypopygium and other lesser features. Antennae a little longer, the individual segments cor- respondingly lengthened, approximately four times as long as thick ; in albertensis about three to three and one-half times. Male hypopygium with the rostrum of the inner dististyle stouter, the apical margin somewhat sinuous ; outer basal lobe with the blackened spinous points much reduced both in size and number. Gonapophysis with a single sclerotized point, the outer apical one of the typical form lacking. Habitat. COLORADO. Holotype: J\ Glacier Basin, Rocky Mountain National Park, altitude 8.350 feet, July 25, 1941 (C. P. Alexander). Paratopotype: <$, July 23, 1941. Ornithodes harrimani brevirostris new subspecies J1. Length about 15 mm.; wing 14 mm.; rostrum about 0.5 mm. Characters generally as in the typical form, differing as fol- lows : Rostrum relatively short and stout, approximately one- half as long as the antenna or about two-thirds the remainder of head. In typical harrimani, rostrum longer than the re- mainder of head or approximately two-thirds the antenna. Venation : Cells R4 and M\ very short-petiolate ; cell 1st M2 rela- tively short and broad, as compared with the typical form. Male hypopygium with the notch of the tergite very broad and shal- low, exceeding twice the diameter of either lobe across its base. In harrimani, the tergite is narrowed posteriorly, the notch sub- circular in outline, approximately as wide as either lobe at its base. Habitat. NEVADA. Holotype: J\ Tamarack Flats, Mount Rose Highway, altitude 8,100 feet, July 2, 1953 (C. P. Alex- ander). The most southerly known records for typical harrimani Coquillett include Salt Creek Falls, Cascade Mountains, Oregon, and the vicinity of the Grand Tetons, Wyoming, both north of 43° North Latitude. The Mount Rose station is just south of 40° North Latitude. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 19 Dactylolabis luteipyga new species General coloration gray, the praescutum with four more or less clearly defined stripes, the intermediate pair approximated, in cases with their extreme anterior ends polished black; wings with a pale yellow tinge ; male hypopygium yellowish brown to pale brown, conspicuously brighter than the remainder of abdo- men ; outer dististyle with a conspicuous tubercle on mesal face near base. J1. Length about 7.5-8 mm. ; wing 8-8.5 mm. $. Length about 10 mm. ; wing 9 mm. Rostrum and palpi black, the former pruinose. Antennae black throughout. Head light gray. Thorax gray, the pleura clearer gray; praescutum with four more or less clearly denned brown stripes, the intermediate pair very approximated to nearly confluent, their extreme anterior ends in cases polished black. Halteres yellow, knobs weakly darkened. Legs with the coxae yellow, very sparsely pruinose, best indicated on bases of mid-coxae ; trochanters yellow ; femora brownish yellow, the tips passing into brownish black ; tibiae pale brown, the tips narrowly darkened ; tarsi black. Wings with a pale yellow tinge, clearer yellow at bases ; veins brown to dark brown, distinct. Venation: Supernumerary crossvein in cell R3 generally lacking, rarely preserved ; m-cu at or beyond the fork of M, in cases to more than one-half its length. Abdomen dark brown, the relatively large hypopygium con- spicuously paler, yellowish brown to pale brown, including the dististyles. Outer dististyle with a conspicuous tubercle on mesal face near base, this weakly tuberculate at tip ; inner disti- style with a series of strong tubercles along upper surface, as in sparsimacula. Habitat. \\'YOMING. Holotypc: <$, West slope of Grand Tetons, near Teton Canyon, Targhee National Forest, June 27, 1953, swept from Douglas Fir (C. P. Alexander). Allotopo- t\f>c: 5, pinned with type. Paratopotypes: 3 J*$. Although closely allied to Dactylolabis sparsimacula Alex- ander, of the Cascade Mountains Region, I must regard this fly as being specifically distinct. The pale hypopygium of the male is unusually conspicuous. 20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ Jan., 1955 Erioptera (Psiloconopa) pahasapa new species Size small (wing 4.5 mm. or less) ; general coloration of body and appendages black, the thoracic pleura more pruinose ; halteres yellow ; legs black ; wings strongly darkened, the base and a discal area pale ; vein 2nd A straight ; male hypopygium with a single deeply forked dististyle ; inner gonapophysis a long straight spine with its outer margin microscopically spinulose. $. Length about 4.5-4.7 mm. ; wing 4-4.2 mm. 5- Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 4.5 mm. Entire body, including appendages with the exception of the halteres, black, sparsely pruinose on sides of mesonotum and more heavily so on the thoracic pleura. Praescutal stripes more polished black. Halteres pale yellow, the base of stem narrowly infuscated, the knobs clearer yellow. Wings strongly darkened, the prearcular field and a major blotch at and before cord whit- ened ; cell Sc and base of C more yellowed ; stigma narrow, darker brown ; veins brown, paler in the yellowed fields. Vena- tion : Cell M., open by the atrophy of m ; vein 2nd A short and straight, the anal veins divergent. Male hypopygium large, more polished black ; ninth tergite transverse, the posterior border shallowly emarginate. Basi- style produced beyond the point of insertion of the dististyle as a conical point. Dististyle single but forking beyond base into two arms, the outer a slender blackened spine, its tip acute, the inner arm a compressed-flattened blade, the tip narrowly obtuse. Gonapophyses of either side very unequal, the outer appearing as a minute simple black spine, the inner apophysis larger, blackened, narrowed into a long straight spine, the outer margin microscopically spinulose. Habitat. SOUTH DAKOTA. Holotype: <$, Near Hill City, Black Hills, along small stream with beaver dams, June 17, 1953 (C. P. Alexander). Allotopotype: $. Paratopotype: 1 J1. The derivation of the name is from the Sioux, paha meaning Hills, sapa meaning Black. In its venation the fly is most like Erioptera (Psiloconopa} paint eri Alexander, the coloration, par- ticularly of the wings, being quite different. IxviJ ENTOMOLOGK AL XENVS 21 Molophilus (Molophilus) xanthus new species Belongs to the gracilis group, pubipennis subgroup ; general coloration of body and wings yellow; antennae (male) short, pale basally ; tips of femora and tibiae suddenly darkened ; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle beyond midlength bent at a right angle, the lower or concave face with microscopic denti- cles ; phallosome conspicuously hairy. cf. Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing 5.5 mm. ; antenna about 1 mm. Rostrum yellow; palpi brown. Antennae (male) with basal segments yellow, the outer ones brown ; antenna short, flagellar segments long-oval, the outer verticils longest. Head yellow. Thoracic dorsum fulvous yellow, the posterior sclerites and the pleura paler yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs yellow, the tips of the femora dark brown, on the posterior legs including about the outer eighth or ninth ; tibial tips more narrowly blackened ; tarsi passing into brownish black. Wings clear yellow, more saturated along the costal border ; veins deeper yellow. Vena- tion: R., lying shortly basad of level of r-in ; petiole of cell M~ nearly twice the oblique in-cit ; vein 2nd A long, very slightly arcuate. Abdomen yellow, the hypopygium more intensely so. Male hypopygium with the dorsal lobe of basistyle relatively long and slender, the apex rounded, glabrous; mesal lobe with the apex produced, provided with abundant delicate setulae ; spines rela- tively short and stout, about 22 in number. Outer dististyle bent at a right angle beyond midlength, terminating in an acute spine, the lower or concave face with microscopic denticles back to the bend ; outer face at near midlength with a few long setae ; inner dististyle shorter, the apex extended into a long gently curved spine, the surface rather sparsely spiculose or squamose. Phal- losome conspicuously hairy. Habitat. WASHINGTON. Holotype: Lewis and Clark State Park, Lewis County, July 17. 1953 (Alexander and Fender). The most nearly allied species appears to be Molophilus (Molophilus) spiciilatns Alexander, distinguished by the dif- ferent color of the body and appendages and in slight differences of the male hypopygium. Superficially the fly is more like M. (.17.) pcrfhnvoliis Alexander, which has the male hypopygium entirely different in structure. 22 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 Ichneumonid and Braconid Wasps Collected from Flowering Heads of Cat-tail, Typha latifolia L. By W. W. JUDD, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario In a communication previously published x the writer reported upon collections of the moth Dicymolomia julianaUs Walker and its ichneumonid parasite, Cremastus gracilipes Cushman, from heads of cat-tail, Typha latifolia, taken from a swamp at London, Ontario, in 1952. With the intention of looking for more of the parasites, and perhaps of finding them ovipositing, a second visit to this swamp was made on the afternoon of August 23, 1953, a day of bright sunshine and a light westerly breeze. At this time the flowering heads of the cat-tail were well ma- tured. The staminate flowers of the heads had dissipated, leaving only the bare rachis of the head at the top of each stalk. The pistillate portions of the heads each bore a firm cylindrical "cat-tail" of maturing flowers. Many of these were intact but most of them showed the effects of tunneling by larvae, typical of Dicymolomia julianalis and other borers in cat-tail heads, for patches and sinuous ridges of loosened flowers stood out above the surface of the brown compact mass of the pistillate head. The continued activity of the larvae would eventually lead to the loosening of all the flowers in a head, giving it the fluffed-out appearance of an infested head, as described by Claassen.2 During the afternoon of August 23 several hundred heads of cat-tail were scanned and any wasps seen moving over the surface of the heads were sucked up with an aspirator and placed in a poison jar. Three species of wasps were collected in this way, these being two ichneumonids, Cremastus gracilipes Cushman and Sc ambus hispae (Harris), and one braconid, Apanteles sp. The two ichneumonids were identified by Mr. G. S. Walley, Systematic Entomology, Science Service, De- i JUDD, W. W. 1954. ENT. NEWS, 65 : 73-75. - CLAASSEN, P. W. 1921. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Mem. 47. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 23 partment of Agriculture, Ottawa, and the braconid by Dr. W. R. M. Mason of the same organization. Unless otherwise stated, the specimens are retained in the collections of the University of Western Ontario. Cremastus gracilipes Cushman. Three females of this species were collected. They were found moving slowly over patches or ridges of loosened flowers, the abdomen arched upward and the ovipositor probing into the mass of flowers. Two specimens have been deposited in the Canadian National Collection, Ot- tawa. / Townes and Townes 3 list several Lepidoptera, including Dicynwloinia jiilianalis, as hosts of this species of wasp. Scambus hispae (Harris). Three females of this species were taken, these wasps being engaged in the same activity as C. gracilipes. One specimen is deposited in the Canadian Na- tional Collection. Townes and Townes 3 give a long list of Lepidoptera, including Dicytnolomia julianalis, as hosts of this species. Apanteles sp. These wasps were noticeable on the cat-tail heads from four or five yards distance because the folded wings of each wasp glistened in the sun, forming a bright oblong patch about one-quarter inch long on the surface of the head. If disturbed before capture a wasp would fly one or two inches from the head and whirl around it in rapid flight for a few seconds before resettling. The wasps moved rapidly over the surface of the heads, probing with their ovipositors. Twenty- nine female wasps were captured, four of these being deposited in the Canadian National Collection. Muesebeck and Walkley * list a considerable variety of larvae of Lepidoptera as hosts for species of Apanteles. 3 TOWNES, H. and M. TOWNES. 1952. U. S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Monogr. No. 2. 4 MUESEBECK, C. F. W. and L. M. WALKLEY. 1952. U. S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Monogr. No. 2. 24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in governmental and other groups. Oregon State College Entomology at Oregon State College has a dual setup. The Department of Entomology (teaching) is in the School of Sci- ence while the Department of Entomology (Experiment Sta- tion) is in the School of Agriculture. For practical purposes, however, both departments are one unit, have the same admin- istrative head, use the same facilities, and many staff members have combined appointments. The Department offers undergraduate work in entomology towards an A.B. or B.S. degree and graduate work towards a master's degree (A.M. or M.S.) and the doctor's degree (Ph.D.). In recent years the number of undergraduate majors has ranged from 5 to 10 while the number of graduate majors has ranged from 10 to 16 students. At present the teaching staff is composed of Paul O. Ritcher, Ph.D., Wisconsin (Professor and Chairman of Department) ; W. J. Chamberlin, Ph.D., Stanford (Associate Professor) ; H. H. Crowell, Ph.D., Ohio State (Associate Professor) ; Charles H. Martin, Ph.D., Cornell (Associate Professor) ; Knud G. Swenson, Ph.D., California (Associate Professor) ; Leon C. Terriere, Ph.D., Oregon State (Associate Professor) ; William P. Stephen, Ph.D., Kansas (Assistant Professor) ; and Frank F. Hasbrouck, Ph.D., Illinois (Instructor and Curator). Dr. Chamberlin covers the field of forest entomology and also teaches courses in nomenclature and literature, medical ento- mology, and historical entomology. Dr. Martin, whose special interests are ecology, biological control, and the taxonomy of Asilidae, teaches beginning entomology, aquatic entomology, insect ecology, biological control, morphology, and research principles. Courses in fruit insects and the taxonomy of immature insects Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 25 are handled by Ritcher. Dr. Crowell teaches a course in insect physiology and another dealing with field and truck crop in- sects. Course work in insect transmission of plant viruses is given by Dr. Swenson. The field of apiculture is handled by Dr. Stephen who also gives a course on the principles of systematics. Course work in insect toxicology is taught by Dr. Terriere who is also Asso- ciate Agricultural Chemist. Dr. Hasbrouck, in addition to his duties as Curator, teaches general entomology and beginning taxonomy. The Department maintains a working collection of some 200,000 specimens, the majority of which belong to the orders Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, and Diptera. Although many of the insects are from Oregon, other parts of the world are well represented. Collections of the orders Thysanoptera and Sipho- naptera are especially noteworthy, according to the Curator, Dr. Hasbrouck. A separate entomological library is maintained in the Depart- ment for staff and student use. It contains bound sets of North American entomological journals, federal and state publications, working collections of catalogues and monographs for taxo- nomic studies, and collections of important works on insect morphology, biological control, aquatic insects, forest entomol- ogy, medical entomology, historical entomology, insecticides, and economic entomology. Other works dealing with entomol- ogy and many sets of foreign entomological journals are avail- able in the College library. Because of the Department's close ties with Experiment Sta- tion work in entomology, many research facilities are available for use by students and staff. The entomology farm, adjoining the campus, includes a modern apiculture laboratory, an insec- tary, fumigation equipment, and shop facilities. Six acres of crop land are used as a field laboratory for biological studies and small plot work. A new entomology greenhouse was completed in the fall of 1954, which has automatic temperature control in each of sev- eral compartments. The department also has a well-equipped 26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1955 chemical laboratory and an insect culture room for research and teaching in insect toxicology and insect physiology. The Department is fortunate in being located in a region where there is much interest in entomology and where there are many other entomologists both professional and amateur. The Oregon Entomological Society with over a hundred members is closely affiliated with the Department. One of its projects is the promotion of a monograph series on insects of the Pacific Northwest. — PAUL O. RITCHER. Reviews TERRICOLE DIPTERENLARVEN, by Adolph Brauns. Pp. 179, 74 figures, 22 photographs, 3 plates, 3 tables. "Musterschmidt" Wissenschaftlicher Verlag, Gottingen, 1954. Price, DM 14.-. The book begins with larval keys to the families of the soil- inhabiting Diptera. Some of the family names may appear a bit unusual but they seem to be the ones in current use by many European workers and present no particular problem. A few groups are taken out to subfamily level. The keys are far from simple but the nature of the subject is responsible, not the author. Reference in the keys to figures illustrating the char- acters used are very helpful. Each group is discussed at the family level and the discussion is handled rather uniformly for each family with each subject heading in heavy type to aid quick reference. Among the sub- jects covered for each family are: common names, a general morphological and taxonomic discussion, ecology, biology, and brief reference to some characters used to separate certain genera and species. In some families, discussion is broken down to subfamily level and in a few cases individual genera are covered in detail. Something of an innovation is the list of common names in several languages, mostly North European. The common names listed, however, in most cases refer to the adult rather than the larva. Separate chapters are devoted to biological and morphological detail but the real heart of the book is the well organized dis- cussion at the family level. This book is essentially a handbook and as such is a valuable asset not only as a quick reference for the worker specifically Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 27 interested in Diptera but possibly is even more valuable to workers in other fields where contact with Dipterous larvae is incidental. It is not a heavy or wordy tome but a condensation of most of the European and considerable American literature, apparently tied together by the results of the author's own researches. The style is brief — almost telegraphic. This terse style will be welcomed especially by those whose German is a bit on the weak side and to whom it is a chore to wade through lines of print to find a small nugget hidden there. All the figures and most of the photographs are excellent. A few of the photographs and the three-colored plates leave a little to be desired. It is noted that a majority of the figures are original and in themselves are a valuable contribution to the subject covered. — L. L. PECHUMAN. INSECT FACT AND FOLKLORE. By Lucy W. Clausen. The Macmillan Company, New York, 1954. Pp. xiv + 194. Price, $3.50. This is not a large book (194 pages, including a selected bibliography and index), yet because of the concise factual style in which it is written it presents a wealth of interesting (and important) facts about the lives of insects, and many of the superstitions and folklore that have developed about them in various parts of the world, including their use as food and in medicine. Its style and language are completely adult — it does not hesitate to use such words as "antenna" and "ovipositor"- and yet it may be enjoyed by young folks as well. It avoids anthropomorphisms and other rhetorical devices that are mis- takenly believed by many authors and editors to appeal to the popular taste. The author, Dr. Lucy W. Clausen, by reason of her training and her experience, is eminently qualified to write just such a book. She is at present in the Department of Public Instruction at the American Museum of Natural History, and Lecturer at the College of Pharmacy, Columbia University. For several years she was heard weekly on a science program over the radio, and has been active in various other projects in developing pub- lic interest in insects. Every entomologist will find here some facts and folklore that are new to him and fascinating ; he will also find it a good book to present to members of his family. — R. G. SCHMIEDER. NOTICE. The December 1954 issue of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS was mailed at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., on December 2, 1954. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. American Sarcophagidae — wanted for identification. H. R. Dodge, P.O. Box 185. Chamblee, Georgia. German lepidopterist wishes to correspond and receive live material (eggs and pupae) in exchange for dried imagoes. Johannes Reichel, Koenigsberg, Krs. Wetzlar 16, Germany. For exchange — The periodic Cicada, T. septendecim. Desire Lepid., espec. Papil., Sphing. & Speyeria. Also Col., espec. Ceramb. & Lucan. John W. Morris, 2704 Genesee St., Syracuse 9, N. Y. Cynipid and Itonidid galls — American species wanted; purchase or exchange for British species. Fresh or dried. D. Leatherdale, F.R.E.S., Old Woodstock, Oxford, England. Wanted — Reprints or papers concerning insects taken in Alaska for inclusion in list of Alaskan insects. R. H. Washburn, Alaska Experiment Station, Palmer, Alaska. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10uu*u}. tit* HatusuU Science* Since. 1863. 3000 Ridge Road East • Rochester 9, New York Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 pp., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS FEBRUARY 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 2 r CONTENTS Kenny and Richards — Differences between leg and flight muscle of the giant water bug, Lethocerus americanus 29 Crabill — A preliminary report on the Chilopoda of Missouri .... 36 Hubbel and \Yallace — The earwigs Euborellia cincticollis and E. annulipes in Arizona 42 Brown — The ant Leptothorax muscorum (Ny lander) in North America 43 Villa — Useful information for field collectors in Mexico 51 Nomenclature notice 52 Champlain and Whiting — Helocurdulia uhleri (Selys), a dragon- fly new to Ohio 53 Reviews : The physiology of insect metamorphosis 53 Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas 55 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. U-s- ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages. 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI FEBRUARY, 1955 No. 2 Differences between Leg and Flight Muscle of the Giant Water Bug, Lethocerus americanus 1 By JOHN \Y. KENNEY and A. GLENN RICHARDS, Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology, University of Minnesota In a comparative study of enzyme activity in muscle of sev- eral animals, Davison and Richards (1) reported activation en- ergies of 8,500, 15,000, and 20,000 calories per mole for the apy- rase (ATPase) enzyme system from muscle of minnow, crayfish, and cockroach, respectively. Various morphological and physio- logical differences between vertebrate and invertebrate muscle are well known. In addition, differences between different muscles of an individual may be seen in serial section of nu- merous insects. Recently. Edwards ct al. (2), using an electron microscope, have described differences in the ultrastructure of flight and coxal muscles of the beetle Hydrophilus piccus. The possibility of finding physiological differences correlated with the morphological differences between muscle systems for any one species seems worthy of consideration. Some work in this direction has recently been published by Gilmour and Calaby (3, 4). Using desert locusts, they found that the enzymes myokinase, calcium-activated apyrase, and myosin-ATPase were similar in activity level in leg and night muscle, but that inor- ganic pyrophosphatase and magnesium-activated apyrase were 1 Paper Xo. 3235, Scientific Journal Scries, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Paul 1, Minnesota. '-' The work presented here was performed under terms of a contract heUvcen the Office of the Surgeon General, U. S. Army, and the Uni- versity of Minnesota. (29) 30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 2-3 X more active in crude extracts of flight muscle. Since the activity of the apyrase enzyme system in breaking down adenosine triphosphate (ATP) is thought to supply the energy for muscle contraction, this enzyme was chosen for assay of its activity in homogenates of leg and flight muscle. Male giant water bugs were collected under mercury vapor lamps at gasoline stations in a marshy, rural region near St. Paul, Minnesota. Femoral muscle and dorsal longitudinal flight muscle were used. Histological examination was made of fresh muscle teased in physiological saline solution. For en- zyme assays, muscle was dissected out in physiological saline solution at 0° C., blotted, weighed on an analytical balance, and homogenized in glass in ice-cold distilled water. The amount of distilled water used was adjusted so that, on the basis of wet weight of tissue, the homogenates always contained 3.64 milli- grams per 0.04 milliliter, i.e., 3.64 mg. per reaction vessel. Subsequent protein nitrogen determinations by micro-Kjeldahl on aliquots of the several homogenate preparations showed 5.7- 6.8 micrograms of nitrogen (average 6.3) per 0.04 ml. of ho- mogenate for leg muscle, and 7.5-13.6 micrograms (average 10.0) per 0.04 ml. of homogenate for flight muscle. The substrate mixture for enzyme activity determinations con- tained 0.2 ml. of 0.02 molar sodium ATP (Nutritional Bio- chemicals Co.), 0.2 ml. of 0.2 molar MgCL, and 1.56 ml. of Sigma 7-9 buffer at pH 7.8. The buffer solution was made by adjusting 0.3 molar Sigma 7-9 solution to pH 7.8 by titrating with 0.1 molar HC1. Four hundredths of a milliliter of homogenate were added to the substrate mixture to bring the final reaction volume to 2 ml. Five minutes were allowed for temperature equilibration of the reaction vessels and substrate mixture before addition of the homogenate. The reaction was started by the addition of the homogenate to the substrate mixture, and was stopped five min- utes later by the addition of 2 ml. of \Q% trichloracetic acid solu- tion. Temperature control was according to Steinbach (6), and phosphate was determined by the well known method of Fiske and Subbarow. Controls were routinely run for inorganic phosphate initially present. Preliminary tests showed that ex- periments with various amounts of homogenate, plotted against activity in unit time, gave a series of points falling on a straight line which on prolongation passed through the zero intercept. Histologically the leg and flight muscle of Lcthoccnis are quite different in appearance in vivo. The leg muscle is clear Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 31 and hyaline, on gentle teasing in saline solution it gives large fibers (350-400 /A in diameter) which with polarized light ex- hibit strong birefringence and alternating isotropic and aniso- tropic bands, it also has a distinct sarcolemma (sheath), and on homogenization it gives a clear suspension. In contrast, the flight muscle is opaque and orangish-red, on gentle teasing it gives smaller fibers (75 /A) which with polarized light show only moderate birefringence (perhaps due to scattering and absorp- tion of much of the light) and no clear banding, it shows no sarcolemma, and on homogenization it gives an opaque milky suspension. Also, on dissection one sees bands of tracheae (ca 100 /A diameter) wrapped around the large bundles of flight muscle giving the appearance of transverse scale-like striations ; no such tracheal investment is found around the leg muscles. Except for fiber diameters, these differences seem similar to those reported by Edwards et al. (2) for the beetle Hydrophilus. The data from enzyme assays at various temperatures are plotted in Figure 1 where each point usually represents a single determination. The data are plotted both on the basis of ac- tivity per unit of protein nitrogen (curves A and B) and on the basis of activity per unit of wet tissue weight (curves C and D). Several differences between leg and flight muscle are evident. First, and most obviously, the leg muscle showed considerably more activity at any temperature throughout the viable range. Second, the flight muscle gave a series of points that fit reasonably well on a straight line from 0 to 40° C. whereas leg muscle gave a series of points fitting either the arc of a circle (as drawn in curve A} or two straight lines (as drawn for curve C). And, third, leg muscle was thermally inactivated at higher temperatures more abruptly than flight muscle (curves A and C fall more precipitously above 45° C.). Through the range 0-20° C., the leg muscle showed about 2.2 x as much activity on the basis of wet weight, and about 3.25 x as much activity on the basis of nitrogen content of the tissue. Above 20° C. the difference decreases. It is interesting to note that these differences are the opposite of those recorded by Gilmour and Calaby for desert locusts. Presumably our 32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 data can be compared with data from their "Mg-activated apy- rase of crude extracts." They record 2-3 X (4) or 2-5 X (3) as much activity from flight muscle as from leg muscle of locusts. It does not seem likely that the differences in technique could account for such opposite ratios. It seems more likely that the differences are real, i.e., that leg muscle does hydrolyze more ATP in the water bug whereas flight muscle is more active in the locust. Determinations on more species will be required before warranting attempts to correlate such differences with the relative importance of various muscle sets in different species of insects. With the second point, namely the straight lines of curves B and D versus the curved or bent lines of curves A and C, we en- counter one of the usually unsatisfactory aspects of fitting curves to sets of experimentally determined points. One can ob- jectively fit a regression line to any series of points by the method of least squares, as has been done here for curves B-D. But one usually has to decide subjectively whether the points fall adequately close to a straight line (since there is obvious inac- tivation of the enzyme system at high temperatures). In the present case a check is provided by the fact that activity was de- termined both in relation to tissue wet weight and to tissue ni- trogen, and the tissue nitrogen value is different for the two tissues. The difference in spacing between curves A—B and curves C—D should be the same as the determined difference in tissue nitrogen, i.e., curves A—B should be approximately 1.6 X as far apart as curves C—D. But one finds on fitting regression lines that curves A—B are only 1.35 X as far apart as C—D if one uses all points from 0 to 40° C., but that they are 1.5 X if only the points from 0 to 20° C. are considered. This gives justification to saying that, whereas the values for flight muscle appear adequately fitted by a straight line over the range 0-40° C., the values for leg muscle can be adequately fitted by a single straight line only over the range 0-20° C. (otherwise stated, the high points above the center of the single regression line drawn in curve A are not due to analytical error but represent deviation of the curve above these temperatures). One can, then, either Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 33 fit an arc to the values from leg muscle, as done in curve A, or fit a straight line to the values from 0 to 20° C. and another straight line for the range 20-40° , as done in curve C (the two straight lines being approximately parallel to tangents of the + 3- UJ I - 0- 2i -3- •LEG MUSCLE ° FLIGHT MUSCLE B C D 70 29 60 — 1 — 30 50 40 31 32 30 — I — 33 20 10 34 35 36 37 /T x 10' FIG. 1. Arrhenius type plot of apyrase CATPase) enzyme activity as a function of temperature. Values on the abscissa are the reciprocals of absolute temperature, with the corresponding centigrade degrees .nivi-n above the line for convenience. Values on the ordinate are the loge of values for rate of hydrolysis of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) ; for curves A and B this is loge (/ug. P/mg. N/min.) X 10"1, for curves C and D this is log* (/*g. P/mg. tissue/min.) X 10. The straight lines between 0 and 40° C. in curves A, B, and D and the straight line between 0 and 20° C. in curve C are regression lines fitted by the method of least squares. The arc in curve A and the lines above 40° C. were fitted visually. arc in curve A at 10° and 30°, respectively). Whichever way is done, the difference in spacing has fallen to 1.3 X at 35° C., i.e., the leg muscle is clearly exhibiting a greater deleterious ef- fect from the high temperature, an effect which becomes even more marked in the precipitous fall of curves A and C in the range 45-55° C. 34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 Using the Arrhenius equation : one can calculate the ^ value or so-called activation energy.3 This is an expression of the slope of the lines drawn in Figure 1. The steeper the line, the higher the ^ value, and the greater amount of effect temperature has on the rate of the reaction. Flight muscle of Lcthocerus shows a //, value of about 13,000. Leg muscle gives a value of 16,000 in the range 0-20° C., the value calculable at 30° C. (if valid) being about 10,000. These values are distinctly lower than the value of 20,000 reported for cockroach muscle ( 1 ) and the value of 29,600 reported for lo- cust muscle (5). Whether this lower value can be related, as Davison and Richards have suggested (1), to the fact that Lcthocerus is inactivated only at lower temperatures remains for further comparative work to determine. It is, however, of interest to record that male Lethocerus are completely inacti- vated at 0° C., will try to walk at 2° C., and swim feebly at 4° C., but that we were unable to induce them to fly at tempera- tures below 10° C. At 10° C. the absolute activity of the apyrase enzyme per milligram of flight muscle is similar to that of leg muscle near 0° C. (Fig. 1). Perhaps there is a certain minimal amount of apyrase activity per milligram of tissue for 3 The symbols &, and k., represent the measured activity rates at tem- peratures T! and T2 (absolute temp, scale), e is the base of natural logarithms, and /j. is the symbol for which one solves the equation. If one reads values from Figure 1, the equation can conveniently be re- written as : - loge ki = I ( Y ~f) or _ 2 (log, fe, - iQge fel) Thus, reading values from curve B at 21° and 30° C., ing cal-/mole- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 35 muscle contraction, but, if so, then preliminary tests we have run on other species of insects indicate that the absolute activity necessary is different in different species. Incidentally, Gilmour and Calaby (5) have suggested that the high degree of dependence of wing rate on temperature in insects is related to and perhaps due to the high activation ener- gies of flight muscle apyrase. They call this a biochemical ex- planation of the biological phenomenon. But, although the value of 29,600 recorded by them for desert locusts is indeed high, the value of 13,000 found for Lctlwccrus flight muscle is within the range (8,000-17,000) of most other biological processes that have been measured (7). The identity and characterization of enzymes which split phosphorus from ATP is in a confused state. Some authors use the terms "apyrase" and "ATPase" interchangeably, other authors speak of them as distinct entities. One gathers from the recent papers of Gilmour and Calaby (3, 4) that the en- zyme picture in insect muscle is so complex that specific names for the components cannot be satisfactorily assigned at the pres- ent time. The point of view common among biochemists is that data from homogenates (which are very complex mixtures) can- not be interpreted until all the components have been isolated and characterized. This may well be true. Whole homogenates do seem inadequate for assessing the differences between the curves for leg and flight muscle. Conceivably, the same "Mg- activated apyrase" may be present in both, most of the quantita- tive differences being due to corresponding differences in con- centration of this enzyme, and the qualitative differences (shape of curves) due to other components. Such questions do re- quire studies on fractionated homogenates. But whole homoge- nates contain the components of the living system and are quite sufficient to show that leg and flight muscles of Lcthoccrns are both qualitatively and quantitatively different in hydrolyzing ATP. and further that the quantitative differences in Lcfhocents are opposite to those recorded for locusts (Locust a and Gcistri- uiaryus) . Sumarizing. flight and leg muscles of the giant water bug are quite different in color, gross histology, protein content, and both 36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS (Feb., 1955 quantitative and qualitative aspects of apyrase enzyme activity. The leg muscle has 2-3 X as much apyrase activity but lacks readily visible amounts of the reddish muscle pigments and has only 60% as much protein nitrogen. Probably the flight mus- cles are inactivated by cold at a higher temperature than leg muscles are in this species. Clearly, these muscle sets are dif- ferent from one another, and, equally clearly, the relative en- zyme activity rates in this bug do not parallel those reported by Gilmour and Calaby for desert locusts. REFERENCES 1. DAVISON, J. A., and A. G. RICHARDS. 1954. Arch. Biochem. & Biophys., 48: 485-486. 2. EDWARDS, G. A., P. SOUZA SANTOS, H. SOUZA SANTOS, and P. SAWAYA. 1954. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 47: 343-354. 3. GILMOUR, D., and J. H. CALABY. 1953. Enzymologia, 16 : 23-33. 4. - -. 1954. Enzymologia, 16: 34-40. 5. - -. 1952. Arch. Biochem. & Biophys., 41 : 83-103. 6. STEINBACH, H. B. 1949. J. Cell. & Comp. Physiol., 33 : 123. 7. BARNES, T. C. 1937. Textbook of General Physiology. Blakiston, Philadelphia. A Preliminary Report on the Chilopoda of Missouri By RALPH E. CRABILL, JR., Department of Biology, Saint Louis University The present discussion is based upon a collection of centipedes captured in St. Louis County, Missouri, chiefly in a locality that has informally been designated "Ranken" x by local naturalists. These specimens were generously placed in my hands by Dr. E. P. Meiners, a local physician and naturalist whose enthusiasm for natural history in general and whose large, beautifully or- 1 Ranken, a tract of land, part of which is occupied today by the Beau- mont Boy Scout Reservation, still reflects here and there an almost primeval Ozarkian nature, even though it is already experiencing the ef- fects of expanding civilization. Situated on U. S. Highway 66, it is some twenty-three miles west of St. Louis, about five miles west of Valley Park and two miles east of Eureka. lxvi| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 37 dered insect collection and extensive entomological library are well known to many persons in this area. I am deeply indebted to Dr. Meiners for the opportunity of being able to study his carefully preserved centipede collection. GEOPHILOMORPHA Geophilidae Geophilus vittatus (Rafinesque). This ubiquitous spe- cies, formerly known as Geophilus mbens Say,2 has been re- ported to occur from Massachusetts west to Nebraska and eastern Texas, and south to the Gulf states. A single male with 51 pairs of legs was taken at Ranken. Geophilus mordax Meinert [sensu stricto]. Three males each with 53 pairs of legs; two females with 55, one female with 57 pairs of legs. All six specimens possess heavily sclerotized, consolidated paxilli and sacculi, and the ventral coxopleural pores of all are concentrated under or adjacent to the ultimate pedal sternite. In addition, the coxopleuron of each shows the peculiar pigmented thickening which represents a closed ventro- posterior pore. The significance of these characters in the light of the true identify of mordax has recently been discussed else- where.3 Arenophilus watsingus Chamberlin. In Meiners' series of eleven specimens the following leg-pair distribution was re- corded. Females : 57 pairs, 3 ; 59 pairs, 2 ; 61 pairs, 2. Males : 55 pairs, 1; 57 pairs, 2; 59 pairs, 1. The species reportedly ranges from Virginia, Kentucky, and Missouri south to the Gulf states. Although the closely-related bipuncticeps was not collected at Ranken by Dr. Meiners, one specimen was taken at Glencoe, St. Louis county, by Brother Charles Roe of the Chris- tian Brothers College. Pachymerium ferrugineum (C. L. Koch). This well- known European form is common to many localities in this coun- try into which it has apparently been introduced. Both in Europe and in the United States it seems to prefer moist, sandy 2CRABiLL, Florida Entomologist, XXXVI (2), p. 78, (1953). 3CRABiLL, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, LVI, pp. 182-187, (1954). 38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 situations in the vicinity of water. The Ranken specimens agree in all particulars with New York State and German representa- tives. Arctogeophilus fulvus (Wood). A single female with 55 pairs of legs. This long neglected, handsome centipede is now known from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, from Big Knob Hill, and Crab Tree Corners, Virginia, and from the present locality. Dr. Meiners' only female has 55 pairs of legs and compares fa- vorably with those captured in Virginia by R. L. Hoffman. Dignathodontidae Strigamia bidens Wood. A male with 69 and a female with 71 pairs of legs were captured at Ranken; both compare favorably with eastern specimens. The species is now be- lieved to range from eastern Pennsylvania south to northern Georgia and Louisiana, and west to eastern Missouri. Strigamia bothriopa Wood. One female with 49 pairs of legs. Because this species has been confused with 6*. jidva Sager for many years, one cannot rely upon previously published distributional records. However, in the light of specimens personally examined, I should guess bothriopa to occur through- out the midwest and east perhaps as far south as the Gulf states. Schendylidae Escaryus missouriensis Chamberlin. This striking form is now represented by three specimens : a male holotype from St. Louis county, Missouri (4.3 miles northwest of Glencoe), with 59 pairs of legs ; a female from Dallon's Spring Cave, Indiana, with 57 pairs of legs; and the present male from Ranken, with 59 pairs of legs. The most recently discovered male, 73 mm. long, is thus larger than either of the two previously known specimens. Also its controversial telopodital lappets are quite long. In general it is very similar to the Indiana female re- cently described.4 •* CRABII.L. Journ. New York Ent. Soc, LXI, p. 96, (1953). Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 39 SCOLOPENDROMORPHA Scolopendridae Cormocephalus (Hemiscolopendra) punctiventris (New- port). This species appears to range from coastal Massachu- setts south to the Gulf states and north to southeastern Nebraska. I also have seen specimens from Arizona, its westernmost out- post so far as I am aware. Ranken yielded one specimen. Cryptopidae Cryptops hortensis Leach. The common European hortensis has only recently been shown to inhabit parts of the United States into which it has probably been introduced. It is now known only from Ithaca and the Bronx, New York, from Salt Lake City, Utah, and from the present area. One speci- men was captured. Theatops spinicaudus (Wood). Western Pennsylvania south to the Gulf coast, west to Missouri and Arkansas. No specimens referable to Say's posticus were taken at Ranken. The Say species seems to be more prevalent than spinicaudus in the southeastern United States. Scolopocryptops rubiginosus Koch [formerly Otocryp- tops 5] . These specimens are provisionally referred to the Koch species, but complete assurance of their true identity must await the evidence of further extensive collecting in this and in neigh- boring areas to the northwest. Whereas typical rubiginosus specimens, seen from Kansas, Nebraska, Iowa, and Korea, all possess strong, complete paramedian sutures at least on tergites (4-6) through 20, the Ranken forms show marked variation par- ticularly in this character. Some have complete though weak paramedian sutures on tergites 6 through 17, and others have many or even all of the paramedian sutures very narrowly broken in the middle. These specimens could not be confused with typical eastern representatives of the closely related sexspinosus, in which I have never found more than extremely short sutural fragments anteriorly and posteriorly on any given '•CRABILI, Ent. News, LXIV, p. 96, (1953). 40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 tergite. Thus, the Ranken specimens seem to occupy an in- termediate position between the typically eastern se.vspinosus and the northcentral rubiginosus. (Each has been reported from eastern Asia.) This evidence seems to me to be sufficient at least to raise the question of whether rubiginosus and sexspinosus are geographical races (subspecies) of one far-flung polytypic species. And if the future proves this to be the case, then our ideas concerning the constitution of the entire genus will stand in need of review. LlTHOBIOMORPHA Ethopolyinae Bothropolys multidentatus (Newport). East of the Mis- sissippi multidentatus is probably the most widespread endemic lithobiid. Particularly common under tree bark, where condi- tions are unvaryingly on the moist side, this form is evidently not especially inhibited in its dispersal by limited temperature variations. It does definitely seem to be sensitive to variations in environmental moisture. Thus I have found it to be as common in Ithaca, New York, as in Virginia or the Carolinas. The Missouri specimens that I have seen (from Jefferson City and St. Louis county) do not appear to differ significantly from the thousands of eastern representatives that I have examined. Lithobiinae Sozibius proridens (Bollman). The original orthography of the trivial name seems to be proridens rather than providens as cited in 1922 by Chamberlin.6 The species is known to range from extreme southeastern New York State south and west to Mississippi, Arkansas, and Missouri. It is the least common lithobiid in the Ranken collection. Pokabius bilabiatus verdescens (Chamberlin). The few Ranken specimens are provisionally referred to the Chamberlin subspecies. Although all lack spur VTrM on the 13th leg, an unstable VTrM has been found in several other North Ameri- 6 CHAMBERLIN, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., LVII, p. 268, (1922). Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 41 can lithobiids. In fact, in certain species this type of variability may be seen to occur within a relatively small population. In the original description Chamberlin says 7 that the two subspe- cies "occur in the same general region." It is thus not unlikely that the criteria used for distinguishing these subspecies are ac- tually manifestations of a highly variable species and that the two forms are non-genetically fixed variants. P. bilabiatus is presently known to range from Ohio west to Nebraska and Kan- sas, south to Louisiana, and north to Minnesota. Neolithobius voracior (Chamberlin). This is by far the commonest lithobiid taken at Ranken and in nearby St. Louis county localities. It is evidently also very prevalent at Jefferson City from which I have seen many specimens. Elsewhere voracior is know from Illinois and Mississippi. Nadabius iowensis (Meinert). This widespread, typi- cally midwestern form reportedly ranges from Idaho east to Ohio and south to Tennessee. It is very common at Ranken. Nadabius ameles Chamberlin. Elsewhere the species has been reported from Mineral Springs, Indiana (type locality), and from Chicago, Illinois. I have found specimens that seem to agree with the original description from several localities in Connecticut and most recently from eastern Missouri. SCUTIGEROMORPHA Scutigeridae Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne). One large female was captured outside at Ranken. The common "house centipede," while rarely encountered out of doors in the northeast, has been found to forsake human dwellings commonly in warmer parts of the country. 7 CHAMBERUX, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, LVII, p. 353, (1922). 42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 The Earwigs Euborellia cincticollis and E. annulipes in Arizona In Hebard's 1935 list of the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of Arizona the only earwigs recorded from the state are Spongo- vostox apicedcntatus (Caud.) and Dor it linear e (Esch.), and we are unaware of any later records. Two other species from Arizona are contained in the Wallace collection, now on deposit in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology. One of these, Euborellia cincticollis (Gerst.), is an African species recorded as established in the United States by Gurney in 1950. l His specimens were taken at four localities in the lower valley of the Colorado River in California between 1946 and 1949 ; all were winged and taken at lights. Wallace has collected 3 <$, 6 $ of this species at Tempe, Maricopa Co., Arizona, July 4-Aug. 12, 1951, and a single $ July 25, 1952; D. E. Whitacre also took 2 5 at Tempe, July 24, 1951. These specimens, like Gurney's, are all fully winged and were all taken at lights. The second species, Euborellia annulipes (Lucas), is an apterous tropicopolitan form established in the southern states (west to southeastern Kansas and central Oklahoma and Texas) and in California, but not hitherto recorded from the arid southwest. The following material from Maricopa Co., Arizona, is con- tained in the Wallace collection: Tempe, Mar. 15, 1951, 1 juv. 5 on irrigation dike; Tempe, Nov. 28, 1951, 1 5 in building; Scottsdale, Dec. 6, 1951, 1 J\ 1 5 under bark of ocotilla, near roots, in irrigated land. Gurney is correct in saying that the £ of cincticollis is distinguished from that of annulipes by the slightly emarginate apex of the last sternite, but in annulipes this margin is normally subtruncate, not broadly convex as stated by Gurney. The penial differences between the two species which Gurney describes are not readily appreciable. T. H. HUBBELL and H. S. WALLACE 1 See also: TING, P. C. 1951. An African earwig in California. Bull. Dept. Agr. Calif. 40 : 4-9, ill. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 43 The Ant Leptothorax muscorum (Nylander) in North America By WILLIAM L. BROWN, JR., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University The small ant Leptothorax muscorum (Nylander), of sub- family Myrmicinae, is one of the very few truly boreal-alpine members of its family. It is known from a very wide area in the northern Palearctic, and at least in the western part of Europe frequently occurs sympatrically with the similar but distinct species, L. accrvorum (Fabricius).1 The presence of true L. muse or n in in North America has been indicated on sev- eral past occasions, but the tendency to treat the North Ameri- can and Eurasian populations as separate taxonomically has grown stronger with each consideration of the problem. This tendency now appears to have been the result of several taxo- nomic accidents and the regrettable practice of North American taxonomists in refusing to consider populations outside their own continent. Unfortunately, the first man to consider fully the extra-continental relationships of the North American rep- resentative of the muscorum complex was deceived by a mis- leading set of circumstances. In his recent book (loc. cit. infra), to which the reader is referred for extensive historical discussion, Creighton has sep- arated as distinct species the Eurasian L. muscorum and L. acervorum and the Nearctic L. canadensis (Provancher), and has cited the characteristics of each. However, it has now been determined that Creighton depended for his characterization of European L. muscorum upon a set of specimens left grouped by W. M. Wheeler under that name, mostly from Swiss and German localities. This set now proves to be a mixture not only of muscorum and accrvorum, but also of one or two super- 1 I consider the current discussion of the application of the subgeneric names Leptothorax s. sir., Mychothorax Ruzsky, and Myrafant M. R. Smith to be pointless. Leptothorax and Mychotliomx are known to be isogenotypic synonyms; Myrafant is a subjective synonym of Leptothorax in view of the fact that the antcnnal segmentation, metanotal impression and radial cell characters will not hold for the entire world fauna of the genus. This question will he discussed in a separate paper. 44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 ficially similar forms in the tuberum-nylanderi group; the sort- ing of this series reveals that Creighton probably drew most or all of his muscomm diagnosis from members of the last-named group. The mixup in the Wheeler Collection often extended to single triple-mount pins, and anyone who has ever worked with this collection realizes how likely it is to deceive even the most careful of workers. The confusion was discovered only when a new addition to the collection was being made from the Leptothora.v of the Palearctic Finzi Collection, containing pure series of the species in question determined by such authorities as Mayr, Emery, Menozzi, Miiller and Finzi. The muscorum series from the Finzi Collection, as authentic as can be ob- tained, were compared with the various forms of the L. cana- dcnsis complex in the Museum of Comparative Zoology ; the detailed correspondence of characters indicates that muscorum and canadensis are conspecific. In fact, many of the western North American samples are as similar to the European samples as allonidal specimens can be expected to become. The Euro- pean series do show a tendency, or average trend, toward slightly finer, more attenuate dorsigastric pilosity than is shown by most American samples, but even in this character, certain western Nearctic nest series can be found to match, or even overreach, this Old World variation. All degrees of variation in this character occur in the western United States, usually on a strictly local basis, and it seems impossible to correlate its distribution with coloration or any other character known to vary geographically. Eastern North American populations are usually distinguish- able by means of their concolorous piceous or blackish pigmenta- tion, supposed to mark the nominate race of canadensis, but this condition merges toward the west into the "typical muscorum" or "caldcroni" type of variation, in which the alitrunk is a contrasting yellowish-ferruginous against the brown or piceous head and gaster. The gradualness of this east-west color shift has been somewhat obscured by the recognition of race yankee, embracing both color forms, but removed from consideration on Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 45 the basis of a sculptural distinction. The dark concoloration reappears at high altitudes in the Rockies and in the Arctic Northwest of Alaska and Canada, often in mixed series with bicolored forms. Bicolored individuals are by no means re- stricted to the West of North America, for nests taken on Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, within sight of the Atlantic Ocean, frequently contain a proportion of fully adult but bi- colorous individuals. Color variation in Eurasia is not well known, but Dr. H. Kutter assures me that Swiss samples, while somewhat variable, are all bicolored. For me, this situation is readily interpreted as a circumpolar cline with numerous local reversals and irregularities. After rightly synonymizing several variants, Creighton re- tained in addition to the nominate race of canadcnsis three North American races: kincaidi (Alaska, British Columbia, etc.), caldcroni (northern California north into British Columbia and Alberta), and yankcc (lower levels in the Rockies and Black Hills). The typical canadensis was assigned the territory to the east of these, and also the upper levels of the Rocky Moun- tains. Judging from his arrangement of the material in the Museum of Comparative Zoology as I found it, Creighton con- sidered approximately half of the total Nearctic material to represent intergrades among the four races. The additional racial characters cited are, at least for me, extremely difficult or impossible to pin down. The "suberect" short pilosity of the anterior scape surfaces, marking kincaidi, could be described equally well as "decumbent," so feebly does it diverge from the fully appressed position. At any rate, this kind of pilosity of the scapes occurs in specimens from Skagway, Alaska, and Olympia, Washington, considered to be kincaidi by Creighton, but it may also be found in series from remote localities (such as Mt. Washington). Surprisingly, the kincaidi types, from Metlakahtla, Alaska, appear to me to have the scape hairs as fully appressed as the majority of specimens placed to other races by Creighton ! The character may vary only as an artifact of preservation, but in any case, it certainly does not mark exclusively and uniformly any northwestern Nearctic population so far as T can tell from the available material. 46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 Race yankee is reserved for forms having the superimposed rugulation of the alitruncal (presumably chiefly the pronotal) dorsum reduced and indistinct. Samples more or less fitting this description can be found at certain lower-altitude stations in the Rockies and Black Hills, as Creighton claims, but other samples from the same or very close localities, so far as the data go, have the rugulation more or less developed. This character is a feeble one at best, and a most illusory one, subject to changes with the pigment and lighting arrangements, at the worst. Due to the gradational nature of the dorsal pronotal sculpture, almost any specimen might be considered transitional to other races. Another disturbing feature in the evidence for yankee is the paucity of precise and specific citation of the sculp- tural variation with altitude and latitude. In the case of such an elusive difference, precise and detailed documentation is surely required. Considering all suspected or known geographically variable characters of muscoruui in North America together, we may stress: (1) their extreme elusiveness, (2) notable exceptions to and reversals of their supposed geographical exclusiveness, (3) the breadth of their intergradation, and (4) their lack of geo- graphic concordance. I believe that it may accurately be stated that from no racial division so far proposed for this species can any satisfactory general idea of the full distribution of any or all of the variable characters be gained. If, as is generally claimed, the function of the racial category is the description in symbolic terms of geographical variation and/or the indication of probable potential incipient species, then I would say that formal racial subdivision certainly falls far short of the ideal in this particular case. In this connection, see Wilson and Brown, 1953. I prefer at this time to emphasize the species-unity of the populations discussed by formally synonymizing all the North American racial names under L. miiscorum. Decisions as to possible formalised subdivisions should be left to a future study of the trends and details of geographical variation backed by the necessary fullness of data, so far lacking from all published references to this species. For fuller references to the new Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 47 synonyms listed below, and for further synonymy, type locali- ties, and other information, see Creighton (1950) and also the Genera Insectorum listings of Emery (1922). I am unfamiliar with the variants and possible synonyms of L. inuscorum de- scribed from Eurasia, chiefly by Ruzsky, and cannot discuss them here in the absence of relevant material. I can, however, confirm the previous synonymization of var. gredleri Mayr on the basis of a specimen determined as gredleri by Mayr himself, now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Leptothorax muscorum (Nylander) Mynnica muscontm Nylander, 1846, Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn., 2: 1054, worker, female, male; nee Leptothorax (Mychothora.r) innscoruin of Creighton, 1950, pp. 274—275. y/ Leptothorax Canadensis Provancher, 1887, Addit. Correct. Faune Ent. Canad.- Hym., Quebec, p. 245, worker, female, male; L. (M.) canadensis, Creighton, 1950, pp. 274-276. New synonymy. V^Leptothorax (MychotJwrax) acervorum canadensis var. caldc- roni Forel, 1914, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 617, worker, female; L. (M.) canadensis calderoni, Creighton, 1950, p. 276. New synonymy. Leptothorax yankcc var. kincaidi Pergande, 1900, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 2: 520, worker, female; L. (M.) canadensis kin- caidi, Creighton, 1950, p. 277. New synonymy. Leptothorax canadensis var. yankee Emery, 1895, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 8: 319, worker; L. (M.) canadensis yankee, Creighton, 1950, p. 277. New synonymy. ECOLOGY Of all the ants occurring in North America, Leptothorax innscoruin is the species best able to survive in extreme Arctic- alpine conditions. Throughout boreal and alpine North Amer- ica within the limits of the timbered areas, L. innscoruin is found in company with Camponotus hcrcnleaniis (Linnaeus) and Formica ncorufibarbis Emery,2 the two dominant ants of the region. - C. herculcanus has also gone under the varietal name whymperi Forel. F. ncorufibarbis has usually been recorded as F. jusca var. aclidn. and was listed by Brown (1949) and Weber (1950) as F. fusca. The sub- species of ncorufibarbis retained by Creighton appear to be untenable. 48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Feb., 1955 On Mt. Washington, New Hampshire, along the toll road on the eastern slope, tree line occurs at about 4000 to 4200 feet altitude. In the interior of the thick, dark spruce forest below 4000 feet, ants are very scarce or absent, probably due to in- adequate insolation, but in the low, spaced wind timber (Pice a inariana) at treeline, nests of Formica neoritfibarbis are very abundant under stones. In similar nests under stones at this level are also found a few populous nests of Carnponotus hcrcu- leanus, unable to utilize the spindly wind timber for nesting. Leptothorax muscorum at this belt is relatively scarce, being found mainly as strays in or near the nests of the two larger species. These three are the only ant species so far taken at or above tree line on Mt. Washington. Above tree line, up to about 4500 feet on the open tundra- like "lawns," F. nconifibarbis continues as a fairly abundant nester under stones. Established nests of C. herculeanus here reach only to about 4300 feet. At 4700 feet (Nelson Crag), I found L. nni scant in suddenly abundant in a strip extending away from the road in both directions, under small, flat stones, fully exposed on the soil surface. These nests, while mostly consisting of the usual 50 to 100 workers, dealate females and intercaste females normal for the species, also harbored in sev- eral instances a complement of winged males and females (July 19, 1952) in proof of their flourishing condition. At the same station, intensive search revealed only a single nest of F. neo- rufibarbis, and this in a situation sheltered by a low rock ledge and mat spruce. (F. ncorufibaris and L. uniscoriiin have very recently been taken at over 5000 feet on another slope.) In northern Alaska, Weber (1950) records a worker of L. "canadcnsis" from Umiat on the Arctic Slope, where it is the only species of ant so far collected. I have published rec- ords of all three of the Arctic ants discussed above from the collections of Dr. Marie Hammer at Reindeer Depot in the Mackenzie River Delta, just a few miles from the Arctic Ocean (Brown, 1949; see footnote 2, above). Since that time, I have received more extensive series of the same three species from Dr. W. J. Brown, of the Canadian Department of Agriculture, Division of Entomology. IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 49 These series are also chiefly from Reindeer Depot, from the survey collections of Dr. Brown and Mr. J. R. Vockeroth, and they are accompanied by Dr. Brown's notes in a letter, from which I should like to quote, with insertion of my determina- tions of the ants in brackets. "Reindeer Depot is on the eastern edge of the Mackenzie Delta at lat. 68°43', long. 134°06'. It is well treed, but the last species, Picea glauca Voss, extends down the river only eight or ten miles. About 200 yards from the river, the Caribou Hills rise very steeply to about 500 feet, to bound the Delta on the east. The upper halves of the protruding parts of the slope are clay and quite bare except for small clumps of grasses, Hcdy- sarum, and a few other low plants. The bare parts supported a surprisingly rich fauna, an intrusion from the south, that did not occur elsewhere in the region. [F. neorufibarbis] seemed tied to this habitat. The others occurred on the lower slopes, which were mostly sphagnum well covered with trees and other vegetation. Beyond the crest of the Caribou Hills, rolling, tree- less tundra extends east and north to the limits of land. This tundra is sphagnum that thawed to a depth of from eleven to nineteen inches in the summer of 1948. It is fairly well covered with low, arctic plants. It was here, beneath firewood left at an old camp site of reindeer herders, that [L. innscoruni] was taken, about a mile from the trees." Dr. Brown also sent one worker of L. muscorum taken at Kidluit Bay on Richards Island (lat. 69°32', long. 133°47') in the Arctic Ocean, about 50 miles airline from any trees. Dr. Brown notes that great quantities of driftwood are found at this locality, however, which might mean that the ant is really not permanently established on Richards Island. It is of interest to note that this seems to be the northernmost record for ants in the Western Hemisphere. Dr. Brown concludes : "I have not seen other ants from treeless tundra. Lack of trees and consequent exposure to wind causes abrupt, major changes in fauna and other flora. I have believed that ants ended with the trees." The Mackenzie Delta ninsconim sample contains a goodly proportion of both concolored and bicolored pigment forms with all possible intergrades, and frequently uninidal. 50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 In Colorado, Gregg (1947) found L. muscorum and F. neo- ntfibarbis (under the older conventionally used names) to be the "only two species . . . discovered with any regularity" above timber line, and then only on the lowest and best-protected slopes. Eidmann (1933) reported the usual trio of Arctic species from Labrador, from collections made in the region of the Matamek River. Such records render it very likely that L. muscorum inhabits the whole of the spruce-fir forest land of Arctic America and the greater part of the similar vegetational zones in the higher mountains, and that it can also exist in places a bit beyond the limit of trees where conditions are not too extreme. This little species can also occur at slightly greater extremes on the warm side of its range than can either of its two usual companion species, though all of these forms apparently are absent from the spruce and fir forests of the southern Appalachians, where intensive search has been made for them. At White Lake, Ossipee, New Hampshire, and Saco, Maine, I found slightly dwarfed examples of muscorum nesting in a stand of Finns rigida growing on sand ; E. O. Wilson took a nest at the top of Snow Bowl Road, San Francisco Mts., Ari- zona, in pine-aspen to spruce-fir transition. It would be interesting to see prepared a synthesis of the information available on the Eurasian populations of muscorum., but such a work would immediately run afoul of the doubtful identifications abounding in the Old World literature; many of these probably apply to acervorum or other species, and vice verso. REFERENCES "/BROWN, W. L., JR. 1949. ENT. NEWS, 60: 99. CREIGHTON, W. S. 1950. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 104 : 274-278. EIDMANN, H. 1933. Zool. Anz., 101 : 203-204. EMERY, C. 1922. Gen. Insect., 174: 261-262. GREGG, R. E. 1947. Univ. Colorado Stud., (D) 2: 391, 393. WEBER, N. A. 1950. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 76: 188. WILSON, E. O. and BROWN, W. L., JR. 1953. Systematic Zool., 2: 97-111. Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 51 Useful Information for Field Collectors in Mexico As a result of the advent in recent years of a tremendous in- crease in faunal studies in Mexico on the part of biologists from other countries, particularly those from the United States, in- formation on the proper method of obtaining scientific collecting permits and regulations concerning the obligations on the part of the collectors are set forth briefly in the following paragraphs in the hope that they will prove helpful to those contemplating biological investigations in Mexico. Scientific collecting permits are required of all investigators who contemplate taking insects or other zoological specimens in Mexico. These permits are issued free of charge by the Direccion General Forestal y de Caza of the Secretaria de Agricultura y Ganaderia, located at Mariscal Street No. 11, Mexico, D.F. All correspondence concerning scientific col- lecting permits should be addressed to that office. Any repre- sentative of a scientific or cultural institution, including students, who demonstrates qualifications satisfactory to the Mexican Government, is eligible to receive a permit. Applications should be made at least one month in advance, stating the type of study to be undertaken, the part of Mexico in which the study is to be made and the duration of the field phase of the investigation. A recent photograph of the applicant should accompany the application. Recipients of scientific collecting permits issued by the Mexican Government are under obligation to fulfill the follow- ing requirements as stated on each permit : a. To return one specimen of each species collected to tin- Mexican Government (these specimens will be deposited in the collections of the Institute de Biologia, of the Na- tional University of Mexico, or in some other reliable sci- entific institution). b. To submit a summary of field observations and a list of specimens collected. c. To send reprints of publications and reports based on the material gathered in Mexico. 52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 (Obligations a, b, and c were designed to apply to vertebrate animals. In so far as is practicable, the spirit of these obliga- tions should be observed by entomologists also, but we realize that difficulties of identification and the enormous numbers of specimens obtained make compliance in detail difficult or impos- sible.) d. To cooperate in game law enforcement by reporting cases of game law violations. e. To abide by the game laws of Mexico, paying particular attention to the seasonal hunting regulations, and cooperat- ing in giving full protection to those species completely protected from hunting. Permission to take species on the protected list may, in certain cases, be issued at the discretion of the Direccion General Forestal y de Caza. Specimens, reports, reprints, etc. being submitted in compli- ance with a to c above should be addressed to Direccion Gen- eral Forestal y de Caza, Departmento de Caza, Mariscal No. 11. Mexico, D.F. Authorization for temporary importation of firearms and am- munitions and for carrying firearms in pursuit of scientific stud- ies in Mexico must be obtained in advance from the Departmento de la Industria Militar in every Customhouse along the Mexi- can-U. S. border, or directly from the central office at Teca- machalco, D.F. BERNARDO VILLA R. Departmento de Caza Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked with the file number and sent to Francis Hemming, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W.I, England. rufa Linnaeus, 1761, as published in the combination Formica rnja, proposed validation of, and designation as type species of Formica Linnaeus, 1758 (Class Insecta, Order Hymenoptera) (pp. 309-318) (File Z.N. (S.) 224). Details in Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Part 10 of Vol. 9. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 53 Helocordulia uhleri (Selys), a Dragonfly New to Ohio By ROBERT A. CHAMPLAIN and RUSSELL W. WHITING, Depart- ment of Zoology and Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio On 1 May, 1954, a female of this species was captured at Conkle's Hollow, Hocking County, Ohio, by the junior author while it was flying down the center of a woods-bordered road. On 16 May, 1954, three males were captured at Tar Hollow State Park, Hocking County, Ohio, by the senior author. They were making regular patrols about a foot above the surface of a small rocky brook which was formed by the overflow of a small lake. This insect has been recorded from Ontario, Maine, New York, Pennsylvania, Connecticut, New Jersey, North Carolina, and Kentucky. Wright l has recorded its occurrence in Ala- bama, Tennessee, and Louisiana, but his identification is based upon the nymph. The Ohio captures described above repre- sent the westernmost record based upon adult characters, and they constitute a new state record. This brings the total number of species of Odonata recorded from Ohio to 139. All specimens were identified by Dr. D. J. Borror of this de- partment. Two of the males and the female are in the collection of Dr. Borror, while one male remains in the collection of the senior author. Reviews THE PHYSIOLOGY OF INSECT METAMORPHOSIS. By V. B. Wigglesworth (Univ. Cambridge). Pp. viii + 154, 45 figs. Cambridge Monographs in Experimental Biology. Vol. 1 . Cambridge University Press. (American Branch, 32 E. 57th St., New York 22.) Price, $2.50. The greater portion of this book is devoted to the endocrinol- ogy of growth, moulting, and metamorphosis. Tt presents this 1 WRIGHT, M. 1946. Ohio Jour. Sci., 46: 337-339. 54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1955 subject as it has developed, beginning with the work of Kopec, in 1917, and continuing down to the isolation and chemical analysis of the thoracic gland hormone in 1954. Compared with earlier reviews of the subject by other authors, this is truly a masterly work, distinguished by its comprehensive approach and the fact that this author has taken the trouble to ensure that every detail, as well as the argument as a whole, will be abso- lutely clear to the reader. The writing is so concise that it requires attentive reading, yet care is taken to emphasize the important points by recapitulation. But this book is definitely more than a recital of past re- searches, it is a serious attempt to arrive at a real understanding of the mechanism of metamorphosis and to relate it to the prob- lem of polymorphism and to the broader problems of develop- ment and differentiation as they have interested modern geneti- cists, experimental embryologists, endocrinologists and cellular physiologists. As regards metamorphosis, that of the hemimetabola is made the primary basis of discussion (although all significant work on the holometabola is also drawn in), not so much because the author's own work was on Rhodnius, but because in this group the alternative laying down of now larval, now imaginal struc- tures in the body surface by the self-same cells can be best studied. It becomes evident that the larval epidermis contains, invisibly, a latent imago, and the imago, indeed, still retains the larval pattern, latent but exposable in the partial reversal of metamorphosis obtained as the result of experimentally induced post-adult moults. Polymorphism, likewise, depends upon such a dual or multiple potentiality; in fact metamorphosis is but a special type of polymorphism, in which the potential types of differentiation appear sequentially in the same individual. Furthermore, the fact that in every insect the various body regions produce different structures (legs, antennae, etc.), is again an instance of genetically uniform tissues having a mul- tiple potentiality. We thus come to realize that metamorphosis is a problem that is not fundamentally different from the general problem of growth and differentiation in organisms in general. In the last chapter ("Differentiation and polymorphism"), the broader problems of differentiation are then taken up : inte- gration of growth, relative growth rates of different parts, the nature of the substrate, homeosis, and polymorphism. Wiggles- worth describes in detail the sensory bristles in the epidermis of Rhodnius and their increase in numbers at each moult. As existing bristles, with their plaques, come to lie farther apart, new ones are induced at fixed distances from the existing ones. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 55 A given cell, it is thought, absorbs the plaque-forming substance (produced locally) and becomes the center for a new plaque that drains this substance from the surrounding area, so that other cells in the area are prevented from forming plaques. In the induction or evocation of the larger organs also, and in the production of polymorphic forms, and in metamorphosis, similar phenomena are responsible. The modifying substances may be of local origin, they may be produced by endocrine glands, by other glands (as for "social" hormones), or even be found in the food. It is the concentration of these substances (for they are used quantitatively by the cells and are not merely triggering), and their timing that are significant, as well as the substrate. The nature of the modification is also considered, whether acting on plasmagenes, altering the cytochrome system, other enzymes, etc. Thus entomologists experimenting on insect development are contributing to the solution of the same fundamental problems that are occupying leading experimental biologists in other fields. The interpretation of differentiation as presented (based on the ideas of Wiggles worth and others who are mentioned) is not claimed to be more than a "rather schematic model of the process actually occurring. . . . But a hypothesis which provides a con- sistent description of the facts, and can be used to predict the changes that occur is not without value."- -R. G. SCHMIEDER. DIE SCHMETTERLINGE MiTTELEUROPAS. By Walter Forster and Theodore A. Wohlfahrt. Bd. I/II, Lfg. 3, 4, 5, 12 pis. Franckh'sche Verlagshandlung. W. Keller & Co., Stuttgart, Germany. Vol. I, now complete, bound in linen, DM 23. The appearance of the first Lieferung of this beautiful new work was noted in ENT. NEWS for July 1952. The three parts now in hand complete Volume I and parts of Volume II of the mid-European butterflies. Volume I comprises 202 pages and deals with the biology of the butterflies. The first 60 pages are on collecting and breeding, and on the preservation of all stages in collections. Then follow chapters on anatomy, devel- opment, color and color patterns, ecology, parasites and dis- eases, geographical distribution, the genetics of butterflies, nomenclature and systematics, and evolution. Of Volume II, 12 of the color plates and some text pages were included in these Lieferungen ; and it will be completed with the appearance of Lfg. 6, expected soon. — R. G. SCHMIEDER. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Cynipid and Itonidid galls — American species wanted ; purchase or exchange for British species. Fresh or dried. D. Leatherdale, F.R.E.S., Old Woodstock, Oxford, England. Wanted — Reprints or papers concerning insects taken in Alaska for inclusion in list of Alaskan insects. R. H. Washburn, Alaska Experiment Station, Palmer, Alaska. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10£ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibcmbex (olim Bembix} (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $1.90 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 10% on over 50,000. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Commerz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. PUBLISHED THIS MONTH . . . MOSQUITOES Their Bionomics and Relation to Disease William R. Horsfall, University of Illinois A complete summary of the information now available on the bionomics of mosquitoes. Presents the combined results of research by entomologists, sanitarians, epidemiologists, ecologists, physiologists, and others, in systematic form for easy reference by specialists in all branches of science. The material is arranged according to the accepted taxo- nomic classifications. General information on the subfamily as a whole and on each genus precedes detailed treatment of particular species. There is a full discussion on the part played by each insect in the spread of malaria and other diseases. Data on lesser-known species are presented in tabu- lar form. This work provides an indispensable starting point for new research into all aspects of the life of mosquitoes. 206 tables, 723 pages, including 78-page bibliography. $16 • Standard Work in the Field . . . EMBRYOLOGY of the VIVIPAROUS INSECTS Harold R. Hagan, College of the City of New York Pioneer sourcebook for entomologists and zoologists, and a valuable reference tool for applied research workers. Pre- sents a comprehensive bibliography of earlier papers on vivi- parity, historical introductions to each species or group, and a thorough exposition of the known embryogenies. Contains previously unpublished research on the maternal and fetal adjustments to the viviparous condition. 167 ills., tables, 472 pages. $6.50 Order direct from : -THE RONALD PRESS COMPANY • 15 E. 26th St., N. Y. 10- MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.)— A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 pp., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings ( 134 pp., 13 pis., 1951 ) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS MARCH 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 3 CONTENTS Benesh — On the genus Macrocrates and other stagbeetles 57 Frost — Membracidae attracted to light 63 Franklin — Measurements of parts of bumblebees 65 Brown — Forelifidis a synonym (Hym., Formicidae) 68 Xotice to subscribers 68 Townsend — List of Tabanidae collected in Kentucky 69 Dreisbach — New Priocnemis and Priocnessus (Hym.) 73 Blickle — Feeding habits of Tabanidae 77 Rehn — Range of a neotropical inantid 79 Krombein — Pemphredon provancheri (Hym., Sphecidae) 80 Entomologists needed abroad 80- Sperry Collection goes to American Museum N. H 80 Entomological Departments University of Minnesota , 81 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. DIV. IHS. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff : H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1—4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first SO, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. A3£Hfr »j" r.*-' ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI MARCH, 1955 No. 3 On the Genus Macrocrates, with Notes on Other Stagbeetles (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) BY BERNARD BENESH, Burrville, Tennessee In the "Monographia dos Lucanideos Brasileiros," Lueder- waldt (1935) records three species in the genus Macrocrates Burmeister, buccphahis (Hope et Westw.) (1845), formosus Didier (1926) and australis Lued. (1934), the description of the last species based on two examples, a male and female, ex-collection J. P. Schmalz, in Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo, Brazil. It will not be amiss to record here some pertinent data on the Schmalz collection, referred to above. The late J. P. Schmalz, Joinville, Brazil, at one time governor of the State of Santa Catharina, assembled during his life-time one of the largest privately owned collections of neotropical insects, chiefly Cole- optera and Lepidoptera, especially rich in Brazilian representa- tion of the two orders. After the demise of J. P. Schmalz, the collection was brought by his nephew Albano Schmalz to the United States, for exhibition and eventual disposal to some in- stitution of learning. Unfortunately the collection, while in transit for exhibition at Alva, Oklahoma, met an untimely and inglorious end, being entirely destroyed by fire. It was my sad task to evaluate the loss, which duty enabled me to examine pertinent records, transcribing those pertaining to Lucanidas, chiefly concerning acquisitions, habits and collecting experiences from 1889 to 1913. Among the records appears the following interesting memo- randum : "2619. Macrocrates bucephalus. Hirschkiifer, schwarz (57) 58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1955 matt, Caput und Mandibeln rotlich braun. Ende Marz 1902 viele auf der Hohe der Serra do Ikerim, 1.300 Meter. Als Macrocrates buccplialus durch C. Felsche determ. Nach Bur- meister und der Abbildung in Heynes Ex. K. in AY. u. Bikl ' stimmt die Bestimmung jedoch nicht. Am 31 Marz 1903 fingen Rudolf, Carl und Adalbert, an der gleichen Oertlichkeit, 17 <$$ u. 3 $5, und April 1904 wieder 12^ u. nur 1 5 an derselb. Oertlichkeit." From the preceding will be noted that the beetles are not uncommon, and that the "many" taken in 1902 and 29 J'J1 and 4$9 in 1903 and 1904 were submitted to Carl Felsche for iden- tification, who declared the insects to be M. bnccplialns; he re- tained many duplicates, of course, of which the major part apparently went into the collection of Henri Boileau. Evidently Albano Schmalz presented a pair of the beetles to the Museu Paulista before his departure from Brazil, from which Luederwaldt (1934) had drawn his description of M. ciustralis, thus conclusively proving the insect's indicated mis- identification; subsequently (1935) he published a photographic reproduction of both sexes of the species. As mentioned previously, Boileau must have secured a good share of Felsche's specimens, Dr. Didier - recording 1 1 examples (8J1, 32) as M- bucephalus in the Boileau collection, now actually Didier's. A male, of maximum development, is figured by Didier (1933) and a good series of five males and a female is figured by Didier and Seguy (1953); in both instances Felsche's designation was used. A careful comparison of the figures and examination of speci- mens establishes the fact that M. aust rails Luecl. and bucephalus Didier (1933), not Hope and Westwood 1845, are conspecific, compelling us to consign M. bucephalus Didier into synonymy. 1 HEYNE, ALEXANDER und OTTO TASCHENBERG : Die exotischen Kufer in Wort und Bild. Esslingen, 1908, 4to, 319 pp., 40 col. plates. - DIDIER, R. : fitudes sur les Coleopteres Lucanides du Globe, fascicule 1, 1928, p. 22. NAGELIUS PASSALIFORMIS (Benesh) $. Figures 1-4. 1. Antenna. 2. Maxilla. 3. Lahium. 4. Genitalia. s = styli c = coxites v = valvifers Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 59 1 mm 60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1955 While examples of M. bucephalus (Hope et Westw.) (1845) were not available to him, Luederwaldt diagnosed the species by utilizing Burmeister's description of the male, and Dohrn's of the female, illustrating the "Monographia" by a figure, pre- viously used by Parry (1864).3 This figure is misleading, in that the apical dentition of the mandibles is not precisely de- picted, and the lateral angulation of the pronotum is grossly exaggerated ; this inaccuracy accounts for Luederwaldt's stray- ing and induced him to record bucephalus (Hope et Westw.) and fonnosus Didier as distinct species, when in fact they are conspecific and the latter an absolute synonym. The two species should be catalogued as follows : 4 australis Lued., Rev. de Ent. IV, 1934, p. 388 ; Rev. Mus. Paul. XIX, 1935, p. 510, tab. 2, fig. 15 ?, 19 <$, tab. 4, fig. 68. bucephala Didier, La Terre et la Vie III, 1933, p. 25, fig. <$, nee Hope et Westw., 1845. — Heyne et Taschbg., Exot. Kafer, 1908, p. 54, tab. 8, fig. 39 J1.— Didier et Seguy, Encycl. Ent., A, XXVIII, 1953, tab. 94, figs. 1-5 J1, 6 ?. Hab. — Southern Brazil : Serra do Ikerim. bucephala (Hope et Westw.), Cat. Lucan. Coleop. 1845, p. 15, <$, Lucanus.— Burm., Handb. d. Ent. V, 1847, p. 382.- Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Ztg. XXIII, 1862, p. 155, $.— Parry, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) II, 1864, p. 44, tab. 10, fig. 9 j'.—Lued., Rev. Mus. Paul. XIX, 1935, p. 509, tab. 3, fig. 39 J. nigripes (Dej.), Cat., ed. Ill, 1837, p. 194, Psalicerus — Boil., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1913, p. 237. longicornls Burm., nom. nud., Parry, loc. cit. (3) II, 1864, p. 86. rotundicollis Gory, nom. nud., Boil., loc. cit. 1913, p. 237. formosa Didier, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1926, p. 83, fig. J1.— Lued., Rev. Mus. Paul. XIX, 1935, p. 513, tab. 3, fig. 38^. Hab. — Northern Brazil (teste: Luederwaldt, 1935). Nigidius passaliformis Benesh Ever since the acquisition of specimens of Nigidius (Eudora) uiadagascaricnsis (Cast.), which species was unknown to me in 3 Not recorded by VAN ROON in Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars Luca- nidse, 1910. 4 According to BLACKWELDER (1944), the generic name Macrocratcs is of feminine gender requiring alteration of specific names. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 61 nature, I have been doubtful of the sexual designation of A'. passaliformis Benesh, described in Psyche 5 several years ago. In examining the female madagascariensis, I so readily per- ceived its close affinity to passaliformis that I began to wonder whether my designation of the passaliformis type as male was correct. To satisfy my doubts, and rectify if necessary the prob- able error, I had applied for permission to dissect and examine the genitalia of the type, which privilege, it is needless to say, was graciously granted. I am deeply obligated to Dr. P. J. Darlington, Jr., Curator of Coleoptera, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Col- lege, Cambridge, Massachusetts, for permission to dissect, ex- amine and report on the sex of the type of Nigidius passali- fonnis Benesh, and to Monsieur Melchior de Lisle, director of public works, Douala, Cameroon, for specimens of Nigidius (Eudora) madagascariensis (Cast.) used for comparison; to both my heartiest thanks. The examination of the genitalia of N. passaliformis (fig. 4) proves, beyond the shadow of a doubt, that I had erred in designating from external appearances the type as male, having been misled by the large mandibles, as long, if not longer (the apices are broken off), than the head. I am now fully con- vinced that when the still unknown male is discovered, it will closely approximate to madagascariensis. As belonging to FIGULIN^E, both sexes have the inner maxil- lary lobe (lacina) (fig. 2) hooked or uncinnate; figures 2 and 3 depict the buccal appendages, maxilla, and labium respectively, and as will be readily perceived, both are somewhat damaged, deterring us from presenting a complete description. The an- tenna (fig. 1) is typically figuline, short and stout, with scape, funicle and clava glabrous, clava 3- jointed, flattened, with spon- giose sensory area confined to anterior face of the segments. According to Burmeister (1847), the members of FIGULINE have "maxillarum manclo utriusque sexus corneus uncatus," a character subsequently utilized by Westwood (1855), but ridi- 5 BENESH, B. : Descriptions of some new exotic species of Stag-beetles. Psyche, L, 1943, p. 37-48, pi. 4, figs. 1-7. 62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1955 culed by Lacordaire (1856), who declared it an "insignificant pecularity." The character is in use today, although sporadi- cally or entirely disregarded, in addition to readily discernible external characters. Another hitherto unrecorded character, utilized by the writer in separation of major groups, such as tribes and subfamilies, is the female genitalia, which may be either simple or bearing styli (fig. 4) ; the character, being constant, is a better criterion for sectional characters than the antennae, mandibles, striation of elytra, or spination of the tibiae, the last of doubtful value, as it may vary in the same species, depending on individual development. Eudora madagascariensis Castelnau In the examination of Eudora madagascariensis Cast., I had been so struck by its distinctive habitus that I readily concur in Burmeister's 6 view, the species should form a separate genus ; accordingly I have attempted to resurrect and validate the name Eudora and discovered, to my astonishment, that the name had been previously used five times, as early as 1800 in Coelen- terates. I therefore propose for Eudora Castelnau (1840), the name Nagclius, to honor a lucanologist of long standing, Herr Paul Nagel, who had materially increased our knowledge of Lucani- dse, and designate Eudora madagascariensis Castelnau as the type of the genus. The genus Nagclius can be readily distinguished from the other genera of FIGULINI and NIGIDIINI, by being dimorphic, with mandibles without an upper, inward directed, basal tooth or horn, canthi not produced posteriorly into projecting apophy- ses, anterior angles of pronotum without alar laminae, etc. Assigned to the new genus is also Nigidius passalijormis Benesh, readily separated from the female of madagascariensis by its larger size, dissimilarly denticulate mandibles, and having the disk of pronotum foveate. 6 Translation : "this distinctive group many would define as a separate genus, as valid and justified as the separation of the genus Cardanus from Figulus." Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 63 We also place here, with some doubt, Nigidius nageli Kriesche (1926), solely for its comparison with madagascarien- sis. N. nageli is purported to have the ocular canthus laterally strongly indented, posteriorly strongly arcuate, post-ocular apophyses much weaker, the front of head depressed and finely punctuate, elytral striation more even and lighter; the mentum less punctured, and with a button-like median flat elevation. Length: 19 mm.; greatest width (pronotum) 6 mm. (by mada- gascariensis J of like development, 7 mm. plus), and recorded from Madagascar. BIBLIOGRAPHY BLACKWELDER, R. E. 1941. The gender of scientific names in zoology. Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 31 : 135-140. . 1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America. Smithsonian Inst. Bull. 185 (2) : 189-341. CASTELNAU, F. L. LAPORTE, COMTE DE. 1840. Histoire naturelle des Insectes Coleopteres, II, Pecticornes, pp. 168-179, tab. 15, 16 et 17. KRIESCHE, R. 1926. Neue Lucaniden. Stettiner Entomol. Zeitung 87: 382-385. LACORDAIRE, J. T. 1856. Histoire naturelle des Insectes. Genera des Coleopteres, III, pp. 1-48, tab. 24 et 25. WESTWOOD, J. O. 1855. Descriptions of some new species of Exotic Lucanidje. Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond. (2) III: 197-221, 3 pis. Membracidae Attracted to Light * BY S. W. FROST, The Pennsylvania State University In our tests with light traps during the past eight years, tree- hoppers or Membracidae have been taken in comparatively small numbers, seldom one per trap per night. The numbers have been so insignificant that we have kept no definite records. They have never been reported in abundance by other work- 1 Authorized for publication November 2, 1954 as paper No. 1917 in the journal series of the Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station. 64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1955 ers. Slingerland - took 23 specimens of Cercsa bubalus (F.) during August and September, 89 specimens of Crytolobus van Say, and 105 specimens of Atymna castanea Van D., during June. Funkhouser 3 states that the only species taken with a trap lantern were Atymna castanea Van D., Crytolobus vau Say, Ophiderma pubescens Emms., and Campylenchia latipes Say and that these were taken only in rare instances. The 5,888 Membracidae taken between June 21 and July 4 at a single light trap operated at Tamarack, Pennsylvania, dur- ing the summer of 1954 deserve special mention. A Minnesota type trap with a 60 watt white bulb was operated from June 1 to September 1 covering the period of activity of Membracids. It was hung on a black walnut tree in a grove of white oaks. A sample of 500 from the 2,080 specimens taken on June 22 re- veal the following. All are oak-inhabiting species. Membracidae taken June 22 at Tamarack, Pa., a sample of 500 from 2080 specimens Species Males Females Total Atymna querci Fitch 238 2 240 Crytolobus auroreus Wood 25 6 25 Crytolobus fenestratus Fitch 88 0 88 Crytolobus vau Say 135 0 135 Ophiderma flavicephala Coding 9 0 9 Ophiderma pubescens Emms. 3 0 3 Total 498 2 500 It is evident that certain Membracids, especially those of the genera Atymna and Crytolobus, are attracted to lights. Ap- parently they do not fly far and are not intercepted unless the light is close to the trees upon which they normally feed. It is also very evident that males respond more freely than the females. 2 SLINGERLAND, M. V. 1902. Trap lanterns or "moth catchers." Cornell Bulletin, 202 : 209 and 228. 3 FUNKHOUSER, W. D. 1917. Biology of the Membracidae of the Cayuga Lake Basin. Cornell Memoir, 11 : 429. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 65 Measurements of Some Parts of Some Male Bumblebees (Hymenoptera) By HENRY J. FRANKLIN, Cranberry Station, East Wareham, Massachusetts All the species included in the table are American, except the European confitsus Schenck and nircatits Kr. from south- western Asia. The American species are all North American, except the South American dahlbomii Guer. and nibicundus F. Sm. The first four species of the list represent the section Odontobombus, the next six, section Anodontobombits, and the remaining nine, section Boopobombus. These species sections, for convenience in making comparisons, are separated in the order here given by double horizontal lines. The inclusion here of rufocinctiis Cress, in the Boopobombus section leads the writer to say that he cannot agree readily with Krombein (Proc. of Ent. Soc. of Washington, Vol. 49, 1947, p. 170) in believing that Riijocinctobombus Prison should be con- sidered a synonym of Cullumanobombus Vogt. It perhaps should rather stand, like Bombias, as a very unique unit of Boopobombus, especially because of the relative dimensions of the hind metatarsus of the male. Those interested in the material published here and in another recent paper on bumblebees by this author l may find much of interest and value in the paper by Frank E. Lutz entitled "The Geographic Distribution of Bombidae (Hymenoptera), with Notes on Certain Species of Boreal America" and published as a Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History (July, 1916). A careful inspection of the measurements made and the ratios developed from them seems to provide material by which we may come by indirection to some interesting conclusions. Note the following : 1. The length of the flagcllnm oj the antennae, as measured against tJiat oj the scape, is shown by the ratios in Column 1 of 1 The Evolution and Distribution of American Bumblebee Kinds (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LXXX, 43-51). 66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1955 the table to be greatest in species of the Odontobombus section and in the Asiatic species niveatus Kr. of the Boopobombus sec- tion and to be least in species of the subgenus Boinbus (species affinis Cress, and terricola Kirby) and in some species of the Boopobombus section. 2. The relative length of the fore wings, as measured against that of the thorax, is shown by the ratios in Column 2 to be ap- parently greatest in species of the Anodontobombus section and least in species of the Boopobombus section and in the species borealis Kirby of the Odontobombus section. 3. The relative width of the fore wings, as measured against the width of the thorax between the tegulae, is shown by the ratios in Column 3 to be apparently greatest in species of the Odontobombus and Anodontoboinbus sections, somewhat less in the species borealis Kirby of the sub-genus Subtcrraneo- bombus, and much less in all species of the Boopobombus section. Though the mathematics used here may leave something to be desired, it is believed that their results give some idea of the real situations involved. SUMMARY Putting together some of the different items revealed above, we find the following matters especially interesting : I. Antennal measurements. The primitive antennae (es- pecially the primitive flagellum) of male bumblebees probably were long, as in the Odontobombus section of today. We probably, therefore, should regard the short antennae of such male bees as those of the Boinbus and Bombias subgenera as radical departures from the primitive form. The Boopobombus form, in its New World development, has apparently appeared only in species with males having more or less shortened an- tennae. The Asian B. Sibiricobombus niveatus Kr., however, evidently is a case of this development in a species with long male antennae and the writer has seen a second Asian species with long antennae (from Bucharei, Turkestan, 12,500-13,000 feet, and identified by A. S. Skorikov as B. rcgcli F. Mor.) showing this evolution. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 67 II. Proportional dimensions of the fore zvings: (a) Longest in Anodontobombus section. Widest in Anodontobombus and Odontobombus sections. (b) Shortest in Boopobombus section. Narrowest in Boopobombus section. (c) All this seems to show that males of species of the Anodontobombus section have a proportionally greater wing area than have those of most other male bumblebees. This sug- gests that these bees fly with a relatively slow wing movement. Column 1 Column 2 Column 5 3 a 0 O P . Antennae Fore Wing and Fore Wing and CO P o Thorax Thorax o *Jt« c/>tr- 14 |H •^tT" ,_^ 0 0 cr O f O. in |_l f& O CD ^--. O Q> ^ CD l_i S H- t-> •o P 3 P 3 \- ' £0 1 3 0 3 , ^r) CD CD la Species Measured 3 0 CR OQ CD cr •o to CD CT cr cr H- O O CD to __ cr H» 1 to P cr P cr cr O H- O O cr 1 CD CD U CD cr 3 P cr o P cT cr 0 H. o CO CD §o ruo 3 O "0 cr CD CD V>< 3 Mj ^— ^ • — > to ^ ro ^ "W f\J JQ CD U ro *^S ,^_, •"^ h* 5 IMC 0* - - CD^ . — • _ - — . h-< 3 H- ^H" CD PJ 1 (— • M ^.^to C" P | "^ ' — cr CD BORSALI3 6 6.5 1.62 3.SS 12.75 6.1 2.09 4-c6 4.75 0.96 americ- anorum 6 7-8 1.86 4.20 16.42 6.6 2.49 5.57 4-73 1.17 fervidus dahlbonill 6 2 6.4 7.5 1.80 1.75 3-57 14.20 16.50 6.0 6.7 m 5.35 4.56 4-91 1.07 1.09 AFr'INIS 6 4.14. 1.80 2.144 14.75 5-2 2.84 4.30 4.25 1.13 terrico- la 9 4«3 1.90 2.26 13.20 5.0 2.64 4.29 4 « i4 1.04 impati- ens vagans 6 6 4.7 4-9 1.67 1.56 2.81 12.45 11.33 it'j 2.77 2.63 4.00 5.50 4.00 5.28 1.00 1.07 perplex- U3 6 4. 8 1.60 3.00 12.42 4.6 2.70 4-25 3-75 1.13 kirb- rellus 1 5.7 1.75 14.00 2.35 4.9? li.cO 1.11 NIV2ATUS 2 6.2 1.50 4.16 12.25 6.0 2.04 4.00 5.00 0.80 nevaden- 3l3 5 4-1 1.71 2.40 14-33 7-2 1.99 4.66 5.80 0.30 fratern- U3 I). 6.3 2.5 2.52 17-75 7-9 2.25 5.85 6.50 0.90 separa- tU3 6 5-6 1.8 3-11 14.08 6.5 2.17 4.60 5-75 0.80 morriso- ni 1 6.0 2.0 3.00 17.00 7-5 2.27 5.33 6.00 0.89 crotchii 1 - - 3.00 15.00 6.7 2.24 4-75 5.50 0.36 rufo- cinctus IT k'3 1.50 2.87 11.67 5-5 2.12 3.92 4.62 0.35 rubicun- dus 1 lr»5 1.67 2.69 14.00 7.0 2.00 4.50 6.00 0.75 confu- 3 US 2 3.6 1.50 2.40 12.25 6.0 2.04 4.00 5.50 0.7i_ The above averages and ratios are necessarily rough, the measurements having been made with a hand lens and hand scale. 68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1955 The male bees with the shortest and narrowest wings (Boopo- bombus) , with their smaller wing area, should, on the other hand, he expected to weave their wings more rapidly in flight. This view seems to be supported by field observations. See here Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., LXXX, p. 46, 1954. I wash to thank Dr. Herbert H. Ross of the Illinois Natural History Survey for the loan of some specimens helpful in the preparation of this paper. I also received much help from C. F. W. Muesbeck and from Karl V. Krombein in the study of speci- mens in the United States National Museum. Forelifidis M. R. Smith a Synonym (Hymenop- tera: Formicidae) By WILLIAM L. BROWN, JR., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University Dr. M. R. Smith has recently (1954, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 49: 17) proposed the new name Forelifidis for the pre- occupied Martia Forel (ncc Ragonot). In so doing, he has overlooked the prior name Oxyepoccus Santschi (1926, Folia Myrmec. Termit. 1:6), with the genotype Oxyepoecus bruchi Santschi, 1926 (/or. cit.). 0. bruchi is the Martia bruchi of authors (see Kusnezov, 1952, Acta Zool. Lilloana 10: 717-722 for references to Martia Forel). The name Oxyepoecus Sant- schi is reinstated for Martia Forel et auct. (nee Ragonot), and F orel "i 'fid 'is M. R. Smith is its new synonym. Notice to Subscribers Due to a clerical error duplicate copies of the JANUARY issue of Volume 66 (1955) of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS were sent to a number of subscribers, some of whom as yet have not renewed their subscriptions for the current year. If you are one of this group and intend to renew your subscription we will refund the amount of postage if you will kindly return the extra copy to The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Phila- delphia, Pa. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 69 An Annotated List of Tabanidae Collected in Kentucky (Diptera) By LEE H. TOWNSEND, College of Agriculture and Home Eco- nomics, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky The specimens on which this list is based are in the insect collection of the Department of Entomology and Botany, Ken- tucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lexington. All speci- mens have been determined by either Dr. C. B. Philip or Dr. Alan Stone. No records have been taken from the literature. The majority of the records are from Lexington since the Tabanidae have not been consistently collected over the state. Systematic collecting will no doubt produce many species not represented in this list. In most instances the name of the collector when known has been given. Initials have been used for three collectors as follows: B. F. Q. -- B. F. Quisenberry, who was formerly As- sistant Entomologist in the Experiment Station; P. O. R. - P. O. Ritcher, formerly an Entomologist in the Experiment Station; and L. H. T. -- Lee H. Townsend. The arrangement follows Philip's (1947, 1950) catalog of the family. Goniops chrysocoma (Osten Sacken). Pineville, June 17, 1892 (H. Carman), 1 J1 along Straight Creek. Chrysops aestuans van der Wulp. Calvert City, May 12, 1948 (P. O. R.), 1 $; Sinai, May 19, 1948, 1 ?. C. callida Osten Sacken. Lexington, July 1, 1930 (Eugene Simpson), 1 $. B. F. Q. reared 4^ and 10$$ during the summers of 1950 and 1951 from larvae collected in Clark County. The larvae were taken at the border of a small farm pond and were numerous. On May 14, 1951 pupation was in progress. A few pupal skins were found in semi-dry soil one to one and a half feet from the water's edge. Pupae were also found in saturated soil. The pupal period varied from 5 to 8 days with an average of 6 days. For all available adults the date of appearance varies from May 28 to July 1. 70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1955 C. flavida Wiedemann. Caneyville, June 18, 1945 (P. O. R.), 1 $. B. F. Q. reared 5 $<$ and 2 $$ in 1951 from larvae col- lected in Clark County. Larvae were taken from mud along the shore of a farm pond. The pupal period varied from 5 to 9 days with an average of 7 days. C. geminata subsp. impuncta Krober. Pineville, July 17, 1912 (H. Carman). 1 $; Natural Bridge, June 22, 1913 (H. Carman), 1 $. C. rnoecha Osten Sacken. Natural Bridge, June 21, 1912 (H. Carman), 1$. C. nigra Macquart. Lexington, May 7, 1948 (L. H. T.), 1$; May 14, 1951 (B. F. Q.), 2 ?$; May 19, 1944 (H. Tilson), 1$, May 21, 1951 (B. F. Q.), 5$?; May 24, 1947 (L. H. T.), 1 ^ 5 June 7, 1904, 1 $. Science Hill, May 16, 1948, 1 $ ; Hogue, May 18, 1947, 1 $; Midway, May 29, 1933 (S. J. Anderson), 2?$- C. pikei Whitney. Rabbittown, June 24, 1949 (B. F. Q.), 1 $; Lexington, June 16, 1950 (B. F. Q.), 1 J. C. separata Hine. Grayson County, April 27, 1950, 1 $. C. striata Osten Sacken. Caneyville, June 18, 1945 (P.O.R.) , !(?• C. univittata Macquart. Cumberland Falls State Park, June 26, 1945 (P. O. R. & L. H. T.), 1 <$. C. vittata Wiedemann. Lexington, October 1, 1904, 1 $. C. wiedemanni Krober. Lexington, June 8, 1950 (B. F. Q.), 1 J (reared) ; July 24, 1894, 2 $$; July 28, 1894; 1 #', August 22, 1950, 1?. Midland, July 21, 1892, 1$; Natural Bridge, July 29, 1916, 1 $. Hamatabanus carolinensis (Macquart). Lexington, July 22, 1892 (H. Carman), 1$; Williamsburg, May 17, 1952 (L. H. T.), 1$. Leucotabanus annulatus (Say). Lexington, August 5, 1945 (L. H. T.),l$. Tabanus abdominalis Fabricius. Mt. Olivet, October 10, 1937, 1 $. T. americanus Forster. Dingus, September 5, 1948, 1$; Lexington, October 17, 1949, 1 $. T. atratus Fabricius. Numerous specimens (<$$ and 2?) collected at California, Greensburg, Hickman, Mason County, Owensboro, and Lexington. The dates of collection vary from May 11 to August 29. In addition to being on dairy cows, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 71 specimens were collected on rotten apples, at sugar, and at light. B. F. Q. reared adults (1 <$ and 6$$) from larvae col- lected in Clark County. The larvae were taken from moist soil along the shore of farm ponds. The pupal period varied from 12 to 21 days with an average of 16 days. This species is very common and ranks next to sulcifrons in number of individuals collected. It is commonly known as the black horsefly. T. calens Linne. California, August 9, 1951 (B. F. Q.), 3 $$ on dairy cows, and August 19, 1950 (B. F. Q.), 2$$ on horse; King's Mountain, August 10, 1897, 1 $; Peewee Valley, August 11, 1950 (B. F. Q.), 1 $ on hog; Tyrone, August 25, 1892, 1$; Hickman, August 29, 1913 (H. H. Jewett), 1$; Dingus, October 1, 1948, 1 $; Frankfort, October 1, 1949, 1 ?; Lexington, October 7, 1945 (L. H. T.), 1 $. This is one of the largest of the Nearctic tabanids. Until recently it has been identified as T. giganteus Degeer. Philip (1952) presented evidence and concluded that giganteus is a synonym of calens. Under the former name Tashiro and Schwardt (1953) present notes on its biology and describe characters for the separation of the larvae of this species from those of sulcifrons Macquart. T. difficilis Wiedemann. Knox County, May 17, 1947, 1 $; Bardstown, June 17, 1950 (B. F. Q.), 1 $. T. equalis Hine. Tatum Springs, July 15, 1941 (L. H. T.), 3$$; Bardstown, June 17, 1950 (B. F. Q.), 2$?. T fulvulus Wiedemann. Cumberland Falls State Park, June 27, 1945 (P. O. R.) & (L. H. T.), 1 $• T. fuscicostatus Hine. Greenville, June 29, 1949 (B. F. Q.), !eff" and further "rendered comprehensible and amplified to a very large degree" Verhoeff's studies. Burr's 1910 important contribution was the Dermaptera vol- ume of the "Fauna of British India" series, a work of over two hundred pages, in the introduction to which is presented the best summary of the general structure, development, basic life his- tory, and broad analysis of the distribution of the order we possess, as well as the first outstanding study of the systematics of the earwigs of any considerable area of the world. In 1911 the same author brought out the Dermaptera volume of the "Genera Insectorum" series, which has served as a reference basis for most of the systematic work done on these insects in the last few decades, and it is in essence the best presentation we have of Burr's general conclusions on the components down to at least the generic level. Briefly he divided the Dermaptera into three suborders, the Arixenina, containing only the bat cave inhabiting Arixenia, the Hemimerina including the even more aberrant ectoparasite Hemimerus, and the Forficulina, embracing the earwigs or the remainder of the order. Of the latter he recognized three superfamilies ; Protodermaptera, as defined by Zacher and consisting of two families, Parader- maptera, as erected by Verhoeff for the family Apachyidae, and Eudermaptera, consisting of three families. The classification used in this work is a great advance over most which preceded it, yet is essentially conservative in that it maintained a reasonable level of relative values for supra-generic entities. The dislocations of the First World War and subsequent events compelled Burr, the greatest student the Dermaptera had ever had, to abandon permanently his long contemplated mono- graph of the order. In 1915-16, however, there appeared from 90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 his pen a series of notes and observations on many species of much constructive value, but the imperativeness of foreign mili- tary service prevented the author from giving to his notes the coordination of subject material which was usual in his publica- tions. In spite of their many deficiencies these notes, which appeared in the Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, are of definite value and represent in many cases the mature conclu- sions of our foremost authority. In them Burr modified his 1911 "Genera Insectorum" higher arrangement to the extent that he sunk the Paradermaptera, and regarded the Apachyidae as a family within the Protodermaptera. In the several decades following the appearance of the last- mentioned paper by Burr, many less comprehensive but impor- tant studies, largely of faunistic character or making known additional genera and species, appeared from the pens of a num- ber of authors, in America these being A. N. Caudell, Morgan Hebard and J. A. G. Rehn, and in Germany Klaus Giinther. In 1934-35 several important studies on the systematics and morphology of the aberrant genus Hemimerus, the sole member of the suborder Hemimerina, appeared from the pen of Lucien Chopard, the French orthopterist, which amplified our knowl- edge of that very unusual type, while in 1935 there also was published by J. A. G. Rehn and John W. H. Rehn a study of the same genus which, in addition to elaborating our knowledge of its species, discussed previously unnoticed correlations of parts of this ectoparasite's structure with the hair texture of various forms of the host giant rats of the genus Cricetomys. In 1936 G. J. Bey-Bienko, the Russian orthopterist, brought out in the Dermaptera volume of the "Fauna of the U. S. S. R.," an important work of over two hundred pages and many figures, the text in Russian with a comprehensive English summary. In this the author followed Martynov (1925) in considering the Hemimerina of Burr an independent order (Hemimeroidea), created a suborder Archidermaptera for Photodiplatys of Marty- nov, described from the Jurassic of Kazakstan, retained the Arixenina as a suborder of equal rank to the Dermaptera s.s., and regarded the Protodermaptera and Eudermaptera as super- Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 91 families of the latter suborder. Even though much of the text is virtually a sealed book to the average taxonomic entomologist, the English summary is well balanced and a most useful aid on that fauna of much of the Palearctic and bordering areas of the Oriental realm. In 1949, Lucien Chopard presented, in the ninth volume of Grasse's "Traite de Zoologie," the most recent classificatory sketch of existing Dermaptera. He regards the order as com- posed of three suborders ; the Arixenioidea, the Diploglossata (this being a name based on an erroneous morphological de- duction, first used in 1879 by Saussure for Hemimerus), and the Forficuloidea. In the latter suborder he follows the arrange- ment of superfamilies and families used by Burr in his "Genera Insectorum" work. In the past decade our most active student of the Dermaptera has been W. D. Hincks, of the Manchester Museum, who has brought out a number of contributions on the subject. It can now be said our knowledge of the fossil aspect of the Dermaptera goes back definitely as far as the Jurassic of Central Asia, and in addition we now are acquainted with more than a score of species from Caenozoic deposits, including Baltic amber, these belonging not only to extinct families but existing ones as well. In cross-section during the past one hundred years our knowl- edge of the systematics of the Dermaptera has grown from an acquaintance with approximately eighteen genera and less than a hundred nominal species, to a total of genera in excess of one hundred and sixty, and in the neighborhood of one thousand existing species, and in addition we now know the order carried far back into the Mesozoic period of the world's history. Our knowledge of the basic morphology, general natural history and faunistic relationships of these species is almost entirely an acquisition of the hundred year span. The greatest need for the future from a systematic standpoint is a complete evaluation of the importance of genitalic features in relation to external morphological ones. Much has been done, but much remains to be reviewed and reappraised for 92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 true relative values. We now have a fair picture of the supra- specific categories, although there has been far from agreement on values and relationships in a number of cases. There has developed a fair conception of specific values in this section of the insect world where there is frequently much intra-specific variation, even in the matter of alar development, as well as in the degree of development of the forceps in the same sex of numerous species. The understanding of respective faunas is now fair for certain parts of the world. The Nearctic fauna has a very poor repre- sentation of the order, apparently because of destructive Pleisto- cene conditions and the slow northward penetration of Neo- tropical elements since that time. The Palearctic fauna, one of the richest of the order, apparently survived the Pleistocene better, probably because its eastern portion was less extensively glaciated. The Oriental and Ethiopian faunas are rich and now moderately, but far from comprehensively, known. The Neo- tropical fauna probably holds more yet to be discovered than any other part of the world, with, like the Ethiopian, whole sub- families found only in that region. Some of the genera of Dermaptera such as Esphalmenus and Brachylabis pose ques- tions which may indicate past Antarctic connections, and others suggest this to a lesser degree. Members of the Dermaptera as a whole are not readily spread by non-human means, and so may prove to be important entities in studying faunistic histories and movements. The apparently very high degree of speciali- zation and demonstrated or assumed dependence upon a nar- rowly adjusted parasitic, or a least commensal, type of life, found in the Hemimerina and Arixenina, as well as the known relatively far-reaching geological history of the order, point to a marked antiquity and a prolonged period of adjustment, en- hanced by the most unusual maternal instinct of the female earwig in guarding and protecting her eggs, a rare condition in non-social insects.- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 93 Observations on some Heleidae (Diptera) of the Psammolittoral Zone of Douglas Lake, Michigan * By ROGER W. WILLIAMS l' - Wiszniewski (1933) introduced the term psammolittoral to designate the sandy zone from an unspecified position in a lake to a region a few meters above the waters edge. Neel (1948) reported on a limnological study of the psammon (environment and assemblage of organisms of the sandy beach) of Douglas Lake, Michigan. Among the organisms he found composing the psammon were members of the insect order Diptera, family Ceratopogonidae, now usually referred to as family Heleidae. Since he was studying all the organisms of the beach sand, which were very numerous, no attempt was made to break this family down into the genera and species found. The present paper is based on a number of observations made during the summer of 1954 on several different species of Heleids which constituted a portion of the psammon of Douglas Lake in the Sedge Point Pool area and the beach of South Fish-Tail Bay. The Sedge Point Pool area is directly across the lake from the University of Michigan Biological Station on South Fish- Tail Bay. In this area a number of sand-spit beach pools have been formed by shore dynamics. The vegetation of these pools includes a great many cat-tails, Typha latifolia L. The most recently formed pool is separated from Douglas Lake by a spit of sand only 10 or 15 feet wide. A dozen or less cat-tails, which were not at all common in Douglas Lake, at least in the eastern half, were growing on the Douglas Lake side of the spit. On June 24 this area was visited and many Heleid pupae were found on the Typha leaves of these few plants growing in Douglas Lake. On June 28 a more extensive survey was made and it was noted that these pupae could be found only on these * Contribution from the University of Michigan Biological Station. 1 School of Public Health of the Faculty of Medicine, Columbia University. - 1 wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. W. W. Wirth of the U. S. National Museum for the identification of the Heleids discussed. 94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 leaves, none being present on any of the many Typha plants growing in the adjacent pool. The plants upon which these pupae were attached were growing in 10 or less inches of water and most of the pupae were attached to the leaves within 6 inches of the water surface although some had crawled a foot or more up the leaf shaft. The pupae themselves were very active when disturbed and could make their way along the leaf with the aid of sticky, transparent pads on the venter of some of the abdomi- nal segments and spines on the body wall. Most of the pupae were on the inner surface of the leaves. Leaves were cut and pupae brought into the laboratory for rearing purposes. Here it was found, under microscopic examination, that there were many cast larval skins on the leaves, indicating that the larval stage of some of the specimens had migrated up the stems of the cat-tails onto the leaves where they had pupated. In most cases the pupae had made further migration. In the laboratory most of the adults emerged within 3 days and 4 species were recovered and identified, these being Jenkinshelca albaria (Coq.), Probczzia (Dicrobczzia) sabroski Wirth, Johannscnoniyia hal- tcralis Malloch, and Probczzia atrircntris Wirth. It is of inter- est to note that apparently the cat-tails are of secondary impor- tance as an ecological factor in the biology of these Heleids as evidenced by the fact that they were not found in association with the many Typha plants in the adjacent pools. These flies seemingly need the lake water or sand or both and some form of vegetation may be necessary for some of the species although they could not be found associated with the sedges in the lake. On July 31 thousands of pupae of Probczzia sabroskyi ap- peared on the beach sand of South Fish-Tail Bay in front and to the west of the University of Michigan Biological Station boat house — and only in this location. The greatest concentra- tion was found roughly opposite the north-west corner of the boat house. The number of pupae decreased east and west of this point and finally diminished to nothing. During the pre- vious night and at the time the pupae were found the wind was blowing from the north-east toward this beach. It was apparent from the fan-like distribution of the pupae that they had dis- IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 95 parsed from a focal point 30 or 40 feet out in the lake. When this area was inspected from a boat it was found that at this point there was a clump of submerged pondweed, Potamogeton natans L., which had a few leaves breaking the surface. These leaves were covered with Heleid egg masses. One of the larger leaves, measuring 13 cm. in length, had 170 egg masses at- tached to the dorsal surface. Under laboratory conditions some of these eggs hatched in from 3 to 6 days and were identifiable as Heleid larvae. They did not, however, survive the trip back to New York and as a result the species to which these eggs belonged is in doubt but it seems probable that they were eggs of P. sabroski. Further ecological association of this species with Potamogeton is not known. Adults, from these pupae col- lected on the beach, emerged in the laboratory in 6 days. A single, somewhat larger pupa, was isolated from those of P. sabroski collected on the beach. The adult which emerged a few days later was identified as Sphaeromias (Palpomyia} lon- gipennis (Loew). On July 27 a number of large Heleid larvae were isolated from the psammon samples taken by the limnology class. Further ef- fort was made on my part to isolate similar samples and fail- results were achieved. They were collected by mixing % to 7-.. a bucket of beach sand with lake water and pouring into a small "bucket" type plankton net. After the water had passed through the net the contents of the brass bucket were emptied into a white enamel pan where the larvae could be seen swimming about and could be withdrawn with a pipette. One or two larvae were found per bucket of sand. It is not known whether this relatively meager population represented a normal popula- tion for this area throughout the summer or represented a sea- sonal low. Neel (1948) made no study of the South Fish-Tail Bay beach but he did find that in one area of the lake the beach contained a Heleid larval population as high as 37 per c.c. of sand. Most were found from 2 meters above the lake edge to 5 meters below and in the top 3 cm. of sand. The larvae I recovered seemed to be most numerous at the waters edge. Before pupating a dark pigmented area became visible behind the head. Larvae, in laboratory rearing jars, having this mark- 96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 ing swam around and around the jar at surface level without burrowing into the sand at the bottom. Another jar was set up in such a manner that a miniature beach above water level was formed. Five larvae, having the pigmented area behind the head, were placed one at a time in the "deep" water of the container. Each swam at surface level until making contact with the miniature beach, then immediately burrowed into the sand. Six hours later two were recovered as pupae and all had pupated by the next day. It would appear that when these larvae are ready to pupate in nature they swim at surface level until making contact with the beach sand, there tunnel in and pupate. Ten days after these five larvae pupated they emerged as adults of Dicrohclca argcntata (Lowes). SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION Three species of the family Heleidae, order Diptera, were isolated from the psammolittoral zone of Douglas Lake, Michi- gan. Two of these, Probezzia sabroski and Sphacroniias longi- pennis, were recovered as pupae while Dicrohclca argcntata was isolated from the beach sand in the larval stage ; all were reared to adults in the laboratory. Jenkinshclca albaria, Johannseno- myia halteralis and Probczzia atriventris (as well as P. sabroski} were taken as pupae on the leaves of Typha latijolia growing in the lake. Adults emerged in the laboratory. These species are undoubtedly a portion of the psammon of the lake during some stage of their development. The two species of Probcszia have been reported from Michi- gan. Although specimens of the other species have been taken in Michigan and are in the collection of the U. S. National Museum,3 no published report has previously been made of their occurrence there. It is probable that these six species represent only a fraction of the total number of Heleid species which may be found in the psammolittoral zone of Douglas Lake and since this study is biologically incomplete this field of investigation is open for considerably more study in the future. 3 Personal communication from Dr. W. W. Wirth. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 97 REFERENCES NEEL, J. K. 1948. A limnological investigation of the psammon in Douglas Lake, Michigan, with especial reference to shoal and shoreline dynamics. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 62 : 1-53. WISZNIEWSKI, J. 1933. Remarques sur les conditions de la vie du psammon lacustre. Verh. Int. Ver. f. theor. u. angew. Limnol., 6: 263-274. Some Notes on Neotropical Stagbeetles. (Coleoptera : Lucanidae) By BERNARD BENESH, Burrville, Tennessee The purpose of the present contribution is three-fold : 1 ) to define certain neotropical genera of Lucanidae; 2) to record corrections to errors, affecting the foregoing group of insects, appearing in the recently issued "Catalogue illustre" by Didier and Seguy (1953), and 3) to describe an insect catalogued by Germain (1911) as Sclerognathus nitidus, which remained a bare name to this date. The nondescript insect is a component of a small lot of Chilean stagbeetles, on loan from the Museo Nacional, Santiago, Chile, destined for monographing the genus Pycnosiphorus Solier. I am under deep obligation to Dr. G. Kuschel, Uni- versidad de Santiago, who was instrumental in securing the loan, to whom I herewith render my sincere thanks. Tribe SCLEROSTOMINI The genera Pycnosiphorus Holier (1851) and Sclerostomus Burmeister (1847), hitherto included in DORCINAE, form a distinctive tribe, for which the name SCLEROSTOMINI is here proposed. The tribe has analogous characters to FIGULINAE, as defined by Burmeister (1847), where both sexes have the buccal appendages (inner maxillary lobe or lacinia) uncinate or hooked, and the female genitalia bear styli, the last analogous to the subfamilies SINODENDRINAE, AESALINAE, SYNDESINAE and LAMPRIMINAE. 98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 The tribe SCLEROSTOMINI can be readily separated from FIGULINI and NIGIDIINI, by being dimorphic,1 and not having the eyes completely circumscribed by the canthi ; the genera comprising the tribe can be at once distinguished by their an- tennae, which have the clava of figuline aspect in Sclerostomus (clava glabrous, sensory area confined to anterior face of the segments), and dorcine in PYCNOSIPHORUS (clava lobate, the segments spongiose and pubescent throughout, analogous to DORCINAE). The tribe SCLEROSTOMINI, as pointed out by Westwood (1855), differs from the DORCINAE, in that both sexes have the buccal appendages uncinate (in DORCINAE the female only) and the female genitalia bearing styli (simple in DORCINAE). Pycnosiphorus Solier The members of this genus are known to occur in the extreme south-western tip of South America (Argentina and Chile), with two additional species, as yet unrecorded, from Ecuador (caclatus (Blanch.)) and Peru (niandibiilaris (Solier)); they form two homogenous groups, with pronounced sectional char- acteristics, i.e., structure of the head, mandibles and compressed or excavated pronotum, and the presence of a pronotal tubercle. According to those characters, the femoralis group has the head (both sexes) triangularly depressed, base of triangle to front, extending from the occiput to front, pronotum without a frontal tubercle ; the mandibularis group, as the name implies, has distinctive mandibles, head deeply, semicircularly excavated, pronotum (both sexes) with an antero-median tubercle. A very distinctive character, pointed out by Arrow (1943), is "a very broad depression in the middle of the pronotum," which is absent in Sclerostomus, or at most feebly indicated by a simple canaliculation, or replaced by a cornute process, as exemplified by S. cncullatus (Blanch.). In the "Catalogue illustre" by Didier and Seguy (1953), the species of Pycnosiphorns are so confused and indiscriminately intermixed that to make the catalogue of some practical value, the following correction must be made. 1 Except Sclerostomus tubcrculatus (Solier), as far as known. IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 99 Of the thirty species assigned to Pycnosiphorus, ten (auro- cinctus Boil., dcnticulatus Lued., dcntijer (Mollenk.), margi- nivillosus Lued., rotitndatns Boil., securijormis Lued., signati- pennis Deyr., sulcicollis (Mollenk.), tnincatus Lued., tucumanus Nagel) must be transferred to Sclerostomus, and one (tristis Deyr.) removed to Aptcrodorcits, if Deyrolle's description is accepted as valid, and the comparison, with A. bacchus (Hope et Westw.), is (proved to be) correct. Tristis was referred by Benesh (1945) to Apterodorcus, solely on its comparison by Deyrolle with A. bacchus; Didier and Seguy have assigned the species to Pycnosiphorus, without indicating their reason for the action. Sclerostomus Burmeister In uniting Sclerostomus and Scortisus, suppressing the first, Arrow (1943) overlooked, or disregarded, one character, pointed out by Westwood (1855), which separates the two genera. As previously indicated for the tribe SCLEROSTOMINI, Sclerostomus has the buccal appendages (in both sexes) un- cinate, which certainly does not apply to Scortizus, reported by Westwood to have the buccal appendages simple in the male, uncinate or hooked in female. In accepting Arrow's views, without serious research on their part, Didier and Seguy assigned five species (buckleyi Waterh., costatus (Hope et Westw.), gouncllel (Boil.), ruficollis (Lued.), and tuberculatus (Solier)) to Scortizus, which are all, in fact, true members of Sclerostomus, as defined by Burmeister (1847). Sclerostomus nitidus Benesh, n. sp. Sclerognathus nitidus Germain, Bol. Museo Nacional, Santiago, III, 1911. p. 66, nom. nud. I )i;ignosis : black, nitid, allied to S. tuberculatus (Solier i, but broader, and more convex. $. Head broader than long (1.1 X 2.8 mm.), declivous from occiput to the front, slightly excavated in center, center ocellate- punctate, the punctures gradually diminishing in size towards the margins. Anterior margin nearly straight, clypeus pro- 100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 duced, rounded ; antero-lateral angles obtuse, obscurely emar- ginate to canthi ; canthus anteriorly arcuate and parallel oppo- site to and half-way circumscribing the eye ; eyes fairly large, parallel ; post-ocular portion slightly converging to base. Man- dibles shorter than the head, externally arcuate and keeled, inner edge with a single ante-median simple tooth. Antennae ten-jointed, clava composed of three segments, of figuline aspect. Pronotum one and one-half times as long as broad, strongly convex, anterior margin sinuous ; antero-lateral angles pro- duced and acuminate, projecting well beyond the anterior mar- gin; sides arcuate and diverging to basal third, thence gently convergent to basal angles, which are nearly square, basal margin uneven, with center broadly concave. Center of the anterior area with ovate depression, the latter with several close large punctures within and demarcated on each side and at base by a conical tubercle, as in tuberculatus. Punctured throughout, but less closely than the head, the punctures re- duced in size and intensity in lateral declivity. Scutellum broader than long (.5 X .3 mm.), parabolic, with a few fine punctures. Elytra one and one-half times as long as broad, broadest at the juncture of the median and apical thirds, apex rounded; humeri slightly oblique and produced, mucro- nate, extending well beyond the scutellum; sculptured from suture to the humeri with six striae-like rows of large, circular punctures, with smaller, less numerous punctures between the rows and on lateral margins ; apical angles strongly punctured. Legs short and stout; anterior tibiae externally strongly fur- cate and denticulate from the furcation to the knees by four progressively reduced teeth ; intermediate and posterior tibiae with a single median spine. Venter strongly punctured throughout, the femora less so ; abdomen strongly nitid. Mentum transverse, closely cribri- punctate throughout, opaque, twice as broad as long, anterior margin broadly concave, antero-lateral angles obtusely rounded, base straight, center feebly depressed. 1 unknown. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 101 Holotype: a female, without locality, bearing two labels: Dorcus nitidus Ph., 1399, and D. nitidus Ph., 1773, in Museo Nacional, Santiago, Chile. Described from a unique specimen, named, but not described, by Philippi as nitidus, which name is here retained. It was subsequently recorded by Germain (1911) as Sclerognathus nitidus. S. nitidits can be readily separated from tuber culatus, by its greater convexity and posterior width, more shiny aspect and non-tuberculate elytra, which in tubcrculatus are costate from the suture to humeri, the three costae broken and forming oblong tubercles, the humeri less projecting and right angled, the head less declivous, pronotum laterally less arcuate, etc. Measurements (in millimeters) of .S". nitidus and tuber cu- latus, used for comparison and definition of the new species, follow : length X width nitidus n. sp. tuberculatus Head (incl. mandibles) 1.5 X 2.8 1.6 X 2.8 Pronotum 3.5 X 5.0 3.5 X 4.6 Elytra 2 7.5 X 5.2 7.6 X 4.8 Overall 12.5 12.7 Colocephalaria Didier In "A systematic revision of the Holarctic genus Platycerus Geoffroy," Benesh (1946) declared the genus Colocephalaria Didier (1929) congeneric with Metadorcus Parry (1870), rec- ommending suppression of the "new genus" as superfluous and unnecessary in systematics of Lucanidae. This was based, of course, on the characteristics of the male, as described and figured by Deyrolle (1864). Upon further exploration of the matter, it must be recorded here that Colocephalaria, as conceived by Didier (1929), is composite; the male, described by Deyrolle (1864) as Platy- cerus ebeninus, being a true Metadorcus, and a female, iden- tified by Boileau as ebeninus, in Didier's collection (ex-coll. Boileau), proves to be a true member of Sclerostomus. The latter appertains to the rotundatus group, particularly to tucu- 2 From base of scutellum. 102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1955 inanus Nagel (1932), of which the female has been just recently described by Martinez (1953), and whose description is not recorded in the "Catalogue illustre," apparently being unknown to the authors. Obviously Didier was unduly influenced by the suggestion in the last paragraph of Deyrolle's description, which he records verbatim as follows: "Peut-etre les antennes, le prosternum, les cuises et les tibias fourniraient-ils des caracteres pour former tin genre distinct? Dans tous les cas, ils font de cet Insecte une division bien tranchee de celle des especes typiques." It is manifest that Didier in his anxiety and haste to provide a new name for the insect, and add another "mihi" to his credit, overlooked the fact that the male Platycerus ebcninus, which perhaps was unknown to him in nature, and which he certainly did not have before him, has every character assigned by Parry (1870) to Metadorcus, with "head broad, antennae short, four anterior tibiae indistinctly denticulate, posterior unarmed." In addition, Didier overlooked the figure, accompanying the description of P. ebcninus, which clearly shows the intermediate tibiae with one spine, posterior tibiae unarmed, a feature en- tirely at variance with the female brought forward as that of ebcninus, with intermediate tibiae tri-spinose, posterior ones bi-spinose. From the preceding we readily understand that Didier (1929) and Seguy (1953) are apparently unable to distinguish be- tween existing genera, in present instance Metadorcus and Sclerostomus, indvicing them to devise "new genera" as Colo- cephalaria, Caprinigidius, Cladognathinus and Chiasognathinus, "genera" of doubtful usefulness and little scientific value, only adding to the clutter of redundant synonymic names. In recording again Colocephalaria, after its suppression by Benesh (1946) as another superfluous synonym, Didier and Seguy (1953) by inadvertence omitted, or carefully avoided, recording the position taken by Benesh, thus making their "Catalogue illustre" somewhat incomplete and out of date ; whether the authors considered it relevant or not, the record should have appeared in the opus. R The italics are the author's. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 103 Tribe SCORTIZINI The genera Scortizus, Leptinopterus* Charagmophorus, Au.ri- cerus, Apterodorcus and Dorcnlus, with sectional characters indicated anteriorly for Scortizus, form another distinctive tribe, for which the name SCORTIZINI, suggested by W. Douglas Hincks, Manchester Museum, is proposed. This tribe, as indi- cated by Benesh (1945) for Apterodorcus, shows phylogenetic affinity to LAMPRIMINAE, in which subfamily it is included, in the second edition Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars Lucanidae. I am not positive, at this date, whether An.ncents and Dorcnlus definitely belong here; Dorcnlus and the female An.viccrns are unknown to me in nature, the former being placed here solely on account of its great similarity to Dcndrobla.v, a member of the tribe LAMPRIMINI. Under Scortizus, as conceived by Westwood (1834), are in- cluded four species, in deference to Westwood's expressed opin- ion (1855), as follows: cntcntns (Burm.), macnlatns (Klug), playiatus (Burm.), and pnk'erosus Westw. ; the first three spe- cies are members of the Brazilian fauna, whilst the last occurs in Colombia. A new species, as yet undescribed, has recently been discovered, by Serior Martinez, in Bolivia. It approxi- mates closely S. macnlatns, its chief characteristics being the total absence of squamae, from which macnlatns derives its name. Metadorcus Parry According to Didier and Seguv (1953), the type of Meta- dorcus Parry (1870) is Leptinopterus rotnndatns; this is in- correct. The type is Psalidostomus rotnndatns, as the species rotnndatns was originally described under that generic name ; it was subsequently recorded by Parry (1864) as Leptinopterus, and in 1870 declared the type of Metadorcus. I am indebted to Dr. Henry F. Howclen, University of Ten- nessee, Knoxville, Tenn., for reading and correcting the present manuscript. "1 herewith thank Mr. E. B. BritUm, British Museum ( Xat. Hist.), for a specimen of Leptinopterus r-myntin (Hope et \Yest\v.) ?. supplied to be used for dissection, to definitely place the semis. 104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 BIBLIOGRAPHY ARROW, G. J. 1943. Proc. R. Ent. Soc., London (B), 12: 133-143. BENESH, B. 1945. Ent. News, 56: 229-234. — . 1946. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 72: 139-202 (cf. p. 144, foot- note 13). BURMEISTER, H. C. C. 1847. Handbuch der Entomologie, Band V, pp. 304-442, 527-530. DEYROLLE, H. 1864. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 4: 311-320. DIDIER, R. 1929. Etudes sur les Coleop. Lucan. du Globe, fasc. V, p. 124. - et E. SEGUY. 1953. Catalogue illustre des Lucanides du Globe. Encycl. Ent., A, 27: 1-223. GERMAIN, P. 1911. Bol. Mus. Nac., Santiago, 3 : 47-73. MARTINEZ, A. 1953. Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina, 16: 42-48. NAGEL, P. 1932. Ent. Blatter, 28: 113-121. PARRY, F. J. S. 1862. Proc. Ent. Soc., London, pp. 107-113. — . 1864. Trans. Ent. Soc., London, ser. 3, 2: 1-113. — . 1870. Trans. Ent. Soc., London, (1), pp. 53-118. SOLIER, A. J. J. 1851. Gay's Hist. fis. y pol. de Chile, Zoologia, 5 : 39-57. WESTWOOD, J. O. 1834. Ami. Sci. Nat., Zool. ser. 2, 1: 112-124. -. 1855. Trans. Ent. Soc., London, ser. 2, 3: 197-221. Two New Species in the Genera Dipogon Fox and Minagenia Banks (Hymenoptera, Psammocharidae) By R. R. DREISBACH, Midland, Michigan Since my paper on these genera was written the following new species have turned up and are described below. Dipogon hondurensis n. sp. Holotype female : body completely black, with slightly bluish tinge on head and thorax with abdomen black and shining ; a few long upright reddish hairs on clypens, more numerous blackish red ones on vertex, posterior orbits with fewer ones on fore coxae, pronotum, mesonotum, propodeum and dorsal and ventral surface of abdomen ; the clypeus, lower face, anterior orbits, and most of thorax covered with appressed, slightly Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 105 golden pubescence ; the abdomen with very closely appressed fine yellowish pubescence, the long hair on last tergite yellowish ; apical half of mandibles yellowish, three toothed, beard on each cardo strong, long and reddish yellow ; labial palpi short, maxil- lary palpi long and slender, both brownish; antennae situated just above clypeus, yellowish, lighter below, third joint longer than first two together and longer than fourth, rather slender ; clypeus almost truncate at apex, slightly arched in profile, yel- lowish tip of labruni just visible below it; in front view vertex in a slight arch above eyes, oval, a sulcus from base of antennae to fore ocellus, almost evanescent at ocellus, head slightly broader than pronotum, ocelli small, the laterals about as far apart as their distance to eyes ; interocular distance 0.53 times trans- facial distance ; from side ocelli and vertex not visible, front slightly raised, posterior orbits broad and about three fourths as wide as eyes; pronotum slightly shorter than mesonotum, pro- podeum sloping in a smooth curve ; wings with veins at extreme base and tegula yellowish, rest brown ; a broad black bank across fore wings over basal veins, a second broad one over marginal cell, extending through last two cubital cells to pos- terior vein of third discoidal cell, the wing between bands hyaline, slightly yellowish, the tip of wing beyond cells is milky white. Tips of rear wings darker than rest of wing, basal vein and transverse in forewings, and cubital and anal veins in rear wings much disjointed; second cubital cell almost a parallelogram, the first and second intercubital veins curve inward, the third cubital cell about three times as long on cubital as on marginal veins, outer vein curved inward, third cell longer than second ; second recurrent vein strongly bent outward at middle, meets third cell about basal third ; median vein does not extend to outer margin of wings ; abdomen widest before middle, slightly be- fore apex of second tergite ; legs all black to near apex of tibiae which are marked with yellowish near apex and for a greater distance on under side, all tarsi yellowish, all legs more or less covered with sericeous yellowish hairs. Length: head and thorax 4.64 mm., abdomen 4.64 mm., fore- wing 9.1 mm., rear wing 6.62 mm. Holotype female: Tela, HONDURAS, April, Bates (MCZ). 106 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 This species runs to couplet 9 of my key to the genus.1 It can be separated from the two species there as follows : 9. Same as 9 femur-aureus Dreisbach 9. Legs all black at least to apex of tibiae 10 10. Legs all black as well as rest of body ; dark band over basal veins in forewing absent or very faint ; wing tip beyond cells hyaline not milky white, tip of rear wings hyaline slightly fumous as rest of wing: U. S pulchripennis (Cresson) 10. Tarsi all yellowish, as well as the antennae, apical half of mandibles and exposed part of mentum ; dark band over basals in fore wing strong, dark ; wing tip in fore wings beyond cells milky white, tip of rear wings darker than rest of wing Iiondiirensis n. sp. Minagenia lutea n. sp. Holotype female : head black, except antennae, apical half of mandibles, visible part of mentum and fore part of clypeus which are dull yellowish, and labial and maxillary palpi which are bright yellow ; thorax black, except for faint traces of yellow on lower edge of pronotum ; abdomen and legs completely bright yellow except the base of first tergite is black ; when seen from in front vertex almost straight across, a slight sulcus from base of antennae halfway to fore ocellus, antennae just above clypeus, which is truncate in front ; from the side the clypeus is flat and only the front at base of antennae barely visible, posterior orbits very narrow, eyes very large ; lateral ocelli nearer eyes than each other ; interocular distance 0.43 times transfacial distance ; pro- notum almost vertical in front, dorsal surface almost horizontal, about as long as mesonotum ; both head and thorax devoid of hair but with very fine appressed whitish pubescence ; abdomen and legs of same color and with fine whitish glistening pu- bescence in various reflected light ; transverse vein in fore wing slightly basad of basal vein and cubital in rear wings very much basad of subdiscoidal ; wings slightly fumous with a faint indi- cation of cloud in last two cubital cells, the third cubital cell with the second and third intercubital veins parallel and both bowed 1 DREISBACH, R. R. 195.3. New species in the Genera Dipogon Fox and Minagenia Banks (Hymenoptera : Psammocharidae) with keys to species and photomicrographs of genital parts. The American Midland Naturalist. 49 (3) : 832-845. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 107 outward as is usual with the genus; longer spur of posterior tibiae one half length of its metatarsal joint. Length: head and thorax 4.64 mm., abdomen 3.5 mm., fore- wing 5.7 mm., rear wing 4.1 mm. Holotype female: Yinita Indian T., June 7-8, 1899, Wickham (Am. Museum). This species will run to couplet 2 in my recent key to the genus1 and can be separated from congrua (Cresson) as fol- lows: 2. Abdomen completely red ; legs and spurs black except fore tibiae yellowish congrua (Cresson) 2a. Abdomen completely yellowish red ; legs and spurs com- pletely yellowish red, same color as abdomen.. . .lutea n. sp. Concerning the Genotypes of Bothropolys, Poly- bothrus and Eupolybothrus (Chilopoda: Lithobiomorpha : Lithobiidae) By RALPH E. CRABILL, Jr., Department of Biology, Saint Louis University My excuse for the present discussion is to begin the attempt to clarify the nomenclatorial status of the various generic names now attributable to the lithobiomorphous Ethypolyinae, a group whose zoological organization seems much better understood than does that of the troublesome and difficult Lithobiinae. I hope that this and subsequent studies will facilitate further work upon the material entities invloved in perhaps the one section of the order where there seems to be some chance of our arriving at a satisfactory generic interpretation in the foreseeable future. But until we can be sure of the labels that we must attach to the physical objects of our investigations, the problems at hand will continue to prove, if not impossible, at least chaotic. Undoubtedly the focus of the difficulty lies in Latzel's Polter- geist genus Polybothrus and in certain authors' — notably Ver- hoefFs — reluctance to exorcise it from the premises once and for all. Briefly stated the problem is this. In 1862 l H. C. 1 Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (n.s.) V, p. 15. 108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 Wood in this country proposed a new genus, Bothropolys, for the reception of three new species, nobilis, xanti, and bipunctatus. Of these nobilis was later shown to be a synonym of an earlier name, Lithobius multidentatus Newport, 1844. To the best of my knowledge the first attempt to fix the genotype of Bothro- polys was undertaken by Chamberlin, who in 1912 - selected "B. multidentatus (Newport)" as the type. At first glance there seems to be justification for his action, for Wood himself had admitted later that his nobilis was really referable to the earlier Newport species. However, multidentatus was not available for consideration as the genotype of Bothropolys be- cause that particular name had not been included by Wood in the original description of his 1862 genus. The type species of a genus is a nomcnclatorial, not a zoological species; it is but a name on paper that is only indirectly and quite subjectively associated with all of the specimens to which it seems to apply (with the exception of the holotypical specimen to which it ap- plies directly and objectively). The fact that everyone agrees that multidentatus is a senior synonym of nobilis can have no real bearing upon the question of the fixation of the nomen- clatorial genotype, for in this instance the type of the genus can be determined objectively. To conclude that multidentatus is the type of Bothropolys is strictly a subjective interpretation and as such is always subject to revision. Had Chamberlin in 1912 designated Bothropolys nobilis as the type species and clari- fied the pertinent synonymy, his action would have been accept- able. The genotype of Bothropolys is Bothropolys nobilis Wood. 1862 (an objective fact), which species we believe to be the junior synonym of Lithobius multidentatus Newport, 1844 (a subjective interpretation). In 1880 3 Latzel in Vienna declared Bothropolys to be, al- though "natural" and zoologically justifiable, etymologically objectionable ("falsch gebildet") because of the relative posi- tions of the word's two constituent parts. Accordingly, he transposed them to form a substitute name, Polybothrus. Al- 2 Can. Ent.. XLIV, p. 173. 3 Myriap. Ost.-Ung. Monarchic, p. 35. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 109 though Chamberlin pointed out in 1925 and again in 1952 * that Latzel's action could not be justified and that his new name represents an invalid emendation of Bothropolys, Poly- bothrus has been used, primarily in Europe, regularly until almost the present time. And on the authority of the recently enacted "Copenhagen Decisions on Zoological Nomenclature" (pp. 44-45, PP. 71 and 72) Polybothrus may be seen to be an Invalid Emendation and junior objective synonym of the older Wood name. Therefore, inasmuch as nobilis (zoologically equal to multidcntatus} is the genotype of Bothropolys (by present designation), the same species, nobilis, is ipso facto the type of Polybothrus, for if an emendation is proposed to replace an older name, the type of either when established becomes the type of the other. In 1907 5 another source of confusion was introduced by Ver- hoeff's proposal of seven subgenera which he distributed be- tween the invalid Polybothrus and the valid Bothropolys ; at the time he considered each genus valid. He presented his sub- genera quite casually in two keys, one for Polybothrus, one for Bothropolys, but he referred no species by name or by indirec- tion to any one of them. In 1925 (op. cit.) Chamberlin stated that these subgenera are "difficult to apply and also really with- out standing" because no species were originally associated with them ; consequently he rejected them all as nomina nuda. But he rescued one name, Eupolybothrus, called it a new genus, and designated Lithobius grossipes L. Koch, 1862 6 as its genotype. However, none of VerhoefFs subgenera is a nomen nudum, for they were originally published with key characterizations. Therefore the Verhoeff subgenera are available. Eupolybothrus was validated by Chamberlin in 1925, its genotype is Lithobius grossipes L. Koch, 1862, but it must be attributed to Verhoeff, 1907, not to Chamberlin, 1925. Following is a summary of the conclusions reached in the foregoing account. M925, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, LVII, p. 386. 1952, Revue Fac. Sci. Univ. D'Istanbul, (B) XVII (3), p. 211. r> Bronns Klassen u. Ordnungen, V, p. 241. 6 Die Myriap. Gattung Lithobius. pp. 27 and 32. 110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1955 Bothropolys Wood, 1862. Type : Bothropolys nobilis Wood, 1862. Method of fixation : by present designation. Subjective status of type species : equal to Botliropolys tnulti- dentatus (Newport), 1844. Polybothrus Latzel, 1880. Type : Botliropolys nobilis Wood, 1862. Method of fixation : through objective synonymy with Botliro- polys whose type, nobilis, is here fixed. (Isogenotypic through synonymy.) Eupolybothrus Verhoeff, 1907. (Proposed without included species.) Type : Litliobius grossipes L. Koch, 1862. Method of fixation : by the subsequent designation of Cham- berlin (1925) and through his inclusion (1925) in the genus of a single, initial species, grossipes. Review NEEDHAM, J. G. and M. J. WESTFALL, Jfc. 1955. A Manual of the Dragonflies of North America (Anisoptera), including the Greater Antilles and the Provinces of the Mexican Border. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, xii + 615 pp. $12.50. Enthusiasts of few orders of insects have been so fortunate as those interested in the taxonomy and ecology of the Odonata. This order, in North America, has been the subject of two recent works (for a review of the first see Ent. News LXV:109), the second of which is the volume now being reviewed. This delightfully written and superbly illustrated book is a pleasing blend of fine prose, accurate information and stimulation to both learning and observing. It is written in such a style as to be available to the interested layman and student alike. The initial chapter treats the external morphology of adult and larval anisopterans with particular attention being paid to the struc- tures of taxonomic significance. Ecological facts are interpo- lated with morphological ones in this chapter as well as in the following one which is called "field studies." This section is devoted to behavior patterns and the collection and preservation Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 111 of specimens. Special attention is paid to collection techniques for nymphs and directions for rearing procedures of the same are given. Then follows a short chapter listing the abbrevia- tions used for authors and localities, a short bibliography of important and frequently referred to titles and suggestions for the proper use of the manual. This chapter also contains a list of the genera and species treated. The bulk of the book is devoted to the systematic classifica- tion of the dragonflies, keys for their determination and geo- graphic distribution. Each of the families, subfamilies, genera and species is treated in turn with a brief description. Distribu- tion is indicated by Canadian provinces and by states of this country and Mexico, while earliest and latest dates of capture of adults are given for each species. For many genera a "table of species" (really a kind of easy-to-use key) is presented to either nymphs or adults of that genus and occasionally to both. The volume ends with a glossary of technical terms, a list of synonyms (with page reference) and an index. It is the outstanding quality of the photographs (nearly all made by the junior author) used to illustrate descriptions and key characters which absorbed my full attention upon first look- ing over the work. The best of these are of the nymphs, and are large, clear and very sharp. They should prove to be invaluable to collectors of stream and pond faunas and to all who work the keys. This work is a valuable addition to the literature of the Odonata.— -HAROLD J. GRANT, JR. Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked with the file number and sent to Francis Hemming, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W.I, England. Neanura MacGillivray, 1893, and Hypogastrura Bourlet, 1839, designation of type species for ; Achorutes Templeton, 1835, suppression of (Order Collembola) (pp. 38-48) (File Z.N. (S.) 303). Crenophilus, validation of, as from d'Orchymont, 1942; aeneus Germar, 1824, as published in the combination Hy- drophihis aeneus, validation of (Order Coleoptera) (pp. 49-55) (File Z.N. (S.) 752). Anurophorus Nicolet, [1842], designation of type species for (Order Collembola) (pp. 68-70) (File Z.N. (S.') 304). For details see Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Part 2 of Volume 11. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Cynipid and Itonidid galls — American species wanted ; purchase or exchange for British species. Fresh or dried. D. Leatherdale, F.R.E.S., Old Woodstock, Oxford, England. Wanted — Reprints or papers concerning insects taken in Alaska for inclusion in list of Alaskan insects. R. H. Washburn, Alaska Experiment Station, Palmer, Alaska. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10£ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., A.eschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibcmbex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $1.90 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 10% on over 50,000. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Commerz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp.. 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9.— Pate (V. S. L.)— The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneuinonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12.— Phillips (Venia Tarris)— The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS MAY 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 5 CONTENTS Crossley and Loomis — A new Xeoschongastia 113 Camras — Xew Conopidae 119 Alexander — Western crane-flies, Part XV 125 Nomenclature Xotice 1 32 Entomological Departments University of California 133 Hubbard — A new flea from Mexico 1 38 Knull — A new Obrium from Tennessee . 139 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. DIV. INS. U.S. NAIL« Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1—4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI MAY, 1955 No. 5 A New Neoschongastia (Acarina: Trombiculidae) from Western Kansas and Eastern Colorado.1 By D. A. CROSSLEY, JR., and RICHARD B. LOOMIS Studies of nymphs of the chigger genus Neoschongastia re- vealed the presence of two distinct types in Kansas. Subsequent study of larvae revealed less conspicuous features correlated with the nymphal types. One of the species seems to be Neoschongastia aincricana (Hirst), while the second is herein named Neoschongastia brennani. The known range for Neoschongastia anicricana. excluding the supposed subspecies N. a. soloinonis Wharton and Hard- castle from the Pacific area, includes Guatemala and Jamaica (Brennan, 1951), Mexico (Hoffman, 1950: 153) and the United States from Virginia and South Carolina (Wharton and Hardcastle, 1946: 289) west to Kansas. Neoschongastia aincri- ca)ia has been examined from northwestern and eastern Kansas, Missouri, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas, and was common on birds and rabbits. Neoschongastia brennani was taken in southwestern Kansas and eastern Colorado, and ha'- been recovered only from birds. In the following description the terminology is essentially that of Wharton et al. (1951) with some minor changes; see Audy (1952: 152) for the use of tarsala and microtarsala in place of spur and microspur on the tarsi. Measurements are given in microns. 1 This investigation was supported in part by a research grant (E-476) from the National Microbiological Institute of the National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service. - Contribution No. 896 of the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas (113) 114 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 Neoschongastia brennani new species 3 Diagnosis. Larva : Similar to Neoschongastia aincricana (Hirst) but differs in having two genualae I, sensilla with many small setules, scutal setae more plumose, cheliceral base with punctae fewer and larger and restricted to basal portion, legs with punctae fewer and larger especially on distal segments. Description of larva. Body : Holotype 412 by 369 (partially engorged), color orange to pale red in life. Eyes 2/2, red in life, anterior eye larger, ocular plate well denned, distance across both eyes of one side in holotype 26. Dorsal setal formula 2-8-6-6-4-4-2, total 32; humeral seta measures 44, anterior dorsal seta 46, posterior dorsal seta 28. Ventral setal formula 2-2- plus 16 preanal, 6 postanal, total 26; sternal seta measures 35, anterior ventral seta 27, posterior ven- tral seta 31. Total body setae 58. Scutum : Shape roughly rectangular, wider than long, an- terior and lateral margins sinuous as illustrated, posterior mar- gin deeply indented at the midpoint. Punctae large, sparse, mostly restricted to posterior portion. Cuticular striae covering the majority of the scutum, only the anterior portion free. Scutal setae, especially the AM and ALs, with many long fine branches ; sensillary bases closer to anterior margin than pos- terior. Sensillae strongly capitate and with fine setules. Scutal measurements of holotype: AW — 47, PW — 70, SB — 31, ASB -18, PSB— 26, AM— 32, AL— 40, PL— 45, AP— 28, S— 2-5. Averages and extremes of ten paratypes : AW — 45 (42-50), PW— 65 (57-71), SB— 31 (28-34), ASB— 17 (14-20), PSB -27 (25-28), AM— 30 (28-32), AL^l (36-45), PL^7 (43-50). AP— 29 (27-32), S— 27 (23-31). 3 Named in honor of Dr. James M. Brennan, National Institutes of Health, Hamilton, Montana, in appreciation of his excellent studies of North American trombiculids and for the aid given to the authors in identification of chigger mites. EXPLANATION OF PLATE Neoschongastia brennani larva. Fig. 1, dorsal view of body. Fig. 2, ventral view of body. Fig. 3, scutum. Fig. 4, dorsal view of left side of gnathosoma. Fig. 5, lateral view of distal segments of Leg I. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 115 FK.S. 1-5. 116 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 Gnathosoma : Cheliceral blade long and slender, slightly curved, with one prominent dorsal tricuspid cap and a small ventral projection. Cheliceral base roughly rectangular, with punctae large and restricted to the basal portion. Galeal seta with one to three branches (two branches in holotype). Capitu- lar sternum with one pair of branched setae. Palpal femur and genu each with one branched seta ; tibia with dorsal and ventral setae branched, lateral seta nude or with one or two branches (nude in holotype) ; tarsus with seven branched setae and a tarsala (7^). Palpal claw curved, with a stout central prong and two accessory prongs. Legs : Leg I coxa, trochanter, and basifemur each with one branched seta ; telofemur with five branched setae ; genu with four branched setae, two genualae (three on one genu of one paratype) and a microgenuala ; tibia with eight branched setae, two tibialae and a microtibiala ; tarsus with approximately nine- teen branched setae, tarsala (12-15 /A), microtarsala, pretarsala, and subterminala (no parasubterminala). Leg II coxa and trochanter each with one branched seta ; basifemur with two branched setae ; telofemur with four branched setae ; genu with four branched setae and a genuala ; tibia with six branched setae and two tibialae ; tarsus with approximately seventeen branched setae, a tarsala (13-15 /x), and a pretarsala. Leg III coxa with three (rarely four) branched setae ; trochanter with one branched seta ; basifemur with two branched setae ; telofemur with three branched setae ; genu with three branched setae and a genuala ; tibia with six branched setae and a tibiala ; tarsus with approxi- mately fourteen branched setae, the longer setae with attenuated tips ; occasionally with branches restricted to the basal portion resembling mastitarsalae. Punctae of legs large and prominent, especially on distal segments. Type material. Holotype, KU slide number 7201, and 28 paratypes, KU 7202-7229, from lO1/^ miles west of Hardtner, Barber County, KANSAS, from four red-headed woodpeckers, Mclanerpcs crythroccphalns (Linnaeus), field no. RL520726-9, shot on July 26. 1952. by R. B. Loomis and D. A. Crossley, Jr. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 117 The holotype and paratypes are deposited in the Snow En- tomological Museum, University of Kansas. Paratypes will be sent to the United State National Museum ; the Rocky Moun- tain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana; the British Museum (Na- tural History) ; Dr. G. W. Wharton. University of Maryland; the South Australian Museum; and the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France. Additional specimens examined (in the Snow Entomological Museum at the University of Kansas). N eoschongastia bren- nani. Total 29 larvae, as follows: KANSAS. Barber County: 10% miles west of Hardtner, Tyrannus tyranmts, July 27, 1952, KU 7230; Chondcstcs graminacits, July 26, 1952, KU 7231. Seward County: 12 miles northeast of Liberal, Muscivora jor- ficata, September 9, 1948, KU 7232-7234. COLORADO. Boulder County: 8 miles north, 2 miles west of Boulder, CJwndestes (/i-aiuinaciis, August 13, 1947, KU 7235-7251. Lincoln County: 4 miles east of Limon. Calamospiza melanocor\s, August 15, 1947, KU 7252-7258. N eoschongastia awcricana. Total, 284 larvae as follows: KANSAS. Anderson Co. (13) ; Bourbon Co. (1) ; Douglas Co. (201) ; Jefferson Co. (5) ; Montgomery Co. (7) ; Rawlins Co. (5) and Shawnee Co. (3) ; these specimens will be reported in detail by Loomis in a forthcoming paper. MISSOURI. Jasper Co.: 6 mi. N Carthage, Sylvilagus floridanus, Sept. 4, 1947 (10). OKLAHOMA. Delazvare Co.: 4 mi. NW Grove, Sept. 11, 1947, Sceloporus undulatus (3) and Richmondena cardlnalis (4). ARKANSAS. Washington Co.: Fayetteville. To.rostoiua rujiint. Sept. 10. 1947 (3). LOUISIANA. Caddo Parish: Rhodessa, Vireo griseus, March 27, 1948 (18). TEXAS. Bexar Co.: Camp Bullis, 17 mi NW San Antonia, Lcpus californicus, July 15, 1953 (1). Cameron Co.: 5 mi. SW Brownsville, Crotopli- aga sulcirostris, Sept. 5, 1952 (1). Zavala Co.: Chondcstcs grammacus, June 25, 1952 (1); Gcococcy.v californicits, Sept. 18, 1952 (2), Oct. 20, 1952 (2) ; Pyrrhnlo.via simiata. June 17, 1952 (4). Remarks. In Brennan's (1951) key to the species of N eo- schongastia, brennani will key out to americana, from which it 118 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 may be separated by the characters noted in the diagnosis. The best of these characters appears to be the two genualae I of brennani, as opposed to three genualae I of americana. In the type series of brennani, one of twenty-nine specimens had three genualae I on one leg and two on the other. No such deviations were found among the other specimens referred to this species, nor have we seen any deviations from three genualae I among series of americana. Differences between the two species were first noted by L. J. Lipovsky ; its distinctiveness is substantiated by examination of nymphs, where differences between these species are more strik- ing than in the larvae. Nymphs of brennani have flagelliform sensillae and lack teeth on the chelae, in contrast to sub-clavate sensillae and pronounced teeth on the chelae of americana from eastern Kansas. A complete description of the nymphal stage will be given by one of us (Crossley) at a later date. Acknowledgments. For aid in obtaining larvae of Neo- schongastia, we wish to thank Dr. Richard B. Eads, Principal Entomologist of the Texas State Department of Health ; and former members of the University of Kansas Chigger Project, especially Mr. L. J. Lipovsky. We also express our apprecia- tion to Dr. Charles D. Michener for reading the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED AUDY, J. R. 1952. Bull. Raffles Mus., Singapore No. 24: 132-159. BRENNAN, J. M. 1951. Jour. Parasit. 37: 577-582. HIRST, S. 1921. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 9, 7: 37-39. HOFFMANN, A. M. 1950. Ciencia 10: 148-153. WHARTON, G. W., and A. B. HARDCASTLE. 1946. Jour. Parasit. 32 : 286- 322. WHARTON, G. W., D. W. JENKINS, J. M. BRENNAN, H. S., FULLER, G. M. KOHLS, and C. B. PHILIP. 1951. Jour. Parasit. 37: 13-31. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 119 New Conopidae from South America, Africa, and Australia (Diptera) By SIDNEY CAMRAS, Chicago, Illinois The following novelties suggest the paucity of our knowledge of this conspicuous family outside of Europe and North America. Material has heen examined from the U. S. National Museum and the British Museum through the courtesy of C. S. Sabrosky, F. van Emden, and H. Oldroyd. Tropidomyia alexanderi new species Holotype male : Front blackish brown, vertex yellowish, ocel- lar swelling blackish, ocelli yellow. Frontal orbit gold pollinose with velevty black spot near facial junction. Face gold pollinose, keel and oral margin shiny black. Cheeks less pollinose, brown- ish beneath the pollen. Occiput brownish, post-orbitals gold pol- linose. Antennae brownish yellow, lighter at base, arista darker. First antennal segment hardly two times as long as wide, second segment about five times length of first. Third segment two times length of first. Aristal process and apex subequal, as long as wide. Proboscis blackish brown, one and one-half times length of head. Thorax dorsally and postnotum blackish, faint yellow pol- linose especially near humeri. Hnmeri and scutellum brownish red. Pleura yellowish brown, partly pollinose. Coxae brown, yellow gray pollinose ; femora and tibiae brownish, faintly pollinose ; tarsi and claws blackish, pulvilli yellow. Wings hyaline with brown pattern from costa to anterior half of sub- marginal cell, and along vena spuria, fifth, and sixth veins. Halteres yellow with club blackish. Abdomen and genitalia black, second to fifth segments witli gold pollinose distal margins. Sixth segment nearly all yellow pollinose. as long as wide. Length : 9 mm. without antennae. Allntype : Similar to the type, but pollinose areas more gray- ish, less golden. Theca flexed anteriorly; as long as wide; posterior surface somewhat triangular. Sixth abdominal seg- ment shorter than wide. Length: 9 mm, without antennae. 120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 Holotype male and allotype, Maracaju, Matto Grosso, BRAZIL, May 1937, R. C. Shannon (U. S. National Museum). Para- types, 3 males, 1 female, same data as types ; 3 males, Rio Claro, Sao Paulo, BRAZIL, July, Oct. 1939, Claretiano (USNM) ; 1 male, Sao Paulo, BRAZIL, Hammar (author's en., ex Cornell U.) ; 1 male, Annapolis, Goyaz, BRAZIL, Sept. 16, 1936 (USNM) ; 1 female, Villarica, PARAGUAY, May 1938, F. Schade (author's en., ex Sabrosky). This species is remakably similar in coloration to bimaculata, there being no reliable color differences. However the struc- tural differences are very distinct and constant in the series examined. Three males and four females of bimaculata from Maracaju, Matto Grosso, Brazil, and San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mexico (USNM) are at hand for comparison. The two neo- tropical species of this genus differ as follows : 1. First antennal segment four times as long as wide. Sixth abdominal segment longer than wide. Theca of female longer than wide bimaculata Will. First antennal segment two times as long as wide. Sixth abdominal segment in both sexes, and theca, not longer than wide alexanderi n.sp. This new species was recognized by Shannon, and his manu- script name has been used. It was evidently intended to honor Prof. C. P. Alexander with whom Shannon spent some of his early days at Cornell. Euconops rufus new species Holotype female : Front and vertex rufous. Ocellar swelling black. Face and cheeks yellow. Velvety black mark at fronto- facial junction of orbital, and at junction of facial and oral keel. Upper occiput rufous ; lower occiput yellow. Antennae black except brownish first segment. Second segment as long as first ; third segment three times at long as first. Lateral process of arista very small. Proboscis black, about as long as head height. Thorax rufous with white pollinose pleural stripe and coxae. Legs black, tibiae white pollinose, pulvilli yellow. Wings hy- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 121 aline, faintly yellow anteriorly. Petiole of first posterior cell as long as anterior cross-vein. Calypteres and halteres yellow- ish white. Abdomen rufous. White pollinose posterior margins on segments one and two, and sides of segment three. Theca long and slender, two times as long as wide ; black posterior serrate area on distal half. Genitalia black. Length : 9.5 mm, without antennae. Holotype female, Emali Range, Sultan Hamud, KENYA, 4,900-5,000 feet, 3-40. (British Museum.) Referral of this species without metallic blue to Euconops precludes this color as a generic character. I find no significant difference between the antennae of Euconops and Plcuroceri- nclla. The two genera may be separated as follows : 1. Head as long as high, nearly quadrate. No hairs on face and cheeks. Labellae of proboscis chitinous. . . .Euconops Head higher than long. Hairs on face and cheeks. Labellae fleshy and haired Plcurocerinella In Krober's key to the genera (Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 11, Vol. 4, 1939, page 363), the new species keys out to the Australian Chrysidiomyia, which differs in having a large thick third antennal segment two times as long as the second segment, and the usual "Conops"-shaped head. Stylogaster parva new species Holotype male : Vertical triangle which extends to base of antennae shining brownish black. Front and adjacent vertex velvety black. Orbital margin silvery white. Face silvery white becoming brownish at very narrow cheeks. Occiput blackish, white pollinose especially below. First antennal seg- ment yellowish, as long as wide. Second antennal segment two and one-half times length of first, blackish brown darker at anterior and upper margin. Third antennal segment two times length of second, brownish black, more brownish at base, more black at margins. Dorsal margin of third antennal segment concave, ventral margin convex. Arista more than half length of third antennal segment, black witli very short hairs (pubes- 122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 cent). Proboscis black, yellowish at base and labellae. Prox- imal segment two times head height. Thorax dorsally, scutellum, and lower three-fourths of post- notum shining black. Humeri and pleura yellowish, pleura somewhat brownish above. Anterior and middle coxae yellow- ish, posterior coxa blackish yellow. Legs yellowish with black hairs, darker on the tarsi. Posterior leg more blackish. Poste- rior femur blackish brown with a central yellowish band twice width of femur. \Yings hyaline. First posterior cell slender, narrower than submarginal, width at posterior cross- vein about equal to width at distal third. Halteres yellowish at stalk, black- ish brown at club. Abdomen shining blackish brown. First and second seg- ments yellowish laterally except posterior margin, laterally pro- jecting hairs black. Third and fourth segments more exten- sively yellow leaving dark only in midline and at posterior margin. Genitalia yellowish. Length : 4^ nim, without antennae. Allotype : Similar to the type but yellowish areas more prom- inent and more distinct from the blackish areas. Most of the ovipostitor is missing, but a portion about equal to one-third of the proximal segment is present. It is compressed laterally, yellowish at the base and sharply black distally. Length : 5 mm, without ovipositor. Holotypc male, Kawanda, UGANDA. July 31. 1942, H. Har- greaves (British Museum). Allotype female, Melsetter, S. RHODESIA, Feb. 1929, (U. S. National Museum). This species is related to nit ens and nitidula having the nar- row first posterior cell. From nitcns it differs by the dark arista and brownish black third antennal segment. From nitidula it differs by having black hairs on the legs and the yellowish band on the posterior femur. Stylogaster subapicalis new species Holotype female : Vertical triangle which extends to base of antennae shining black with narrow yellow margin. Ocelli yellow. Front and adjacent vertex yellow. Anterior orbits ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 123 white pollinose. Face and narrow cheeks pale yellowish, with white pollen. Occiput blackish at upper margin, white pollinose below. Antennae yellowish, third segment nearly orange. Second segment with black hairs at upper and lower portions. Arista black, as long as third antennal segment. First antennal segment shorter than width. Third segment one and one-half times the second. Proboscis black, yellowish at 'base and labellae. Proximal segment nearly three times head height. Thorax brownish dorsally, on scutellum, and on lower half of postnotum ; yellowish on humeri, sides of dorsum, and pleura. Bristle at propleural ridge black. Legs yellowish, more orange on posterior coxa and hind femur. Distal half of anterior and middle tarsi blackish, posterior tarsi entirely black. Hind tibia blackish except yellow distal half above ventral margin. Hairs black ; yellow on anterior and middle tibiae and first tarsal seg- ments, and part of distal dorsal surface of posterior tibia. Wings hyaline. First posterior cell broad, greatest width at distal third, wider than submarginal cell. Halteres yellow. Abdomen yellowish, darker on distal segments. Narrow posterior margins brownish. Lateral hairs of first segment yel- low, of second segment black. Distal segment of ovipositor black on proximal half, leaving the genitalia yellow. Length : 10 mm, without antennae ; of which ovipositor is 4 mm. Allotype : Similar to the type. Third antennal segment twice length of second. Posterior tibia more blackish proximally and on ventral margin of distal third. Yellow hairs on posterior tibia more extensive, covering dorsal and lateral part of distal third. Hohtype female, Lolodorf, CAMEROON, July 3, 1920, A. I. Good (author's en., ex Carnegie Museum). .-lllotype male, Obuasi, Ashanti, GOLD COAST, July 25, 1907, W. M. Graham (British Museum). Paratypcs, 1 female, Njala, SIERRA LEONE, March 1, 1934, E. Hargraeves (British Museum), 1 female, Bwamba, UGANDA, June 1948, van Someren (British Museum), 1 female, CAMEROON, Oct. 19, 1914, A. I. Good (author's en., ex Carnegie Museum), 1 male, Marshall, LIBERIA, Feb. 4, 1952, (USNM). 124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 This species is very similar to leonwn differing only by the dark area on the ovipositor, and a black instead of yellow bristle at the propleural ridge. Both species have more rufous or more melanistic individuals. In Iconum the hairs on the sides of the first and second abdominal segments are yellow in the rufous individuals and black in the darker specimens. But in the new species, all of the specimens examined have the lateral hairs on the first segment yellow and on the second segment black. Occemyia australiana new species Holotype male : Vertex and upper half of front black. Lower half of front yellow-orange. Orbits white pollinose. Face and cheeks yellow pollinose. Upper occiput black, partly white pollinose. Lower occiput yellow, white pollinose. Antennae yellowish, more orange on third segment. Distal margin of first segment, upper margin of second segment, distal half and upper margin of third segment, and arista black. Second and third segments equal, each two times length of first segment. Pro- boscis black, the two segments equal. Palpi black, longer than width of proboscis and somewhat club-shaped. Thorax black. Dorsum with white pollen, more distinct laterally and in the grooves. Pleura white pollinose in many areas. Anterior coxae yellow. Legs yellow, black on apical half of anterior and middle femora and apical third of posterior femur. Tibiae black on distal two-thirds ; tarsi black on distal two segments, and apex of claws. Wings hyaline, yellowish at base. First posterior cell open at margin. Calypteres and halteres yellowish. Abdomen black with white pollen forming distinct posterior margins on sides of second, third, and fourth segments. Gen- italia shining black. Length : 4.5 mm, without antennae. Allotype female : Similar to the male, but yellowish areas more extensive. The black areas on the legs paler, and less distinct from the yellow. Black on apical third of anterior and middle femora, and on somewhat less than apical third of hind femur. Theca black, paler in the middle, yellowish posteriorly with narrow black margin ; moderately long and thin, sides parallel, as long as wide. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 125 Holotypc male, New South Wales, AUSTRALIA, Dec. 1923, H. Peterson (U. S. National Museum, ex Malloch). Allotype female, Botany Bay, New South Wales, AUSTRALIA, H. Peter- son (U. S. National Museum, ex Malloch). This is the first species of this genus to be described from the Australian Region. The genus is now known from all parts of the world except the Neotropical Region south of Guatemala and Haiti. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the West- ern United States and Canada (Dipt. : Tipulidae) Part XV By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding part under this general title was published in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 66: 15-21, 1955. The species consid- ered herewith were taken chiefly by myself while on various collecting trips to the far west. I am greatly indebted to Mr. Borys Malkin for one unusually interesting species from Arizona. Tipula (Trichotipula) malkini new species Size large (wing, male, over 14 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum grayish brown, the interspaces darker brown, producing a con- spicuous pattern ; femora brownish yellow, the tips blackened ; wings cream-yellow, handsomely variegated with brown ; cell 1st M2 small ; male hypopygium with the beak of the inner disti- style heavily blackened, long and slender ; outer basal lobe conspicuous. J1. Length about 16 mm. ; wing 14.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head shiny brown; nasus long and slender; palpi dark brown, the incisures pale. Antennae with the scape and pedicel yellowish brown ; flagellum broken. Head with the front, vertex surrounding the antennal bases and the 126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 orbits yellow ; posterior vertex brownish gray, with a capillary black central vitta ; vertical tubercle low and rounded, entire. Mesonotal praescutum with the stripes and lateral borders grayish brown, the interspaces dark brown, appearing as a cen- tral vitta, lateral borders to the intermediate stripes and as margins encircling the lateral stripes, the central vitta becoming obsolete on the posterior half of the sclerite ; scutum dark gray, the lobes conspicuously patterned with brown, including a ring on mesal half and darkened spots at the outer angles ; posterior sclerites of notum paler gray, the scutellum with a narrow black- ened line ; mediotergite darkened on more than the cephalic half of the disk. Pleura and pleurotergite brownish gray, vaguely patterned with obscure yellow, most evident on the dorsal anepisternum, dorsal sternopleurite and across the pteropleu- rite ; dorsopleural membrane chiefly whitened. Halteres with stem yellow, knob dark brown. Legs with the coxae dark brown, sparsely pruinose ; trochanters yellow, restrictedly pat- terned with darker ; femora and tibiae brownish yellow, the tips narrowly but conspicuously black, broader on the femora ; tarsi elongate, black; claws (male) with a long basal spine. Wings with the restricted ground cream-yellow, best indicated in the cells beyond the cord and in the cubital field; cells R, M and the Anals with the ground more infuscated ; a conspicuous darker brown pattern, as follows : Distal ends of outer radial cells ; central streaks in cells R. to M4, the outer medial veins similarly seamed back from the margin ; isolated dark spots in outer end of cell M and at near midlength of cell Cu; stigma still darker brown, conspicuous; veins dark brown, paler in the costal field. Rather abundant macrotrichia in outer ends of cells R., A/\ and 2nd Mz. Venation : Rs shorter than in-cn; petiole of cell Ml about twice in ; cell 1st M2 small, irregularly pentagonal, M,^4 shortest. Abdominal tergites obscure yellow, patterned with dark- brown, including the disk of the first segment ; succeeding seg- ments darkened laterally, outer ones more extensively darkened ; sternites yellowed ; male hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite transverse, narrowed out- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 127 wardly, the posterior border with a broad U-shaped notch ; pos- terior margin with abundant black spinous setae, stouter and more abundant at and near the lateral angles ; setae of disk yel- low. Outer dististyle an oval lobe, about two and one-half times as long as broad, with abundant dark setae. Inner disti- style produced into a long slender blackened beak, the lower beak shorter, similarly blackened ; bases of beaks with some very long black setae ; dorsal crest appearing as a high yellow blade behind the beak, provided with long yellow setae; outer basal lobe conspicuous, only a little smaller than the outer dististyle, oval, narrowly obtuse at apex ; surface with abundant delicate setulae. with a few erect black setae on lower part. Habitat. ARIZONA. Hohtype: J\ Stewart Forest Camp, Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mountains, September 14, 1952 (Borys Malkin). I am pleased to name this handsome crane-fly for the collector, to whom I am greatly indebted for many species from the West- ern United States and Alaska. It is quite distinct from other regional forms in the large size and conspicuously patterned wings, together with the structure of the male hypopygium. In the nature of the wing pattern it is most as in Tipnla (Tri- cliotipula) capistrano Alexander, T. (T.) geroniino Alexander, and some others, yet entirely distinct. Limonia (Rhipidia) huachucensis new species Size large (wing, male, over 9 mm.) ; general coloration of head and thorax gray, patterned with brown; antennae (male) black, the flagellar segments unipectinate, the branches exceed- ing the segments in length ; knobs of halteres brownish black ; femora brownish yellow, the tips rather narrowly dark brown, tibiae and tarsi brownish black; wings whitish subhvaline, pat- terned with pale brown, the areas chiefly costal in distribution ; Sc relatively long, SV, ending nearly opposite two-thirds Rs; Hi-en at fork of M ; male hypopygium with the posterior border of tergite convexly rounded, with a relatively small subcircular median notch ; gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe unusually long and slender. 128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 J1. Length about 8.5 mm.; wing 9.5 mm.; antenna about 1.5 mm. Rostrum dark brown ; palpi black. Antennae black, the apical pedicels of the flagellar segments paling to brownish yellow ; flagellar segments long-unipectinate, the longest branches ex- ceeding the segments ; eleventh flagellar segment merely pro- duced. Head gray, the central part of posterior vertex more darkened ; anterior vertex narrow, only about one-third the di- ameter of the scape. Pronotal scutum brownish gray medially, paler on sides ; scu- tellum obscure yellow. Mesonotal praescutum gray, patterned with dark brown, including two intermediate stripes that are virtually confluent behind, on anterior half replaced by darker gray, variegated by a capillary blackened line and row of about three blackened spots on the outer margin of the stripe ; lateral stripes scarcely darker than the ground, patterned with dark- spots at and near their anterior ends ; humeral region of praescu- tum more reddened ; posterior sclerites of notum light gray, each scutal lobe with a narrow dark brown longitudinal vitta ; medio- tergite writh a less evident capillary darkening. Pleura gray, patterned longitudinally with vague darker lines ; a small black dot immediately beneath the wring root. Halteres with stem pale, knob brownish black. Legs with the coxae pale brown, each with a darker spot on outer face, least distinct on the midcoxae ; trochanters yellow ; femora brownish yellow, the tips rather nar- rowly dark brown ; tibiae and tarsi brownish black. Wings whitish subhyaline, patterned with pale brown, the areas chiefly costal in distribution ; four costal darkenings before the stigma, the outer ones subequal to the interspaces; stigma yellow, the ends darker ; cord and outer end of cell 1st M2 narrowly seamed with brown ; outer cells of wing with pale brown central washes ; a small brown cloud near outer end of vein 2nd A; veins pale brown. Venation : Sc relatively long, Sc^ ending nearly op- posite two-thirds the length of Rs, Sc2 near its tip ; M.)+4 longer than M4; m-cu at fork of M. Abdomen with the basal tergites bicolored, restrictedly pale basally, more broadly darkened on posterior part ; outer ter- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 129 gites uniformly dark brown ; sternites pale yellow. Male hy- popygium with the tergite transverse, the posterior border con- vexly rounded, with a relatively small subcircular median notch ; setae relatively long and abundant, chiefly restricted to the lobes. Basistyle with the ventromesal lobe simple, bearing a low seti- ferous flange near base. Dististyles broken. Gonapophysis with the mesal-apical lobe unusually long and slender, the nar- row apex a trifle decurved. Habitat. ARIZONA. Holotypc: <$, Garden Canyon, Hua- chuca Mountains, Cochise County, altitude 5200 feet, July 26, 1949. The present fly is quite distinct from the other Nearctic members of the subgenus, somewhat suggesting a very large Limonia (Rhipidia) domestica (O.S.) but differing in the an- tennal structure and coloration, and in the details of the male hypopygium. Pedicia (Tricyphona) aethiops new species Size medium (wing, male, under 9 mm.) ; general coloration dark brown, the praescutum with three more blackened stripes ; legs black, only the femoral bases restrictedly obscure yellow; wings with a strong blackish tinge; vein /?4 + r, normally present, longer than the basal section of R-, producing a venation much as in diaphana; cell Mv present; male hypopygium with the ter- gite large, its caudal margin with a deep V-shaped notch, produc- ing broad lateral lobes ; no lateral tergal arms or interbasal processes ; basistyle with two apical lobes, the larger one oval with subappressed black spines; a single long-subtriangular sclerotized dististyle. J1. Length about 9 mm. ; wing S.5-() mm. Head gray, palpi and antennae black. Thorax almost uniformly dark brown, sparsely pruinose, the praescutum with three more blackish stripes, the centers of the scutal lobes similarly darkened, the markings ill-defined against the ground ; posterior borders of scutal lobes and the parascu- tella yellowed; dorsal part of pleurotergite vaguely pale. Ilnl- teres relatively long, dark brown, the base of stem pale. 130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 Legs with the coxae dark brown ; trochanters obscure yellow ; remainder of legs black, the femoral bases restrictedly obscure yellow. Wings with a strong blackish tinge, the oval stigma still darker, its limits ill-defined ; a pale streak in cell R ad- joining vein M, reaching the cord; veins brown. Venation: Rs about equal in length to the distance between Sc2 and its origin ; vein Rt + -, longer than basal section of R-, producing a venation virtually as in diaphana or exoloma; cell M^ present; m-cii from about one-third to nearly two-thirds the length of the cell. The paratype specimens show a considerable tendency to varia- tion in certain fields of the wing. Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium with the tergite large, the caudal margin with a deep V-shaped emargination to form broad lateral lobes, these pale at apex and here provided with abundant short black setae ; remainder of dorsal surface, with the exception of the cephalic third, with rather abundant long strong setae ; no lateral tergal arms. Basistyle apparently without an interbasal lobe ; two apical lobes, the smaller dorsal one blackened, the margin smooth, surface with long setae ; larger lobe oval, with subappressed black spines, those at and near the summit larger. Dististyle a long-subtri- angular sclerotized structure, narrowed to the obtuse tip. Habitat. BRITISH COLUMBIA, ALBERTA, MONTANA. Holo- tyPe: cT- Along Miette River, below Yellowhead Pass, Jasper National Park, Alberta, altitude 3650 feet, July 24, 1949 (C. P. Alexander). Paratypes: J1, Glacier National Park, Montana, along trail from Two Medicine Lake to No-Name Lake, June 1952 (D. L. Carson and M. E. Smith) ; several specimens in University of Michigan Collection, Goldstream Park, Vancouver Island, British Columbia, April 3-4, 1950 (Richard Guppy). The venation of the present fly is very much as in Pedicia (Tricyphona) diaphana (Doane) or P. (7\) e.voloina (Doane), but the male hypopygium is entirely different from that in mem- bers of this group, being generally more as in certain species that have been referred to the genus Dicranota, as Dicranota (Rhaphidolabis) stigma. (Alexander) and D. (R.) itniplagia Alexander. Ixvi I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 131 Limnophila lobifera new species Size medium (wing, male, 10 mm.) ; general coloration of praescutum brownish yellow, with four brownish black stripes; pseudosutural foveae black, conspicuous; antennae (male) elongate, black throughout ; halteres pale yellow ; femora yellow basally, the tips blackened, tibiae and tarsi black; wings faintly tinged with yellow, restrictedly patterned with brown ; Rs rela- tively long, nearly four times m-cu: cell 1st M2 narrow, widened outwardly ; male hypopygium with the basistyle produced into a conspicuous lobe ; apex of outer dististyle divided into two in- conspicuous teeth; phallosome with the aedeagus very small, the subtending apophyses wTith microscopic spines. J1. Length about 10 mm. ; wing 10 mm. ; antenna about 4 mm. Rostrum dark brown ; palpi black. Antennae black through- out, relatively long, only a little less than one-half the wing ; flagellar segments elongate-oval, longer than the verticils ; seg- ments with a further conspicuous erect pubescence. Head dark gray ; a weak tubercle on anterior vertex behind the antennal fossae ; anterior vertex glabrous, posterior vertex with abundant black setae. Pronotum dark gray. Mesonotal praescutum with the ground brownish yellow, with four conspicuous brownish black stripes, the intermediate pair only slightly separated ; pseudosutural foveae large and conspicuous, black ; posterior sclerites of notum light gray, the lateral parts of the lobes and the parascutella blackened. Pleura dark gray : dorsopleural membrane dark- ened. Halteres pale yellow. Legs with the coxae yellow, sparsely pruinose, the fore pair more heavily so and narrowly darkened at base ; trochanters yellow ; femora yellow basally, passing into brownish yellow, the tips narrowly blackened; tibiae and tarsi black. Wings faintly tinged with yellow, the prearcular and costal fields a little more so; a restricted brown pattern, including areas at origin of Rs, cord and outer end of cell 1st M., ; stigma: forks of R.^_:.,, and .V, ... and as evident seams over vein Cu and outer end of M; veins light brown, darker in the patterned areas, brightened in the costal and pre- 132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 arcular fields. Venation : Rs relatively long, as compared to the species of the ferntginea group, nearly four times m-cu; Rlt,2 only about one-half R2 ; cell 1st M2 narrow, widened outwardly, with m-cu at or beyond midlength ; cell Ml a little longer than its petiole. Abdominal tergites more or less infuscated medially, the sides obscure yellow ; sternites clearer yellow ; a narrow black sub- terminal ring ; hypopygium obscure yellow. Male hypopygium with the basistyle produced into a stout lobe. Outer dististyle moderately broad, as compared with bigladia and allies, glabrous, the apex narrowed and blackened, split into two inconspicuous teeth ; inner dististyle a little smaller, narrowed into a slender straight rod, the apex blackened, obtuse. Phallosome includ- ing a very small aedeagus, subtended by darkened inturned apophyses, the tips of these with microscopic spines ; a second pair of flattened paddle-like outer gonapophyses. Habitat. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Holotypc: <$, Alaska High- way Mile Post 128, June 25, 1952 (C. P. Alexander) ; along small stream, swept from willow, dwarf birch and shrubby cinquefoil. The most similar species include the Palaearctic LimnophUa conifcra Lackschewitz and L. pernigrita Alexander, which dif- fer in the structure of the male hypopygium. It does not ap- pear to me that conifcra is a synonym of L. squalens Zetterstedt, as has been indicated by some authors. Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked with the file number and sent to Francis Hemming, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W.I, England. Entomobrya Rondani, 1861 (Order Collembola), validation of (pp. 75-77) (File: Z.N.(S.)485). For details see: Bull. Zool. N amend. Vol. 11, Part 3. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 133 Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. University of California THE DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY AND PARASITOLOGY ( Berkeley — Davis ) In the University of California, research in Entomology is carried on at Albany, Berkeley, Davis, Los Angeles and River- side. For administrative purposes, there are three depart- ments: BIOLOGICAL CONTROL (Riverside, Albany and Berke- ley) ; ENTOMOLOGY (Riverside and Los Angeles) ; and ENTOMOLOGY AND PARASITOLOGY (Berkeley and Davis). The Departments of Biological Control and Entomology are pri- marily research units of the AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STA- TION. The Department of Entomology and Parasitology is responsible for the instructional program as well as for research in the northern part of the state. The academic program in entomology was initiated sixty-four years ago at Berkeley, when C. W. WOODWORTII, in 1891, was appointed Assistant Professor of Entomology, the first trained entomologist to assume teaching responsibilities in the state. For twenty-nine years Professor Woodworth headed the ento- mological activities of the University as chairman of the Division of Entomology, Department of Agriculture. In 1920, W. B. HER MS, Professor of Parasitology, succeeded Professor Wood- worth and the name of the Division was changed to Entomology and Parasitology. From 1943 to 1952, under the chairmanship of E. O. ESSIG, the academic program assumed much of its present form. In 1952, the Division became a separate Depart- ment in the College of Agriculture (Berkeley — Davis). During the Woodworth period a number of students were graduated with a major in entomology and several received the M.S. degree. The first Ph.D. in entomology was awarded in 1924. Since then, 143 Ph.D. degrees have been conferred in Entomology and Parasitology (15 to students from foreign 134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 countries). Of the recipients, 12 hold purely academic posi- tions, 36 are in combined University teaching and research, 57 are in research positions in public agencies (federal, state, etc.), 15 are in industrial research, 3 are practicing medicine, and 9 are in academic or research administration. Since 1924 instruction, particularly in the applied phases of entomology, has been given on the Davis campus under the administration of this Department (or Division). At the pres- ent time, work leading to the B.S. degree with a major in Entomology is offered at Davis and also graduate instruction leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. All graduate instruc- tion in entomology on various campuses of the University (Berkeley, Davis, Riverside) is administered by the Depart- ment of Entomology and Parasitology. Limited undergraduate instruction in Entomology is offered on the Los Angeles campus by the Department of Entomology (Riverside — Los Angeles). The principal fields of emphasis in the graduate academic program are: AGRICULTURAL ENTOMOLOGY (Berkeley, Davis and Riverside) ; APICULTURE (Davis only) ; BIOLOGICAL CON- TROL (Berkeley and Riverside) ; FOREST ENTOMOLOGY (Berke- ley only) ; INSECT ECOLOGY (Berkeley and Davis) ; INSECT MORPHOLOGY and PHYSIOLOGY (Berkeley and Davis) ; INSECT PATHOLOGY (Berkeley only) ; INSECT TOXICOLOGY (Berkeley and Davis) ; INSECT VECTORS OF PLANT DISEASES (Berkeley only) ; PARASITOLOGY (Berkeley only) ; PLANT NEMATOLOGY (Berkeley only) ; SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY (Berkeley and Davis ). The Berkeley faculty and resident staff is as follows : M. W. ALLEN (Associate Professor of Plant Nematology), W. W. ALLEN (Assistant Entomologist), A. D. BORDEN (Entomologist Emeritus), P. F. BONHAG (Assistant Professor of Entomol- ogy), R. CRAIG (Professor of Entomology), R. L. DOUTT (Asso- ciate Professor of Biological Control), E. O. ESSIG (Professor of Entomology, Emeritus), N. W. FRAZIER (Lecturer in Ento- mology), J. H. FREITAG (Professor of Entomology), D. P. FURMAN (Associate Professor of Parasitology), H. T. GORDON (Lecturer in Entomology), W. M. HOSKINS (Professor of Entomology), P. D. HURD, JR. (Assistant Entomologist), Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\VS 135 D. D. JENSEN (Associate Professor of Entomology), E. G. LINSLEY (Professor of Entomology and Chairman of the Department), J. W. MACSWAIN (Assistant Professor of Ento- mology), H. F. MADSEN (Assistant Entomologist), A. E. MICHELBACHER (Associate Professor of Entomology), W. W. MIDDLEKAUFF (Associate Professor of Entomology), A. D. MOORE (Assistant Specialist in Forest Entomology), A. E. PRITCHARD (Associate Professor of Entomology), H. H. P. SEVERIN (Entomologist, Emeritus), R. F. SMITH (Associate Professor of Entomology), E. A. STEINHAUS (Professor of Insect Pathology), M. A. STEWART (Professor of Parasitol- ogy), E. S. SYLVESTER (Assistant Professor of Entomology), and R. L. USINGER (Professor of Entomology). At Davis the faculty in Entomology includes : O. G. BACON (Assistant Professor of Entomology), S. F. BAILEY (Professor of Entomology and Vice-Chairman of the Department), R. M. BOHART (Associate Professor of Entomology), J. R. DOUGLAS (Associate Professor of Parasitology), J. E. ECKERT (Professor of Entomology), S. B. FREEBORN (Professor of Entomology), H. H. LAIDLAW (Associate Professor of Entomology), W. H. LANGE, JR. (Associate Professor of Entomology), D. J. RASKI (Lecturer in Entomology), L. M. SMITH (Professor of Ento- mology), E. M. STAFFORD (Associate Professor of Entomol- ogy), and F. M. SUMMERS (Associate Professor of Ento- mology). At Riverside the graduate faculty includes: A. M. BOYCE (Professor of Entomology) and S. E. FLANDERS (Professor of Biological Control). The distinction of the present faculty in Entomology and Parasitology is reflected in the number of outstanding authori- ties it contains. It also includes two ex-presidents of the Entomological Society of America, an ex-president of the American Association of Economic Entomologists, two Guggen- heim Fellows, two editors and two former editors of entomo- logical journals, an alternate member of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, the American repre- sentative on the permanent committee of the International Congresses of Entomology, and numerous consultants to govern- 136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1955 ment agencies such as the National Research Council, Pacific Science Board and others. The academic program in Entomology and Parasitology has brought recognition to the Department as one of the leading centers of entomological training in the world. The department offers 21 undergraduate courses presenting the basic fields of insect morphology, physiology, classification, ecology and pa- thology ; courses dealing with allied groups of animals (acarol- ogy, helminthology, and plant nematology) ; and courses in agricultural entomology (including biological control of insects and weed pests, forest entomology, insect vectors of plant dis- ease, medical entomology, the chemistry of insecticides and fungicides, etc.). Ten graduate courses extend instruction through advanced courses in medical entomology, insect bio- chemistry, systematics, etc. Most of the department's facilities for teaching and research are at Berkeley and Davis. The Berkeley headquarters of the department occupies 20,000 sq. ft. of space in Agriculture Hall, which also houses, in addition to laboratories and classrooms, the entomological museum, a well equipped insect toxicology research laboratory, and a 5,000-volume library of entomology. Graduate students also use space in the Hearst Avenue green- houses, the insectary buildings and greenhouses on the nearby Oxford Tract, and the laboratories, greenhouse and insectary unit operated by the Department of Biological Control on the Gill Tract in Albany. The Davis campus provides, in addition to an insectary-greenhouse unit, a museum and the usual lab- oratories, the only university-maintained apiary in the state. At Riverside, the graduate students have access to excellent laboratory and insectary facilities of the Department of Ento- mology and the Department of Biological Control. The CALIFORNIA INSECT SURVEY (research-survey collections, Berkeley) was organized in 1947 to serve as the basis for research studies on the insects of California. The objectives of the survey have been to explore the extent and nature of the insect fauna of the state, to assemble information on geo- graphic ranges, distributions and ecologies, and to make this information available in summary form through the Bulletin Ixvi I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 137 of the California Insect Survey. The UNIVERSITY OF CALI- FORNIA PUBLICATIONS IN ENTOMOLOGY are reserved for research studies on systematics, biology, physiology and morphology which are of a more fundamental nature. The survey collec- tions are available to qualified graduate students as are the outstanding collections of the California Academy of Sciences in nearby San Francisco. The IXSECTARY at Berkeley offers integrated laboratory and greenhouse facilities which permit the rearing and study of a wide variety of insects under controlled temperatures and humidities. Special facilities are available for the study of aquatic insects and other forms requiring specialized rearing conditions. Current research projects of faculty and graduate students span the gamut of entomological problems. Students are en- couraged to avail themselves of the extremely diverse ecological conditions which exist in California on the selection of problems and where possible support is offered in the form of research and teaching assistantships of which a number become vacant each year. The BERKELEY- CAMPUS of the University of California is situated on the eastern shore of San Francisco Bay, directly opposite the Golden Gate. The University grounds comprise five hundred and thirty acres, rising in gentle slopes to the Berkeley hills. From almost every part of the campus — and the city of Berkeley — there is a magnificent outlook over the bay and city of San Francisco, the neighboring plains and mountains, the Pacific Ocean, and the Golden Gate. Berkeley has a climate well suited for university work throughout the year, and extremes of heat and cold are unknown. The average tem- perature for the winter months is about 53 degrees ; for the months of May, June, and July, about 60 degrees. The 3,000-acre campus at DAVIS, in the heart of the agricul- tural Central Valley, is the largest, in area, of the University's state-wide system. About two-thirds of the acreage is devoted to crops and farm animals used for teaching, demonstration, and research. This campus specializes in the production fields of 138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ May, 1955 agriculture, general home economics, and agricultural education. Adjoinging the city of Davis (about 5,000 population), in Yolo County, the Davis campus lies 13 miles west of Sacramento and 67 miles northeast of Berkeley. Climate is characterized by clear skies typical of the Central Valley, and is moderated by breezes from the Bay region that produce cool nights even in summer. — E. GORTON LINSLEY. Orchopeas s. firemani, a new Woodrat Flea from Mexico By C. ANDRESEN HUBBARD, Tigard, Oregon I have before me at this time four males and five females of a flea taken off the Mexican Woodrat Teanopus phcnax (type host) 35 miles north of Los Mochis on the border between Sinaloa and Sonora, MEXICO (type locality) on March 23, 1954, by Dr. Murray Johnson of Tacoma, Washington. I hold the flea to be undescribed and here name it Orchopeas sexdentatus firemani, new subspecies. The new subspecies seems to fall between 0. s. schisintiis Jord. '29 and 0. s. neotomae Aug. '43 both from Arizona Wood- rats. The modified segments of the new male are schisintus-\ik& but the black spiniforms number only four, three below at the heel of the finger, the fourth some distance from the apex, just as if the fourth from the heel of schisintus had been dropped out; the VII st. of the new female is neotoinae-like, the lobe being bold and block-like. The Iwlotype male and allotype female are mounted on one slide and will be deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypes go to British Museum, Canadian National Museum and Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. This flea bears the name of Mr. Bert Fireman, Editor of "Under the Sun," The Phoenix Gazette, Phoenix, Arizona, who, on October 4, 1954, in his column humorously assailed this writer for naming Meringis cochisei (Ent. News, LXV, July 1954, p. 175) after Arizona's famous Apache Indian chief Cochise. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 139 A New Species of Obrium from Tennessee. (Cole- optera: Cerambycidae) By JOSEF N. KNULL, Department of Zoology and Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio Obrium howdeni n. sp. 2- Form and size of Obrium maculatitin (Oliv.), black throughout, more shining above than below. Head convex, confluently punctate on front between eyes, with a short median carina in this area, pubescence long, sparse. Pronotum longer than wide, much wider in front than at base, widest in front of middle ; anterior margin arcuate, basal margin truncate ; sides constricted back of front margin, then broadly rounded forming an obtuse tubercle, back of which they are strongly convergent to a constriction at base ; disk somewhat flattened with median raised area in front of basal constriction and one on each side about middle, a broad transverse depres- sion back of apex and a deeper one in front of base ; surface with scattered minute punctures, pubescence long, sparse. Elytra at base wider than widest part of pronotum ; sides sub- parallel near base, widened back of middle, apices separately rounded ; disk somewhat flattened ; surface with scattered small punctures, pubescence long, sparse. Abdomen beneath with first segment shining, minutely punc- tured, second segment deeply emarginate, emargination bordered with long pubescence, following segments with long pubescence. Tibiae strongly clavate. Length 6.6 mm. ; width 1.6 mm. Described from one female specimen collected at Reelfoot Biological Station, Obion Co., TENNESSEE, June 20-27. 1948 by Pfitzer and Scott and given to me by Henry F. Howden. Holo- type in collection of author. This species is closely related to 0. maculatiim, however it differs by being black throughout, pronotum more constricted at base and more sparsely pubescent elytra. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Cynipid and Itonidid galls — American species wanted ; purchase or 3xchange for British species. Fresh or dried. D. Leatherdale, F.R.E.S., Old Woodstock, Oxford, England. Wanted — Reprints or papers concerning insects taken in Alaska for inclusion in list of Alaskan insects. R. H. Washburn, Alaska Experiment Station, Palmer, Alaska. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10# to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera— Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., \escl.na, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibcmbex (olim Bemlnx) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $1.90 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 10% on over 50,000. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Commerz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) .. 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species ( 103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12.— Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (Tohn W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS .MM: 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 6 CONTENTS Dillon — Revision of Neotropical Acanthocinini 141 Evans — A new Aulocostethus from Florida 150 Review — Atlas of Scale Insects 152 Rapp — Dermacentor variabilis in Nebraska 153 Entomological Departments University of Illinois 155 Illinois State Natural History Survey 161 Southwestern Research Station 164 Mann Collection goes to Smithsonian 165 Laboratory training courses 165 Reviews Insects of Micronesia 166 The plant quarantine problem 167 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. INS* ^. (( JL V ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers : Domestic, $5.00 ; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, J3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additional at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI JUNE, 1955 No. 6 Revision of the Neotropical Acanthocinini (Cole- optera: Cerambycidae) I. The genus Canidia and its allies By LAWRENCE S. DILLON, Department of Biology, A. & M. College of Texas -sv This small group of genera, which appears to be a rather natural one, includes those forms with a narrow prosternal process (not more than one-sixth as wide as a procoxal cavity), a subquadrate front, and an erect lower ocular lobe which is sub- equal to the gena in height. Moreover, the prothorax is sub- cylindrical and without distinct transverse sulci (except in Nyssodectcs), and the metatarsi have the first segment no longer than the remaining segments together. For this study, specimens have been received from the U. S. National Museum [USNM], the American Museum of Natural History [AMNH], Cornell University [CU], and California Academy of Sciences [CAS], and from the personal collections of Mr. Lionel Lacey [LL], and Mr. David G. Kissinger [DGK]. To these two gentlemen and to Dr. Ross Arnett, Dr. Henry Dietrich. Dr. Mont Cazier. and Dr. Hugh B. Leech, the author expresses his gratitude for their generosity in loaning him their material. The genus Dectes, which also belongs here, is being treated with the Nearctic genera, except for its inclusion in the follow- ing key, even though one species does penetrate rather deeply into Mexico. (141) 142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 Key to Genera 1 . Elytral apices bidentate ; antennal scape always strongly bi- carinate ventro-laterally Canidia Elytral apices not bidentate ; antennal scape sometimes bi- carinate 2 2. Pronotum with a distinct transverse sulcus across base, con- taining a row of coarse punctures Nyssodectes Pronotum without transverse sulci 3 3. Antennal scape bicarinate ventro-laterally Canidiopsis Antennal scape not carinate 4 4. Elytra at base with an elongate crest ; antennal scape beneath excavated beyond middle Pscudocanidia Elytra not crested ; antennal scape not excavated Dcctes NYSSODECTES Dillon, gen. nov. Type of genus : Nyssodrys vcracrnzi Dillon, spec. nov. Small, subcylindrical beetles. Head impunctate ; front convex, strongly narrowed between and below eyes, a little wider than high ; eye with lower lobe subtriangular or broadly ovate, one- fifth to one-fourth again as tall as gena, isthmus rather narrow, upper lobe slightly wider than isthmus, strongly arcuate, sepa- rated by about one of their widths ; antennal tubercles not promi- nent or robust, strongly divergent apically. Pronotum one- fourth to one-third wider than long, sides equally narrowed to base and apex from the obsolete and unarmed lateral tubercles, which are placed at basal fourth ; disk without tubercles, sub- cylindrical, impunctate except for an irregular row in the well- impressed basal sulcus. Elytra with basal gibbosity obsolete ; disk uniformly, deeply punctate to apical third or fourth where the punctures suddenly terminate, without costae or carinae ; apices emarginate, the outer angle acutely dentate, the inner one prominent but unarmed ; humeri prominent, rounded. Pro- sternal process narrow, one-sixth as broad as a procoxal cavity ; mesosternal process three times as broad as prosternal, one-half as broad as a mesocoxal cavity. Abdomen with fifth sternite slightly longer than fourth in male, one-half again as long in fe- male. Legs successively much longer from front to rear. pairs, the front ones quite short ; profemora strongly clavate, the other Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 143 two pairs successively much more slender in both sexes, meta- femora in male attaining apex of fifth sternite or nearly so, in female attaining apex of fourth sternite ; metatarsi with first seg- ment at least equal in length to remainder together. Antennae about twice as long as body in male, and nearly equally as long in female, with scattered fringing hairs beneath ; scape nearly or quite attaining pronotal base, slender, cylindrical throughout, neither flattened nor carinate beneath, and scarcely produced downwards at apex ; third segment one-tenth longer than first, nearly straight ; fourth feebly shorter than third ; rest gradually diminishing in length, except tenth and eleventh which are slightly elongated. Remarks : Differs from all the other known genera of this group in that the pronotum has a distinct basal sulcus and is un- armed laterally. Like Dectes and Canidia, this genus has the pronotal disk without tubercles, and the elytral basal gibbosities nearly wanting, but here the elytral apices are emarginate, with only the outer angle dentate, and the lower ocular lobe is sub- triangular or broadly ovate. Key to Species Head with a yellowish vitta behind lower ocular lobe ; elytra with a broad band apically, the apices narrowly emarginate, the inner angles acute and prominent reracritzi Head without any lateral vittae ; elytra without a broad band apically, the apices broadly emarginate-truncate, the inner angles rounded roscicollis Nyssodectes veracruzi Dillon, spec. nov. Male. Piceous ; body above and antennae dark brown, front, legs, and body beneath ashy, pubescent. Head with a broad, whitish vitta behind lower lobe of eyes and a narrower one medially between upper ocular lobes and antennal tubercles, ex- tending onto front. Pronotal disk largely yellowish pubescent to each of the deflexed sides, medially with two rather large, semicircular, dark brown maculae, one on apical and one on basal margin, the former margined on each side with an oblique, 144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 broad, rosaceous vitta, which are contiguous at middle. Elytra just before apex with a broad band of yellowish and with two yellowish vittae, one along suture, attaining apical band but not scutellum, and a broader one from base near humerus, often ex- tending to apical band but sometimes interrupted behind middle ; extreme apex fuscous, contrasting with the dark brown disk. Metepisterna covered with dense yellowish pubescence. Femora on at least basal halves with pale yellowish integument, tibiae on posterior surface and tarsi entirely, fuscous pubescent. An- tennae with second to sixth or seventh segments reddish brown, apically infuscated ; scape dark reddish brown, the remaining segments piceous pubescent. Head impunctate ; front strongly narrowed between and be- low eyes, distinctly wider than high ; eye with lower lobe about one-fifth again as tall as gena, broadly obovate. Pronotum about one-third wider than long ; sides broadly arcuate, widest at basal third, base and apex subequal ; lateral tubercles entirely wanting ; disk with an undulating row of deep, rather fine punc- tures in the sharply defined basal sulcus, rest of surface im- punctate. Elytra with basal gibbosity subobsolete ; disk covered with deep, rather close-set, moderately coarse punctures from base to apical fourth, punctation often denser toward suture ; apices narrowly, distinctly emarginate, both angles of emargina- tion prominent, the outer one acutely dentate, the inner one subacutely angulate. Fifth abdominal sternite a little longer than the fourth, broadly, rather strongly emarginate at apex. Meta- femora slender, at least attaining tip of abdomen. Antennae about twice as long as body, the fifth segment surpassing apex of elytra, beneath with a very few fringing hairs on first four seg- ments ; scape slender, attaining pronotal base or nearly so ; third segment one-tenth longer than first, slightly arcuate ; fourth feebly shorter than third ; rest very gradually decreasing in length, except tenth and eleventh which are slightly elongated. Length 5.5-6.5 mm. ; width 1.4—1.8 mm. Holotype male and 2 paratypcs: San Andres, Vera Cruz, MEXICO; Feb. 6-12, 1953 (D. G. Kissinger) [author's col- lection] . Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 145 Remarks : This species is very similar to N. roscicollis but differs in that the yellowish pubescence forms a broad vitta be- hind the lower ocular lobe, extending broadly over the disk of pronotum, and forming a transverse band before elytral apex and an elongated macula on metepisterna. Moreover, the elytral apices are deeply emarginate, with the sutural angles acute, the pronotum lacks lateral tubercles entirely, and the eye is of different shape. Nyssodectes roseicollis Bates Nyssodrys roscicollis Bates, 1872, Trans., Ent. Soc. Lond. XX, p. 221 ; 1881, Biol. Centr. Amer. Col. V, p. 181, 417, pi. 14, f. 4. Male. Piceous to black, sparsely cinereous pubescent. Head often with a short, median, whitish vitta between eyes and an- tennal tubercles. Pronotum with integument marked with a reddish letter 'H' which is covered with pale yellow or red pu- bescence, sometimes interrupted at base, sometimes very broad. Elytra mahogany red, dark brown pubescent, marked with a slender, sublateral, arcuate, yellowish vitta which commences at base near humerus, extending thence along side of disk to close to apex where it curves to suture. Metepisterna with pubes- cence feebly denser than elsewhere on body beneath ; femora dull orangish on basal two-fifths. Antennae with second to sixth segments orange-brown, infuscated apically, remaining segments fuscous. Head impunctate; front strongly constricted between and below eyes, about as high as wide ; eye with lower lobe broadly subtriangular, about twice as broad at upper margin as at lower, one-fourth again as tall as gena. Pronotum one-fourth again as wide across lateral tubercles as long; sides sublinearly nar- rowing to apex, slightly constricted at base; lateral tubercles feeble, placed at basal fourth, armed with a minute tooth ; disk impunctate except for a row of moderate-size punctures in the rather distinct basal sulcus. Elytra with basal gibbosity broad, feebly prominent ; disk not densely, rather coarsely punctate 146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 from base to apical fourth ; apices very broadly, slightly emargi- nately truncate, the inner angle round, the outer produced into a short, robust tooth. Metafemora attaining apex of fifth ster- nite, rather slender. Fifth sternite slightly longer than fourth, deeply emarginate at apex. Antennae with fifth segment slightly surpassing elytral apex, with scattered fringing hairs beneath ; scape slender, reaching nearly to base of pronotum ; third seg- ment one-tenth longer than first, nearly straight; fourth feebly shorter than third ; rest gradually diminishing in length, except tenth and eleventh which are slightly elongated. Female. Similar to male but fifth sternite one-half again as long as fourth, tapering to apex, which is narrowly truncate ; metafemora more slender, extending only to apex of fourth ster- nite ; antennae slightly shorter, the fifth segment not quite at- taining elytral apex, and a little more densely (but still very sparsely) fimbriate. Length 6.5-7 mm. ; width 2.0 mm. Type locality : Chontales, Nicaragua. Distribution : From Nicaragua to Mexico. Mexico : 2 ; San Andres, Vera Cruz, Feb. 6-12, 1953 (D. G. Kissinger) [DGK]. Remarks : No specimens from the type locality were en- countered, but the two at hand from Mexico agree very closely with Bate's remarks in the Biologia Centrali-Americana (p. 181) concerning examples from the latter region. CANIDIA Thomson Canidia Thomson, 1857, Arch. Ent. I, p. 193; 1860 Class. Ceramb., p. 7, 14. Type of genus : Canidia cincticornis Thomson, by monotypy. Moderately small, cylindrical beetles. Head impunctate. very feebly transversely impressed behind antennal tubercles on ver- tex ; front about one-fifth to two-fifths again as wide as high, feebly narrowed between eyes, strongly so below, conspicuously tumid ; eye with lower lobe elongate-ovate, erect, subequal to gena in height, upper lobe scarcely wider than isthmus, sepa- rated by three or four times their width ; antennal tubercles ro- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 147 bust, moderately prominent, widely divergent. Pronotum very feebly wider across base than long, apex subequal to base ; lateral tubercles low, small, at basal third of pronotum, armed with a long, acute, strongly recurved spine ; transverse sulci wanting; disk with only a trace of tubercle at middle, rest of surface even, not densely, rather finely punctate. Elytra with basal gibbosity obsolete, without crest or carina ; disk moderately coarsely and densely punctate basally, the punctures gradually finer apically, without trace of costae, and with but a very few, long, flying hairs, which are sprinkled very sparsely at base and on apical declivity ; apically declivous from behind middle, apices deeply emarginate, bidentate, the tooth on outer angle much larger; humeri prominent, rounded, impunctate. Prosternal process from one-tenth to one-fifth as wide as a procoxal cavity ; mesosternal process twice as broad as the prosternal, about three-eighths as broad as a mesocoxal cavity. Fifth abdominal sternite scarcely longer than fourth in male, one-half or more again as long in female. Legs successively more elongate from front to rear; femora clavate, less strongly so in female, meta- femora in female attaining apex of fifth abdominal segment, in male strongly surpassing it; protarsi in male slightly dilated, metatarsi with first segment subequal to next two together in both sexes. Antennae slightly longer than body in female, one- quarter longer in male, beneath with scarcely any fringing hairs ; scape elongate, extending behind lateral tubercles, often nearly to base in male, gradually widened to beyond middle, thence slightly tapered apically, strongly flattened on ventro-mesial surface, the plane area margined on each side by a smooth, uni- form carina, its extreme apex produced into a short, broad, emarginate process ; third segment subequal in length to first ; rest gradually diminishing. Remarks : The emarginate and bidentate elytral apices, the elongate metafemora, and the form of the scape are especially analytical, but the genus is further distinguished by the strongly convex or tumid front, by the convex elytra which lack basal gibbosities, and by the cylindrical pronotum which bears no tu- bercles on the disk but possesses strong lateral spines. 148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 Canidia cincticornis cincticornis Thomson Canidia cincticornis Thomson, 1857, Arch. Ent. I, p. 194. Dectes cincticornis Thomson. Lacordaire, 1872. Gen. Col. IX, p. 775. Male. Black, densely covered with a clear fuscous pubes- cence. Head on front sometimes clouded with gray pubescence. Body beneath medially and legs sparsely hoary pubescent ; metafemora apically fuscous (as are the mesofemora in part) ; tibiae irregularly annulate and apically fuscous ; tarsi with apices of segments annulate with blackish. Antennae with scape and second segment largely black, the first basally some- times sparsely covered with dull gray pubescence ; remaining segments densely bright gray pubescent, the apices of each broadly black-annulate. Entire upper surface minutely punctulate. Head impunctate ; eyes with lower lobe elongate-ovate, erect, about one-sixth again as tall as gena. Pronotum one-third wider across lateral tu- bercles than long, sides anteriorly sloping, base and apex sub- equal in width ; lateral tubercles scarcely distinguishable from sides, feebly elevated, placed near basal fourth, ending in a long, rather robust, acute, arcuate tooth that is directed strongly obliquely backwards; disk usually without trace of tubercles, sometimes with a feebly elevated one medially, entire surface rather sparsely, finely, irregularly punctate. Elytra with basal gibbosity scarcely evident, without crest ; disk moderately coarsely, deeply punctate from base to apex, the punctures a little finer and denser on sutural half than on outer ; apices deeply emarginate, the sutural angle produced into a short, acute tooth, the outer angle into a much longer similar one. Mesosternal process anteriorly arcuately declivous. Fifth sternite about one-fourth again as long as fourth, apically broadly emarginate. Metafemora distinctly surpassing apex of fifth sternite. An- tennae more than one and one-quarter times as long as body, seventh segment attaining apex of elytra, with two or three fringing hairs apically on first and second segments ; scape slightly arcuate, attaining basal fourth of pronotum, apical Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 149 process apically bilobedly emarginate ; third segment nearly straight, subequal in length to first ; fourth much shorter ; rest gradually decreasing in length. Female. Metafemora reaching to middle of fifth sternite, which is nearly twice as long as fourth, with its apex subtrun- cate. Antennae with eighth segment attaining elytral apex. Length 8.3-12 mm. ; width 3-3.8 mm. Type locality : Costa Rica. Distribution : Known only from Costa Rica and Nicaragua. Costa Rica : 2 ; La Caja, nr. San Jose, 900 m. (M. Valerde). 1 ; Atenas (Schild and Burgdorf). 1 ; San Lucas, July 8, 1934 (C. H. Ballon) [all USNM|. Remarks : When critically examined, all the Costa Rican specimens were found to possess a shadow of the dark macula on the elytra which is so prominent in balteatiis. Canidia cincticornis balteatus Lacordaire Dcctcs balteatus Lacordaire, 1872, Gen. Col. IX, p. 775. Male. As in the type form, but upper surface clear gray pubescent. Head fuscous in whole or around occiput. Scu- tellum fuscous. Elytra each with a large, transverse, blackish macula or bar at apical two-fifths and occasionally with a small, rounded, similar macula just before apex. Body beneath and legs densely bright gray pubescent; metafemora sometimes broadly marked with black at apex of outer surface ; tibiae broadly black-annulate at apex ; tarsi with only lobes of third segment broadly tipped with black Length 9-11.5 mm.; width 2.9-4.0 mm. Type locality : Oaxaca, Mexico. Distribution : From south- ern Mexico to Costa Rica. Guatemala : 5 ; no further data [AMNH ; CAS]. Nicaragua : 3 ; Managua (Rene) fUSNM ] . Costa Rica: 1 ; no further locality (F. Nevermann) [USNM]. Remarks : The arrangement of these two forms as subspecies is tentative, pending additional material. They may prove to be mere varieties or full species, but no morphological basis for the latter treatment was found. (To be continued) 150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [ June, 1955 A New Aulocostethus from Florida (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) By HOWARD E. EVANS, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Few genera of pompilid wasps are so poorly known as Aulocostethus and Epipompilus, the two genera which make up the tribe Epipompilini of the subfamily Pompilinae. Bradley, in preparing his revision of this group (1944, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 70: 139-147), was able to find only two specimens of Aulocostethus in American museums, and none at all of Epipompilus. Males of both genera are entirely unknown, and none of the four species of Aulocostethus and of the two of Epipompilus is known from more than two specimens. Both genera inhabit Central America and northern South America. The discovery of another specimen of Aulocostethus is an event in itself, and when that specimen represents a striking new species from within the limits of the United States, the event is particularly exciting. In coloration, this new form is very different from any described species, the wings being wholly dark and with a coppery luster, and the body being unspotted but brightly patterned with black and red. Struc- turally, the species agrees will with the generic diagnosis given by Bradley (op. cit., p. 140). It differs from aztecus Cresson in that the pronotum is not margined laterally and the posterior claws are not different from the others ; it differs from e.vcclsus Bradley in the more prominently protruding front and the shorter pronotum. To the generic venational characters cited by Bradley may be added the fact that the anal lobe of the hind wing is only about .3 the length of the submedian cell, and the anal vein is straight, paralleling the preaxillary furrow, the transverse median vein leaving it at an angle. Aulocostethus pulcherrimus new species Type. $, Everglades National Park, Dade Co., FLORIDA, December 30, 1953 (H. V. Weems, Jr.) [U. S. National Museum no. 6270]. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 151 Description. Length 6.5 mm.; fore wing 5.7 mm. Head and thorax black except as follows : palpi brownish, tips of the labial palpi pale ; apical half of mandibles rufo-castaneous ; antennae dark brown ; legs dark brown (except the coxae black), the inner surface of the front femora with a longitudinal streak of light brown ; entire anterior, lateral, and posterior border of pronotum narrowly rufous ; scutellum, median portion of metanotum, and entire propodeum, bright rufous. Entire abdomen bright rufous and strongly shining, except the extreme base of the first segment black. Front wings wholly and evenly dark fuliginous, with a coppery luster. Hind wings nearly hyaline basally, the apical fourth clouded. Clypeus, front, vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum with rather abundant short, blackish hairs ; clypeus, front, and temples also with shorter, silvery tomentum ; basal six segments of antennae with suberect setulae on the dorsal surface ; base of mandibles prominently setose ; legs and dark parts of thorax with brownish pubescence which grades into silvery on the front coxae and the mesopleura ; propodeum and abdomen with silvery pubescence, the apical abdominal segment also with some long, pale hairs above and below. Mandibles broad, with a single strong tooth on the inner margin. Labrum barely protruding from the emargination of the clypeus. Clypeus 2.4 times as broad as high, its apical margin arcuately emarginate. Head, exclusive of mouthparts, one and one quarter times as broad as high. Front convex, strongly protruding above the antennal bases, perpendicularly declivous between the sockets. Front dull, with microscopic sculpturing and dense, shallow punctures. Malar space nearly as long as the antennal pedicel. Eyes conspicuously hairy. Middle interocular distance .57 times the transfacial distance; upper interocular distance .8 the lower interocular distance. Ocelli in a broad triangle; postocellar line greater than ocello- ocular line as 7:4. Antennae slender and elongate, the first four segments in a ratio of about 15:6: 13: 15, segment three about 4 times as long as thick, and equal to .6 the upper inter- ocular distance. 152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 Pronotum much shorter than the mesonotum, its anterior surface rather steeply declivous. Propodeum sloping evenly, without a median impression. Pronotum somewhat shining, the mesonotum somewhat more punctate and less shining, the remainder of the thorax and propodeum with enough micro- scopic sculpturing and close punctures to render the surface rather dull ; propodeum and upper portion of the metapleura with the sculpturing in the form of very fine striations. Front femora moderately incrassate. Middle and hind tibiae with several rows of very short spines above. Tarsi with conspicuous pubescence in which a few weak spines are intermingled. Claws dentate, the tooth stout and erect. Basal vein of the fore wing arising very slightly beyond the junction of the transverse median vein. Stigma four times as long as wide ; marginal cell slightly more than three times as long as wide, removed from the apex of the wing by less than half its length. Third submarginal cell much longer than the second, removed from the outer wing margin by much less than its own length. Second recurrent vein arising on the sub- discoidal vein about two-thirds the distance from its base. Hind wing with the cubitus arising beyond the transverse median vein a distance about equal to the length of the latter vein. The major veins of both wings attain the outer wing margin. Abdomen short and stout, the integument shining ; apical seg- ment broad and slightly depressed. Review ATLAS OF SCALE INSECTS OF NORTH AMERICA. Vol. VII. The families Aclerdidae, Asterolecaniidae, Conchaspididae, Dactylopiidae and Laccideridae. By G. F. FERRIS. Pp. 1-233, 94 figs. Stanford University Press, Stanford, California, 1955. This volume is a continuation of Professor Ferris' well known Atlas, and it follows the same general plan and style as the pre- ceding volumes. Two families are treated more briefly in order not to duplicate material in recent monographs by other authors. The families not yet covered in this series are the Coccidae (= Lecaniidae), Orthezidae, and Margarodidae. — R. G. S. IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 153 The Status of Dermacentor variabilis in Nebraska By WILLIAM F. RAPP, Jr.1 The American dog tick Dermacentor variabilis (Say) is the common tick found on man and domestic animals in Nebraska. If one examines Cooley's - (1938:28) distribution map for Dermacentor variabilis one gains the impression that the spe- cies is distributed over the entire state, except in the south- western part of the panhandle. However, when one plots on a map the localities where D. variabilis has been taken one finds that the species has a restricted distribution in Nebraska. Figure one shows the distribution for D. variabilis in Nebraska based upon collected specimens. It is interesting to know that all specimens have been taken in the forested parts of the state either in the flood plain forests or in the Yellow Pine regions. Although Nebraska is from the ecological viewpoint in the grass- land biome of North America, both the deciduous and Yellow Pine forests form very important subclimaxes in Nebraska. The deciduous forest areas are located along the principal rivers in the state. The Yellow Pine areas are concentrated in the northwestern part of the State. 1 Entomologist, Division of Sanitation, State Department of Health, Lincoln, Nebraska. - 1938. Cooley, R. A. The Genera Dermacentor and Otocentor (Ix- odidae) in the United States, with Studies in Variation. National In- stitute of Health Bulletin, No. 71. 154 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 In Nebraska the nymph appears to be fairly common on the ears of Peromyscus manulatus. Many of the P. manulatus taken in river bottom woodlands are parasitized by D. variabilis. The nymph has never been found on specimens of P. inanulatus taken in grasslands. In this report the specimens collected are arranged alpha- betically by county. In the specimens listed, the following ab- breviations are employed: (N.S.D.H.), Nebraska State De- partment of Health; (U.N.), Department of Entomology, Uni- versity of Nebraska; (R.M.L.), Rocky Mountain Laboratory; (L.R.E.), private collection of Dr. Lafe R. Edmunds. BUFFALO Co.: July 13, 1953 (N.S.D.H.). CUMING Co.: West Point, dog (U.N.). DAWES Co.: Bordeux Station, April 24, 1949, dog (R.M.L.) ; Chadron, June 11, 1945 (U.N.), June 4, 1941 (U.N.), July 15, 1944 (U.N.), May 1, 1945 (U.N.), Mann Schoolhouse, 8 miles south of Chadron, April 25, 1949, Sciurus niger (R.M.L.) ; Chadron State Park, April 26, 1949, horse (R.M.L.), Lindekin ranch, northeast of Chadron (R.M.L.) ; Edwin Mann ranch, 8 miles south of Chadron, May- June 1949 (R.M.L.). DAWSON Co.: Overton, July 13, 1953 (N.S.D.H.). DOUGLAS Co.: Omaha, July 15, 1942 (R.M.L.) ; Elkhorn River west of Omaha, June 26. 1946 (R.M.L.). DUNDY Co.: Parks, April 27, 1954 (N.S.D.H.) ; Benkelman, April 28, 1954 (N.S.D.H.). Ex. Pcromyscus manicitlatus. FRANKLIN Co.: Franklin, July 14, 1954 '(N.S.D.H.). Ex. Pcromyscus manulatus. FURNAS Co. : Oxford, April 30, 1954. Ex. Pcromyscus manulatus, JEFFERSON Co. : Endicott, July 15, 1954 (N.S.D.H.). KNOX Co.: Wausa, June 29, 1954 (N.S.D.H.). Ex. Blarina brevicaudc. LINCOLN Co.: Brady, July 13, 1953; North Platte (N.S.D.H.), July 18. 1953, dog (N.S.D.H.). NEMAHA Co.: Peru, July 7, 1953 (N.S.D.H.) ; Brownville, July 28, 1953 (N.S.D.H.). NUCKOLLS Co.: Su- perior, July 13, 1954 (N.S.D.H.). OTOE Co.: Nebraska City, May 26, 1945, Marmota mona.v (U.N.). RICHARDSON Co.: Fargo, Argo Twp., September 3, 1954 (N.S.D.H.). ROCK Co.: Bassett, June 8, 1953 (N.S.D.H.). SCOTTS BLUFF Co.: McGrew, June 22, 1953 (L.R.E.) ; Minatare, July 2, 1953, (L.R.E.) ; Mitchell, April 30, 1953 (L.R.E.) . SHERIDAN Co.: Hay Springs, June, 1944 (U.N.). Sioux Co.: Fort Robin- son, June 10, 1937, July 15, 1935 (R.M.L.). THOMAS Co.: Halsey, April 14-16, 1933, sheep, June 2, 1933 (R.M.L.). WEBSTER Co.: Guide Rock, July 13, 1954 (N.S.D.H.). Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 155 Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. University of Illinois Teaching Department Entomology has been taught at the University of Illinois since the college year 1869-1870. The University, then called Illinois Industrial University, opened its doors in March 1868 and entomology, although listed in the circular and catalog for 1868-1869, was apparently not taught the first year. Ento- mology was announced as part of a course in the Department of Natural History in the third term of the second college year. The catalog announcement read as follows— -"Entomology : classification of insects : habits of those injurious to vegetation with means of checking their ravages. Habits of beneficial species." Major J. W. POWELL. M.A., who was scheduled to teach the course, had been appointed Professor of Natural His- tory and Geology while in the western states with an army expedition. Powell did not fulfill his teaching appointment al- though he made some collections for the university while in the west. The first definite course in entomology was given in the spring term of the college year, 1869-1870, by T. J. BURRILL, then Professor of Botany and Horticulture, who gave all the in- struction that was offered in both Botany and Horticulture. His first class in entomology consisted of four students. Burrill was a young man who had been superintendent of the Urbana Public Schools. He is, perhaps, remembered best for his later work on the transmission of "fire-blight," a plant disease of fruit trees which he found to be carried by aphids. This work- is one of the earliest, if not the earliest, in which an insect has been shown to transmit a plant disease. Professor Burrill continued to teach this lone course in entomology until the end of the college year 1883-1884. The 156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 university announcement for 1876-1877 carried the following course description which doubtless originated from Professor Burrill : "ENTOMOLOGY. — The time given to this study is eleven weeks. After three or four introductory lectures upon the most useful literature and the methods of collecting and preserving speci- mens, about five weeks are devoted to the special anatomy of insects and the outlines of classification, — four lectures and one review or two hours of practical work per week. During this time students make collections as fast as possible, reserving, however, the determination of species until the last half of the term. During the latter portion of the term, three lectures per week are given upon injurious and beneficial insects, methods of exterminating, etc., and four hours per week are taken for laboratory work, naming species, noting habits of observed specimens, making detailed descriptions, etc. A careful and complete description of some one species, illustrated by draw- ings of important parts, is made by each student and deposited in the library of the school. The large collection of named species (about 3.000 species prepared by State Entomologist LE BARON), the ample reference library, the drawings and other illustrations to which students have access, are invaluable aids in the study. The most important reference works are West- wood's "Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects," Packard's "Guide to the Study of Insects," Harris' "Insects Injurious to Vegetation," and the publications of the Smith- sonian Institute, Entomological Societies, and the reports of State Entomologists." "Students are required to provide themselves with collecting nets and bottles, pins and lined boxes and books for notes. Microscopes and other required apparatus are furnished by the University." In 1884 STEPHEN A. FORBES, who was serving as State Entomologist and Curator of the Illinois State Natural History Society as well as teaching in Normal University, at Normal, Illinois, was appointed Professor of Zoology and Entomology at what had, by then, become known as the University of Illinois. The position had been offered to Forbes in 1882 and it had taken legislative approval to have his offices moved to Urbana. This approval was not obtained until 1884 and on January 1, 1885, Forbes took up his duties as teacher of IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NE\VS 157 Entomology and Zoology as well as continuing his other duties with the state agencies. From this date entomological instruc- tion at the University developed steadily. The entomological library and collections of the State Ento- mologist's office became available to students who also were privileged to observe and assist in practical entomological oper- ations and research. One term of entomology was offered in the freshman year from 1885 to 1891 and a two-term course was taught from 1892 to 1894. Five courses made up the entomological curriculum from 1894 until 1900. The five courses were "General and Economic Entomology," "Advanced Entomology," "Elementary Entomology" and "Advanced Eco- nomic Entomology." Until 1900 courses in entomology were listed as a part of the work of the combined Department of Zoology and Entomology; in the catalog of 1900-1901. for the first time, such courses were listed separately. Dr. J. \Y. FOLSOM was brought from Harvard in 1900 as an instructor in entomology and assumed an important role in the teaching of entomology, especially economic entomology. By 1910 course offerings had been increased to 10. The DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY was organized separately from Zoology in 1909. Professor FORBES continued as Head of Department of Entomology and gave up his work in Zoology which was taken over by H. B. Ward. Two years later ( 191 1 ), A. D. MACGILLIVRAY of Cornell University was appointed an Assistant Professor. He developed the courses in insect mor- phology and insect taxonomy. For the next ten years the entomological staff consisted of FORBES, FOLSOM, and MAC- GILLIVRAY. Forbes retired as head of the entomological work in 1921 but continued on as Chief of the State Natural History Survey and C. L. METCALF was brought from Ohio State Uni- versity to head the Department of Entomology. He continued in charge until 1947. Prof. Folsom resigned in 1923 and Professor MacGillivray died suddenly in 1924. During Met- calfs period of service, he brought in as staff members W. V. BALDUF in 1923 to head the taxonomic work, W. P. HAYES in 1924 for insect morphology, O. W. PARK and, later, V. G. 158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 MILUM as apiculturists, and C. W. KEARNS for insecticide teaching. When Prof. Metcalf arrived on the campus, ROBT. D. GLASGOW was serving as an instructor. Glasgow resigned about 1927. In 1947 Prof. Metcalf was placed on health re- tirement and died in 1948. W. R. HORSFALL was appointed in 1947 to take over the teaching of Medical Entomology and some courses in Economic Entomology. W. P. HAYES was made acting head of the department in 1947 and was appointed head in 1948. That year Hayes brought G. S. FRAENKEL from the University of London to head the teaching and research in insect physiology. The full time, permanent teaching staff at present consists of Professors BALDUF, HAYES, FRAENKEL, KEARNS and MILUM as full Professors and W. R. HORSFALL an Associate Professor. Three half-time teaching assistants help out in the elementary classes. On the research staff there are at present four full- time Research Associates, Drs. H. LIPKE, STANLEY FRIEDMAN, JAMES STERNBERG and S. C. CHANG, in addition to ten half- time Research Assistants. The research programs are supported by grants from the University Research Board, two grants from the Rockefeller Foundation, one from the U. S. Public Health Service, and two from the Surgeon General's Office. Professor Kearns is working on insect toxicological problems, Professor Fraenkel on insect physiology, particularly on insect nutrition, Professor Horsfall on mosquito problems, and Professor Balduf on insect bionomics. In the teaching work Professors Kearns and Horsfall teach sections of Agricultural Entomology assisted by two teaching assistants, Professor Balduf teaches a course in Introductory Entomology for Liberal Arts and Science students. He has one teaching assistant. In addition Professor Balduf teaches two courses in insect taxonomy. Other courses taught by Dr. Kearns are Insect Toxicology and Chemical Control of In- sects, and Professor Horsfall teaches Medical Entomology, In- sect Bionomics, and Advanced Economic Entomology. Pro- fessor Milum teaches Apiculture and has charge of the Lxvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 159 laboratory work in Agricultural Entomology. There are two courses in Insect Physiology taught by Professor Fraenkel ; and Professor Hayes has charge of the two courses in Insect Anatomy, two semesters of Morphology and Taxonomy of Im- mature Insects, and Field Crop Insects. Drs. GEORGE C. DECKER and HERBERT H. Ross of the State Natural History Survey hold professorships on the Graduate College teaching faculty and are authorized to teach and direct research of graduate students. Prof. Ross conducts a gradu- ate seminar in Insect Taxonomy. Both Ross and Decker di- rect the research of a number of our graduate students. Those students with Dr. Decker are doing thesis problems in Eco- nomic Entomology and those with Dr. Ross work in Insect Taxonomy. They have available the extensive collections of the State Natural History Survey. The Department of Entomology at Illinois is a unit of the Biological Division of the COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCI- ENCES and not, as in most institutions, a department in the College of Agriculture. Consequently, the teaching staff has no connection with the Agricultural Experiment Station and the staff members are not assigned to Experiment Station re- search projects, which work at Illinois is done by Dr. George C. Decker of the Natural History Survey and his staff. Re- search projects in the department are of the investigators' own choosing. Staff members are on nine months appointments and are thus available for summer appointments elsewhere, which may consist of either research or teaching appointments and are an opportunity for them to gain valuable experience either in the field or laboratory. Undergraduate enrollment of students majoring in ento- mology is small and consequently a great deal of stress is put on the teaching of graduate students and the department has become more of a graduate department in entomology. With but few undergraduate majors, it is obvious that few of the graduate students are Illinois students. Graduate enrollment in recent years has varied from 34 to 45 students, most of whom are going on from Master's degrees to Ph.D. work. A large 160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 majority of the graduate students are from out of state or foreign countries. To many people, not familiar with the entomological work at Illinois, there is confusion as to the relationship between the DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY and the ILLINOIS STATE NAT- URAL HISTORY SURVEY. Since an account of the history and work of the Survey is to be presented along with this article, it is sufficient to say that the State Natural History Survey is a separate state agency located on the campus and is a division of the State Department of Registration and Education and not an integral division" of the University of Illinois. With the pres- ence of the Survey on the campus the department is able to avail itself of the magnificent facilities and staff of the Survey. Both the Department and the Survey operate separate ento- mological libraries, causing some duplication of works avail- able, but on the whole make available library facilities surpassed by very few other institutions. The location of the Survey with its excellent insect collection makes it unnecessary for the de- j partment to maintain a permanent collection and department efforts are put into assembling collections for teaching purposes. The department owns a series of about 15,000 insects hermitically sealed in glass tubes which represent the life-stages and injury of most of the major American economic insects. These are used for classroom teaching. A series of about 200 cloth teaching charts of insects painted locally is also available for class use. Three entomological collections donated to the department include the Nason, Bolter, and MacGillivray col- lections which constitute about 306,000 pinned specimens. The MacGillivray collection consists of about 1,000 species of Tenthredinoidea and about 400 type specimens. These col- lections have been turned over to the State Natural History Survey where they can be cared for properly and are in a fireproof building. The department owns and maintains a collection of about 6,000 immature stages of insects preserved in alcohol which is used for reference and class work. — WM. P. HAYES. Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\VS 161 Illinois State Natural History Survey In three years the Illinois State Natural History Survey will celebrate its centennial, for its beginning stems from the or- ganization of the State Natural History Society in 1858. This organization metamorphosed several times. Its first changes were to the State Museum of Natural History in 1871. and then to the State Laboratory of Natural History in 1877. In 1865 the president of the State Horticultural Society, Parker Earle, called the attention of the society to the need for entomological assistance, and a resolution was passed by the group, "That we most urgently pray the honorable legislature of our great state to appoint a state entomologist, that agri- culturists and horticulturists may not quite despair of ever overcoming the giant insectivorous difficulties in the way of success in their professions." Two years later the society's desire was fulfilled by the legislature, with the appointment of the first Illinois STATE ENTOMOLOGIST. WALSH. LEBARON, and THOMAS held this position in succession. In the course of time, the directorship of the State Laboratory of Natural History and the position of State Entomologist dropped onto the shoulders of a young cavalry officer, Captain STEPHEN ALFRED FORBES, a most unique and capable person. He held both of these positions until 1917, when a reorganiza- tion of the state government brought together the laboratory and the State Entomologist's office into one unit called the NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY. All of the responsibilities of both parent organizations were included, save for the enforcement and regulatory duties of the State Entomologist which were transferred to the State Department of Agriculture. Forbes retained the position of Chief of the Survey until his death in 1930 when he was succeeded by Dr. T. H. PRISON. After the death of Prison in 1945, Dr. HARLOW B. MILLS was ap- pointed the third chief. The Survey is established by law on the campus of the Uni- versity of Illinois, where it is instructed to cooperate closely with the staff at the University. Beyond a great deal of in- formal cooperation, three members of the Survey staff are on 162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 the University's Graduate Faculty, and Dr. GEORGE C. DECKER holds the title of Entomologist for the Illinois Agricultural Experiment Station. Entomological work at the Survey falls into two general fields. The SECTION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY, headed by DR. DECKER, does all of the research on noxious insects usually done by experiment stations in other states. With Dr. Decker, whose interests are extremely broad, is a competent staff, con- sisting of J. H. BIGGER working on forage pests and soil in- sects, W. N. BRUCE on parasites and household pests, STEWART CHANDLER on fruit insects, L. L. ENGLISH on ornamental and greenhouse problems, NORMAN GANNON on field pests and toxicology, WM. LUCKMAN on corn pests, PAUL SURANYI on diseases of insects, and JOHN WRIGHT on truck insects. Historically, much attention has been given to insects at- tacking corn. Two decades before the European corn borer invaded Illinois, our entomologists were testing varieties of corn, which were popular in Illinois, against this pest, in plots established in Ohio. Later pioneering work was done on the field treatment of corn with the newer insecticides, which re- searches have been of great value. It is impossible to list all of the problems successfully attacked by this group. Suffice it to say that Bruce's investigations resulted in the first method of successfully protecting farm animals from tabanid flies, and in the hard-bait method of controlling house flies. The research program is completely modern and highly fluid. The attempt is made to meet new problems which ap- pear, and, even though each man has a special field of research, all may be called in to meet some special problem which may arise. The second general field of entomological interest is in the SECTION OF FAUNISTIC SURVEYS AND INSECT IDENTIFICATION, headed by DR. H. H. Ross. With Dr. Ross are M. W. SANDERSON, who specializes on Coleoptera with special interest in the Chrysomelidae, Scarabaeidae, Staphylinidae, and Elmidae ; L. J. STANNARD, who specializes in Thysanoptera and ectopara- sites; and Mrs. L. K. GLOYD, on the Odonata. Dr. Ross's Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 163 taxonomic interests include the Tenthredinidae, Trichoptera, Culicidae, and Cicadellidae. Also in this group of researchers is P. W. SMITH, who works with the vertebrates and non-insect arthropods. The responsibilities of this section are two-fold. It furnishes an identification service for the people of the state and for entomologists both in and outside of Illinois. It also has a heavy research program on the taxonomy of various groups. The handbooks prepared by this staff or under its auspices are well known and cover such diverse groups as the Aphidae, Orthoptera, Trichoptera, Plecoptera, Culicidae, Miridae, and Cicadellidae. Others are in progress. The ILLINOIS STATE COLLECTION of insects is an excellent one, and many of its accessions go back to the early days of entomology in the state. Much of the early collecting came from the enthusiasm and diligence of CHARLES A. HART. To this large nucleus others have added throughout the years, and several valuable units have been procured. The J. R. Malloch Diptera are here, and this collection contains many types. The Charles Robertson collection of bees is a part of the reference material in the state collection, as are the Milne caddisflies, and a large collection of Collembola amassed throughout the years by Folsom, Guthrie, Harvey, MacGillivray, and Mills. The Phyllophaga collection is not surpassed anywhere in the western hemisphere. The outlook on taxonomy at the Survey is a dynamic one, extending far beyond the mechanics of collecting and preserving specimens, and their identification. The data coming from the studies are used in phylogenetic and evolutionary consider- ations. There is much interest in the points of origin of the Illinois fauna. In other words, the taxonomic information i> put to work ; it is given depth along with width and breadth. Entomological research in the Illinois Natural History Sur- vey is broad and it is modern. It has one general advantage not always possible in other institutions. The staff is free to do research alone, without the necessity for division of interest among several other fields. Travel funds and opportunities are usually sufficient for the work. Three Guggenheim Fellow- ships have been received in four years. 164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 One more point. There are two extension entomologists, H. B. PETTY and STEVENSON MOORE. These men are em- ployed by the ILLINOIS AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE, and also carry an appointment with the Survey. Their salaries and travel costs are met by the Extension Service, along with clerical assistance. However, they are housed by the Survey, and are placed in close proximity to the research staff. Func- tionally they are members of the Survey's entomological family. This is just another point illustrating the excellent cooperation which exists between the University of Illinois and the Natural History Survey. — HARLOW B. MILLS. The Southwestern Research Station of The American Museum of Natural History The American Museum of Natural History has announced the establishment of THE SOUTHWESTERN RESEARCH STATION. It is located on the eastern slope of the Chiricahua Mountains, near Portal, Cochise County, in southeastern Arizona. The property is within the limits of the Coronado National Forest at an elevation of 5400 feet. The station was established for the purpose of making avail- able research facilities for scientists and students in all branches of science, who have problems that can be investigated through the utilization of the faunal, floral and geological features of the area. It will be open during the entire year. It is operated by the AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIS- TORY, Central Park West at 79th Street, New York 24, New York and under the direction of Dr. MONT A. CAZIER, Chair- man and Curator of the Department of Insects and Spiders, to whom all inquiries should be addressed. Anyone interested in the station should write to the above named individual for the booklet which gives the details of the operation and a general description of the area. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 165 Mann Collection to Smithsonian Institution The Smithsonian Institution is pleased to announce that Dr. Wm. Mann, Director, National Zoological Park, has given his superb collection of ants to the Institution making the National Collection one of the foremost in the world. Dr. Mann's Collection consists of approximately 117,000 specimens of ants. Before receiving Dr. Mann's gift the Na- tional Collection contained about 1,200 types and has now been enriched by over 700 more. In addition, there are hundreds of species of ants in the Mann collection not previously repre- sented at the Smithsonian and thousands of specimens are from localities throughout the world making available zoogeographi- cal information not previously available. Dr. Mann's more important works, based largely on ma- terial in his collection, deal with the ants of Haiti, Honduras, Guatemala, the British Solomon Islands, Fiji Islands and Brazil. This collection, assembled mostly from field work con- ducted by Dr. Mann, contains also many specimens acquired by him from the collections of Forel, Emery, Viehmeyer, Santschi, Menozzi, Arnold, Clark, Wheeler and others. J. F. GATES CLARKE U. S. National Museum Laboratory Training Courses. A new Schedule of the Laboratory Refresher Training Courses which will be given by the Laboratory Branch of the Communicable Disease Center during the period July 1955- June 1956 has been issued. Seventeen different courses on laboratory diagnoses of the various viral, bacterial, rikettsial, fungous, protozoan, and other parasitic diseases of man and animals are included. Each course runs for from one to four weeks at designated periods between September 12th and March 30th. For example, there is a course on the Laboratory Diag- nosis of Viral and Rikettsial Diseases, a two-weeks' course, that is given October 17th, and again March 12th ; and there is a two- weeks' course on Laboratory Diagnosis of Malaria given March 26th. For detailed information, and for application forms write to Laboratory Training Services, Communicable Disease Center, U. S. Public Health Service, P. O. Box 185, Chamblee, Georgia. 166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1955 Reviews GRESSITT, J. LINSLEY. 1954. INSECTS OF MICRONESIA. Volume I, Introduction. Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, viii + 257 pp., 70 figs., 1 map. Price 14.75 Dutch florins (ca. $3.98). This series is to contain twenty volumes, of which all save three will be taxonomic reports of insects and some other ter- restrial arthropods. Volumes 2 and 20 will be an extended bibliography and summary, respectively. The introductory vol- ume is designed to familiarize workers with environments in Micronesia and to state some of the problems involved in the taxonomy of islandic faunas. A list of collaborators, scope and aims, and previous entomological studies of the islands are given. The sections on geology and soils are brief, and a sec- tion on climate gives, among other things, data on wind cur- rents, all-important in the distribution of insects. The flora is divided into zones, with indicator plants given. Then follows a rather long part describing the islands, stressing physical ge- ography and biotic makeup, and augmented by maps and photo- graphs. The faunas of the island groups and of some individual islands are compared as to numbers and kinds of insects and other animals, and as to relationships with intra- and extra- Micronesian faunas. In addition, isolation and the dispersion of insects among islands are treated, the former by citing data on distances between island groups and neighboring Pacific is- lands. The ecological section contains a number of tables giving the various insects to be found in the strata of the biotic communities and has discussions of habitats and interrelation- ships of some insects and plants. Insects of economic impor- tance are discussed, those injurious being grouped as to the plant which they attack. Insect collections, collectors, and col- lecting methods are listed. Bringing up the rear are : an intro- ductory bibliography ; a gazetteer, placing the islands by latitude and longitude; and an index. Dr. Gressitt, whose familiarity with the region is shown by the way he handles the subject matter, has obviously put in a lot of time and energy in amassing Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 167 so much data on so many places. How many times have system- atists wished for such a discussion of the environment which they are studying! Consider, for example, the table of dis- tances as an aid in studying isolation or possible dispersion in a particular problem ; such data are found in atlases, but search- ing for them often takes much time ; workers on Micronesia are now spared such searching. Anyone interested in Micronesia, or island life for that matter, whether from an entomological standpoint or not, would probably gain much from this work. It is certainly a "must" for any of the collaborators, and these collaborators will have to be at their best to come up to the standard set by the Introduction. — T. J. SPILMAN, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture. THE PLANT QUARANTINE PROBLEM. By W. A. McCubbin. Pub. by E. Munksgaard, Copenhagen, Denmark. (For An- nales Cryptogamici et Phytopathologici, XI.) 255 pages, 1954, Price 32 Kroner. Amer. distributor, Chronica Botanica Co., Waltham 54, Mass. Price $4.80 The author, formerly a plant pathologist of the U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture, has presented here what seems to be a well- rounded and complete summary of a subject of many facets. He has examined not only the biological background of the quaran- tine problem, its social and economic features, its legal and ad- ministrative aspects, but he has also dealt with the history of federal plant quarantines and current quarantine problems. He presents as well an appraisal of future trends. There is an ex- tensive list of references. Two errors were found : Quarantine 39 should be 59 (on p. 230) ; and phony peach disease (revoked) should be 67, not 69 which is the packing material quarantine. The reader should find this an interesting and informative book, which may also save him much time in quickly putting his finger on the answer to his particular problems. — M. E. PHILLIPS and A. B. WELLS. EXCHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Cynipid and Itonidid galls — American species wanted ; purchase or exchange for British species. Fresh or dried. D. Leatherdale, F.R.E.S., Old Woodstock, Oxford, England. Wanted — Reprints or papers concerning insects taken in Alaska for inclusion in list of Alaskan insects. R. H. Washburn, Alaska Experiment Station, Palmer, Alaska. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10# to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibcmbex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $1.90 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 10% on over 50,000. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Commerz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. RECENTLY PUBLISHED MOSQUITOES Their Rionomics and Relation to Disease William R. Horsfall, University of Illinois A complete summary of the information now available on the bionomics of mosquitoes. Presents the combined results of research by entomologists, sanitarians, epidemiologists, ecol- ogists, physiologists, and others, in systematic form for easy reference by specialists in all branches of science. The ma- terial is arranged according to the accepted taxonomic classi- fications. General information on the subfamily and on each genus precedes detailed treatment of particular species. There is a full discussion on the part played by each insect in the spread of malaria and other diseases. This highly useful book is an indispensable starting point for new research into all aspects of the life of mosquitoes. 206 tables, 723 pp., including 78-page bibliography. $16 • Standard Work in the Field . . . EMBRYOLOGY of the VIVIPAROUS INSECTS Harold R. Hagan, College of the City of New York Pioneer sourcebook for entomologists and zoologists, and a valuable reference for applied research workers. Presents a comprehensive bibliography of earlier papers on viviparity, historical introductions to each species or group, and an ex- position of the known embryogenies. Contains previously unpublished research on the maternal and fetal adjustments to the viviparous condition. "The biology library lacking this work is going to have an indefensible gap in it."- -THE BIOLOGIST. 167 ills., tables. 472 pp. $6.50 Order direct from: =THE RONALD PRESS COMPANY • 15 E. 26th St., N.Y. 10 MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.)— Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings ( 134 pp., 13 pis., 1951 ) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS JULY 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 7 CONTENTS Sabrosky — A third species of Eusiphona 169 Stannarcl — A new Venezuelan Terthrothrips 173 Nomenclature notice 175 Dillon — Revision of Neotropical Acanthicinini (Cont.) 176 Kring — A chamber for studies of Elateridae 187 Hubbard — Some ticks from Iraq 189 Entomological Departments Rutgers University 191 Review Puppen terricoler Dipterenlarven 195 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PfilVe, IHSc U.S. HATLe Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 19, 1943. $ ^ JUL23 1C55 \Rt ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers : Domestic, $5.00 ; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1—4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 centi each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI JULY, 1955 No. 7 A Third Species of Eusiphona, with Remarks on the Systematic Position of the Genus (Diptera, Milichiidae) By CURTIS W. SABROSKY, Entomology Research Branch, Agri- cultural Research Service, United States Department of Agriculture For more than a half century the peculiarly distinctive genus Eusiphona Coquillett, originally described in the Tachinidae and subsequently recognized as an acalypterate of the family Milichiidae, was known from a single species, E. niira, de- scribed in 1897 by Coquillett. In 1953 (Ent. News 64:38), the writer described a second species, E. flava, easily distin- guished from niira by its orange-yellow color. Recently a third species, unusually significant in structural features, was reared by Kenneth W. Cooper in the course of his interesting studies, particularly by means of trap nests, on the biology of the eume- nine wasp Ancistrocerus antilope (Panzer) (1953, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 79: 13-35). Dr. Cooper has kindly furnished the following information, which is, I believe, the first clue to the habits of Eusiphona. The trap nest, number 83, was placed out on June 30, 1952, about one foot above the ground in a stone wall, and was picked up on August 14 of the same year, after it had been sealed by Ancistrocerus. "It was an unusual nest, for cells 1-5 (in order of formation) were those of a megachilid bee. Cell 6, the last provisioned cell, contained an Ancistrocerus antilope larva that emerged as a mature female May 3, 1953. The nest was opened at that time, and the leaf fragments of the leaf rolls of the mega- (160) JDll 3 1955 170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS []uty> 1955 chilid bee were interpenetrated by the milichiid puparia. Flies that had emerged in the nest had, of course, been unable to exit from it because of A. antilope's posterior mud wall that was plastered over the leaf roll of megachilid cell 5. Unemerged puparia were removed, and some flies emerged from them in a vial. All bees had perished." These data do not furnish defi- nite information on the habits of the larvae of Eusiphona, but it appears that they are in some way associated with the mega- chilids. Key to the Species of Eusiphona 1 . Entirely black in ground color ; mesopleuron bare, rarely with one or two short and inconspicuous setae near pos- terior margin; widespread (Maine to Fla., Vera Cruz, Calif., and Wash.) ....................... E. inira Coq. Not entirely black, at least the legs and antennae in part, and the palpi, orange-yellow ........................ 2. 2. Thorax, abdomen, coxae and femora black ; mesopleuron with conspicuous bristles and setae along posterior margin (N. Y., Ohio) .................. E. cooperi, new species Thorax except disk of mesonotum and scutellum, and ab- domen and legs entirely, yellow to orange-yellow ; meso- pleuron bare (Utah) .................... E. flava Sabr. Eusiphona cooperi, new species Like the genotype, E. inira Coq., in habitus and structural characters, but with palpi, antennae in part, tibiae, and tarsi orange-yellow. Male. — Black, as in E. mini, only the palpus, narrow apical margin of second antennal segment, basoventral half to three- fifths of third segment, and all knees, tibiae and tarsi yellow to orange-yellow. Front velvet black in most aspects, dull dark brown pollinose ; anterior half of parafrontals and entire face whitish pollinose. Thorax and abdomen subshining, but dark brown pollinose. Halter dark brown to black. Wing brown. Head in profile as in E. inira (cf. Curran, 1934, Families and Genera of North American Diptera, p. 335, fig. 12), each seg- ment of proboscis slightly longer than height of head. Thorax as in mira, but mesonotal bristles appearing proportionately Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 171 longer and stronger, and mesopleuron along posterior margin with several strong, conspicuous bristles and a few coarse setae. Wing venation essentially as in E. flava, differing from that figured for mira (Curran, I.e., p. 335, fig. 5) as follows: Sub- costal break in costa fairly strong, diagonal, with basal portion of costa slightly superimposed as a lappet, nearly as well-developed as in Milichiella; anterior crossvein directly behind the sub- costal break in costa, the penultimate section of fourth vein two- thirds as long as that of third vein; first posterior cell only slightly broadened opposite the hind crossvein, and not so strongly narrowed distally, the third and fourth veins at the costa separated by a distance equal to length of small crossvein. Female. — As described for the male, but more brightly col- ored, the pollinosity of thorax light grayish brown, and the front yellowish-gray pollinose in all aspects ; third antennal segment more extensively orange-yellow, only a narrow dorsal margin black ; second antennal segment predominantly orange-yellow ; knob of halter yellowish; wing membrane only slightly browned. Length, 3-3.5 mm. Holotype male, allotype, and eight paratypes (2 males, 6 fe- males), Rensselaerville, NEW YORK (K. W. Cooper) ; paratype male, Wauseon, OHIO, Aug. 21, 1902. Type No. 62565 in the U. S. National Museum, the type series deposited by courtesy of the collector. The type and allotype are on one mount to- gether with two female paratypes and four puparia. The habitus of cooperi immediately suggests the well-known E. mira. Indeed the Ohio paratype has long stood in the col- lection under that name, and all series of mira should be reex- amined for the new species. Besides the color differences, the presence in cooperi of strong mesopleural bristles will distin- guish it at once from mira. Actually, a few mira with meso- pleural setae have been seen. Examination of the thirty-one available specimens of mira gave the following results : In 25, the mesopleura were entirely bare ; in three females, a short seta was present on each mesopleuron near the posterior margin ; in two females, two setae were present on one side and one on the other; and in one male, two setae were present on each side. 172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 All setae are short and dark, and thus inconspicuous and easily overlooked. The presence of strong mesopleural bristles is an interesting feature which will require modification of some existing generic keys. The combination of a rather strong costal excision and mesopleural bristles would ordinarily serve to place cooperi as a species of Pholeomyia Bilimek, although the general habitus, wing venation, and above all the unusually elongate, slender, geniculate proboscis associate it readily enough with Eusiphona. In both costal and mesopleural characters, therefore, cooperi ap- pears to connect the genera Pholeomyia and Eusiphona. The latter may have developed from the former by unusual develop- ment of the proboscis and reduction (in all but cooperi) of the mesopleural bristles. From the close structural relationship of Eusiphona and Pholeomyia, it is clear that the former belongs in the Milichiinae near Pholeomyia and Milichia, as already recognized by Hennig (1939, Arbeiten Morph. Taxon. Ent. 6:85), and not in a differ- ent subfamily as given in most available keys and in the recent edition of "Classification of Insects" by Brues, Melander and Carpenter (1954). Its position has probably not been recog- nized because the genotype and long the only known species, E. mira, has a very weak costal excision. Eusiphona flava, the second described species, has it only slightly stronger. The excision is most distinct in the present species, which is thus more obviously related to the Milichiinae. In some species of Pholeomyia, the proboscis is slender, elon- gate and geniculate, somewhat as in Eusiphona, and thus neither proboscis nor mesopleural bristles are completely useful charac- ters for separating the two genera. However, they may be distinguished by the following features : Orbital bristles numerous, the anteriormost few medioclinate, the remainder reclinate ; third and fourth veins converg- ing, the apical cell more or less strongly narrowred Eusiphona Coq. Each orbital row with median proclinate bristle, orbitals be- low it medioclinate, those above reclinate or lateroclinate ; Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 173 third and fourth veins approximately parallel, not or al- most imperceptibly converging, the apical cell not nar- rowed Pholeomyia Bilimek All three species of Eusiphona have the postvertical bristles approximately parallel, as do many species of Milichiella and Pholeomyia. Nevertheless, in some keys (e.g., Brues, Me- lander and Carpenter, 1954, op. cit, p. 384), the Milichiidae are said to have convergent postverticals, as distinguished from the Carnidae with parallel postverticals. The writer does not be- lieve that these two can be maintained as distinct families. In- cidentally, Brues, Melander and Carpenter repeat the error of their first edition in referring Rhodcsiella to the Carnidae. It is a characteristic genus of Chloropidae, particularly widespread in the Ethiopian and Oriental regions. A New Venezuelan Terthrothrips (Thysanoptera : Phlaeothripidae) By LEWIS J. STANNARD, JR., Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana. Terthrothrips was erected by Karny in 1925 for the Brazilian species sanguinolentus (Bergroth). Since then 13 more species have been added, the majority tentatively assigned to this genus by Hood in 1954. Herein is described another species, col- lected by Dr. Whitcomb from Venezuela. All known repre- sentatives of Terthrothrips are from South America. These thrips are members of the tribe Glyptothripini Priesner and of the subfamily Phlaeothripinae. In most ways Terthrothrips resembles Eurythrips s. str. In each of these genera, the head is fairly smooth, at least the cen- tral dorsal portion of the head is not strongly reticulate ; in each the prothoracic epimeral sutures are incomplete ; and in each the post ocular setae are wrell developed. Terthrothrips, in general, has a longer tube than do species of Eurythrips, and the antennae are much longer than the antennae in Eurythrips. 174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 Recently, while in Egypt, under the auspices of the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation, I studied the type species of Terthrothrips, T. sanguinolcntus, in Professor Doctor H. Priesner's collection. The holotype is a male and like all males of the tribe Glyptothripini and most males of the sub- family Phlaeothripinae, the lateral posterior pair of setae on abdominal tergite IX are reduced and spine-like. In my opinion the new species, magnicauda, is a true con- gener of sanguinolentus. Terthrothrips magnicauda new species This is the only species so far assigned to the genus which has the tube longer than the head. Female (macropterous). Length, distended, exclusive of the antennae, about 2.5 mm. General color yellowish with the following regions brown : head, except at base ; prothorax ; posterior part of mesoscutum ; all coxae and bases of femora ; and most of abdominal segments IX and tube (X). Antennae grey-brown except segment I which is concolorous with head, and except apex of II and bases of III and IV and sometimes V which are yellow. Wings greyish brown. Body with much red subintegumental pigments. Head, fig. 1 ; post ocular setae long and dilated at tip. Prothoracic epimeral sutures incomplete, fig. 1 ; prothoracic anteromarginal setate minute ; prepectus present ; mesopre- sternum well developed ; fore tarsi each with a small tooth. Pelta, fig. 2 ; wing-holding setae not flattened ; abdominal sternum VIII with an additional middle pair of posterior setae, fig. 3 ; major posterior setae of abdominal tergites IX longer than tube ; tube non-reticulate, longer than the head. Male. Unknown. Holotype: Female, Rancho Grande, near Maracay, VENE- ZUELA, March 1953; (Dr. Willard H. Whitcomb), from fallen leaves. Paratypes: 2J; same data as for holotype. Types deposited in the collections of the Illinois Natural History Survey. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 175 Terthrothrips magnicauda new species, female. Fig. 1, dorsal aspect of head and prothorax ; fig. 2, pelta, the median sclerite of abdominal tergite I ; fig. 3, abdominal sternum VIII. Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked with the file number and sent to Francis Hemming, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W. 1, England. Oxypoda Mannerheim, 1831 (Class Insecta, Order Coleop- tera), designation of Oxypoda spectabilis Maerkel, 1844, as type species of, to validate current usage (pp. 176-178) (File: Z.N. (S.) 443). For details see: Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Vol. 11, Part 6. 176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 Revision of the Neotropical Acanthocinini (Cole- optera: Cerambycidae) I. The genus Canidia and its allies By LAWRENCE S. DILLON (Continued from p. 149) PSEUDOCANIDIA Dillon, gen. nov. Type of genus : Pseudocanidia cuernavacae Dillon, spec. nov. Moderate-sized, slender, subdepressed beetles. Head im- punctate, except on vertex between upper lobes of eyes ; front parallel-sided except below eyes, where it is rather strongly narrowed, distinctly covex, one-fifth wider than high ; eye with lower lobe oblong, erect, subequal to gena in height, isthmus rather narrow, upper lobe feebly wider than isthmus, strongly arcuate ; antennal tubercles robust, distinctly divergent apically. Pronotum one-fourth wider across lateral tubercles than long, but distinctly longer than width of base, the sides being some- what narrowed on basal fourth ; lateral tubercles small but evi- dent, armed at basal third of pronotum with a rather long, straight, oblique tooth or short spine ; transverse sulci wanting ; disk with three conspicuous tubercles, the median one slightly more prominent, entire surface finely, uniformly, and densely punctate. Elytra with basal gibbosity small, made prominent by a pronounced cariniform crest; disk fairly densely covered with rather fine punctures, which are somewhat denser on basal fourth, with two or three costae, one along edge of de- clivity, the remainder variable in position, often especially promi- nent just behind base near humerus, basally with a few flying hairs ; apices separately, acutely rounded or strongly obliquely truncate. Prosternal process about one-seventh as broad as a procoxal cavity; mesosternal process nearly twice as broad as that of the prosternum, posteriorly feebly expanded. Fifth abdominal sternite one-third (in male) to one-half (in female) again as long as fourth, apex truncate in female, triangularly emarginate in male Legs successively much longer from front to rear, the front ones quite short ; femora strongly clavate, but Ixvi) ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 177 to a lesser degree in female, metafemora attaining apex of fourth sternite in female, middle of fifth in male; metatarsi with first segment equal to next two combined. Antennae slightly longer than body in female, up to one-third again as long as body in male, beneath with isolated fringing hairs on first two or three segments; scape slender, elongate, nearly attaining pronotal base in both sexes, gradually thickened to apical third, thence nearly parallel-sided to apex, not flattened nor carinate, but before apex ventro-laterally broadly constricted, apical process prolonged, more less broadly and obtusely triangular ; third seg- ment arcuate ( in profile), slightly longer than first; remaining segment successively shorter. Remarks : This genus is closely related to Canidiopsis but is at once distinct in the form of the antennal scape. Here that or- gan is neither carinate nor flattened beneath, being cylindrical throughout, but before its apex ventro-laterally it is broadly constricted or emarginate. In addition the body form is more elongate, the pronotal disk is distinctly trituberculate and finely, densely punctate throughout, the metafemora are more elongate, the fifth sternite is more elongate in both sexes but especially in the male, the lower ocular lobe is oblong and subequal to the gena, the elytra are distinctly carinate, and the shape of the api- cal process on the scape is different. In addition, the elytral apices are separately rounded or strongly, obliquely subtruncate at suture. Pseudocanidia cuernavacae Dillon, spec. nov. Male. Piceous, densely covered with hoary pubescence, strongly tinged with olivaceous. Head on front, antennal scape, femora, tibiae, and abdomen strongly, coarsely mottled with dark brown; sterna indistinctly so. Pronotum medially with a gray-brown area, which is somewhat expanded on anterior third, the basal two-fifths margined with fuscous, the median line hoary, nearly entire; sides below lateral tubercles indistinctly tinged with gray-brown. Scutellum near each side with a rather broad, oblique, fuscous vitta. Elytra extensively tinged with olivaceous, except on and behind humerus and on basal 178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Juty, 1955 gibbosity ; a little behind middle with an inverted, indistinct, hoary-gray, V-shaped marking which in great part encloses an irregular fuscous macula ; disk with four linear series of minute fuscous maculae, that along suture most closely spaced, but for the most part the maculae are quite widely separated, with about 6 to 15 to a row. Tarsi entirely hoary. Antennae with third segment imperceptibly mottled with brownish, very narrowly annulate with dark brown at apex ; segments wanting from fourth. Entire upper surface minutely punctulate. Head with front one-fifth wider than high, parallel-sided above, distinctly nar- rowed below eyes, feebly convex, impunctate; eye with lower lobe oblong-ovate, erect, one-fifth again as tall as gena. Pro- notum about one-fifth again as wide across lateral tubercles as long, distinctly narrowed on basal fourth ; lateral tubercles situ- ated at basal third, feebly elevated, armed with a rather long, slender, obtuse tooth that is directed slightly caudad ; disk with three moderate-sized, rounded, prominent tubercles, the posterior one a little more strongly elevated than the others, entire surface uniformly, densely, finely punctate. Elytra with basal gibbosi- ties rather feeble, provided basally with a coarse, strongly prom- inent, bituberculate carina ; disk covered with very regularly spaced, moderate-sized punctures, except on anterior part of humeri, the punctures gradually finer and less distinct behind middle, obsolete on apical fifth, with two feeble carinae on api- cal two-thirds ; apices strongly obliquely subtruncate, the angles rounded, not prominent. Metafemora extending about to middle of fifth sternite, strongly clavate. Antennae one-fourth to one-third longer than body, with a very few long setae ; scape nearly attaining base of pronotum, slender, the apical process not very prominent, triangular, with its apex broadly rounded ; third segment feebly longer than scape, arcuate ; rest gradually shorter. Female. As male but metafemora only reaching to apex of fourth sternite, rather slender ; antennae feebly longer than body. Length 7.7-11.3 mm.; width 1.8-3.0 mm. Holotype male and allotype female ; Cuernavaca, MEXICO [USNM]. Paratypes: 5; Cuernavaca, Mexico [USNM]. 1; Cuernavaca, Mexico, Aug. 7, 1938 [LL]. 1 ; Cuatha, Morelos, Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 179 Mex., July 28, 1938 [LL]. 1; Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mex., 4,000 ft. [AMNHj. Remarks : The distinct dark patch on the pronotal disk, out- lined with fuscous basally, the fine, dense punctation of the en- tire pronotum, the maculation of the elytra, and the lack of basal annulations on the antennae will serve to distinguish this species. CANIDIOPSIS Dillon, gen. nov. Type of genus : Canidia mexicana Thomson. Moderate-sized, subcylindrical beetles. Head impunctate ; front distinctly narrowed between eyes, below eyes sides slightly constricted to mouth, usually strongly covex; eyes with lower lobe oblong, erect, one-fourth or so taller than gena, upper lobes narrow, scarcely wider than isthmus, separated by more than three times their width; antennal tubercles robust, not very prominent, strongly divergent apically. Pronotum from one- eighth to nearly half again as wide across lateral tubercles as long, narrowed on basal fourth; lateral tubercles small, not prominent, located at basal third or two-fifths, ending in a long, slender, oblique tooth ; transverse sulci wanting ; disk feebly trituberculate, the tubercles low and small, the median one more prominent than the others, entire surface sparsely, irregularly punctate. Elytra with basal gibbosity feeble but evident, armed with a rather robust, cariniform process that sometimes bears low tubercles ; disk entirely punctate, the punctures simple, confused, not dense, with two or three more or less distinct, abbreviated or interrupted costae ; the basal crest and often much of disk sparsely sprinkled with long, flying hairs, those on base long and denser ; apices broadly, subobliquely truncate, the angles not produced ; humeri prominent, rounded, often impunc- tate. Prosternal process about one-seventh as wide as a pro- coxal cavity, simple ; mesosternal process about twice as wide as the prosternal, posteriorly feebly expanded. Fifth abdominal sternite in male slightly longer, in female much longer, than fourth. Legs successively longer from front to rear, the fore- legs quite short, the hind ones long ; metafemora extending at least near apex of fourth sternite; protarsi dilated in male, metatarsi with first segment feebly longer than next two in both 180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 sexes. Antennae slightly longer than body in female, one-fourth or one-third longer in male, with a very few long hairs beneath on basal segments ; scape reaching to or slightly behind basal third of pronotum, slender, gradually thickened apically, ventro- laterally with two low carinae bordering a flat area, apical proc- ess broad, parallel-sided, its apex broadly subtruncate ; third segment subequal to first, especially in male, often distinctly longer than it in female ; rest decreasing in length. Remarks : From Canidia this genus is distinct in having the elytral apices broadly truncate, in the shorter metafemora, and in having the elytra bearing a cariniform crest at base. From Dectcs it is most distinct in having this crest and in lacking al- most all flying hairs on elytra, except notably at base, as well as in the form of the antennal scape and in the trituberculate pro- notal disk. Key to Species 1. Antennae and legs devoid of mottling of any sort ; entire body uniformly covered with clear pale gray pubescence canescens Antennae and legs at least indistinctly mottled with brown or fuscous; body not entirely bright gray pubescent 2. 2. Elytra dull ashy pubescent, varied with white and finely peppered with fuscous, the white forming an inverted chevron near middle of each disk and often another be- hind base ine.ricaniis Elytra entirely dull ashy or brown-ashy pubescent, not pep- pered with fuscous and devoid of white pubescence ; rarely an indistinct inverted chevron of pale ashy near middle.. .3. 3. Antennae, femora, and tibiae distinctly mottled with fuscous ; elytra usually brown ashy similis Antennae, femora, and tibiae with scarcely visible brown mottling; elytra dull ashy gray pubescent Jicbcs Canidiopsis mexicanus Thomson Canidia mexicanus Thomson, 1860, Class. Cerambycides, p. 14. Dectcs nic.rJcanus Thomson. Bates, 1881, Biol. Centr. Amer., Col. V, p. 174 \c.\- partc}. Male. Fuscous, densely covered with bright ashy pubescence, strongly clouded with olivaceous or dark brown on pronotal IXVJ] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 181 disk and elytra. Head on front and behind eyes, antennal scape, and third segment, body beneath, and legs (except tarsi) heavily mottled with dark brownish ; remaining antennal segments and tarsi faintly mottled with lighter brown. Pronotum often with median line narrowly ashy, usually much interrupted. Elytra sprinkled all over with whitish points, arranged in an inverted V at middle and often forming short linear series on apical third, especially along suture. Antennae with apical thirds of seg- ments beginning with third, and basal fourths of fourth and fol- lowing segments, fuscous annulate. Entire upper surface minutely punctulate. Head with front one-tenth wider than high, strongly tumid, impunctate; eye with lower lobe distinctly taller than gena, oblong, erect. Pronotum one-third again as broad across lateral tubercles as long, slightly narrowed on basal fourth ; lateral tubercles quite small, placed at basal third, armed with a long, slender, acute tooth that is directed obliquely posteriorly at about a 45° angle with sides; disk with three small, low tubercles about equal in size and elevation, entire surface irregularly covered with moder- ate-sized punctures, which are denser medially and on extreme sides, sides devoid of punctures below lateral tubercles. Elytra with basal gibbosity moderately prominent, with a low, broad crest, which may bear a few indistinct granules; disk deeply, rather coarsely and densely punctate, the punctures denser im- mediately behind basal gibbosity than on basal fourth, becoming slightly finer apically but distinct nearly to extreme apex, with two poorly defined costae on apical third; apices somewhat variable, broadly subtruncate or slightly obliquely, broadly trun- cate, the external angle rounded or somewhat prominent. Meta- femora nearly attaining apex of fifth sternite; fifth sternite longer than fourth, its apex broadly, triangularly emarginate. Antennae one-third again as long as body, the sixth segment nearly attaining elytral apex, with one or two fringing hairs beneath on first few segments ; scape extending almost to basal margin of pronotum, slender, slightly clavate to apical third, then tapering to apex, apical process broad, broadly truncate at tip; third segment subequal to first, arcuate; fourth and fifth successively much shorter, rest gradually diminishing in length. 182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 Female. More robust than male ; metafemora scarcely sur- passing apex of fourth sternite ; fifth sternite tapering apically, nearly as long as preceding two together, apex squarely trun- cate ; antennae scarcely longer than body, scape attaining basal fourth of pronotum, distinctly shorter than third. Length 9.5-11 mm. ; width 3-3.6 mm. Type locality : Mexico. Distribution : Mexico. Mexico : 14 ; Cuernavaca (Wickham) [USNM ; LL]. 1; Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, May 20, 1952 (Cazier, Gertsch & Schrammel) [AMNH]. 1 ; Jacaba, Hidalgo, Vulgll, 1939 [LL]. 1 ; Ixmi- quilpan, Hidalgo, July 12, 1939 [LL]. Remarks : From its congeners this species may be distin- guished by the irregular punctation of the pronotum, by the low, weakly crested elytral basal gibbosity, by the elytra being more densely punctate behind basal gibbosity than on basal fourth, and by these organs being sprinkled with white flecks, some of the flecks forming an inverted 'V and several apical lines. Canidiopsis similis Dillon, spec. nov. Male. Fuscous, densely covered with dull brown-ashy or olivaceous ashy pubescence. Head on front, antennal scape, femora, and sometimes tibiae, strongly mottled with dark brown. Antennal third segment, body beneath, and usually tibiae in- distinctly brown-mottled. Pronotum on middle of disk with a vague, dark brownish, quadrate patch, sometimes wanting. Scutellum indistinctly tinged with brownish. Elytra nearly uniformly pubescent, sometimes very faintly sprinkled with widely separated brown flecks and medially often with a scarcely discernable inverted 'V of slightly whiter pubescence. Anten- nal segments from third with apical fourths or thirds fuscous annulate, the bases of fourth and following segments rather nar- rowly semi-annulate with fuscous. Entire upper surface minutely alutaceous. Head with front one-tenth wider than high, nearly parallel-sided except below eyes where it is strongly narrowed, distinctly tumid, impunctate ; eye with lower lobe nearly one-fourth again as tall as gena, ob- Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 183 long, erect. Pronotum nearly one-half again as wide across lateral tubercles as long, basal fourth feebly narrowed ; lateral tubercles placed at basal two-fifths, prominent, armed with a long, robust, strongly recurved tooth; disk with three small, rather indistinct tubercles, the median one a little more promi- nent, surface irregularly, moderately densely punctate, the punc- tures fine, somewhat more closely placed on basal sixth, nearly entirely wanting on sides of disk and on extreme sides apically and below lateral tubercles. Elytra with basal gibbosity feebly prominent, elongate, with a prominent, robust, cariniform crest which is usually devoid of tubercles ; disk moderately finely punctate, the punctures not densely placed, a little more close- set behind basal fourth in an area along suture to about middle of length, with one or two quite faint costae apically; apices broadly, obliquely truncate at suture, the outer angle sometimes slightly prominent. Metafemora attaining middle of fifth ster- nite, which is scarcely longer than fourth and broadly emarginate at apex. Antennae about one-third again as long as body, the seventh segment nearly attaining elytral apex, very sparsely fringed beneath with long hairs on first four segments; scape extending to basal third of pronotum, apical process broad, parallel-sided, its apex squarely truncate ; third segment strongly arcuate, as long as first; fourth to sixth segments successively much shorter, the remainder gradually diminishing in length. Female. Metafemora scarcely surpassing apex of fourth sternite ; fifth sternite half again as long as fourth, its apex broadly truncate. Antennae scarcely shorter than in male, the third segment longer than the first. Length 9.5-13 mm. ; width 2.8-4.3 mm. Holotype male and allotypc female ; Cuernavaca, Morelos, MEXICO [USNM]. Paratypes: 5; topotypic [USNM]. 4; Jacala, Hidalgo, July 4-18, 1939 [LL]. 1; topotypic, Aug. 7, 1938 (L. J. Liporski) [LL] . 1 ; Acapulco, Mex., June 22, 1935 (M. Cazier) [AMNH]. 1; Mexico [CAS]. Remarks : From C. mexicanus to which this species is very closely related, it is distinct in having the pubescence of the elytra nearly entirely uniformly brown-fulvous pubescent, lack- 184 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 ing all traces of whitish pubescence except sometimes for a faint inverted chevron which is present at the middle of each elytron. Moreover, the denser punctation of the elytra is confined to a narrower area behind the basal gibbosity along the suture ; the basal gibbosity is less prominent and is armed with a narrower, more prominent crest. In addition, the spine of its pronotal lateral tubercles is more robust and more strongly arcuate posteriorly. Canidiopsis canescens Dillon, spec. nov. Dectes mexicanus form a Bates, 1881, Biol. Centr. Amer., Col. V, p. 174, pi. 13, f. 6 [ex partc}. Female. Piceous, densely and uniformly covered with bright gray pubescence. Antennae with apices of third and following segments fuscous annulate, the annulation distinctly broader on segments 3-5, the bases of all segments from fourth narrowly semi-annulate with fuscous. Head with front about one-fourth again as wide as high, slightly narrowed above between eyes and strongly so below toward mouth-parts, strongly tumid, impunctate ; eye with lower lobe oblong, erect, one-fourth again as tall as gena. Pronotum two-fifths again as wide across lateral tubercles as long, basal fourth feebly narrowed ; lateral tubercles feebly elevated, ending in a long, slender, slightly arcuate tooth, placed at basal third; disk tribuberculate, the median tubercle more prominent than the others, which are subobsolete, unevenly, finely punctate, the punctures a little denser toward base. Elytra with basal gib- bosity feebly elevated, provided with a rather broad, untubercu- lated, cariniform crest that is very slightly arcuate ; disk rather coarsely, sparsely punctate, the punctures absent from humerus, becoming finer but not denser to middle, thence to apex be- coming still finer and denser as well; apices broadly, arcuately, and obliquely truncate at suture. Metafemora extending scarcely beyond apex of fourth abdominal sternite ; fifth sternite about half again as long as fourth, its apex broadly truncate. Antennae about one-fifth longer than body, the eighth segment slightly surpassing elytral apex, with a very few long, flying Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 185 hairs beneath on first and third segments ; scape attaining basal fourth of pronotum, feebly thickened to apex, apical process broad, parallel-sided, the apex squarely truncate ; third segment nearly straight, as long as first; fourth and fifth successively much shorter ; rest gradually diminishing in length. Length 14 mm. ; width 4.4 mm. Holotype: Female; 3 mi. South of Tepic, Nayarit, MEXICO, Oct. 5, 1950 [USNM]. Paratypes: 1; Gropes, Mexico, Aug. 1945 (W. F. Foshag) [AMNH]. 5; Mezcala, Guerrero, June 29, 1951 (H. E.Evans) [CU]. Remarks : This species is closely related to C. hebes but is distinct in being uniformly bright gray pubescent; the elytral punctation does not become any denser until behind middle, the punctures being gradually finer from base to apex. Canidiopsis hebes Dillon, spec. nov. Male. Piceous, smoothly covered with dense, fine, short, dull ashy or rarely brownish ashy pubescence. Antennae gray pubescent, apices of segments strongly fuscous annulate from third segment, the third to fifth more broadly so, and the ex- treme apices of all segments distinctly edged with gray, the bases of segments from fourth quite narrowly fuscous semi- annulate. Entire upper surface densely, minutely alutaceous. Head with front one-fifth again as wide as long, strongly tumid ; eye with lower lobe oblong, scarcely taller than gena. Pronotum one-fourth again as broad across lateral tubercles as long; lateral tubercles small but prominent, placed at basal two-fifths, armed with a slender, arcuately retrorse spine ; disk with three tubercles, the median one larger and much more prominent, moderately finely, quite sparsely punctate ; sides before tubercles punctate as disk, behind with a single row of punctures, and be- low those structures entirely devoid of punctation. Elytra with basal gibbosity having a subcariniform. elongate, slightly prominent crest; disk (but humeri impunctate) less densely but much more coarsely punctate than pronotum, the punctures denser behind basal gibbosity to apex, scarcely finer apically. 186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 each with three rather indistinct costae, the two inner ones en- tire, the outer one variable, sometimes wanting ; apices broadly, rather strongly obliquely truncate, the angles not produced. Metafemora reaching nearly to apex of fifth sternite, about equal to mesofemora in robustness. Antennae one-half again as long as body, with one or two long fringing hairs beneath on first two or three segments ; scape attaining basal fifth of pro- notum, apical process broad, parallel-sided, squarely truncate at apex ; third segment scarcely longer than first, broadly arcuate, fourth, fifth, and sixth successively strongly shortened, remain- ing ones feebly so. Female. As male but fifth sternite about half again as long as fourth ; the metafemora attaining the apex of fourth sternite ; antennae about one-third longer than body. Length 11-13 mm. ; width 3.3-4.0 mm. Holotype male and allotype female : Cuernavaca, MEXICO [USNM]. Paratypes: 2; topotypic [USNM]. 1; Joyutha, Morelos, Mexico, Aug. 1903 (W. L. Tower) [AMNH]. 1; Guadalajara, Jalisco, 1901 (M. Dignet) [AMNH]. Remarks : In this species there is no maculation of any sort save the annulation of the antennae and the indistinct mottling of all the appendages. The antennal scape has the terminal process rather short but broad, parallel-sided, with its apex squarely truncate and flat. Moreover, the punctation of the pronotum and elytra is distinctive. Incertae Sedis The following species, if the description of the scape (re- ported as being apically spined) is accurate, probably repre- sents a new genus. Unfortunately, it is not represented among the material at hand. Dcctcs spinicornis Bates, 1882, Biol. Centr. Amer.. Col. V, p. 174. "Related to D. mexicana but more elongate and more parallel. Elongate, subcylindrical, briefly sparsely setose, gray-fuscous, peppered with fuscous. Elytra each with a macula toward apex of black fuscous (anteriorly obliquely curved), margined with Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 187 ashy. Antennae slightly longer than body, finely pilose; scape beneath at apex acutely spinose, before spine strongly sinuate. Thorax cylindrical, lateral spine straight, placed well behind middle, disk uneven. Elytra crebrosely punctate, apices sepa- rately, acutely rounded. "Length 6 lines. Mexico (Sturm). "It differs from jne.vicanns, besides its more cylindrical shape and the markings of the elytra, by the antennae being rather densely clothed to apex with short hairs, and by the narrower and more acute spine of the antennal scape, which is besides pre- ceded by a deep sinuation in the under surface." (A copy of the original description.) A Chamber for Studies of Site-Selection by Elateridae By JAMES B. KRING, The Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven 4, Conn. In ecological studies on the choice of oviposition site by the eastern field wireworm (Limonius agonits Say) a need was discovered for a small, standard, easily cleaned oviposition chamber. Previously reported studies on the choice of ovi- position site by adult click beetles have been made in soil flats and are not easily reproducible in the laboratory. Rawlins (1937) indicated the satisfactory use of moist cham- bers in mating and oviposition studies. Dobrovsky (1953, 1954) has demonstrated the use of test tubes for similar studies of Conoderus vagus Candeze. Lacroix (1934) used soil pans in studies on oviposition site selection by Limonius agonus Say. Gough and Evans (1942) indicated the use of soil boxes in studies of Agriotes spp. No record was found in the literature of any small, standard, laboratory chambers being used in studies of oviposition site selection by elaterid beetles. In 1952 and 1953 moist chambers were successfully used as oviposition chambers for adults of Limonius agonus Say. These 188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 chambers were not satisfactory for choice of oviposition site studies and in early 1954 anaerobic Bray chambers were selected for use in these tests. This selection was based on their small size, their circular shape, the ease with which they could be cleaned, and their general availability to other workers. The raised barrier dividing the bottom of the dish provided the com- plete separation of two choice compartments. Olson (1946) obtained an average of 175 eggs per female for this species in moist chamber studies and in field studies. The average length of the oviposition period in the studies by Olson (1946) was about 28 days. In 1952 and 1953 an average of 194 eggs per female was obtained in moist chamber oviposition studies in this laboratory. The oviposition period in 1953 in moist chambers at 70° F. was 22 days. Adults transferred from one anaerobic Bray dish to another laid an average of 124 eggs per female. In these Bray dishes the oviposition period at 70°F. was 29 days. It is easily seen that the number of eggs per female and the length of the oviposi- tion period in the Bray dishes compares favorably to results ob- tained in other laboratory and field studies for this species. The adults used in the laboratory were obtained in the fall from their pupation cells in the field. They were retained in cotton stoppered vials of moist soil at 45 °F. constant tempera- ture for 90 days before they were used in tests. Adults were then placed in Bray dishes, 2 males and 2 females to each cham- ber. Since it was difficult to separate males and females and since the proportion of sexes obtained by this collecting method was not always the desired ratio, in later studies the adults were placed in a group in a moist chamber with potato plugs moistened with honey and pollen for nine days before they were used in choice tests. Work in 1952 and 1953 indicated that at 70° F. under these test conditions no oviposition occurred until about eleven days after the insects were raised to 70° F. tem- perature. Dobrovsky (1954) has reported a better method of feeding adults. The method of adult feeding used in these tests was satisfactory since eggs obtained by this method when they were placed at 70°F. were 100% fertile. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 189 Adult click beetles in the Bray dishes have shown definite preference for a number of conditions. This preference was in- dicated by recovery of eggs from the substrates tested. These eggs were recovered by the screening and salt flotation method (Rawlins (1937) and Olson (1946)). In test chambers where no choice was given random distribution of eggs was obtained. These results have been repeated. Anaerobic Bray dishes were demonstrated to be satisfactory as mating and oviposition chambers of click beetles. They were demonstrated to serve in tests on oviposition site selection by these insects. It should be noted that these chambers were also used successfully in larval choice studies. LITERATURE CITED DOBROVSKY, T. M. 1953. Fla. Agric. Expt. Sta. Ann. Rept. : p. 159. — . 1954. The Florida Entomologist 37: 123-131. LACROIX, D. S. 1935. Conn. Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 367 : p. 140. GOUGH, H. C, and A. C. EVANS. 1952. Ann. Appl. Biol. 29: 275-279. OLSON, R. E. 1946. The biology of the eastern field wireworm, Limonius agonus Say in western New York. Cornell Univ. Unpublished Thesis. Master of Science. 60 pp. RAWLINS, W. A. 1937. In "Culture methods for invertebrate animals," p. 455. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, N. Y. Some Ticks from Iraq By C. ANDRESEN HUBBARD, Tigard, Oregon While collecting fleas in Iraq during a 1953 Fulbright assign- ment the writer secured the following ticks in this Middle East Arab State. These ticks are here listed alphabetically. Boophilus calcaratus (Birula) 1894, in J. Wagner, Travaux de la Soc. Nat. de St. Petersbourg. Sect. Zool. et Physiol. 24 (2) : 137 (in Russian). Cattle (origin unknown), slaughterhouse, Baghdad, June 15, 20 females. 190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 Haemaphysalis alderi Feldman-Muhsam 1951, Bull. Research Council Israel 1 : 10.4. Wild cat (Fells chaus), Baghdad, January 24, 2 females. Haemaphysalis sp. Kurd mole rat (SpaJa.v leucodon), Sirsang (extreme north- ern Iraq, in mountainous Kurdistan). July 1, 7 nymphs. Peromyscus-like mouse (Apodemus mystaclnus) , Sirsang, July 1, 2 nymphs. Hyalomma aegyptium (Linnaeus) 1758, Syst. Nat., p. 615. Turtle, Shaklawa, July 13, 8 females. Hyalomma excavatum Koch 1844, Arch. f. Naturg. 10: 221. Rabbit (Lepus babyJonicus), Baghdad, April 12, 1 larva. Man, 20 mi. w. Baghdad, April 15, 1 female. Cattle, slaughter- house, Baghdad, June 15, 1 male, 7 females. Hyalomma marginatum Koch 1844, Arch. f. Naturg. 10: 222. Rabbit (Lepus babylonicus), Baghdad, April 12, 1 nymph. Cattle, slaughterhouse, Baghdad, June 15, 1 male, 20 females. Hyalomma sp. Rabbit (Lepus babylonicus) Baghdad, March 10, 16 nymphs, April 12, 1 nymph, May 30, 1 nymph ; Hilla, April 24, 7 nymphs. Bat (Asellla trldens), Baghdad, May 30, 1 nymph. Gerbil (Meriones sp.), Salahaddin, July 7, 35 nymphs. Ixodes sp. Wild cat (Fells chaus}, Baghdad, January 24, 6 nymphs. Ornithodoros sp. Trident leaf-nosed bat (Ascllia tridens), Baghdad, May 30, 8 larvae. Rhipicephalus sanguineus (Latreille) 1806, Genera crusta- ceorum et insectorum 1 : 157. Wild cat (Fclis chaus), Baghdad, January 24, 5 males. Hedgehog (Erlnaccus auritus), Baghdad, April 18, 5 females. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 191 Gerbil (Meriones crassus), Ramadi, April 19, 1 female, 3 nymphs. Cattle, slaughterhouse, Baghdad, June 15, 1 female. Rhipicephalus secundus Feldman-Muhsam 1952, Bull. Re- search Council Israel 2 : 187. Jackal (Canis aureits), Baghdad, March 25, 12 females. Rabbit (Lcpns babylonicus] , Baghdad, March 28, 27 females, April 12, 5 males ; Hilla, April 24, 5 males, 6 females. Hedge- hog (Erinaceus auritus), Baghdad, April 14, 5 females. The writer is indebted to Glen M. Kohls of Hamilton, Mon- tana and B. Feldman-Muhsam of Jerusalem for the above deter- minations. Kohls has retained for the collection of the Rocky Mountain Laboratory the specimens of H. alderi, Rhipicephalus sangiiineus, and R. secundus. The remaining specimens are di- vided equally between the British Museum, Iraq Museum of Natural History, Baghdad, Iraq, the Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia, and the U. S. National Museum. Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. Rutgers University In New Jersey, research, teaching, and extension work in entomology are centered in a single department in the College of Agriculture of Rutgers University, the State University of New Jersey. A staff of 16 technical men plus a varying num- ber of teaching and research assistants is engaged in a wide range of research and teaching activities under the leadership of Dr. BAILEY B. PEPPER, Department Chairman. This department was organized in 1888 under the Rev. GEORGE D. HULST. A year later he was succeeded by Dr. JOHN B. SMITH, who pioneered in mosquito control and studied many other insect pests. In 1912, Dr. THOMAS J. HEADLEE 192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 became department head and upon retirement in 1944 was succeeded by Dr. Pepper. Through the years the department has made important con- tributions in research and teaching. At the present time the following staffs are working on research problems as indicated : BYRLEY F. DRIGGERS (fruit insects), ROBERT S. FILMER (grass- land insects, bees, ecology of economic insects), ANDREW J. FORGASH (physiology of insecticide action), JOSEPH M. GINS- BURG (insecticides), PHILIP GRANETT (insect repellents), LYLE E. HAGMANN (mosquitoes), CLYDE C. HAMILTON (insects of nursery and ornamental plants). ELTON J. HANSENS (insects affecting man and animals), MARTIN T. HUTCHINSON (insects of small fruits), DANIEL M. JOBBINS (mosquitoes), PHILIP E. MARUCCI (cranberry and blueberry insects), B. B. PEPPER (insecticide residues in soil), JOHN P. REED (vegetable insects, insect and insecticide contamination of fresh market and proc- essing crops), JOHN B. SCHMITT (structural, household and stored product insects, insect morphology), and B. R. WILSON (insect contaminants in fresh and processed foods). Thus a wide range of research projects is in progress dealing both with entomological problems in New Jersey and with basic problems of interest to the entire science. Research findings and recommendations are carried to farmers and others by Dr. LELAND G. MERRILL, Extension Entomolo- gist, with the close collaboration of the research and teaching personnel. This collaboration is imperative in New Jersey because of the diversified agriculture of the state and the very broad extension program in entomology. Dr. Merrill also as- sists the rest of the staff by bringing to their attention the needs of growers. The extension entomologist is in close contact with graduate students also and they have the benefit of his practical experience with entomological problems. Teaching in the department falls into 3 categories, namely four-year students, graduate students and short course students. Undergraduate students interested in entomology take the "Preparation for Research" curriculum and take their elective courses in entomology. Their undergraduate training stresses Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 193 a strong background in the basic sciences in preparation for specialized training in graduate school. Undergraduates can enroll in general entomology, general morphology, and insect classification I and II taught by Dr. Schmitt. Other courses on the undergraduate level include economic entomology under Dr. Hamilton, apiculture taught by Mr. Filmer, insecticides taught by Dr. Ginsburg, and medical entomology and taxonomy of Diptera taught by Dr. Hansens. A special one-year course in economic entomology for students not specializing in ento- mology and available only for minor credit is taught by Dr. Pepper. Apiculture, general entomology, and Dr. Hamilton's economic entomology are not open to graduate students for credit. For graduate students a wide range of courses is offered with emphasis on fundamental studies of insects. Dr. Schmitt has a profound interest in insect morphology and was trained under Dr. R. E. Snodgrass. He offers courses in insect em- bryology, advanced insect morphology, metamorphosis and de- velopment, histological techniques, and history of entomology. Courses in insect physiology and insect toxicology are taught jointly by Dr. Forgash and Dr. Hagmann in this expanding field in the department. Dr. Ginsburg also offers an advanced course in insecticides. A full year's course in economic entomology is given by Dr. Pepper with the assistance of the entire staff. This course is directed particularly to the needs of graduate students preparing for work in economic entomology and stresses ecological aspects of economic entomology and techniques in entomological re- search. Coupled with this course is a unique offering titled "Field Methods in Economic Entomology" which is given in the summer and consists of actual laboratory trips on research problems with all members of the staff. A seminar on current entomological topics is required of all graduate students. Two courses are offered in cooperation writh other depart- ments of the university. "Arthropods and Human Disease" is devoted to study of the relationships of arthropods in the cause and transmission of certain parasitic human diseases and is 194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1955 taught by Dr. Hansens and Mr. Jobbins of the Department of Entomology and Dr. Leslie A. Stauber of the Zoology staff. The other such cooperative effort is taught by Dr. Hutchinson of Entomology and Dr. B. H. DAVIS of the Plant Pathology De- partment and is titled "Plant Viruses and Their Insect Vectors." Training at Rutgers is directed toward economic entomology and to that end all research personnel have teaching assign- ments and all research facilities are available for class work. In addition to essential class rooms and offices the facilities include insecticide and physiology laboratories, air-conditioned rearing and testing rooms, and a sizeable greenhouse with at- tached laboratory facilities including spraying and dusting rooms. Recently a radioactive tracer laboratory has been equipped. The department is well supplied with sprayers, dusters, mist blowers, etc. for use in field research and instruc- tion. The entomological museum is strongest in the Coleoptera (Borner collection) and Lepicloptera (Rindge collection and the Comstock collection of butterflies). Recently much new material in the parasitic orders has been added. The museum also includes the fine general collection of the late George W. Barber. The entomological library is a branch of the main Rutgers Library and includes nearly all of the important entomological journals and a fine collection of books, as well as state and federal circulars and bulletins on entomology. The depart- ment is fortunate in having the literature immediately available for use of students and staff. Other branches of the Rutgers Library are easily available as well as outstanding libraries at Princeton and in New York City. Situated as it is on main travel routes between the largest cities on the eastern seaboard the Entomology Department at Rutgers affords students and staff with maximum availability to a wide range of industrial and research organizations but also close contact with the up-to-date agriculture of "The Garden State."- —ELTON J. HANSENS. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 195 Review PUPPEN TERRICOLER DIPTERENLARVEN, by Adolph Brauns. Pp. 156, 67 figures, 8 photographs, 1 diagram. "Muster- schmidt" Wissenschaftlicher Yerlag, Gottingen, 1954. Price, DM 24.80. This volume is a companion to the previously reviewed (ENT. NEWS, Vol. 66, pp. 26-27. 1955 ) "Terricole Dipternlarven" by the same author. The format of the earlier volume is used again and, in the opinion of the reviewer, with equal success. The condensation of the extensive but scattered literature on the terrestrial pupae of Diptera into a usable handbook is in itself no mean achievement. Although most of the literature on non-European forms is ignored, the relationship of the Ne- arctic and Palaearctic forms is close enough so that the book may be used by American workers with confidence, at least at the family level, and probably for genera as well. Each family is discussed in detail and each family bears the same number as in the volume on larvae ; a feature which makes for quick cross reference between the two books without the necessity of using the index. Again the style is terse and the information relatively easy to understand. More emphasis seems to be placed on descriptions of representative genera and species than in the previous volume. Throughout the text the author scrupulously refers to the sources of his information, making it possible for the user to refer to the original on any particular point under discussion. The greater portion of the book consists of pupal keys to fam- ily, and a discussion of the families and representative genera. Other chapters are brief and cover characters used in classifi- cation, taxonomic position of major groups, and ecology. The last two chapters are of general interest since they include a brief discussion and classification of the pupae of the major orders of insects. The author has again accomplished the difficult task of pro- viding a basic work on which the specialized student can depend and use as a starting point for his own researches in the field. For the general worker it is an excellent handbook for de- termination of the pupae of Diptera to the family level. The figures, many of which are original, are excellent. — L. L. PECHUMAN. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Cynipid and Itonidid galls — American species wanted; purchase or exchange for British species. Fresh or dried. D. Leatherdale, F.R.E.S., Old Woodstock, Oxford, England. Wanted — Reprints or papers concerning insects taken in Alaska for inclusion in list of Alaskan insects. R. H. Washburn, Alaska Experiment Station, Palmer, Alaska. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10£ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., A.eschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic) , and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $1.90 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 10% on over 50,000. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Commerz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9.— Pate (V. S. L.)— The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.)— Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS OCTOBER 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 8 CONTENTS Ross — Evolution of the insect orders Warner — Mecinus pyraster in the United States 209 Medlar — Four new subspecies of Scleroracus 211 Papp— Records of Cerambycidae and a new subspecies 217 Knull — A new species of Aneflus (Cerambycidae) 221 Notice- — Tenth International Congress at Montreal 222 Professor Bradley honored 222 Obituary — Charles Thomas Brues 223 Review — Evolution and taxonomy of the Sarcophaginae 223 PUBLISHED MONTHLY. EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff : H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without eitraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1—4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additional at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXYI OCTOBER, 1955 Xo. The Evolution of the Insect Orders By HERBERT H. Ross, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois Among students of the Insecta there seems to have been a reticence in making efforts to analyze comparative data in terms of phylogenetic concepts concerning the orders of in- sects. Perhaps this circumstance is clue in some measure to an apparently inherent desire on the part of entomologists to avoid changes in group names and definitions, for progress in classification as in any other field of science cannot be made without some change. There has accumulated in the past sev- eral decades, however, a surprising amount of comparative data which contributes evidence concerning the relationships and evolution of the insect orders and suggests changes from pre- viously published family trees of the insects. I have tried to summarize these data in the form of an emended family tree together with a brief outline of the characters contributing most to its formulation. The insects arose a few hundred million years ago from the same ancestral form which gave rise to the centipedes and other members of the myriapod classes. In this wormlike ancestor. each body segment bore a pair of legs, several segments of the primeval bod}- had united with the primeval head to form the head capsule which we consider as typically insectan, and the second pair of maxillae had fused to form an underlip or labium. In one of the phyletic lines arising from this insect-myriapod ancestor the first three body segments and their legs became enlarged and the remaining segments became slightly reduced (197) SEP «NS» 198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 as did also their appendages. This resulted in the division of the trunk into two distinct regions, the thorax specialized for locomotion and the abdomen specialized for housing many of the vital organs. This was the beginning of the insect line. In these early forms the young resembled the adults in gen- eral appearance and wings had not yet evolved. Of these primitive wingless types five orders are still living, collectively termed the Apterygota. Three of these orders, the Diplura (diplurans), Protura (proturans), and Collembola (springtails), appear to represent an early branch in which the cheeks and labium fused into a cavity surrounding the remain- ing mouthparts, and the maxillae and mandibles evolved into elongate and highly specialized structures extremely similar in all three orders. The simple myriapodan tentorial arms attest the early genesis of this branch. The Collembola have retained a postantennal organ and the Protura grow by adding segments at molts, both primitive myriapod characteristics. From this it would appear that the primeval insect still retained these characters, and that they have been lost independently in two or three phyletic lines. In certain respects one of the other apterygote orders is more primitive than the preceding orders. In this order, the Micro- coryphia (machilids), vestiges of appendages persist on every abdominal segment and the mouthparts are extremely simple. The mandibles are almost crustacean in musculature, the mesal closing muscles of the opposing mandibles joining across the meson. In the Microcoryphia, however, the tentorium has de- veloped dorsal arms and the beginnings of the posterior arms have evolved in the form of a bar across the back of the head. Paired tarsal claws were also evolved in these forms. The order Thysanura (lepismatids) exhibits several specializations over this condition. Several abdominal appendages are atro- phied, but, and of more significance, the mesal muscles of each mandible are attached separately to the head, and the parts of the tentorium have enlarged and assumed the shape typical of higher insects, although the anterior and posterior parts only abut rather than fuse (Snodgrass 1952). Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 199 From an early point on the Thysanura stem, a phyletic line arose which developed wings, to form the ancestor of the winged insects. The earliest functional wings were undoubtedly uni- formly fluted, creased fan wise, the veins forming along both the upper and lower edges of the crease, but the wings could not be folded in repose. The fluted-wing insects are termed the Pale- optera and the most primitive known representatives are primi- tive fossil members of the order Ephemeroptera (may Hies) (Edmunds and Traver 1954). Judging by the nymphs of this order, the anterior and posterior parts of the tentorium had fused in this early line to form the structure typical of all higher insects. Branches of the very early mayfly line evolved into the orders Paleodictyoptera, Megasecoptera, and others which became extinct at a relatively early date. In the primitive paleopterous line from which the higher insects ultimately arose, the next evolutionary step appears to have been the develop- ment of a second articulation on the mandible, exemplified by the order Odonata (dragonflies). Because nymphs of living Ephemeroptera and Odonata are both aquatic, some authors believe that the first winged insect^ were similarly aquatic. The evidence of the tracheal system militates against this view. The Microcoryphia, Thysanura, the orthopteroid orders and most of the hemipteroid and neu- ropteroid orders have normal functional spiracles in the im- mature stages, hence it is certain that the species forming the evolutionary line connecting these orders likewise had these structures in the juveniles. In nymphs of both the Ephemerop- tera and Odonata the spiracles have completely disappeared, and in these forms tracheal gills of various sorts have evolved. It seems moderately certain, therefore, that the first winged insects were wholly terrestrial, and that the surviving lines of the Paleoptera have evolved independently into forms quite different from their early ancestors. The next great step in insect evolution was the development of a mechanism by which the wings could be folded and laid over the back in repose. This mechanism consists of a set of small sclerites situated in the membrane connecting the 200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 with the body, and the development of large and relatively flat areas of the wing (by suppression of some of the fluting) sepa- rated by accentuated furrows. Insects of this type are termed the Neoptera. From the ancestral neopteran two lines arose, one developing into the orthopteroid orders and the other into the hemipteroid and neuropteroid groups. Of these two lines the orthopteroid has remained the more primitive. In most of its orders the mesotrochantin is a triangular sclerite, much as in the Paleoptera, and, except for the wings, the young are re- markably similar to the adults. The majority of the orthopteroid insects appear to form a single phylogenetic unit in which the first abdominal sternite is reduced and the front wings are thickened and form a protec- tive roof over the hind wings in repose. In winged members of the order Dermaptera the front wings are very short and the hind wings fold up into a compact mass. In the Orthoptera the hind legs are enlarged for leaping and, in the nymphs, the developing wing pads are juxtaposed so that the costal margin is mesal and the hind pad lies above the front pad. This curi- ous condition is found in no other insects except the Odonata (Moore 1955). Characters of the proventriculus (Judd 1948) indicate that the orders Isoptera (termites) and Cursoria (cockroaches and mantids) are closely related. Members of the order Cursoria form an ootheca around their egg masses and the walking-stick insects form a similar ootheca around each egg. For this reason I am tentatively considering the walking sticks as the suborder Phasmodea of the Cursoria. In the Phasmodea the proventriculus is simpler than in other Cur- soria but this could represent a reduced condition. The order Embioptera (web-spinners) may be a highly specialized off- shoot from the orthopteroid line. In the hemipteroid-neuropteroid line two evolutionary changes are apparent : ( 1 ) the mesotrochantin becomes a slender, straplike piece first moving freely in the leg mem- brane, then its base fusing with the mesopleurae so that the trochantin is represented by only a small, hornlike projection, and (2) more and more adult structures become suppressed Ixvi] KXTOMOLOGICAL XK\VS 201 in the nymphs and appear only in the adult. The first change, hut not the second, is found in the order Plecoptera ( stone- flies) which also have a ringlike (primitive) first ahdominal segment. It is therefore possible that the Plecoptera represent the earliest known branch from the base of the hemipteroid- neuropteroid line. In this line, beyond the point of a possible plecopterous offshoot, the ocelli became suppressed in the im- mature stages. After this occurred, the line divided to give rise to two vigorous branches, from one of which evolved the hemipteroid orders and from the other the neuropteroid orders (Holometabola). The hemipteroid orders, in addition to lacking nymphal ocelli, form a closely-linked group of orders in which there occurs a gradual development of sucking mouthparts (Stannard 1955). The first definite step in this direction is found in the order Corrodentia (psocids), in which the lacinia of the maxilla forms a chisel-like piece. The next evolutionary step is found in the order Thysanoptera (thrips). in which the mouthparts are of a rasping-sucking type using the elongated lacinia as a basic component. At the end of the line is the order Hemiptera (bugs), in which the mouthparts form a piercing-sucking beak. There are two other groups which appear to result from side branches of the hemipteroid line. In general structure, a pecu- liar wing venation, reduced tarsi, and many details of bionomic>. representative of one line comprising the order Zoraptera (zorapterons), resemble Corrodentia to such an extent that the two seem indubitably closely related. The Zoraptera. however, are more primitive than the Corrodentia in having a large adult pronotum, distinct cerci, and only slightly elongate maxillae. On the basis of this combination of characters it ap- pears that the Zoraptera are the most primitive known members of the hemipteroid line. The other line almost certainly arose from a Corrodentia-like ancestor, became associated with the skin of animals, lived on sloughed skin, material at wounds, and other organic material, and developed into the ectoparasitic order Phthiraptera (chewing and sucking lice). The chisel- like lacinia atrophied in most of these insects. One line of tin- suborder Mallophaga (chewing lice) apparently began to break 202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 the skin of the host and feed on circulatory fluids. Con- currently with this development the mouthparts became re- duced to only the labium and mandibles, and an oesophageal pump developed, used for sucking up this food. The only known representative of this stage is the elephant louse Haenia- tomyzus (Ferris 1931, Snodgrass 1944). From a primitive member of this line arose a branch in which a wholly new set of piercing-sucking stylets evolved. This branch developed into the suborder Anoplura (sucking lice). In distinctive char- acters of digestive tract, tracheal system, male genitalia, and general body segmentation the Anoplura remained remarkably like the Mallophaga. In the neuropteroid line there occurred a greater suppression of adult characters in the early immature stages, in this line called larvae. First the compound eyes, antennae, and pleural sclerites became greatly reduced in the larvae, the adult struc- tures appearing first in somewhat typical form in the pupal stage. In the adults the mesotrochantin became completely fused with the pleurae except for the pointed tip serving as an articulation for the leg. In many respects the most primitive existing member of this line is the aquatic order Megaloptera (dobsonflies), in which few changes other than those listed seem to have occurred (Kelsey 1954). From a presumably terrestrial pre-megalopteroid ancestor three lines appear to have arisen. In one line the abdomen lost much of its sclerotization. From this line two orders arose, the little-changed Megaloptera and the Neuroptera (lacewings) in which the larval mouthparts became highly modified for sucking and the veins of the wings increased in number. In the second or raphidian line change was in the direction of consolidation of wing venation and the development of a re- tractile male genital capsule. The most primitive order of this line, the Raphidiodea (snakeflies), have acquired only early stages of venational change, but in the male genitalia the aede- agus has become securely attached to the claspers. Judging from the extreme similarity of their larvae, the order Coleop- tera (beetles) arose from a raphidian-like ancestor in which the Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 203 front wings developed into hard wing covers, and the aedeagus, claspers, and part of the ninth segment evolved into a detached, retractile, male genitalic capsule. The origin of the order Hy- menoptera is doubtful, but the similarity between the genitalia of the Hymenoptera and Coleoptera and between certain vena- tional features of Hymenoptera and Raphidiodea indicates that the Hymenoptera may have arisen from the same ancestral form as the Coleoptera. In the third or mecopteran line the first anal vein of the hind wing fused for a short distance at the base with Cu2. The most primitive living representatives of this line belong to the order Mecoptera (scorpionflies). From a pre-mecopterous ancestor arose a branch in which the wing cross-veins became greatly reduced and the longitudinal veins became simplified. The extinct order Paramecoptera probably represents a stage in this process (the fossil order Paratrichoptera belongs to the Mecoptera). From this ancestral form with reduced venation two orders arose, the Trichoptera (caddisflies) in which the larvae became aquatic and lost their spiracles, and the Lepidop- tera (moths) in which the larvae remained terrestrial and de- veloped abdominal larvapods armed with circles of hooks. The evolutionary origin of two orders, the Diptera (flii-^i and Siphonaptera (fleas), is obscure. Both larvae and adults of living members are so changed from their ancestral forms that obvious tell-tale evidence of relationships is no longer ap- parent. The Diptera have wings with a simple venation and few cross-veins, and the Siphonaptera have simple, legless lar- vae much like those of the Diptera. It is possible, therefore, that both orders may have arisen from a common ancestor aris- ing from the Mecoptera-Trichoptera complex. If so. the typi- cal insectan brain of the Siphonaptera larva indicates that this order branched off before the typical Diptera developed (Weber 1954). PLACEMENT OF FOSSIL ORDERS Although the approximate phylogenetic placement of many of the fossil insect orders may be surmised with some degree of 204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 accuracy, it is frequently impossible to know exactly where they should be connected on the family tree. This situation results from the fact that characters of body structure and immature stages, necessary for exact phylogenetic placement, are fre- quently unknown for fossil specimens. An illustration of this concerns the fossil order Protorthoptera, which is apparently a close relative of the orthopteroid orders. It is a curious fact that in all modern members of the orthopteroid orders placed in the accompanying family tree, the first abdominal sternite is greatly reduced or practically absent, indicating that in the stem common to the orthopteroid orders this structure was already lost. The first abdominal segment, however, forms a fairly typical and complete ring, both dorsal and ventral, in the Odo- nata, Plecoptera, Raphidiodea, and Megaloptera, indicating that in the main line of evolution leading from the earliest winged insects to the genesis of the neuropteroid orders, this first ab- dominal segment was little modified. If the Protorthoptera should have such an unmodified first abdominal segment it would indicate that it arose earlier on the tree than any existing orthopteroid order. On the other hand, if the Protorthoptera lack the first abdominal sternite, it would indicate a less primi- tive condition and a point of origin arising closer to the orthop- teroid line. FUNCTIONAL TRENDS In retrospect it is obvious that in insect evolution certain de- velopments were dependent on others which preceded them. It is equally certain that the environment must also have contrib- uted conditions complementary to the morphological develop- ments for opportunistic evolution to take place. Insect flight may be an example of just such a union of circumstances. Wings and flight. — The origin of insect wings is one of the most perplexing problems of insect evolution. No intermediate types are known, living or fossil. Empirically it looks as if first there were wingless insects, then suddenly fully winged ones much as we know them today. But insect wings are such com- plex structures that it is inconceivable to imagine their origin Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 205 other than by slow and gradual change. It seems reasonable to suppose that wings began as Hat outgrowths of the thorax used for planing. In attempting to visualize conditions conducive to planing it seems necessary that (1) the insect be of moderate size and weight, so that unaided it would drop rapidly, (2) the body be elongate, tapered, somewhat flattened, and have a posterior tail of some kind, (3) the insect normally run rapidly and climb up on moderately high objects, and (4) the environ- PTERYGOTA Neoptera I APTERYGOTA I /^ 3 3 'o o w ^ w 0) oraptera > 'hthiraptera orrodentia \ hysanoptera i temiptera ) [ymenoptera v loleoptera .aphjdiodea Megaloptera leuroptera 1 /lecoptera | ?richoptera jepidoptera )iptera Jiphonaptera J Pouched head From myriapod Insect ancestor 'fTrochantin fused l Larvae, pupae established Juvenile ocelli suppressed •Trochantin modified -Wing folding added developed LTentorium fused (Tentorium enlarged (.Mandibles changed ^Posterior tentorium added Tarsal claws established Chart of deduced phylogenetic relationships of the insect orders. 206 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 ment provide a maximum of gentle but steady upward air movements. Undoubtedly the stage for flight in insects was first set by the development of the thorax as the motive center, for this led to a strengthening of the muscles and integument of this region and to a streamlining of the body as a whole. Possibly of equal importance was the development in the primitive insects of paired lateral tarsal claws, for with the reduction of number of legs to three pairs there was a loss by the individual of total gripping power which was regained through the greater effi- ciency of the paired tarsal claws in comparison with the simple, single, end claw of the ancestral leg. This added traction plus stronger and longer legs would have enabled some large Thysa- nura-like form to become climbers on tree trunks, in which situ- ation they may have become flattened in form associated with hiding under bark. This combination of circumstances could have set the stage for the habit of jumping from a height, plan- ing, and eventually the evolution of wings and flight. Mills (1955) has suggested that perhaps these forms were not swamp dwellers but lived in hilly or mountainous areas in which up- ward air currents would be more frequent and prolonged. This might account also for the lack of fossils of such postu- lated intermediate types. Some authors believe that wings first evolved as paddles for immature aquatic insects. It is difficult for me to be convinced of this when other more efficient systems of propulsion by aquatic nymphs have evolved in the most prim- itive winged insects. Molting. — A thought-provoking situation exists concerning molting. In primitive arthropods in general and in nearly all of the Apterygota, molting continues regularly after adulthood. In all the winged insects except the Ephemeroptera molting ceases when functional wings appear, which is in the adult stage, although additional molts may be induced experimentally by hormone manipulation. In the Ephemeroptera, which are the most primitive known winged insects, one molt occurs after functional wings are developed. One wonders if the first winged insects molted continuously throughout life as did their Ixvi | ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 207 ancestors but, after wings evolved, selection pressures initiated a trend towards curtailment of post-adult molts. If so, the Ephemeroptera might represent a stage in which this process was almost but not quite completed. Metamorphosis. — The evolution of the insects beyond the orthopteroid orders is linked with an increased suppression of adult characters in the juveniles. In these cases the tissues which will develop later into the adult characters are maintained in the juvenile stages in an arrested condition as tissue rudi- ments (histoblasts or anlages). Even in the Apterygota the sexual organs develop in this fashion. In the early Pterygota the wings develop thus although they appear externally as pads increasing with each molt. By the time the hemipteroid an- cestor had evolved ocelli were suppressed in the juveniles, and in the neuropteroid insects the compound eyes, antennae, mouth- parts, and other structures were added to the list. This trend reaches its peak in the higher Diptera in which the entire head and many other parts are developed from histoblasts. The de- velopment of internal wing histoblasts, often considered diag- nostic of the neuropteroid orders (the Holometabola). also occurs in the Thysanoptera and some families of Hemiptera, so that the physiological potential for this development must have existed in the pre-hemipteroid ancestor. This potential seems to rest in the insects' peculiar system of growth-regulating hormones secreted by the corpora alata, pro- thoracic glands, and other structures. Insect growth is con- trolled by the balance maintained between the different hor- mones, and the differential effect of each on histoblastic and functional juvenile tissues. The effect of this arrangement ('Williams 1952) has been to allow the larvae and adults to evolve in entirely different directions, the pupal stage acting as an ontogenetic bridge to span the morphological gap between them. Viewed in the light of evolutionary continuity, the pupa is the equivalent of the last nymphal instar of more primitive orders. There seems to be no need to postulate the concept <>i the pupa as an added instar as has been done by some authors (Snodgrass 1954). 208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 I want to emphasize that the above conclusions are provi- sional, being an attempt to formulate a scheme of evolution into which all the known facts will fit as harmoniously as possible. Certain apparent conflicting evidence has been explained as either parallel evolution or atrophy. For instance, the Diplura have lateral tarsal claws but the Collembola and Protura have an extremely reduced tracheal system and, at least the Collem- bola (Paclt 1954), no corpora alata. Since these structures are well developed in other apterygotes and in the myriapod groups, the inference is that they are partially or entirely atrophied in the Collembola and Protura. In the case of these orders dis- tinctive characters of head capsule, mouthparts, and certain leg structures appear to offer a better key to the correct relation- ships of the orders. There are many interesting problems awaiting the investiga- tor concerning the relationships between many orders, and it is my hope that this brief summary will encourage students to delve more deeply into these questions. In getting together these ideas, I have profited greatly from discussion with my colleagues at the Survey, particularly Dr. H. B. Mills, Dr. M. W. Sanderson, Dr. L. J. Stannard, and Mr. T. E. Moore, to all of whom I wish to express my thanks. REFERENCES EDMUNDS, G. R., JR. and JAY R. TRAVER. — 1954. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., 44 : 390-399. FERRIS, G. F.— 1931. Parasitology, 23: 112-127. JUDD, W. W.— 1948. Can. Journ. Res., D, 26: 93-161. KELSEY, L. P.— 1954. Cornell Univ. Ag. Exp. Sta. Memoir 334, 1-51. MILLS, H. B. — 1955. Personal communication. MOORE, T. E. — 1955. Personal communication. PACLT, VON J.— 1954. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 153: 275-281. SNODGRASS, R. E.— 1944. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 104, no. 7: 1-113. 1952. A Textbook of Arthropod Anatomy. Comstock (Cornell U.) Press. Ithaca. 1-363. 1954. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 122, no. 9: 1-124. STANXARD. L. J. — 1955. Systematic Zoology, 4: in press. WEBER, H. — 1954. Grundriss der Insektenkunde. Gustav Fischer. Stuttgart. 1-428. WILLIAMS, C. M.— 1952. The Harvey Lectures, Series 47: 126-155. lx\i| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 209 Mecinus pyraster (Herbst), A European Genus and Species not heretofore recorded in the United States (Curculionidae, Gymnaetrinae) By ROSE ELLA WARNER L Mecinus py raster (Herbst), a species common in Europe, is probably established in the United States but had escaped un- noticed until recently, when it was discovered in the stem of an Azalea inollis plant in Cockeysville, Maryland, on Aug. 27, 19S4.2 Since Azalea is not a recorded host plant of this species, further investigations were made and it was found that the weevils had sought shelter in the tunnel of another insect. One hundred plants of a known host, Plantago lanceolata, a common plantain abundant in the area where the azalea grew, were ex- amined and three adult weevils were found in galls formed at the base of the plant. The larvae of Mecinus live in Plantago and also in several genera of the Scrophularaceae (Verbascuni, Celsia, Antir- rhinum, Linaria, Scrophularia, Veronica, etc.). In Europe the beetles mate as early as the middle of May, at which time the}- are found on the spicate stalks of Plantago lanceolata. The eggs, 1 to 3. in number, are found in the pith of the stalk. The first small larvae may be found in June, and in July the larva is 3.5 mm. long and fully grown. The pupae, found in July, are the shape and size (3.5—4 mm.) of the adult beetle which emerges after about six days. Thus the life cycle is completed in slightly over two months. Description of the adult. — Mecinus pyraster. Black, cylindrical, densely punctate ; pubescence light, fine, short recumbent, not hiding the cuticle, dense and white on humeri. Prothorax as wide as the elytra; elytra 2-2!/o times as long as wide. Rostrum thick, rugose (^) ; smooth, shining. 1 Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. 2 WALLACE HARDING, University of Maryland, submitted the original specimens and assisted in the investigations. 210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 Mecimis pyrastcr (Herbst) FIG. 1. Outline of male. FIG. 2. Part of prothorax, showing punc- tures. FIG. 3. Beak of male. FIG. 4. Beak of female. finely punctate in apical half (9) ; regularly arcuate. Antennae in front or near middle ( J1) ; behind middle ($) ; 5-segmented, scape short, first segment elongate. Prothorax covered with circular, crowded, but distinct punctures; subparallel in basal half; posterior angles very little rounded. Scutellum triangu- lar, tomentose, white. Elytra with strong striae, their punc- tures deep, deeper and narrower at apex, intervals flat, uni- serially punctate, suture and adjacent interval with brown coarse hairs on apical declivity. Femora stout, dentate or tin- lxvi| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 211 armed. Tibiae slender, spur at apex. Tarsi slender, reddish; claws connate at base, black. Length 3.5-4 mm. All the species of the genus Mecinns Germar 1821 can be separated from those of the genus G \innactron Schon 1826, by their elongated shape. The species of Gymnaetron has a short oval shape except G. elongatum Bris. From the species of Miarus Steph 1831, Mecinns can be separated by its front coxae which are contiguous and by its connate claws. In Miarus the front coxae are separate and claws free. The genus Mecinus resembles the baridine Limnobaris but can be readily distin- guished from it by the 5-segmented funicle of the antennae. SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY BARGAGLI, P. 1884. Bull. Soc. Ent. Italy 16: 211. BEDEL, L. 1884. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 4: 217-221. BUDDEBERG, DR. 1885. Jahrb. Nassau Ver. der Naturf. 38: 86-90. GERMAR, E. F. 1821. Mag. Ent. 4: 315. HERBST. J. F. W. 1795. Natursystem aller bekannten in und aus- landischen Insekten, als eine Fortsetzung der von Buffonschen Xaturgeschichte. Natursyst. Ins. Kaf 6: 252. MUSTACHE, A. 1932. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 100: 400-407. Four New Species of Scleroracus from the United States and Canada (Homoptera, Cicadellidae) By J. T. MEDLER 1 Several years ago the writer undertook a revisional study of the genus Scleroracus Van Duzee (=- Ophiola auct. ) in North America. Various circumstances have prevented the comple- tion of the manuscript, but there is a need to have available at this time the names of four new species which have distribution in Canada. Therefore, the following descriptions are published in advance of the generic revision. 1 .^sociate Professor in Agronomy and Entomology, University "t \Yisconsin. Madison. Wisconsin. 212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Oct., 1955 Scleroracus dasidus n. sp. Superficially resembles osborni (Ball) but distinguished by its smaller size, different leg markings and distinctive internal male genitalia. In distribution in North America, dasidus ap- pears to be more western and osborni more eastern, but both species are found in the Rocky Mountain region. Length : male 4.0 mm., female 4.3 mm. Width of head across the eyes: male 1.3 mm., female 1.5 mm. Crown obtusely angular, one and one-third longer at middle than against the eye, about half as long as the pronotum. Color : light tan in general appearance. Crown, pronotum and scutellum with dark brown markings, those on the prono- tum of the male more extensive than on the female. Crown with well-defined transverse bands in the pattern characteristic for most species in the genus. Ocelli red. Elytra glossy, sub- hyaline in appearance, veins white, edged rather narrowly with fuscous. Legs light tan, the femora of the anterior and middle pair banded writh fuscous at the base and just before the apex. Genitalia : female sternite VII tan, the posterior margin slightly produced at the middle and marked with fuscous. Male aedeagus as illustrated in figure 1. Holotype male and allot\pc female, Logan Canyon, UTAH, July 26, 1915. Paratvpes: 1 J, 2 $$, Logan Canyon, Utah, July 26, 1915; 1 ?, Logan Canyon, Utah, July 24, 1910; 1 , Prove, Utah, July 11, 1908; 1 J, 2 $$, Cataldo, Ida., July 9. 1935 (P. W. Oman) ; 1 J1. 1 $, Kaslo, B. C, July 16 (A. N. Caudell) ; 1 ?, Kaslo. B. C., 1903 (R. P. Currie) ; 5 JJ, 2 $$, Buckley, Wash., July 6, 1935 (P. W. Oman) ; 2 <&?, 10 $?, Cliffdale, Wash., July 7, 1935 (R. H. Beamer) ; 1 . Siskiyou N. F., Calif., July 14, 1935 (R. H. Beamer) ; 17 ?$, Satus Pass, Wash., July 9, 1935 ; 1 $, Maf eking, Man., Aug. 3, Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NK\VS 213 1937; 2 $$, Merritt, B. C, August 3, 1931 ; 2 ?$, 4 <&?, Red Deer River, Man.. Aug. 3, 1937; 1 $, Birch River, Man., Aug. 3, 1937; 2 $?, Keld, Man., Aug. 8, 1937 (R. H. Beamer) ; 6 ??, Deepdale, Man., Aug. 1, 1937 (R. H. Beamer). Types and paratypes in the United States National Museum ; paratypes in the Kansas University Museum and Canadian National Museum. Also examined : specimens from Kolowna, B. C., Aug. 14, 1950 (B. P. Beirne), and Saskatoon, Sask., July 15. 1929 (K. M. King). Scleroracus kryptus n. sp. Resembles S. ithlcrl (Ball) in size and external appearance, and difficult to distinguish from that species except by an ex- amination of the internal male genitalia. Length: male 4.3 mm., female 4.6 mm. Width of head across the eyes : male 1.3 mm., female 1.6 mm. Crown obtusely angular, one and one-half longer at middle than against the eye, one-half as long as the pronotum. Color: black in general appearance, male darker than female. Crown, pronotum, and scutellum of female with black dots, arcs, and bars on a tawny background ; male with black much more extensive, the crown with only 3 small tawny spots near the apex and an irregular tawny line at the posterior margin. Ocelli of male red. Elytra with varnished appearance : male entirely dark fuscous except for the faint veins and a clear spot at the apex of the central anteapical cell; female veins distinct, off-white, outlined with dark fuscous markings in the cells ; apical cells entirely fuscous, a fuscous band separating the whitish areas in the discal and anteapical cells. Venter and legs black, the anterior and middle pair of legs tawny-yellow from just below the apex of femora. Hind tibia with spines yellow. Genitalia : female sternite VII with posterior margin obtusely angled at the lateral angles. Male aedeagus as illustrated in figure 2. 214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 Holotype male and allotype female, Muskego, WISCONSIN, July 21, 1939 (P. B. Lawson). Paratyfics: 1 <$, 14 $$, Keld, Man., Aug. 8. 1937 (R. H. Beamer) ; 3 $$, Swan River, Alan., Aug. 2, 1937 (R. H. Beamer) ; 7 $$, Deepdale, Man., Aug. 1, 1937 (R. H. Beamer). Types and paratypes in Kansas University Museum ; para- types in the United States National Museum and Canadian National Museum. Also examined : 2 ££, Lac Mondor Ste. Flore, P. Q., Aug. 3, 1951 (E. G. Munroe). Scleroracus melastigmus n. sp. This species resembles varus (Ball) in form, but is smaller, has much different coloration and the internal male genitalia are distinct. Length : male 4.0 mm., female 4.2 mm. Head width across the eyes: male 1.4 mm., female 1.5 mm. Crown roundingly obtuse, slightly longer at middle than against the eyes, about half as long as the pronotum. Female elytra only slightly longer than abdomen, giving a somewhat stubby ap- pearance. Color : male brown ; female brown with shadings of orange. Crown with heavy transverse band between the eyes posterior to ocelli ; black on male ; brown-orange on female. Small brown arcs near apex, tawny along the posterior margin. Ocelli red. Pronotum heavily mottled with brown. Elytra with veins white, cells heavily infuscated, cells at the apex have the central portion subhyaline. Venter of female tawny, tinged with red ; male darker. Legs light brown, the anterior and middle femora of male with a broad dark-brown band at base and a narrow band near apex. Genitalia: female sternite VII tawny, broadly marked with brown and somewhat produced on the posterior margin. Male aedeagus as illustrated in figure 3. Holotypc male and allotype female, Red Deer R., MANITOBA, Aug. 3, 1937 (R. H. Beamer). Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 215 Paratvfcs: 3 ^, 1 $, Keld, Man., Aug. 8. 1937 (R. H. Beamer) ; 4 J^, 1 $, Deepdale. Man., Aug. 1, 1937 (R. H. Beamer) ; 4 <$£, Swan River. Man., Aug. 2, 1937 (R. H. Beamer) ; 1 ^, Bozeman, Mont., Aug. 13, 1931 (R. H. Beamer), 1 $, Cameron's Pass, Colo., Aug. 20, 1940 (R. H. Beamer). Types and paratypes in the Kansas University Museum, paratypes in the United States National Museum and the Canadian National Museum. FIGS. 1 to 4. Caudal and lateral views of aedeagus 1. Sclcrnrdcus dasithis n. sp. 3. .V. melastigmus n. sp. 2. .S'. kryptus n. s]>. 4. .S". oinani n. sp. Scleroracus omani n. sp. Resembles symphoricarpae (Ball) hut with hroader head, darker markings and distinct internal male genitalia. Length : male 4.3 mm., female 5.2 mm. Width of head across the eyes: 216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 male 1.5 mm., female 1.7 mm. Crown obtusely angled and slightly longer at middle than against the eye, slightly more than half as long as the pronotum. Color : female testaceous-orange in general appearance, the male more strongly fuscous. Crown with transverse narrow brown band posterior to ocelli, small brown arcs near the apex, remainder of markings orange. Ocelli red. Pronotum and scutellum with brown markings on male, orange on female. Elytra orange-brown, veins white, edged with brown. Dis- tinct white spot at the apex of each claval vein, on the nervure between claval suture and adjacent claval vein, and on the first cross nervure. The cells are infuscated to a varying amount, but posterior part of the inner and central anteapical cells with distinct clear areas. Venter and legs tawny, the fore and middle femora entirely dark brown except just before the apex, quite distinct on the male, but may be somewhat faded out on the female. Genitalia : female sternite VII tawny, slightly produced at the middle. Male aedeagus as illustrated in figure 4. Holotypc male and allotypc female, Park Rapids, MINNE- SOTA. July 24, 1935 (Oman). Parat-vpcs: 1 1 <&?. 7 $$, Park Rapids, Minn.. July 24, 1935 (Oman) ; 1 J, Black Foot Hills, Alta., Aug. 9. 1940 (A. R. Brooks) ; 1 $, Fish Creek, Wis., Aug. 14, 1926 (P. B. Law- son) ; 2 ?$, St. Paul, Minn., July 21, 1935 and Aug. 7, 1936, U. Farm, Light trap (A. A. Granovsky). Types and paratypes in the United States National Mu- seum ; paratypes in the Kansas University Museum, Canadian National Museum and the University of Minnesota Museum. This species was misidentified as symphoricarpae in part by Medler, 1942, Minn. Tech. Bui. 155, p. 86. I take great pleasure in dedicating this handsome species to Dr. P. W. Oman, eminent student of the leafhoppers. Ixvi I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 217 New Records for North-American Cerambycidae and a New Subspecies of Leptura (Notes on North- American Coleoptera, No. 1) By CHARLES S. PAPP, Pan- Pacific Entomological Laboratory, Pasadena. California 1481 Chion cinctus (Drury). As new locality Hope, Ark., 3 specimens in my collection, collected on August 22, 1946. In some collections it is misidentified as the genus Eburia. 14190 Eburia quadrigeminata (Say). An eastern species. I have 5 specimens from Galena, Illinois. June 19, 1878, and 6 specimens from Hope. Ark., July 7, 1923. 14465 Strangalepta pubera (Say). Known from Canada and the western states. Two specimens in my collection, collected by A. B. Klots, Putnam. Conn.. June 27, 1932. 14469 Strangalepta vittata (Oliv.). Of this northeastern species I have 22 specimens mostly collected by me in Rochester, N. Y. and Fishers, N. Y. and Charlton, Ontario, Canada. One additional specimen from Brownsville, Texas and one from Inboden, Ark. indicate the most southern point of its distribu- tion. 14474 Strangalia propinqua (Bland.). In the three western states, mostly on Cruciferae. I have 3 specimens from Truchas, Alt. Sangre de Cristo Range, 9,000 ft. elev. in New Mexico, August 5, 1932; 6 specimens from Little Tuseque Canyon, vie. Santa Fe, N. Mex., 9,200 ft. elev., July 27-August 10, 1932; 1 specimen from La Veta Pass, vie. La Veta in Colorado, 9,300 ft. elev., July 22, 1932. New for New Mexico and Colorado. 14522 Leptura nigrolineata Bland. Well known from Colo- rado as a typical species from this location. I have 28 speci- mens belonging to this species that appear to represent a new subspecies. Leptura nigrolineata truxali n. subsp. Differs because of its narrow dark antennae and narrow lateral margins of the elytra ; the punctuation of the light- 218 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1955 brown elytra is extremely fine, the shining black prothorax with extremely long yellow hairs. Holotype male, Truchas Mt., Sangre de Cristo Range, alt. 9,000 ft. NEW MEXICO, Aug. 5, 1932 and allotype female, Little Tesuque Canyon, vie. Santa Fe, alt. 9,200 ft., July 27-August 10, 1932. Paratypcs: 4 males, from Little Tesuque Canyon, and 4 females from Little Tesuque Canyon and from the Truchas, transferred from my collection to that of the Los Angeles County Museum, Dept. of Entomology. Dedicated to my friend and colleague Dr. F. Truxal in the Los Angeles Co. Museum. 14605 Rosalia funebris Mots. Recently I have received 17 specimens from Wellington, B. C., including 3 specimens (2 male and 1 female) with very heavy black markings, completely black shoulders and epipleura, and with all the separated light- blue markings relatively very small. 14620 Callidium antennatum Newm. Has a wide distribu- tion, more common in the Atlantic States, Indiana, Florida, sporadically listed from southern Calif, and Oregon. A dozen specimens in my collection from Summerlands, B. C., March 10, 1932, transferred from the A. J. Mutchler collection. This is the most northern distribution of the species collected in quantities. 14898 Monochamnus maculosus Hald. It is well known throughout the states of Arizona. Colorado, and New Mexico but is not a common species. I have an exceptionally large male specimen from Tucson, Arizona (28 mm) and a smaller one (also a male) from Whitehall, Eldorado County in Cali- fornia, collected on June 21, 1931. A few specimens were col- lected by F. Truxal and L. Martin in the Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., in southern Arizona and are now in the col- lection of the Los Angeles County Museum. 14901 Monochamnus notatus Drury. Recorded from Jean- nette. Pa., June 1930, as additional data on distribution from the eastern LTnited States. The large male lias antennae 65 mm. in length. Ixvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 219 14902 Monochamnus obtusus Casey. This species occurs from Washington, Idaho, and throughout California. I have one specimen from the Mutchler collection (del. by Mutchler) with New York City on the locality label. 14928 Synaphaeta guexi (Lee.). This species was formerly known only from the west coast, particularly from the vicinity of Vancouver, B. C. and sporadically through southern Cali- fornia. On August 2, 1954 I received a shipment of beetles, collected by Dr. John Adams Comstock (Del Alar, Calif.) from Madera Canyon in the Santa Rita Mountains, southern Arizona. In this shipment was one specimen of this species, collected on July 30, 1954, at light. This is the first specimen recorded from Arizona. Three other specimens in my collection are from California, 2 from Anaheim and 1 from Berkeley. 14960 Astylopsis maculata (Say). Eleven specimens of this northwestern species were taken in June 1954 by me and my son in Mint Canyon. Los Angeles County in California. All of them are typical specimens, 2 of which have been placed in the Coleoptera collection of the Los Angeles County Museum. This is the southernmost point recorded for this grayish-white beetle. Length: 5-8 mm. 14976 Leiopus fascicularis (Harris). Occurs in Indiana. 1 have one specimen from Rochester, N. Y., July 8, 1932, and 2 specimens from Albany, N. Y., August 22, 1941. 14985 Leiopus alpha (Say). Two new localities: Missouri (Wentzville, June 10, 1949), 8 specimens, and Oklahoma (Vinita, no date). 13 specimens. Have 2 specimens from Tucson, Arizona, collected on August 4, 1947, which two speci- mens are lighter in color, otherwise like the typical form. 14968 Leiopus variegatus (Hald.). As an additional note on its distribution I would like to mention my two specimens from Kentucky. No further information on the labels (marked : Ky.)- 15021 Urographis fasciata (DeG.). I know of only one specimen recorded from south of Lake Ontario, from Rochester, 220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS (Oct., 1955 N. Y., June 2(), 1933, collected by M. G. Jeffers. The speci- men is in my collection. 15028 Graphisorus obliquus Lee. I have one male from Little Tesnque Canyon in the vicinity of Santa Fe, New Mexico, collected at 9,200 ft., between July 27- August 10. 1932. This specimen has been transferred from the A. J. Mutchler collec- tion into the author's private collection. (I have one specimen of G. obsolctits Oliv. also from the Mutchler collection, without locality label.) 15061 Pogonocherus oregonus Lee. Well known from Oregon, California and Idaho. One specimen collected by Lloyd Martin in the Madera Canyon. Santa Rita Mts. in Pima County, southern Arizona. The grey pubescence darker than in the specimens from California. One other typical specimen in my collection is from Pohoho Trail, Calif., alt. 7,000-7,750 ft., June 12. 1931. 15084 Oncideres putator Thorns. In Dillon's paper, the dis- tribution is given as Mexico and Guatemala. I have 2 small specimens, one male and one female from the Merrill-collection, both collected at State College, New Mexico, in August (no year on the label). The species is usually 21.5-24.5 mm. in length ; my male specimen is 14 mm. Differs from the typical form by its more fulvous pubescence. In other characters en- tirely different from the ssp. brevifasciata Dillon & Dillon (p. 360). 15088 Oncideres cingulata Say. A widely distributed species, ranging from Connecticut south and west to Texas and into Mexico. I have one specimen from the A. J. Mutchler col- lection, collected by T. M. Little in Newman's Lake, Alachua County, Florida, December 15, 1931. This specimen has a wide dark-colored band on the shoulder and two small blackish spots behind the eyes. Its pubescence is perfectly preserved. 15134 Oberea schaumi Lee. Two specimens collected by F. C. Fletcher in Rochester, N. Y. on June 23, 1943 and July 1. 1943, are in mv collection. Xof from California! Ixvi] KNTOMOLOGICAL XKWS 221 A New Species of Aneflus from Arizona (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) By JOSEF N. KNULL, Department of Zoology and Entomology, The Ohio State University In identifying some Cerambycidae the following apparently undescribed species was found. Aneflus parcalvatus n. sp. Male. Size and form of A. calratus Horn, elongate, sub- cylindrical, dark brown, clothed with short recumbent pubes- cence, small irregular patches of pubescence on elytra. Head coarsely punctured ; antennae when laid along side, extending to apical sixth of elytra, ratio of lengths of segments 1 to 11, 3:. 5:2.4: 2.4: 3:2.8:2.8: 2.6: 2.6:2.6: 3.3, scape sub- cylindrical, under side of apex slightly emarginate, segments three to seven inclusive spinose at apex, segments five to eleven flattened, carinate, eleventh feebly appendiculate. Pronotum wider than long, widest at middle, wider at base than at apex ; sides rounded with an obtuse tubercle at middle on each side ; disk convex with five irregular rugose areas, one in center back of middle, and two on each side, a transverse de- pression at base ; surface rugose. Scutellum densely clothed with recumbent pubescence. Elytra at base much wider than widest part of pronotum ; sides subparallel, broadly rounded in apical sixth to strongly bispinose apices ; disk convex with two rather weak costae on each elytron ; surface coarsely punctured at base, punctures becoming smaller toward apices. Abdomen beneath finely punctured, pubescence not dense; last visible sternite broadly emarginate. Length 35 mm.; width 8.3 mm. Female. Differs from male by antennae extending to about middle of elytra. East visible sternite broadly rounded. Holot\pc male and ii!htyf>c collected in Santa Rita Moun- tains. ARIZONA, July 11. 1040 by D. J. and J. X. Knull. Para- .s- from Arizona as follows: Tucson. July, 1(M1 and 1010. 222 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Oct., 1955 G. Hofer; Sabino Canyon, July 12, 1920, G. Hofer and W. D. Edmonston; Nogales, July 7, 1949, D. J. and J. N. Knull, in collection of author; and Tucson, July 5, 1954, M. A. Cazier and W. J. Gertsch, in American Museum of Natural History. This species can be separated from A. calvatus Horn, which it resembles, by the wider prothorax and the mottled pubescence on elytra. Tenth International Congress of Entomology The Tenth International Congress will be held in MONTREAL from 17 to 25 August, 1956. The meetings will be held at McGill University and the University of Montreal. Fifteen sections have been arranged provisionally as follows : Systematics, Morphology and Anatomy, Physiology, Behavior, Ecology, Geographical Distribution, Genetics and Biometrics, Paleontology, Arachnida and other land Arthropods, Agricul- tural Entomology, Forest Entomology, Medical and Veterinary Entomology, Stored Products Entomology, Biological Control, Apiculture. Those wishing to receive further information with a view of attending the Congress should notify the Secretary as soon as possible. Those wishing to receive a personal invitation are requested to apply to the Secretary. J. A. DOWNES, Secretary, Division of Entomology, Science Service Building, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Professor Bradley Honored Professor Emeritus J. Chester Bradley of Cornell University has been elected an HONORARY FELLOW of the ROYAL ENTO- MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Only rarely has this honor been bestowed outside Great Britain, and, at present, Dr. R. E. SNODGRASS is the only other American Honorary Fellow. Professor Bradley retired from active teaching at Cornell in 1952. He has been a Resident Member of the American Entomological Society since 1902, and he was one of the found- ers of the original Entomological Society of America in 1906. l.\vi| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 223 Obituary The President of Harvard University has informed the NEWS of the death of Charles Thomas Brues, Professor of Entomol- ogy, Emeritus, and Honorary Curator of Parasitic Hymenop- tera, which occurred on the twenty-second of July, in the seventy-seventh year of his age. Funeral services were held in Crescent City, Florida, on Sunday, July 24. Professor Brues was a Corresponding Member of the Ameri- can Entomological Society. Review THE EVOLUTION AND TAXONOMY OF THE SARCOPHAGINAK (DIPTERA, SARCOPHAGIDAE). By Selwyn S. Roback. Illinois Biological Monographs: Vol. 23, Nos. 3-4. Pp. 181. The University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 1954. This seems to be a major addition to the study of the Sarco- phagidae. It is a concise account of the subfamily Sarco- phaginae, a group of some economic importance. The actual text is relatively short since 77 of the 181 numbered pages con- sist of charts and plates and their explanations. This publica- tion is essentially an introduction to the study of the Sarcophagi- nae with a wealth of basic information condensed in a small space. There are six chapters of which the ones on morphology and terminology and classification are most important. There are keys to tribes, subtribes and genera and each genus is charac- terized and the general distribution indicated. An important part of the generic discussion is a list of included species. It is not likely that other workers will be in complete agreement here but at least there is no question of Roback's personal con- cept of each genus. The plates consist entirely of figures of genitalia. The bibli- ography appears to be quite complete and the index is useful. This is a basic work and we hope other subfamilies will be treated in a like manner. — L. L. PECHUMAN. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Cynipid and Itonidid galls — American species wanted ; purchase or exchange for British species. Fresh or dried. D. Leatherdale, F.R.E.S., Old Woodstock, Oxford, England. Wanted — Reprints or papers concerning insects taken in Alaska for inclusion in list of Alaskan insects. R. H. Washburn, Alaska Experiment Station, Palmer, Alaska. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 100 to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago ?0, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Oral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941 ) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.)— Elachistidae of North America ( Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) ". 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscriptions for 1956 Are Now Due NOV171E Subscription Blank Enclosed ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS NOVEMBER 1955 • IRS. U.S. Hfl.TL. Vol. LXVI No. 9 CONTENTS Judd — Insects impaled by shrikes 225 Bradley — Notes on a subfamily of the Sapygidae 230 Reinhard — North American Muscoidea 233 Smithsonian receives Bromley Collection 238 O'Neill— Notes on Proscirtothrips 239 Sinha and Shankarnarayan — Taxonomy in ancient India 243 Crabill — Another European Chilopod in N. America 248 Entomological Departments The Ohio State University 249 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 19. 1943. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff : H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS; and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers : Domestic, $5.00 ; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages. 25 copies. $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additional at .025 cenU each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI NOVEMBER, 1955 No. 9 Grasshoppers (Acrididae) and Caterpillars (Arcti- idae) Impaled on Thorns by Shrikes in the Vicinity of London, Ontario By W. W. JUDD, Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario About one mile north of London, Ontario, in London Town- ship, there is an area of low ground which borders tributary streams of the Thames River and supports a rank growth of weeds and grasses. Many hawthorn trees, Crataegns spp.. ranging from two to fifteen feet in height, grow in this area and interspersed among them are a few small wild apple trees. On November 28, 1954, when walking through this area, the writer found six grasshoppers impaled on the thorns of the hawthorn trees and on small stubs on the twigs of the apple trees. Not enough snow had fallen during the previous days of autumn to leave any trace of snow on the ground. On December 4, after a light covering of snow had lain on the ground for four days, a second examination of the trees was made and twenty more insects, 18 grasshoppers and 2 caterpillars, were found impaled (figs. 1-5). Twenty-two of the insects found on the two days were located in separate trees, from one to six feet from the ground. Two hawthorn trees bore two grasshoppers each, impaled on their thorns. The grasshoppers were identified in Blatchley's key (1926) as the Clouded Locust, Encoptolophus sordid us (Burmeister) (1 d, 15 5$). and the Red-legged Locust. Mclanoplus jcnntr- r ub rum (DeGeer) (8 $>$), and the two caterpillars were iden- tified in Peterson's key (1948) as larvae of the family Arctiidae. The caterpillars were black with white longitudinal stripes, two (225) NOV 1 0 1965 226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 dorso-lateral and two lateral, and the body bore several large verrucae covered with long setae. One caterpillar (fig. 5) was impaled on a thorn through its third abdominal segment and the other through its fourth abdominal segment. Four of the grasshoppers were impaled or jammed over short stubs along the twigs of apple trees. Three of these were impaled through the thorax and one was jammed over the stub in such a way that the stub penetrated beneath the pronotum (fig. 1). The other 20 grasshoppers were stuck through the thorax on thorns of the hawthorns, some having been penetrated only by the tip of the thorn (fig. 4), some having been forced part way down the length of the thorn (fig. 3) and others forced down to the base of the thorn (fig. 2). E. sordidus and M. femur-rubrum are species that occur commonly in southern Ontario (Walker, 1902) and remain active well toward the end of autumn (Blatchley, 1926; Cantrall, 1943) provided the weather is favourable. Some arctiid caterpillars also habitually remain active well into the fall before hibernating. At no time during the investigation were any birds or animals seen near the insects in the trees but these insects were doubt- less put there by shrikes, for it is well known that shrikes im- pale their prey on convenient supports (Bent, 1950). The two shrikes that occur in the vicinity of London are the Migrant Shrike, Lanius ludovicianus, and the Northern Shrike, L. c.i'cubitor (Saunders and Dale, 1933). The migrant shrike spends the summer and nests in the vicinity of London and migrates southward in the fall, while the northern shrike dwells in northern Ontario during the summer and migrates south- ward to the vicinity of London in the fall and winter. Information on the status of these two shrikes in the vicinity of London is available in the minutes of the Mcllwraith Or- nithological Club, deposited in the Williams Memorial Library, London ; also in reports of the Christmas census conducted by the Club since 1909 ; and in two published lists of the dates of the arrival of birds after the first of the year (Anon., 1919, 1927). These two latter lists (Anon., 1919, 1927), based on records extending back as far as 1879, show that the earliest ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 227 i3cm. FIG. 1. Mclanoplus feinur-rubrum, $, on apple stub. FIG. 2. Melanoplus femur -rub rum, ?, on thorn of hawthorn. FIG. 3. Encoptolophus sordidus, ?, on thorn of hawthorn. FIG. 4. Encoptolophus sordidus, ?, on thorn of hawthorn. FIG. 5. Caterpillar (Arctiidae), on thorn of hawthorn. date of arrival of the migrant shrike in spring is March lo (recorded in 1911) and that the average date of arrival is April 10 (Anon., 1919), later recorded as April 3 (Anon., 1927). late date of fall departure of this species from southern Ontario, as recorded hy Bent (1950), is October 18. It has never been recorded at London during the Christmas census. 228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS |_Nov., 1955 Records extending back to 1893 show the earliest record of appearance in fall of the northern shrike in the vicinity of London as October 24 (in 1921) and it has been seen in other years as early as October 28, November 7, 17 and 18. It has been included in the list of birds seen in the Christmas census in 13 of the years between 1909 and 1954 and the latest record of its remaining in the vicinity of London in the spring is March 31 (in 1893). Both the migrant and the northern shrikes habitually impale their prey on thorns and either one could have been responsible for the presence of the caterpillars and grasshoppers in the trees as noted by the present writer. However, it is likely that northern shrikes were responsible, for the insects were in a good state of preservation and had evidently been only recently caught. The mild fall of 1954, in which persistent snow had occurred only after December 1 , would no doubt have allowed the insects to remain active well into November. It is also a matter of record that northern shrikes were exceptionally abundant in the vicinity of London during the winters of 1953- 54 and 1954-55. The records of the Christmas census show only one or two shrikes counted in the census from 1912 to 1937, none during the period 1938 to 1952 and 7 in each of the censuses of 1953 and 1954. During January and February, 1954 the writer (Judd, 1954) found several prairie deer mice suspended in hawthorn trees in the same locality as that in which the insects were found in the fall of 1954. It has been noted by several authors (e.g., Davis, 1937, 1949 and Floyd. 1928) that the northern shrike occurs over its winter range in cycles of abundance and scarcity. Davis (1937), using data compiled in censuses from 1900 to 1936, concluded that the cycle was 4.2 years. The same author (Davis, 1949), using data from the years 1930 to 1948, concluded that large south- ward emigrations of northern shrikes occur at intervals of five or six years. Several authors, including Judd (1898), Knowlton and Harmston (1944), Bent (1950), Floyd (1928) and Montagna (1939), have studied the food of shrikes and have noted that they feed on mice, birds, lizards and a considerable variety of IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 229 insects. Knowlton and Harmston (1944) found grasshoppers and cutworm larvae among the stomach contents of shrikes in Utah. Judd (1898) concluded that insects amounted to 40 per cent of the food of the northern shrike and that grass- hoppers constituted one-fourth of its total food supply. He further attributed this large proportion of grasshoppers in the shrike's food to the fact that active insects, such as flying grass- hoppers, are more liable to be caught than sluggish ones ; and he noted that arctiid caterpillars are included in the diet "for even the bristly Isabella caterpillar is eaten, an object appar- ently as edible as a chestnut bur." ACKNOWLEDGMENT The writer is grateful to Mr. A. Gage, Senior Technician, Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, for preparing photographs of the insects and to Mr. J. Leach, Mi- gration Secretary, Mcllwraith Ornithological Club, for making available records of the occurrence of shrikes in the vicinity of London. REFERENCES ANON. 1919. London [Ont] Advertizer (Evening), February 14, 1919. ANON. 1927. London [Ont.] Advertizer (Evening), March 19, 1927. BENT, A. C. 1950. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., No. 197. BLATCHLEY, W. S. 1926. Orthoptera of northeastern America. Nature Publ. Co., Indianapolis. CANTRALL, I. 1943. Misc. Publ., Mus. Zool, U. Michigan, No. 54. DAVIS, D. E. 1937. Auk, 54: 43-49. — . 1949. Auk, 66: 293. FLOYD, C. B. 1928. Bull. Northeastern Bird-banding Assn., 4: 43^19. JUDD, S. D. 1898. Biol. Surv. Bull., 9: 15-26. JUDD, W. W. 1954. Bull. Fed. Ont. Nat., 65 : 27-28. KNOWLTON, G. F. and F. C. HARMSTON 1944. Auk, 61 : 642-643. MONTAGNA, W. 1939. Auk, 56: 456-459. PETERSON, A. 1948. Larvae of insects. Part 1. Lepidoptera and plant infesting Hymenoptera. Edwards Bros., Ann Arbor. SAUNDERS, W. E. and E. M. S. DALE. 1933. Trans. Roy. Can. Inst., 19 (2) : 161-248. WALKER, E. M. 1902. Can. Ent., 34: 251-258. 230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 Notes on the Synonymy, Distribution and Affinities of the Subfamily Fedtschenkiinae of the Sapygidae (Hymenoptera) By J. CHESTER BRADLEY In the spring of 1928, while in Vienna, I had the opportunity to study specimens of Fedtschenkia grossa in the Natural His- tory Museum of that city. It was at once apparent that they are identical generically with the Californian Telephoromyia anthracina of Ashmead. I had collected several specimens of this insect, including both sexes, in California in 1907, and had long known it to be a sapygid, instead of a thynnid as supposed by Ashmead. Dr. V. S. L. Pate x has discussed the uncertainty surrounding the taxonomic position of Fedtschenkia. This uncertainty can only be explained by the fact that the Hymenopterists referred •to (with the exception of Handlirsch) can never have seen ac- tual specimens, or they would have at once recognized them as Sapygidae. The specimens in Vienna were standing under the family label Sapygidae, presumably placed there by Kohl. At that time I wrote a manuscript synonymizing Telephoro- myia with Fedtschenkia, and detailing the characters which agree with Sapyga, as well as those which differ. I proposed the then new subfamily Feltschenkiinae and said "The fossorial legs of Fedtschenkia leave little doubt as to the nature of its habits, and necessitate a revision of our ideas of the habits of Sapygidae, which can hereafter be looked upon as only in part parasitic. But that Fedtschenkia represents the type of insect from which the Sapygidae, as hitherto known, have descended can hardly be doubted. It seems to afford a very satisfactory anchoring place for the Sapygidae, the exact affinities of which have always been somewhat puzzling. Outside of the Sapygi- dae the genus Fetschenkia seems to have its closest affinities in anthoboscid fossorial forms, such as Anthobosca chilensis, and while it is in many respects remote from that insect, I cannot 1 Neotropical Sapygidae, with a conspectus of the family. . . . Acta zoologica lilloana del Institute "Miguel Millo," 1947, 4 : 393-426. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 231 doubt that its origin, and with it the family Sapygidae, lies close to the very primitive family Anthoboscidae." The discontinuous distribution of Fedtschenkia (Turkestan and sonoran North America) is shared with other very primi- tive insects, for example Crioscolia Bradley, a subgenus of Campsoscolia Betrem, most primitive of Scoliidae. My views on the identity of Telephoromyia and the position of Fedtschenkia became somewhat a matter of common knowl- edge amongst American hymenopterists, and in 1933 Mr. Rich- ard Dow sent me a brief manuscript to be published along with mine establishing Cosila (Cosilella) plutonis Banks as a syno- nym of anthracina Ashmead. I quote: "Knowing that Dr. Bradley had established the generic identity of Telephoromyia anthracina Ashmead and the genus Fedtschenkia Saussure, the writer suspected that Cosillcla was another synonym of Fedt- schenkia, and by examining the type of the above species in Washington, this suspicion was readily confirmed." He noted extension of the range to Colorado and Washington. At the same time Mr. Dow suggested witholding publication until spe- cific identity of anthracina and plutonis could be confirmed by examination of Bank's type in New York. Dr. Pate subsequently 2 had opportunity to make such ex- amination and in 1946 quite correctly established that synonymy, as well as that of Telephoromyia. In 1947, in the paper on Sapygidae referred to in the first footnote, Dr. Pate adequately characterized the genus and the subfamily Fedtschenkiinae, which he there erected. The only reason for publishing the preceding material is to confirm Dr. Pate's conclusion as to the identity of Tclephoro- m\ia with Fedtschenkia. Since Dr. Pate has never seen a specimen of any Asian species of that genus, but based his conclusions on literature, it is desirable to confirm them from knowledge of actual specimens. I also feel that I owe it to Mr. Dow (since his paper was in my custody) that he should share the credit for synonymizing Cosilella with Telephoromyia. Dr. Pate doubtless was not familiar with Dow's views. - The generic names of the Sapygidae and their type-species. Ent. News, 1946, 57: 219-221. 232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 In passing, it may be as well to call attention to the fact that the CoalingaJ of Fcdtschenkia anthracina (Ashm.) recorded by Dr. Pate ('47, p. 402) along with several others collected by me at the same time and place were given by me to the Cornell University Collections and that all specimens of Dr. Pate's new genus Huarpea which he had seen, namely those of H. bur- ineisteri (Gerst.), H. falla.v (Gerst.) and H. wagneriella (du Buysson) belong to the Cornell University Collection, the latter having been collected by the Cornell University Entomological Expedition to South America, of 1919-20, on which I was ac- companied by the late Dr. R. Gordon Harris (not R. C. Harris) the collector. These facts do not appear in Dr. Pate's paper, although the location of all other material is given. It may be useful to future students to know where this material is located. There remains one further matter of synonymy : I have ex- amined the type of Plcsia (My sine} nigropilosclla Cameron in the British Museum and find it to be another synonym of Fedtschenkia anthracina (Ashmead). Krombein (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 1938, 64: 291) placed it doubtfully in Fedt- schenkia and suggested that it might be a synonym of anthra- cina Ashm. Since Dr. Pate's 1947 paper is in a serial not ordinarily avail- able in this country, it will be worthwhile to give here charac- ters by which Sapygidae may be recognized and those by which I had separated the two subfamilies. Dr. Pate has added others. Family Sapygidae Sixth sternum of the 5 expanded laterally and dorsally, its edges wrapping around each other on the dorsal surface of the insect where they lie very intimately imbricated, and projecting like a seventh segment beyond the sixth tergum. Until one dis- covers the line of overlap on the dorsal surface of these extended sides of the sixth sternum, it appears as though the seventh had so fully fused with its sternum as to leave no trace of union, so that the two formed a hollow cone enclosing the sting which issued from its tip. This very extraordinary arrangement was pointed out by Dr. George Arnold. It occurs in no other ves- poid wasps, and makes the Sapygidae very easily recognizable. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Key to the Subfamilies of Sapygidae Eyes entire ; antennae not inserted beneath frontal carinae ; legs 'of 5 spiny, fossorial Fedtschenkiinae Eyes emarginate; antennae inserted beneath frontal carinae; legs not spiny. Parasites in the nests of bees Sapyginae The synonymy of our only North American species will re- main as given by R. M. Bohart,3 with the additions noted. Fedtschenkia Saussure anthracina (Ashmead). Wash., Cal., Col., N. Mex. Telephoromyia anthracina Ashmead, 1898. Plesia (My sine} nigropilosella Cameron. 1908. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 34: 237, $. Cosila plutonis Banks, 1913. In addition to material already recorded, there is a $ in the U. S. N. Museum from Wawawai, Washington, collected 7/9 by C. V. Piper and one in the Baker Collection, U. S. National Museum, from Arboles, Colorado on Sali.v. North American Muscoidea (Diptera: Tachinidae) 1 By H. }. REINHARD, College Station. Texas The four new species described below were encountered in materials received for identification from several different sources as specified under the descriptions. The types, except as indicated, are retained by permission in my collection. Xanthomelanodes trivittata, new species A small species with a wide front which traces to X. calij^r- nica in Sabrosky's key (Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 40: 363) but is readily distinguished from the latter and all other known 3 Hymenoptera of American north of Mexico. Synoptic catalog 1951, p. 777. 1 Contribution No. 2229, from the Department of Entomology, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station. 234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 species by the unicolorous black femora and distinctly vittate mesonotum. Male. Black in general aspect with only the sides and venter of abdominal segments one and two and the genitalia distinctly reddish yellow ; one weak black bristlet beneath each vibrissa ; parafrontal grayish pollinose, narrowed above but attaining ver- tex ; latter 0.28 of head width ; wholly black third antennal seg- ment hardly longer than second which is reddish in ground color, palpus red tipped with black. Thorax lightly gray pollinose on dark background, notum with three broad velvety black vittae, which extend halfway or more to base of scutellum, the inter- mediate pale or pollen vittae much narrower but distinct along entire dorsocentral row ; prescutellar area densely pollinose ; postnotal slope inconspicuously setose ; three sternopleural bristles. Legs black, coxae and trochanters obscurely reddish ; claws and pulvilli about equal length of apical tarsal segment. Wing smoky on coastal half becoming paler towards hind mar- gin ; first posterior cell closed to barely petiolate at exact wing tip ; cubitulus very broadly or gently bowed ; epaulet black ; calypter semitransparent white to slightly tawny ; genital seg- ments yellow ; forceps broad and flattened behind basally, sud- denly narrowed near middle thence moderately produced as a slender recurved blunt-tipped beak. Female unknown. Length, 6 mm. Holotype male, "15 km. N. of Chapalilla, Nay., MEX., 19 July 1951, Baccharis, P. D. Kurd." Phasiomyia meliceris, new species Readily distinguished from P. splcndida (genotype), by the larger build and wholly reddish yellow abdomen. Male. Vertex barely wider than ocellar triangle, front at narrowest subequal width of same but diverging rapidly for- ward to level of antennal base ; parafrontal blackish, gray pol- linose, clothed with numerous erect black hairs ; frontalia black, wider than parafrontal on upper half ; frontal bristles barely differentiated from adjacent hairs, stopping above antennal base ; ocellars and verticals weak or hairlike ; epistoma very promi- lxvi| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 235 nent or conelike in profile, as long as clypeus; vibrissal angles beset with two or three short bristly hairs and several setae im- mediately above; antennal bases well separated, first segment flush, ovate third segment but little longer than second, wholly black; arista black, bare, moderately thickened on basal two- fifths, middle segment short but distinct ; frontal lunule polished black ; broad parafacial transversely dished, plumbeous with paler background apparent on inner margin below vibrissal level; cheek sparsely pale-haired, black with a broad pale yel- low vitta extending from middle of oral cavity nearly to lower edge of eye ; latter bare ; proboscis moderately slender, shorter than head height ; palpus yellow, slender with tip slightly swol- len ; occiput flat, thinly gray pollinose, with a vestiture of rather short black hairs intermixed with paler ones on lower part. Thorax velvety black, mesoscutum with a defined prescutellar subquadrate patch of golden pollen, which tapers anteriorly and almost reaches transverse suture, besides a smaller lateral vitta of paler or grayish pollen ; pleura thinly gray pollinose, clothed with whitish hairs; one (posterior) sternopleural bristle; scutel- lum black, lightly dusted with whitish pollen. Legs subshining black, femora clothed with pale hairs and bristles ventrally and black ones dorsally ; claws and pulvilli about equal to combined length of last two tarsal segments. Wing with anal area con- siderably enlarged, pale yellow near base tinged with brown along veins in costal half and paler on hind margin ; apical cell closed with long petiole ending in extreme wing tip; calypters wide, transparent tawny. Abdomen broadly ovate and flattened above, surface of three basal segments shiny, fourth with opaque yellowish pollen ex- cept on narrow basal margin ; without any differentiated bristles, the vestiture of black hairs short and appressed; hypopygium ventral, brownish black; sternites exposed. Female unknown. Length, 11 mm. Holotypc: University of British Columbia Campus, Van- couver, BRITISH COLUMBIA, October 16, 1950 (R. O. Duns- more) in the British Columbia University Collection. Para- type: 1 male, "North Van. 29-IX-1948 G. A. West." 236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 Hemyda zonula, new species Abdomen more constricted basally than in H. aurata (geno- type) ; sides of postnotum beneath calypters bare; tarsi reddish and concolorous with tibiae. Male. Eye bare, reaching from lower edge of head to well above level of vertex, rather deeply emarginate near middle of hind margin ; frontalia except on lateral margins polished or shining black; front at vertex 0.18 of head width; parafrontal yellow pollinose, strongly narrowed before vertex ; frontal bris- tles weak, descending slightly below antennal base ; inner ver- ticals and ocellars weak or hairlike ; facialia bare, narrow, shin- ing black ; vibrissae reduced to small hairs, far below median level of oral margin ; parafacial bare yellow pollinose ; an- tenna as long as face, blackish, third segment about three times length of second ; arista yellowish on thickened basal half, black- ish and micro pubescent beyond middle, second segment mod- erately elongate ; cheek sparsely pale-haired, linear in profile ; proboscis short, labella large and fleshy ; palpus brown thickened tip paler or yellowish ; occiput clothed with pale hairs. Thorax subshining black, scutellum reddish apically, with pale yellowish pollen appearing denser on transverse suture, sternopleuron, humerus and on prescutum as two vague vittae which taper rearward and fade out before attaining suture; anterior acrostichal bristles not developed, prescutellar pair distinct ; post dorsocentrals 3 ; notopleurals 2 ; presutural 1 (outer) ; sternopleural 1 (hindmost) ; scutellum with 2 lateral and 1 decussate apical, no discals ; prosternum and propleuron bare. Legs reddish yellow becoming blackish basally, moderately elongate ; claws pale yellow with brown tips, subequal to length of last two tarsal segments, pulvilli about as long as claws. Wing rather narrow and long, extending well beyond tip of abdomen, blackish on costal third, subhyaline or grayish behind ; first poterior cell narrowly open a trifle before wing tip ; cu- bitulus obtusely rounded without fold or stump ; third vein with two or three minute hairs near base ; costal spine not developed ; epaulet blackish ; calypters rather small, transparent but with a uniform tawny tinge. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 237 Abdomen black in ground color, constricted part of first prin- cipal segment transparent white except along median line above, narrow basal margin of second segment also pale in background, two apical segments thinly dusted with gray pollen; weak me- dian marginal bristles on all except anal segment; genitalia yel- lowish, forceps soft in texture, triangular as viewed from behind, accessory process considerably longer than forceps, broadly rounded at tip; apical sternites exposed. Female. Similar to male except for sexual differences ; gen- italia as in aitrata, composed of a pair of sclerotized anal forceps with tips of latter apposed to the divergent arms of a charac- teristic Y-shaped process situated near middle of ventral surface of apical sternite, piercer small, slender or needle-like. Length, male, 10 mm; female, 7.5 mm. Holotype male and allotype female (on same pin), Orizaba, MEXICO, 2500 ft., November 13, 1954 (R. R. Dreisbach), in the U. S. National Museum. Cylindromyia sternalis, new species This species is almost like C. limbata Aldrich (Proc. U.S.N.M., 68: 25). but is larger, has predominantly black legs and wholly pale-haired cheeks ; the shape and vestiture of the fifth sternite differs markedly from all known allied species. Male. Head pale yellowish pollinose occiput and posterior orbit gray to cinereous ; antenna reddish nearly to or below arista, third segment narrower than parafacial ; frontalia pale brownish, hardly narrowed towards vertex; latter 0.27 of head width ; ocellars weak and divaricate ; parafrontal devoid of any vestiture outside of frontal row ; cheek about one-seventh eye height. Thorax gray pollinose on dark background which shows a slight but distinct metallic tinge on notum ; latter vittate in front of suture, less distinctly so behind; scutellum concolorous with notum bearing two lateral bristles and one decussate apical pair; sternopleurals three. Wing infuscate around first posterior cell, including hind cross vein and about apical third of second, costa yellow from base to apex of first vein; epaulet black, subepaulet 238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 red. Claws and pulvilli nearly equal combined length of last two tarsal segments ; hind trochanter bearing a cluster of stubby recurved bristles on inner apical margin, not very conspicuous. Abdomen largely black sides more or less reddish to brown ; incisures of intermediate segments silvery pollinose ; one pair of median marginal bristles on segments one and two and a marginal row of six to eight stoutish bristles on segment three and four ; genitalia reddish yellow, forceps and accessory process sclerotized ; fifth sternite with an extremely wide excision re- ducing lobes to a narrow rim which is beset with short bristly hairs and stubby spines except on anterior median third which is devoid of any vestiture. Female unknown. Length, 13-14 mm. Holotype male, Ahuacatlan, Nay., MEXICO, July 18-22, 1951 (P. D. Kurd). Paratype, 1 male, "El Salto, MEX., Aug. 24, 1942." Smithsonian Institution Receives Bromley Collection The Stanley W. Bromley Collection, consisting mostly of Diptera, contains well over 35,000 specimens nearly 28,000 of which are "robber-flies" (Asilidae). Of this number 868 indi- viduals are type specimens. Among the types are many of Wilcox, Martin, and Cole, as well as those of Bromley. This collection is world-wide in scope containing excellent representa- tions from South America, Africa, Europe, Indo-Malaya, Aus- tralia, New Guinea, New Caledonia, and China. There are about 20,000 specimens from North America. This acquisition gives the Smithsonian Institution one of the foremost collections in this group. The late Dr. Bromley, formerly with the Bartlett Tree Re- search Laboratories, Stamford, Connecticut, spent a lifetime assembling this material and devoted much time to collecting the prey as well as the predator flies. His publications on Asilidae, of which a complete set came with the collection, were many. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 239 A Note on the Nomenclature and Taxonomy of the Subgenus Proscirtothrips Karny (Thysanoptera : Thripidae) By KELLIE O'NEILL, Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, United States Department of Agriculture The purpose of this note is to clarify the status of Proscirto- thrips. This subgenus includes those species of the genus Ana- phothrips Uzel that are characterized by a simple sense cone on the third antennal segment and a forked sense cone on the fourth antennal segment, a regular division of the antenna into nine segments, and a straight wing fringe. Macropterous forms have the first dorsal seta of abdominal segments 2 to 8 in a distinctive position, approximate on the anterior segments and becoming larger and farther apart posteriorly, and males have no glandular areas on the venter. As thus defined the sub- genus is limited in distribution to western North America. ANAPHOTHRIPS (PROSCIRTOTHRIPS) Karny Scirtothrips (Proscirtothrips} Karny, 1921, Treubia 1 (4) : 237. Scirtothrips (Proscirtothrips} Karny, Watson, 1923, Fla. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bui. 168: 32-33. Anaphothrips (Odontanaphothrips} Moulton, 1926, Pan- Pacific Ent. 3 : 24—25. New synonymy. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips} Karny, Watson, 1927, Fla. Ent. 1 1 : 29-30, 42. Scirtothrips (Proscirtothrips} Karny (in part), Priesner, 1932, Bui. Soc. Roy. Ent. d'Egypte 16: 152. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips} Karny, Priesner, 1949, Bui. Soc. Fouad ler Entom. 33: 139. Odontanaphothrips Moulton, Priesner, 1949, Bui. Soc. Fouad ler Entom. 33: 139. Karny used the name Proscirtothrips in 1921 for a subgenus of Scirtothrips Shull that he distinguished from the nominate subgenus in a key, without including species. Species were first included in Proscirtothrips in 1923, when Watson placed in it Anaphothrips zcac Moulton, 1911; Anaphothrips tricolor Moulton, 1911 ; Anaphothrips longipennis Crawford, 1910; and, 240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 in the synonymy of A. longipennis, Euthrips parvus Moulton, 1911. The inclusion of E. parvus was an accident due to the confusion of Scirtothrips longipennis (Bagnall), of which parvus is a synonym, with A. longipennis (Crawford) (Hood, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 37, 40, 1914). Watson omitted parvus in 1927, when he removed Proscirtothrips from Scirto- thrips and placed it as a subgenus of Anaphothrips, retaining zeae, tricolor, and longipennis Crawford, and adding a new species, monotropae. In 1932 Priesner, retaining Proscirto- thrips as a subgenus of Scirtothrips in his account of that genus, included only A. longipennis Crawford, which he renamed S. crawjordi, and A. antilope Priesner, which he designated type. As A. antilope was not originally included, it cannot serve as type. More recently (1949) Priesner accepted the assignment of Proscirtothrips to Anaphothrips and designated A. scae as its type. Odontanapliothrips was erected by Moulton in 1926 as a sub- genus of Anaphothrips for A. tricolor, which he designated type, and a new species, enceliae. It was raised to a genus by Pries- ner in 1949, but its type species agrees with that of Proscirto- thrips in all the characteristics of the definition given above, and has an additional similarity in having setae of normal size on the ninth tergum of the male instead of the four thornlike setae more visual in Anaphothrips species. The principal differences are the presence in Proscirtothrips only of apterous forms that lack the distinctive first dorsal abdominal seta, and the presence in Odontanaphothrips only of coarse dentition on the posterior margins of abdominal segments, complete combs being formed on the seventh and eighth segments. With the view that more will be gained from recognizing the similarity of these taxons than from distinguishing between them, Odontanaphothrips is here reduced to a synonym of Proscirtothrips. The species of Proscirtothrips that so far have been recog- nized are given below. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips) zeae (Moulton) Anaphothrips longipennis D. L. Crawford, 1910, Pomona Jour. Ent. 2: 150-152, fig. 62 [Not Euthrips longipennis Bagnall, 1909]. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 241 Anaphothrips zeae Moulton, 1911, U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser. 21 : 28, 41, pi. 4. Scirtothrips longipcnnis (Crawford), Karny, 1912, Zool. Annal. 4: 334. Scirtothrips zcac (Moulton), Karny, 1912, Zool. Annal. 4: 334. Scirtothrips (Proscirtothrips) longipcnnis (Crawford), Wat- son, 1923, Fla. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bui. 168: 33. Scirtothrips (Proscirtothrips) zeae (Moulton), Watson, 1923. Fla. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bui. 168: 33. Scirtothrips (Proscirtothrips) crawfordi Priesner, 1932, Bui. Soc. Roy. Ent. d'Egypte 16: 152. [New name for Anapho- thrips longipcnnis Crawford.] Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips) longipennis (Crawford), Wat- son, 1927, Fla. Ent. 11: 42. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips) zeae (Moulton), Watson, 1927, Fla. Ent. 11: 42. Anaphothrips (Hemianaphothrips) zeae (Moulton), Priesner, 1932, Bui. Soc. Roy. Ent. d'Egypte 16: 155. Anaphothrips longipcnnis Crawford, Bailey, 1944, Pan-Pac. Ent. 20: 86, pi. 1. When Bailey showed in 1944 that zeae Moulton 1911 was a synonym of longipcnnis Crawford 1910, he overlooked the re- jection of longipennis as a homonym (Priesner 1932), so that zeae once more becomes available as the first available synonym. The subgenus Hemianaphothrips Priesner (Osterr. Ent.-Ver. Ztschr. 10: 5, 1925, type articulosus Priesner), by virtue of its later date, is not involved in the nomenclature of Proscirtothrips. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips) tricolor (Moulton) Anaphothrips tricolor Moulton. 1911, U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser. 21 : 28, 41, pi. 5. Scirtothrips tricolor (Moulton), Karny, 1912, Zool. Annal. 4: 334. Scirtothrips {Proscirtothrips) tricolor (Moulton), Watson, 1923, Fla. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bui. 168: 33. Anaphothrips (Odontanapliothrips) tricolor (Moulton), Moul- ton. 1926, Pan-Pac. Ent. 3 : 24. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips) tricolor (Moulton), Watson, 1927, Fla. Ent. 11: 42. Anaphotlirips tricolor Moulton, Priesner, 1932, Bui. Soc. Roy. Ent. d'Egypte 16: 152, 155. Odontanaphothrips tricolor Moulton, Priesner, 1949, Bui. Soc. Fouad ler Entom. 33: 139. 242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 Priesner noted in his 1932 work on Scirtothrips that this species belongs in a special subgenus of Anaphothrips. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips) enceliae (Moulton) n. comb. Anaphothrips (Odontanaphothrips} cnccliac Moulton, 1926, Pan-Pac. Ent. 3 : 24, fig. 7-9. The description of this species from a single female invites the question whether it is a teneral example of tricolor. The following species that have been placed in Proscirtothrips do not belong there. Scirtothrips antilope (Priesner) Anaphothrips antilope Priesner, 1923, Ent. Mitt. (Berlin) 12: 63. Scirtothrips (Proscirtothrips) antilope (Priesner), Priesner, 1932, Bui. Soc. Roy. Ent. d'Egypte 16: 141, 152. Scirtothrips antilope (Priesner), Priesner, 1939, Bui. Soc. Fouad ler d'Ent. Bui. 22: 119. This species owes its specific name to the long, slender pro- jections from the ninth tergum of the male that are character- istic of Scirtothrips species. Pseudothrips monotropae (Watson) n. comb. Anaphothrips (Proscirtothrips} monotropae Watson, 1927, Fla. Ent. 11: 29-30. This species has the forked sense cones on both third and fourth antennal segments, the wavy wing fringe, the long, close- set comb on the eighth abdominal tergum in both sexes, the pair of long, dark spines followed by a pair of small, pale spines on the ninth male tergum, and other characteristics of Pseudothrips inaequalis (Beach), the type of Pseudothrips. As Watson noted, it also has the peculiar resemblance of P. inaequalis to Frankliniella bispinosa (Morgan). Four slides of the type series were studied, being made available through the courtesy of Dr. A. N. Tissot of the University of Florida. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 243 Concepts of Insect Taxonomy in Ancient India * By R. N. SINHA AND D. SHANKARNARAYAN, Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas A review of the books on history of biology by noted writers such as Locy (1915), Nordenskiold (1928), Bodenheimer (1928) and others, reveals that there has been no mention made of the concepts which the ancient Hindus had developed in the fields of natural sciences, particularly in zoology and entomology. The Hindus have had a share in the work of constructing scientific concepts and methods of investigation of biological phenomena. Hindu scientific ideas and method- ology have made considerable contributions to the understand- ing of the philosophy of nature. The general assumption among the bio-historians in the west is that the learned men in the orient scarcely contributed to the growth of biological sciences. Nordenskiold (1928), for example, says "The civ- ilized people of eastern Asia, the Hindus and Chinese, have contributed very little of importance to the development of the science of biology." There is adequate proof that systematic investigations in the realm of biology started nearly two cen- turies before Aristotle. The main reason for their obscurity to the later biographers and historians of the west can pos- sibly be attributed to the lack of enthusiasm to learn Sanskrit, the classical Indian language, a medium in which almost all scientific work was recorded in those days. An attempt is made here to present some of the taxonomic concepts of ancient India in comparison with contemporary de- velopmental stages in the west. The earliest known classification of animals dates back to 600 B.C. when CHARAKA laid the foundations for the bio- logical sciences. He occupies the same place of honor as Aristotle in the occidental philosophy (Aristotle, 384-322 B.C.). His classification of animals, formulated nearly two centuries before Aristotle, took as its basis the nature of the origin of * Contribution No. 903 from the Department of Entomology, Uni- versity of Kansas. 244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 animals. On this criterium he divided the animal kingdom into four major groups : CHARAKA'S CLASSIFICATION. 1. Jarayuja: Born from the uterus; e.g. man and other placental mammals. 2. Andaja: Born of an egg; e.g. fishes, reptiles, and birds. 3. Svedaja or Usmaja: Born of moisture and heat ; spon- taneously originated ; e.g. worms, mosquitoes. 4. Udvija: Born of vegetable matter. PRASASTAPADA (500 B.C.), who followed Charaka, developed a different classification, as follows : 1. Ayonija: Asexual animals, minute in size, more than a hundred in a handful, without bones, without their own blood, and not easily crushed. This category includes all animals up to the size of Nakula (Ichneumon} "Nakula paryantha kshudrajanthava." 2. Yonija: Sexual animals; born through the union of sperm and ovum : A) Jarayuja: born out of uterus; with placenta: placental mammals. B) Andaja: Oviparous: e.g. birds, reptiles. (The term, 'Sarisrupas' includes reptiles, birds, fishes, and insects.) PATANJALI, a Hindu chemist of second century B.C. who was well versed in biology as well, classified animals on the same characters. SUSRUTHA (100 A.D.) more or less followed the classifica- tion of Charaka and developed the famous 'Susrutha school.' His two great works in Sanskrit language, 'Kalpasthana' and 'Suthrastana,' mention (i) six varieties of ants, (ii) six varieties of flies, (iii) five varieties of mosquitoes, (iv) eight varieties of centipedes, (v) thirty varieties of scorpions and (vi) six- teen varieties of spiders. He classified the insects into : a) Krimi: arising from moisture, faeces, and from decom- posing dead bodies b) Kitas: venomous insects and also large scorpions c) Pipilicas: ants, mosquitoes, gnats, and the like insects. Ixvi 1 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 245 UMASVATHT. The best of the more detailed classifications was developed between first century B.C. and first century A.D. by Umasvathi, a Jaina biologist, who in her work 'Tatthvar- thedhigama,' recorded an entirely new classification of animals. It is a good instance of classification by series, the number of senses possessed by the animal being taken to determine its position in the series. Perhaps only senses actively determining the life-habits were considered. Division I. Animals with two senses: Touch and taste (as evidenced by contractility and selection or rejection of food). a) Apadika: (Vermes without lateral appendages) b) Nupuraka: (Annulated with pendants, worms with un- segmented lateral appendages, Annelids) c) Gandupada: (Knotty-legged: Arthropoda, including Crustacea, Myriopoda etc.) d) Sankha: (Some forms of Mollusca: conical gastropods) e) Sambuka: (Helix) f) Suktika: (Pearl-mussel, Lamellibranchates) g) Jaluka: (Leeches) Division II. Animals with three senses, touch, taste, and smell. a) Pipilika: ants (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) b) Rohinika: red ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) c) Upachika, Kunthu, Tuburaka: Bugs and fleas (Hemip- tera, Hemimetabola) d) Trapusavija and Karpasasthika: Cucumber and cotton weevils and lice. e) Sathapadi and Uthpataka: Spring-tails. f) Trinapatra: Plant-lice. g) Kastha-haraka: Termites, white-ants and ant-lions. Division III. Animals with four senses: Sight, smell, taste, and touch. a) Bhramara: Bees. b) Varatha: Wasps. c) Saranga: Hornets. d) Maksika: Flies. e) Puttika: Gnats. f) Dansa: Gad-flies. g) Masakas: Mosquitoes. 246 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 h) Vrischika: Scorpions. i) Nandyavartha: Spiders. j) Kita: Butterflies and moths. k) Pathanga: Grasshoppers and locusts. Division IV. Animals with five well-developed senses. a) Matsya: Fishes. b) Uraga: Amphibians (Legless ones). c) Bhujanga: (Crawl or run on the chest) Snakes. d) Pakshi: (With wings) Birds. e) Chatuspada: (Four-limbed) Quadripeds and man. It is thus seen that the first three divisions comprise the In- vertebrata and the last is identical with the Vertebrata. DALVANA, a biologist and commentator on Susrutha's works, was a great authority on insects and he employed the follow- ing criteria for insect classification : (a) dotting or marking, (b) wings, (c) pedal appendages, (d) mouth, with antennae or nippers, (e) claws, (f) sharp, pointed hairs or filaments, (g) stings in the tail, (h) nature of wings, (i) humming or other noise, (j) size, (k) struc- ture of the body, (1) genitalia and (m) poison and its action on bodies. The following chart pictures the stages of development of biological concepts in the East in early days as compared with the contemporary stages in the West. Period Scientists in India Remarks Scientists in the West Remarks 600-500 B.C. CHARAKA Father of oriental medicine and biology — — 500-400 B.C. PRASASTAPADA — — 400-300 B.C. — — HIPPOCRATES Father of Natu- ral history ARISTOTLE Father of Natu- ral history 300-200 B.C. PATANJALI — — 200-100 B.C. — — — — 100-0 B.C. — — PLINIUS, THE ELDER 0-100 A.D. UMASVATI First detailed classifica- tion of insects — — 100-200 A.D. SUSRUTHA Established the school of biology — — LADYAYANA Insect specialist — — DALVANA Insect specialist ~ _ Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 247 It is thus seen that the biological lore of the ancient Hindus is in all respects a good document of their general scientific interest. Some of their classifications were no less remarkable than that of Aristotle. As B. K. Sarkar (1918) rightly points out, "The story of scientific investigation among Hindus is thus, like that among other nations, the story of a growth and de- velopment in critical enquiry, sceptical attitude, and rationalism. Historically speaking, superstition has not had a deeper and more extensive hold on the Oriental intellect than on the Oc- cidental." Many original works in Sanskrit are available in India, Eng- land, and Germany. An extensive study of the entomological and zoological materials in these works would be rewarding. Our information, however, comes from the compilations of SEAL (1915) and SARKAR (1918), from whom the classifica- tions detailed above were obtained. The authors express their thanks to Dr. Charles D. Michener, Chairman, Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence for his encouragement and helpful criticism in pre- paration of this manuscript. SOURCES IN SANSKRIT CHARAKA. 600 B.C. Sarirasthana, Chapter III. PATANJALI. 150 B.C. Mahabhasya. SRIDHARA. ? B.C. Kandali. SUSRUTHA. 100 A.D. Kalpasthana, Chapter VII. — . 100 A.D. Sutrasthana. UDAYANA. 975 A.D. Kiranavali. UMASVATI. 50 A.D. Tattvarthedhigama. REFERENCES BODENHEIMER, F. S. 1929. Geschichtc der Entomologie bis Linne. Berlin. Band I. LOCY, W. A. 1915. Biology and its makers. 3d ed. New York, Alfred A. Knopf. 629 pp. NORDENSKIOLD, E. 1928. The history of biology. New York, Alfred A. Knopf. 629 pp. CHANDRASEKHARAN, K. and SASTRI, V. H. S. 1951. Sanskrit Litera- ture. International Book House, Bombay. SARKAR, B. K. 1918. Hindu achievements in exact sciences. Long- mans, Green and Co., New York., 82 pp. SEAL, B. 1915. The positive sciences of the ancient Hindus. Long- mans, Green and Co., New York. 295 pp. 248 KNTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 Report of Another European Chilopod in Eastern North America (Chilopoda: Geophilomorpha) By RALPH E. CRABILL, JR., Department of Biology, Saint Louis University It is known now that some of our commonest North American soil inhabitants have been introduced from other parts of the world, particularly from Europe. That this is not less true in the Chilopoda than in certain other invertebrate groups is now becoming increasingly apparent. For example, Sen tig era cole- optrata (Linne), Lithobius forficatus (Linne), Necrophloco- phagus longicornis (Leach), and Cryptops hortensis Leach all are European centipedes which have become established (and in the first two cases widespread) in eastern North America. To this growing list now may be added another interloper, Chaetechelync vesuviana (Newport), a geophilomorph previ- ously known only from warmer Europe. Characteristically southern, this species' range includes Nor- mandie, the Pyrenees, numerous localities in the Tyrol, northern penninsular Italy with its adjacent Ligurian and Istrian coasts, Hungary, Romania, and coastal Jugoslavia. It has also been recorded from the Mediterranean islands of Sicily, Corsica, Sardinia, Elba, and Palma as well as from the North African ports of Tunis and Algiers. Such a distribution suggests re- peated, successful introductions in the Old World. The present report is based upon twenty-four specimens col- lected at Rochester, New York, by Dr. W. B. Muchmore of the University of Rochester who generously sent them to me for identification. Considering their number together with the facts that specimens of both sexes and of various ages (some extremely young) are represented, one is inclined to the view that Dr. Muchmore sampled an established population that had lived in the area for a number of years. Dr. Muchmore writes that the majority were found under ties and pieces of wood along the Lehigh Valley Railway tracks but that a few were discovered under debris in a trash pile in Lxvij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 249 the Mount Hope Cemetery. These two sites have been sepa- rated by a busy six-lane highway for the past twenty-five years. Furthermore, Dr. Muchmore was able to ascertain that a flour- ishing nursery had been located just east of the cemetery during the latter half of the past century and until the first World War. This nursery, which is known to have imported much of its material from Europe, was an important source of supply for the Mount Hope Cemetery. In the face of this evidence both Dr. Muchmore and I consider it not unlikely that vesnviana was introduced into the area some time ago, probably before the third decade of this century. The possibility of its long residence in the Rochester region is not necessarily precluded by the absence of previous reports nor even by the repeated sur- veys to which the Ithaca area, some ninety miles to the south- east, has been subjected successively by R. V. Chamberlin, J. W. Bailey, and myself. In the first place, virtually nothing is known of the chilopods of northern New York State; and sec- ondly, Rochester lies in a narrow corridor representing an east- ern extension of the midwestern Upper Austral Zone. Conse- quently it enjoys a somewhat milder climate than adjacent re- gions to the east and south. Perhaps such ecological prefer- ences have inhibited the species' wider dispersal in the state. Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGK \i NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. The Ohio State University The Department of Zoology and Entomology offers oppor- tunities for study and research in several fields of animal and human biology, leading to the Master of Science, Master of Arts, or to the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 250 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1955 Graduate students in entomology may contact and in some cases may work with a number of entomologists associated with several important federal projects located in Columbus (Frank- lin County). These projects include insecticide investigations on vegetable insects, and insects and diseases associated with elm trees. Students have access to several special facilities in the de- partment for performing research in entomology. These in- clude field plots, ample greenhouse facilities, several rooms equipped for rearing mosquitoes, household insects, and insects attacking green plants, temperature control cabinets (0° to 100° F.), a low temperature room, and low temperature units; also specialized equipment for testing insecticides. A reference collection of approximately 1,000,000 insects is housed in modern equipment and is available for use by ad- vanced students and specialists. An important phase of the training in entomology lies in the opportunities of advanced students for either part time or full employment at the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station at Wooster, Ohio. Qualified students may work on research proj- ects in field studies for pay and for credit, thus furnishing op- portunity for actual field experience under the direction of competent and experienced field entomologists. The areas of specialization in entomology available at The Ohio State University, with the names of the staff members who represents each area are : Immature Insects ALVAH PETERSON Insect Control : Biological Control ALVAH PETERSON Animal Pests ~] R. H. DAVIDSON, D. M. DE- Plant Pests ....LONG, F. W. FISK, CARL Stored Product PestsJ VENARD, ALVAH PETERSON Insects in relation to animal diseases CARL VENARD Insects in relation to plant diseases R. H. DAVIDSON, D. M. DELONG Insect Ecology D. J. BORROR, D. M. DELONG Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 251 Insect embryology and morphology D. J. BORROR, F. W. FISK Insect physiology and toxicology F. W. FISK Insect taxonomy . .D. J. BORROR, D. M. DELONG, J. N. KNULL Insect rearing technique R. H. DAVIDSON, D. M. BELONG, ALVAH PETERSON Field and experiment station problems C. R. CUTRIGHT, C. R. NEISWANDER, R. B. NEISWANDER, J. B. POLIVKA, R. E. RINGS, L. ROLSTON, J. P. SLEESMAN, C. R. WEAVER. Each year about forty assistantsliips and fellowships are avail- able to graduate students. These are designed to assist the student in supporting himself while gaining experience in teach- ing and research. If he is a holder of a graduate fellowship he may have no special duties. Graduate students in the Department may make use of any of the general facilities of the department during the course of their training and research. The departmental library contains complete sets of journals and periodicals needed for research in the animal sciences. A photographic darkroom is equipped for developing, printing, enlarging, and other photography. A computing room has calculating machines for the statistical analysis of experimental data. The various laboratory rooms have standard equipment such as refrigerators, microscopes, microtomes, autoclaves, phase microscope, and the like. Ar- rangements may be made with other departments for use of a cyclotron and ultracentrifuge. Further information, including a brochure and blanks for assistantships may be obtained by writing to the Secretary of the Department. — D. F. MILLER, Chairman. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10^ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., A.eschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bcmbix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minutcn pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit ( Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschvvege/Werra. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous - Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) ( 1 10 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.)— Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Have you paid your subscription? January and subsequent issues for 1956 positively not mailed unless subscription has been paid. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS DECEMBER 1955 Vol. LXVI No. 10 CONTENTS — Egg bursters in the genus Hexagenia 253 Ricker and Judd — Stoneflies from Northwest Terr 255 Crabill— Checklist of Chilopoda from Kentucky 257 Frost and Beatty — Mecoptera prefer a motel 262 Notes and News in Entomology Schmieder — Talking bees (on work of von Frisch et al. dur- ing 1955) 263 Review : A revision of the Psychodidae 267 Indexes and title page for Volume LXVI 269 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER. BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. 5- N/.TL. MUST. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15 — U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies. $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVI DECEMBER, 1955 No. 10 Occurrence and Description of an Embryonic Egg Burster in the Genus Hexagenia (Ephemeroptera) * By F. EARLE LYMAN, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale Although the occurrence of embryonic egg bursters has been reported for a number of insect groups, such a structure has not been recorded previously for mayfly species of the genus Hexa- genia. An egg burster in the form of a sclerotized knife-like blade (fig. 1 ) is used by the mature embryos of Hc.vagcnia liiu- bata, H . rigida, and H. affiliata for cutting an incision in the chorion, thus initiating the rent in the egg shell through which the nymph emerges. No interspecific differences in either the form or size of the egg burster were noted in those species of He.viKjcn'ui studied. This small egg burster, 45-48 microns in length, is a sclerotized portion of the pronymphal membrane or embryonic cuticle covering the dorsum of the head. It is located immediately anterior to the median ocellus of the mature embryo. Just prior to emergence the embryo moves the head slowly backward and forward in an antero-posterior direction at in- tervals of approximately one second and at the same time forces the knife edge of the blade against the inner wall of the chorion. After a small slit is cut through one side of the egg shell near the cephalic end, further force exerted by the emerging nymph is evidently sufficient to rend an opening large enough for com- * Acknowledgments : This work was aided by funds granted from the General Research Fund, Southern Illinois University, and was done in part as a Research Associate of the Franz Theodore Stone Institute of Hydrobiolo»y, The Ohio State University. (253) DEC 6 254 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 plete emergence. This opening extends across the rounded anterior end and along one side for about two thirds of the length of the egg. Little variation in the size of the fissure was observed. Hunt (1953) has presented some excellent mi- crophotographs of hatched eggs of H. liuibata which show the form and extent of this fissure. Simultaneously with hatching most of the pronymphal cuticle is shed within the chorion. However, that portion covering the head to which the egg burster is attached may usually be found outside of the shell near the edge of the opening because the head, being pushed out first, often carries the sloughed head cuticle along with it to the outside of the egg shell. Although numerous newly- hatched nymphs were examined, none was found with the egg burster still fastened to the head. All evidence indicates that it is always shed along with the rest of the embryonic cuticle at the time of hatching and therefore it is not found on first instar nymphs. As seen from dorsal view (fig. 1A), the basal lateral portion of the egg burster is broadest near the posterior end. The razor-sharp knife edge is smooth throughout its entire length and bears no indication of serrations. This cutting edge is slightly curved when seen in lateral view (fig. IB) so that it conforms closely to the curvature of the internal chorionic surface. Extending laterally in a bilaterally paired arrange- ment from the basal portion of the egg burster are irregularly spaced, prong-like projections that seem to function both for anchoring the egg burster to the non-sclerotized pronymphal membrane and for increasing the amount of surface area in order to hold the knife firmly in position during the cutting process. The largest and broadest pair of these lateral pro- jections is found near the posterior end. Anteriorly the em- bryonic cuticle of the head is attached over the frontal process of the embryonic nymphs and blunt tubercles occur on that portion covering the edge of the frontal process. REFERENCE HUNT, B. P. 1953. Bull. Inst. Fisheries Res. Mich. Dept. Conserv., No. 4, 151 pp. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 255 A FIG. 1. Egg burster of mature Hcxagcnia embryo. A. Dorsal view. B. Left lateral view A Collection of Stoneflies (Plecoptera) from the Northwest Territories, Canada By W. E. RICKER, Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo, B. C. and W. W. JUDD, Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario In 1954, Mr. P. M. Mann presented to the Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario a collection of insects 256 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 taken by himself in the vicinity of Fort Simpson, Northwest Territories, during the course of biological studies in 1953. Among the specimens collected were twenty-one stoneflies, an account of which is presented herewith. Pteronarcys dorsata Say — 2J$, June 15-24, 1953, along the lower 52 miles of the Keele River before its confluence with the Mackenzie River. This transcontinental species is found prac- tically everywhere in Canada except for most of British Co- lumbia and the high Arctic (Ricker, 1952). Isoperla decolorata Walker— 5^, 5$$, June 26, 1953, on bank of Mackenzie River, opposite mouth of Keele River. This species has been reported from several northern localities, in- cluding Alaska and the Mackenzie District (Ricker, 1944). Isogenus frontalis, presumably subspecies colubrinus Hagen -1J, June 26, 1953, on bank of Mackenzie River, opposite mouth of Keele River. Ricker (1952) records this subspecies from Manitoba to Alaska, but a female is identifiable only to species. Isogenus zionensis Hanson — 4Jcf, 4$$, June 26, on bank of Mackenzie River, opposite mouth of Keele River. The only published record of this species is the type series, taken in Zion National Park, southern Utah (Hanson, 1949). Dr. J. F. Hanson has confirmed the identification of a specimen. The females, previously unknown, are as yet undistinguishable from those of the related Isogenus elongatus. Consequently the Alberta and Manitoba records of elongatus (Ricker, 1947, 1952), being based on females only, might equally apply to this species. REFERENCES HANSON, J. F. 1949. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 44(4) : 109-116. RICKER, W. E. 1944. Can. Ent., 76 : 174-185. RICKER, W. E. 1947. Trans. Roy. Can. Inst., 26: 3-8. RICKER, W. E. 1952. Indiana Univ. Publ., Sci. Scr. No. 18, 200 pp. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 257 A Checklist of the Chilopoda Known to Occur in Kentucky By RALPH E. CRABILL, JR., Department of Biology, Saint Louis University The rather recent acquisition of some instructive Kentucky material, collected largely by Theodore J. Spilman of the United States National Museum, has made the present sum- mary of that state's known chilopod fauna timely. Previously published accounts were surprisingly scant and were based upon scattered localities mentioned in a variety of publications, so that something approaching a unified faunistic picture was dif- ficult to visualize. The present preliminary checklist should facilitate our seeing at least the vague outlines of a broader overview. I hope too it will encourage further collecting in an area that, though still poorly known, promises to contribute considerably to our understanding of North American centi- pede distribution. Of particular interest are the records from eastern and south- eastern Kentucky whose Cumberland Plateau and Mountains reputedly represent one of the oldest little-altered of North American habitats. In this connection it is probably signifi- cant that the genus Zygethopolys, known by only three species, has been shown to be represented only in Alaska, in the north- western United States, and in southeastern Kentucky, where a new and distinctive species, atrox, recently was discovered quite unexpectedly in Whitley County. The form of presentation involves first the citation of the species followed occasionally by reference to additional remarks in an appendix at the end of the article. The locality citations are of two sorts : 1 ) those which have already appeared in the literature,1 identified by a bibliographic reference number; 2) 1 Published statements of broad, summarized distributions that only indirectly include Kentucky are not given. Particularly the older sum- mary-distributions too often amount only to partial speculations wherein one assumes — but does not know — that a species inhabits Y if it has been shown to occur in X and Z. Such summaries very often can have a dis- 258 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 those based upon specimens which I have studied but have not yet reported on, identified by the initials of the collector. I should like to express my gratitude to the collectors named below for their generosity in making this valuable material available to me: George E. Ball (GEB) ; Barry D. Valentine (BDV) ; Richard L. Hoffman (RLH) ; Theodore J. Spilman (TJS) ; and Edward O. Wilson (EOW). The initials (REC) identify specimens collected by me, and (MCZ) follows cita- tions based upon specimens that I have examined in the Mu- seum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard. GEOPHILOMORPHA Geophilidae Geophilus ampy.v Crabill [olim morda.v Meinert, in part., see 12, p. 183]. Near Irvine (RLH); Louisville, Prospect, Jefferson County Forest, Cumberland Falls State Park, Campbellsville, near Pine Ridge, Black Mountain (Harlan ^Co.) (TJS). G. variant McNeill. Louisville (13). G. vittatus (Rafinesque) [olim rub ens Say]. Louisville (13). Brachygeophilus parki Auerbach. Louisville (TJS). Arenophilus bipuncticeps (Wood). Louisville (TJS). A. watsingus Chamberlin. Fulton, Lexington (4). Arctogeophilus wnbraticus (McNeill). Fulton, Lexington (4) ; near Pine Ridge, Louisville, Cumberland Falls State Park (TJS). Dignathodontidae Strigamia branneri (Bollman). Fulton (4). 5\ bothriopa Wood. (See appendix). Louisville (14). 5". bidcns Wood. Lexington (4) ; near Irvine (RLH). S. chionophila Wood. Lexington (4 ) ; Mammoth Cave (2) ; Louisville (TJS). vS". julva Sager. (See appendix). Fulton (4). tinct, broad analytical value, but one should bear in mind — especially when working with summary-distributions of lesser known groups published in the last century — that they are theories based frequently upon very frag- mentary evidence. lxvi| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 259 Himantariidae Gosiphilus euphorion Crabill. Near Livingston, Cumberland National Forest (12). SCOLOPENDROMORPHA Scolopendridae Scolopcndra heros Girard. Mammoth Cave (1, 16, 9) ; Ken- tucky [sic] (18). Connocephalus (Hcniiscolopendra) punctivcntris (Newport). Louisville, Jefferson County Forest, Campbellsville, near Livingston, Cumberland Falls State Park, near Pine Ridge (TJS); Jessamine Co. (GEB, BDV). Cryptopidae Cryptops hyaline Say. (See appendix). Bee Spring (1, 16) ; Kentucky [sic] (18) ; Louisville, Prospect. Campbellsville, Cumberland Falls State Park, near Pine Ridge (TJS). Theatops postica (Say). Bee Spring (1, 16) ; Kentucky [sic] (1. 16, 18); Louisville, Campbellsville, Cumberland Falls State Park, near Livingston, near Pine Ridge (TJS) ; near Irvine (RLH) ; Jessamine Co. (GEB). Scolopoci'\ptops sc.rspinosa (Say) [olim Otocryptops]. Ken- tucky [sic] (1, 16, 18) ; near Campbellsville, Prospect, Louis- ville (TJS) ; Fort Knox (EOW) ; Lexington (REC. MCZ) ; Jessamine Co. (GEB). S. nigridia McNeill. Magoffin Co. (10) ; near Irvine (RLH) ; Louisville, Jefferson County Forest, Cumberland Falls State Park, Salyersville (TJS). Species Inquirenda Mycothcrcs Icucopoda Rafinesque. (See appendix). Knobs of Kentucky (15, 17). LlTHOBIOMORPHA Ethopolyinae Bothropolys nntltidentafits (Newport). Near Mammoth Cave (7, 16); Greensburg (7); Osceola [in Kentucky ?| (7); 260 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 Campbellsville, Louisville, Jefferson County Forest, Prospect, Salyersville, near Pine Ridge, Cumberland Falls State Park, Black Mountain (Harlan Co.) (TJS). Zygethopolys atro.v Crabill. Cumberland Falls State Park (11). Lithobiinae Lithobius forficatus (Linne). Fulton (3) ; Lexington (3, 8, REC) ; Bee Spring, Covington (8); Louisville (TJS). L. celer Bollman. Fulton (3). Garibius opicolens Chamberlin, [ ? G. pagoketes — opicolens] . Cumberland Falls State Park, Prospect Campbellsville (TJS). Nadabins ioivensis (Meinert). Louisville (TJS). N. pullus (Bollman). Salyersville (TJS). Nampabius michiganensis Chamberlin. Louisville (TJS). Pokabius bilabiatus (Wood). Louisville (TJS). Sonibius nuinhts (Chamberlin). Louisville (TJS). S. politus (McNeill). Jefferson County Forest (TJS). Sosibius proridens (Bollman) [providcns, sensu Chamberlin]. Jefferson County Forest, Louisville (TJS). S. tuobukus (Chamberlin). Lexington (3, 6) ; Louisville JTJS). Tidabius tivius (Chamberlin). Lexington (5). Paitobius c.viguus (Meinert) [species inquirenda] . Lexington (3). P. naiwatus (Chamberlin). Lexington (3). Appendix Strigamia bothriopa Wood. The long history of this valid binomen has recently been discussed in some detail (14). The reader should be warned that many of the published locality records attributed to Strigamia fulva Sager (olim, Linotaenia fulva) actually were probably based upon specimens of the Wood species. Inasmuch as the true fulva has been found to be exceedingly rare in well-collected up-state New York locali- ties and is entirely unknown west of central New York State, Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 261 it seems likely that Chamberlin's citation of a Kentucky fulva was really based upon specimens of bothriopa. Cryptops hyalina Say. In the attempt to stabilize our treat- ment of the gender of those genera ending in -ops, I have ren- dered all inflexive trivial names in the feminine as has been rec- ommended in the "Copenhagen Decisions," p. 51, P. 84, (7) (b) (iiij. Heretofore, the scolopendromorph -ops genera ar- bitrarily have been treated as masculine or feminine by many authors, myself included. Mycothercs leucopoda Rafinesque. In 1953 (15) I attempted to show cause for equating Cr\ptops hyalina Say, 1821, with the Rafinesque name of 1820. Admittedly, my reasoning depended to a large extent upon several assumptions that were not even at that time too convincing. Having given the matter consid- erable thought, and while still recognizing that there is some basis for viewing Icncopoda as the senior synonym of hyalina, I am now of the opinion that we should probably continue to use the Say name until the problem can be resolved on the basis of more evidence than is now apparent. BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCES 1. BOLLMAN, C. H., 1893. Bull. U. S. National Museum, 46: 1-210. 2. CHAMBERLIN, R. V., 1909. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 2: 175-195. 3. , 1911. Ibid., 4: 32-48. 4. - — , 1912. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology, Harvard, 54: 405-436. 5. - — , 1913. Ibid., 47 (2) : 37-104. 6. , 1922. Ibid., 47 (6) : 259-382. 7. , 1925. Ibid., 47 (7) : 385-437. 8. , 1925. Ibid., 47 (8) : 441-504. 9. , 1921. Can. Ent., 53 : 230-233. 10. CRABILL, R. E., 1952. Ent. News, 63 : 123-129. 11. - — , 1953. Can. Ent., 85: 119-120. 12. - -, 1953. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 48: 85-88. 13. _ _ 1954. proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 56: 172-188. 14. - — , 1954. Ent. News, 65 : 40-46. 15. HOFFMAN, R. L. and CRABILL, R. E., 1953. Florida Ent., 26: 73-82. 16. MEtNERT, F., 1886. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 23 : 161-233. 17. RAFINESQUE, C. S., 1820. Annals of Nature, 1 : 7-9. 18. UNDERWOOD, L., 1887. Entomologia Americana, 3 : 61-65. 262 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 Mecoptera Prefer a Motel By S. W. FROST and GEORGE H. BEATTY, The Pennsylvania State University The presence of numerous Mecoptera about a motel at Kane, Pennsylvania, on July 7th, aroused great interest and pre- sented an unusual problem. We arrived at Kane about five in the afternoon and soon discovered many of these insects on the lawn and bushes about our motel. The owner had noticed them and stated that they even had been seen indoors. She had considered them as pests but, on learning that they are scavengers and do not damage foliage or bite, was somewhat relieved. The motel was located in a clearing surrounded only by a well-kept lawn and conventional shrubbery. There was a small wood lot about 500 feet distant which later revealed the pres- ence of Mecoptera. At first we thought that these insects were attracted to the neon signs and powerful lights about the motel.* However, none were seen about the lights in the early evening nor even at midnight. Our collection consisted of three spe- cies : Bitticits apicalis 3§, Panorpa canadcnsis 3J1, 1$, and Panorpa acuta 1J1, 2$. We could have taken many more but these seemed to represent all the species present. Strangely, the specimens were collected without a net. They seemed to be very inactive and were easily picked up with the fingers. The owner assured us that no D.D.T. or similar poi- sons had been used upon the lawn or bushes and they could not have been affected in this way. We are still at loss to know what they were doing in such numbers under these circum- stances. * We have on various occasions taken Mecoptera at lights which will he discussed in a future paper. IxviJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 263 Notes and News in Entomology Under this heading we present from time to time, notes, news, and comments. Contributions from readers are earnestly solicited and will be acknowledged when used. Talking Bees In 1947, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS made available to its readers a brief account l of the remarkable new advances in the study of the behavior of bees published by Professor KARL VON FRISCH in 1946.2 These advances initiated, so to speak, von Frisch's second great attack of the problem of the behavior and the language of bees in which he, with the help of his students and associates, has been making a series of new discoveries that have aroused great interest particularly in the highest scientific circles. Some of these discoveries have received notice also in these pages.3 The earlier work of von Frisch began about 1912 and in- cluded his researches on color vision and on the olfactory sense, and it culminated finally in his 1923 paper in the Zoologische Jahrbilchcr (Physiol.) on the language of bees. Unfortunately these researches that gained him recognition as one of the two or three outstanding experimental biologists in Europe were available only to those who could read German. However, then and again in recent years he has received support from the Rockefeller Foundation, and he visited the United States on a lecture tour in 1930. In 1937, Science Progress published a lecture by von Frisch that was reprinted in the Smithsonian Annual Report. The 1946 publication in the Austrian journal was followed by others that appeared in Die Naturwissenschajten, and in Ex- pcricntia. Happily, this work found a translator in Dr. Dora Use 4 who made complete literal translations for an English 1 SCHMIEDER, R. G. 1947. ENT. NEWS 58: 152-54. 2 VON FRISCH, K. 1946. Osterr. Zool. Zeitschr. 1: 1-48. 3 SCHMIEDER, R. G. 1952. ENT. NEWS 63: 100-02. Ib. 1953. 64: 262-65. Ib. 1954. 65 : 256-59. 4 ILSE, D. British Jour. Animal Behaviour, Vol. 1, No. 4 (1947), and Vol. 1, No. 9 (1951). 264 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 journal that is available in some libraries. A condensed account of all the work done was then provided in a small volume 5 based on lectures given at Cornell University. Finally, we are now fortunate enough to have a fine translation, (i by Dr. Use, of von Frisch's popular book on the life of the bee.7 Although it tells the whole story of the honey bee, this book does empha- size those aspects that were the subject of the author's investiga- tions, that is to say, the optic and olfactory senses and the part they play in the daily activities of the bees, and finally the lan- guage of the bees and their ability to communicate detailed information. This book therefore gives us a different and deeper insight into bees than any other bee book. It also takes up briefly the latest development, dealing with how the swarm "makes up its mind," or "votes" on which of several possible nesting sites it will use as its new home.8 This phenomenon is considered by Professor Haldane ° to be "the most remarkable achievement of animal communication so far known to man." Dr. Use's translation is very fine ; it is quite literal, and preserves the style of the original, concise yet lucid and interesting. Bees' Sense of Time. This past season has brought forth several new developments relating to the behavior of bees. As many will have seen in the pages of "Life," 10 an experiment suggested by von Frisch -11 many years ago, and requiring inter- national cooperation, was finally carried through. Bees can be trained to visit a feeding place at a given hour of the clay, even when confined to a completely enclosed room that then consti- 5 VON FRISCH, K. Bees, their vision, chemical senses and language. Pp. 119, ill. Cornell University Press, 1950. Ithaca, N. Y. 6 VON FRISCH, K. The Dancing Bees. An account of the life and senses of the honey bee. Translated by DORA ILSE. Pp. 183, ill. Har- court, Brace and Co., New York, 1955. Price $4.00. 7 VON FRISCH, K. 1953. Aus dem Leben der Bienen, 5th revised edi- tion. Springer Verlag, Berlin-Gottingen-Heidelberg. s See ENT. NEWS 1952, 1953. 63: 100-102, 64: 262-265. 0 HALDANE, J. B. S. 1955. Animal communication and the origin of human language. Science Progress (London) 53: 385-401. ^See Life 39 (2) : 91-94. (July 11, 1955) Chicago. 11 For details, see VON FRISCH, The Dancing Bees, pp. 137-147. Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 265 tutes their flight space and that is continuously artificially lighted. Von Frisch was not able to say whether the bee de- pends on a sense of time (a sort of internal clock) to determine that 24 hours have elapsed, or whether it is able to tell the time of day by sensing possible diurnal environmental periodicities. According to Life, Dr. MAX RENNER, an associate of von Frisch, brought a hive with bees, trained to feed at a certain hour, from a room at the University of Paris to the American Museum of Natural History in New York by aeroplane. It was set up in an enclosure, duplicating the Paris room, in time for the next feeding period. The results agreed with the "in- ternal clock" theory, for the bees remained on Paris time and did not change to the 6-hour earlier New York time ; they kept their 24-hour schedule. Do cross winds affect direction giving? Other new dis- coveries on the behavior of bees were reported by von Frisch and Lindauer last July.12 These concern the speed of flight and possible effects of cross-winds on flight directions as im- parted to hive-mates. If a bee, on its way to a feeding place, is exposed to a cross- wind, it will be carried sideways off its line of flight unless it compensates for the effect of the wind. Direct observations showed that the bee does compensate for drift by flying at an angle into the wind much as the pilot of a ferryboat who points his vessel upstream in order to arrive on the opposite shore of a river. This poses the question : Does such a bee upon its return to the hive indicate in its dances the angle with the sun that its body had to assume during the flight or does it indicate the true direction, that is, the direction of flight had there been calm? In order to determine this it was necessary to know precisely the strength and direction of the wind to which the bee is actually exposed, and to this end two anemometers were set up at equal intervals between the hive and the 210 meter distant feeding place. These were set at the height (2-i meters) 12 VON FRISCH, K. und LINDAUER, M., 1955. Uber die Fluggeschwindig- keit der Bienen und uber ihre Richtungsweisung bei Seitemvind. Die Naturvvissenschaften 42 (13) : 377-385. 266 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 at which bees regularly fly and they provided to the experi- menter at the hive, by electrical transmission, a continuous rec- ord of the velocity and the direction of the wind. There still remained to be determined the bees' speed of flight in order to be able to know the exact instant at which the marked experi- mental bee would pass each of the anemometers. Determinations on the speed of flight had already been made by O. W. PARK 13 whose findings on speed, and on the effect of head and tail winds, in causing increases and decreases respec- tively, in the bees' own air speed are confirmed by von Frisch and Lindauer. However, the present figures for flight speeds are more accurate because in these experiments the moment of arrival at the destination was noted rather than the moment that the bee actually alighted, for bees usually circle around a few moments before alighting. It was found that during calm the speed in going to fetch dilute sugar solutions (i molar and -} molar) is about 22 to 25 km/hr. For stronger, more desirable, solutions (2 molar) bees speed up to about 29 km/hr. (i.e., 18 miles per hour). Finally, knowing the exact velocity and direction of the wind at the moment of flight, it was now possible to determine the angle at which the bee flew to compensate for drift. Many exact determinations were made for individual flights of num- bered bees and compared with the subsequent dances of the same bees in their routine of imparting the information on the direc- tion of the food (as related to the sun's direction) to their hive mates. It was found that after an outward flight, exposed to a strong cross-wind, the returning bee does not indicate to its hive mates the direction in which it actually had to fly (i.e., the direction or angle that its body had to assume in relation to the sun) in order to reach the food but rather indicates the direction in which it would have flown in the absence of wind ! Or, in the words of the authors : "Thus, the dancing bee indicates the same direction to its comrades whether there happens to be a 13 PARK, O. W. 1923. Amer. Bee Jour. 71 ; and 1929. Bull. Agr. Expr. Sta. Iowa No. 108. lxvi| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 267 strong cross-wind or a calm. In both cases she indicates the true direction to the feeding place. . . . But this means that when there is a cross-wind the bee must reduce the angle of the sun that she actually experienced (as a result of having to fly at an angle into the wind) to the angle that she would have seen in a calm. Without doubt, from the point of view of the biologist, this makes sense, since the wind changes from minute to minute and the comrades that respond to the direction giving dance may frequently encounter a different wind velocity than the returning first bee experienced. However, the ability to make this correction constitutes a most amazing accomplishment. R. G. SCHMIEDER Review A REVISION OF THE PSYCHODIDAE (DIPTERA) IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO by Larry W. Quate. University of Cali- fornia Publications in Entomology, Volume 10, No. 3, pp. 103- 273, 105 text figures. University of California Press. Berke- ley, 1955. $2.50. This excellent revision is long overdue since Haseman's 1907 monograph has been outdated for many years. Descriptions and discussion of individual species are clearcut and to the point with no excess verbiage. The discussion under "Morphology and Terminology" will be useful to the non- specialist and is adequate to clarify the characters used in the keys. The line drawings are well done. — L. L. PECHUMAN EXCHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when necessary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10^ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., AescKna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibcmbex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minutcn pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. INDEX TO VOLUME LXVI (* Indicates new genera, names, etc.) ALEXANDER, C. P. Undescribed species of crane-flies from the western United States and Canada (Diptera: Tipu- lidae) Part XIV 15 Idem, Part XV 125 BEATTY, G. H. (See under Frost, S. W.) 262 BENESH, B. On the genus Macrocrates, with notes on other stagbeetles (Coleoptera : Lucanidae) 57 Some notes on Neotropical stagbeetles (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) 97 BLICKLE, R. L. Feeding habits of Tabanidae 77 BRADLEY, J. C. Notes on the synonomy, distribution, and affinities of the subfamily Fedtschenkiinae of the Sapy- gidae (Hymenoptera) 230 BROWN, W. L., JR. Forelifidis M. R. Smith a synonym (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) 68 The ant Leptothorax muscorum (Nylander) in North America 43 CAMRAS, S. New Conopidae from South America, Africa, and Australia (Diptera) 119 CHAMPLAIN, R. A. and R. W. WHITING. Helocordulia uhleri (Selys), a dragonfly new to Ohio 53 CLARKE, J. F. G. Mann Collection to Smithsonian In- stitution 165 CRABILL, R. E., JR. A checklist of the Chilopoda known to occur in Kentucky 257 A preliminary report on the Chilopoda of Missouri 36 Concerning the genotypes of Bothropolys, Polybothrus and Eupolybothrus (Chilopoda: Lithobiomorpha : Litho- biidae) 107 Report of another European chilopod in eastern North America (Chilopoda : Geophilomorpha) 248 CROSSLEY, D. A. and R. B. LOOMIS. A new Neoschon- gastia (Acarina: Trombiculidae) from western Kansas and eastern Colorado 113 (269) 270 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 DILLON, L. S. Revision of the Neotropical Acanthocinini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). I. The genus Canidia and its allies 141, 176 DIXON, B. W. A new subspecies of Epargyreus clarus from Arizona with distributional notes (Lepidoptera : Hesperiidae) 6 DREISBACH, R. R. Two new species in the genera Priocne- mis and Priocnessus (Hymenoptera : Psammocharidae) from Mexico 73 Two new species in the genera Dipogon Fox and Mina- genia Banks (Hymenoptera, Psammocharidae) 104 EVANS, H. E. A new Aulocostethus from Florida (Hy- menoptera : Pompilidae) 150 FRANKLIN, H. J. Measurements of some parts of male bumblebees (Hymenoptera) 65 FROST, S. W. Membracidae attracted to light 63 FROST, S. W. and G. H. BEATTY. Mecoptera prefer a motel 262 GRANT, H. J. Review: A manual of the dragonflies of North America 110 HANSENS, E. J. Rutgers University 191 HAYES, W. P. University of Illinois 155 HUBBARD, C. A. Orchopeas s. firemani, a new woodrat flea from Mexico 138 Some ticks from Iraq 189 HUBBEL, T. H. and H. S. WALLACE. The earwigs Eubo- rellia cincticollis and E. annulipes in Arizona 42 JUDD, W. W. Grasshoppers (Acrididae) and caterpillars (Arctiidae) impaled on thorns by shrikes in the vicinity of London, Ontario 225 Ichneuminid and braconid wasps collected from flowering heads of cat-tail, Typha latifolia L 22 (See also under Ricker, W. E.) KENNY, J. W. and A. G. RICHARDS. Differences between leg and flight muscle of the giant water bug, Lethocerus americanus . 29 Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 271 KNULL, J. N. A new species of Obrium from Tennessee. (Coleoptera : Cerambycidae ) 139 A new species of Aneflus from Arizona (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) 221 KRING, |. B. A chamber for studies of site-selection by Elateridae KROMBEIN, K. V. The status of Pemphredon provancheri Dalla Torre (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) 80 LINSLEY, E. G. University of California 133 LOOMIS, R. B. (See under Crossley, D. A.) LYMAN, F. E. Occurrence and description of an egg burster in the genus Hexagenia ( Ephemeroptera ) 253 MEDLER, J. T. Four new species of Scleroracus from the United States and Canada (Homoptera, Cicadellidae ) . . 211 MILLER, D. F. The Ohio State University 249 MILLS, H. B. Illinois State Natural History Survey .... 161 O'NEILL, K. A note on the nomenclature and taxonomy of the subgenus Proscirtothrips Karny (Thysanoptera : Thripidae) 239 PAPP, C. S. New records for North American Ceramby- cidae and a new subspecies of Leptera (Notes on North American Coleoptera, No. 1 ) 217 PECHUMAN, L. L. Review : Puppen terricoler Dipteren- larven 195 Review : The evolution and taxonomy of the Sarcophagi- nae 223 Review : Terricole Dipterenlarven 26 Review : A revision of the Psychodidae 267 PHILLIPS, M. E. and A. B. WELLS. Review: The plant quarantine problem 167 RAPP, W. F., JR. The status of Dermacenter variabilis in Nebraska 1 53 REHN, J. A. G. A resume of one hundred years of syste- matic work on the Dermaptera 85 Extension of range of a little known Neotropical mantid (Orthoptera; Mantodea; Manteidae ; Mellierinae) .... 79 272 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 REINHARD, H. J. North American Muscoidea (Diptera: Tachinidae) 233 RICHARDS, A. G. University of Minnesota 81 (See also under Kenny, J. W.) RICKER, W. E. and W. W. JUDD. A collection of stone- flies (Plecoptera) from the Northwest Territories, Can- ada 255 RITCHER, P. O. Oregon State College 24 Ross, H. H. The evolution of the insect orders 197 SABROSKY, C. W. A third species of Eusiphona, with re- marks on the systematic position of the genus ( Diptera : Milichiidae) 169 SCHMIEDER, R. G. Talking bees 263 Reviews 27, 53, 55, 152 SHANKARNARAYAN, D. (See under Sinha, R. N.) SINHA, R. N. and D. SHANKARNARAYAN. Concepts of in- sect taxonomy in ancient India 243 SLIFER, E. H. The distribution of permeable sensory pegs on the body of the grasshopper (Orthoptera: Acrididae) 1 SNETSINGER, R. Observations on two species of Phidippus (Jumping spiders) 9 SPILMAN, T. J. Review : Insects of Micronesia 166 STANNARD, L. J. A new Venezuelan Terthrothrips (Thysanoptera : Phlaeothripidae) 173 TOWNSEND, L. H. An annotated list of Tabanidae col- lected in Kentucky (Diptera) 69 VILLA, R., H. Useful information for field collectors in Mexico 51 WALLACE, H. S. (See under Hubbel, T. H.) WARNER, R. E. Mecinus pyraster (Herbst) a European genus and species not heretofore recorded in the United States (Curculionidae : Gymnaetrinae) 209 WELLS, A. B. (See under Phillips, M. E.) 167 WILLIAMS, R. W. Observations on some Heleidae (Dip- tera) of the psammolittoral zone of Douglas Lake, Michi- gan 93 Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 273 GENERAL SUBJECTS Collections : Bromley 238 Mann Collection 165 Sperry Collection 80 Ecology and habits of Heleidae 95 Elateridae oviposition studies in Bray chambers 187 Entomological Departments Illinois State Natural His- tory Survey 161 Ohio State University 249 Oregon State College 24 Rutgers University 191 University of California . . . 133 University of Illinois 155 University of Minnesota ... 81 Entomologists needed abroad . 78 Evolution of the insect orders. 197 Feeding habits of Tabanidae . . 77 Frisch, K. von, on talking bees 263 on bees' sense of time 265 India, taxonomic concepts in ancient 243 Insects impaled by shrikes . . . 225 Laboratory training courses . . 165 Light traps, Membracidae in . 63 Mexico, information for col- lectors in 51 Muscle, differences between leg and flight 29 Muscle physiology 29 Nomenclature notices 52, 111, 132, 175 One hundred years work on Dermaptera 85 Sensory pegs in grasshoppers . 1 Southwestern Research Station of Amer. Mus. N. H 164 Spiders, field observations on . 9 Talking bees 263 Taxonomy in ancient India . . 243 Tenth International Congress. 222 OBITUARY NOTICE Brues, C. T 223 PERSONALS Aamodt, T. L 82 Allen, M. W 134 Allen, W. W 134 Bacon, O. G 135 Bailey, S. F 135 Balduf, W. V 158 Barr, A. R 82 Bigger, J. H 162 Bohart, R. M 135 Bonhag, P. F 134 Borden, A. D 134 Borror, D. J 250 Boyce, A. M 135 Bradley, J. C 222 Brooks, M. A 82 Bruce, W. N 162 Chamberlin, W. J 24 Chandler, S 162 Chang, S. C 158 Chiang, H. C 82 Clark, T 82 Cook, E. F 82 Craig, R 134 Crowell, H. H 24 Cutkomp, L. K 82 Cutright, C. R 251 Davidson, R. H 250 Davis, B. H 194 Decker, G. C 159, 162 DeLong, D. M 250 Douglas, J. R 135 Doutt, R. L 134 Driggers, D. F 192 Eckert, J. E 135 English, L. L 162 Essig, E. 0 134 Filmer, R. S 192 Fisk, F. W 250 Flanders, S. E 135 274 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 Forgash, A. J 192 Fraenkel, G. S 158 Frazier, N. W 134 Freeborn, S. B 135 Freitag, J. H 134 Friedman, S 158 Fun-nan, D. P 134 Gannon, N 162 Ginsberg, J. M 192 Gloyd, L. K 162 Gochnauer, T. A 82 Gordon, H. T 134 Granett, P 192 Granovsky, A. A 82 Hagmann, L. E 192 Hamilton, C. C 192 Hansens, E. J 192 Harbrouck, S. S 24 Haws, B. A 82 Haydak, H. A 82 Hayes, W. P 158 Herms, W. B 133 Hodson, A. C 82 Holdaway, F. G 82 Horsfall, W. R 158 Hoskins, M. W 134 Hurd. P. D., Jr 134 Hutchinson, M. T 192 Jensen, D. D 135 Jobbins, D. M 192 Kearns, C. W 158 Knull, J. N 251 Laidlaw, H. H 135 Lange, W. H., Jr 135 Linsley, E. G 135 Lipke, H 158 Luckman, W 162 MacSwain, J. W 135 Madsen, H. F 135 Martin, C. H 24 Marucci, P. E 192 Merrill, L. G 192 Michclbacher, A. E 135 Mickel, C. E. 82 Middlekauf. W. W 135 Mills, H. B 161 Milum, V. G 158 Moore, A. D 135 Moore, S 164 Neiswander, C. R 251 Park, O. W 157 Pepper, B. P 191 Peterson, A 82, 250 Peterson, A. G 82 Petty, H. B 164 Polivka, J. B 250 Pritchard, A. E 135 Raski, D. J 135 Reed, J. P 192 Richards, A. G 82 Rings, R. E 251 Ritcher, P. 0 24 Rolston, L 251 Ross, H. H 159, 162 Sanderson, M. W 162 Schmitt, J. B 192 Severin, H. H. P 135 Sleesman, J. P 251 Smith, L. M 135 Smith, P. W 163 Smith, R. F 135 Stafford, E. M 135 Stannard, L. J 162 Steinhaus, E. A 135 Stephen, W. P 24 Sternberg, J 158 Stewart, M. A 135 Summers, F. M 135 Suryani, P 162 Swenson, K. G 24 Sylvester, E. S 135 Terriere, L. C 24 Tucker, K. W 82 Usinger, E. S 135 \\-nard, C 250 Weaver, C. R 251 Wright, J 162 Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 275 REVIEWS A manual of dragonflies of N. Amcr 110 Atlas of scale insects of N. Amer. VII 152 Dancing bees 263 Evolution and taxonomy of the Sarcophaginae 223 Insect fact and folklore 27 Insects of Micronesia 1 166 Physiology of insect metamor- phosis 53 Puppen terricolor Dipterenlar- ven 195 Revision of the Psychodidae . . 267 Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas. 55 Terricole Dipterenlarven .... 26 The plant quarantine problem. 167 tJber die Fluggeschwindigkeit der Bienen und iiber ihre Richtungsweisung bei Seiten- \vind 264 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION Africa: Dipt 121, 122, 123 Alberta : Dipt 130 Arizona: Col. 221; Dipt. 127, 139; Dermapt. 42; Lep 8 Australia : Dipt 125 Brazil: Dipt. 120; Orth 79 British Columbia : Dipt 130, 132, 235 Colorado : Dipt 18 Florida: Hym 150 Idaho: Dipt 17 Iraq : Acarina 189 Kansas : Acarina 114 Kentucky : Chilop 257 Kenya : Dipt 121 Manitoba : Homop 214 Mexico: Col. 144, 178, 182, 183, 185, 186; Dipt. 234, 237; Hym. 73; Siph 138 Minnesota : Homop 216 Missouri : Chilop 36 Montana : Dipt 130 Nevada : Dipt 18 New York: Dipt 171 Northwest Territories : Plecop. 255 Ohio : Odon 53 South Dakota : Dipt 20 Tennessee : Col 139 Utah : Homop 212 Venezuela : Thysan 174 Washington : Dipt 21 Wisconsin : Homop 214 Wyoming : Dipt 19 COLEOPTERA Acanthocinini, Revision of neo- tropical 141 aencus, Hydro philus Ill a g onus, Limonius, oviposition study 187 australis, Macrocratcs 58 bucephalus, Macrocrates 57 canesccns* Canidiopsis 184 Canidia 146 Canidiopsis* key 180 Cerambycidae, new records from N. Amer 217 cincticornis baltcatus, Canidia. 149 cine tic ornis cincticornis, Ca- nidia 148 Coloccphalaria 101 Crenophilus Ill cuernavacae* Pscudocanidia *. 177 Filateridae, chamber for study of 187 Elateridae, oviposition studies in the laboratory 187 jormosus, Macrocrates 59 hcbcs* Canidiopsis 185 howdcni* Obrinni 139 madagascariensis, Eudora .... 62 Mctadorcus 103 iiic.ricantis, Canidiopsis* 180 276 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 nageli, Nigidius 63 nitidus, Sclerognathus 97 nitidus* Sclerostomus 99 Nyssodcctes* 142 Oxypoda 175 parcalvatus* Aneflus 221 passalifonnis, Nagelius (figs.) 58 Pseudocanidia* 176 Pycnosiphorus 98 pyrastcr, Mecinus in the U. S. '(figs.) 210 roseicollis, Nyssodcctes 145 Sclerostomus 99 si milis* Canidiopsis 182 spectabilis, Oxypoda 175 spinicorms, Dectes 186 I'cracruzi* Nyssodectes* 143 DIPTERA acthiops* Pedicia 129 albaria, Jenkinshelia 94 albertcnsis jcnebris* Tipula . . 17 alexanderi* Tropidomyia .... 119 argentata, Dicrohclia 96 atrivcntris, Probezsia 94 australiana* Occcmyia 124 Bromley collection to Smith- sonian 238 coo peri* Eusiphona 170 Eusiphona, key 170 halteralis, Johannscnomyia ... 94 harrimani brevirostris* Orni- thodcs 18 Heleidae, Ecology of 93 Heleidae of psammolittoral zone 93 huachuccnsis* Limonia 127 idahoensis* Tipula 16 Larvae, terricoulous, book ... 26 lobifcra* Limnophila 131 longipennis, Sphaeromias 95 lutipyga* Dactylolabis 19 malkini* Tipula 125 meliceris* Phasiomyia 234 pahasapa,* Erioptera (Psilo- conopa) 20 pari'a* Stylogastcr 121 Psychodidae, review 267 ntfus* Euconops 120 sabroski, Probezzia 94 sternalis* Cylindromyia 237 subapicalis* Stylogaster 122 Tabanidae, feeding habits .... 77 Tabanidae, list of Kentucky . . 69 trii'ittata* Xanthomclanodcs . 233 .rant hits* Molophilus 21 sonula* Hemyda 236 HEMIPTERA americanus, Lethocerus, physi- ology of muscles of 29 HOMOPTERA dasidus* Scleroracus 212 kryptns* Scleroracus 213 melastigmus* Scleroracus . . . 214 omani* Scleroracus 215 Membracidae at light 63 HYMENOPTERA anthracina, Fedtschenkia 233 Apanteles sp 23 Bombidae, measurements on males of 19 species 65 Braconids from heads of Typha 22 bruchi, Oxyepoecus (Martia) . 68 Fedtschenkiinae, synonymy and affinities 230 Frisch, K. von, on behavior . . 263 gracilipes, Cremastus 22 hispae, Scambus 22 hondurensis* Dipogon 104 Ichneumonids from heads of Typha 22 lutca* Minagenia 106 mellifica, Apis, behavior of . . 263 mc.vicana* Priocnemis (fig.) . 74 Ixvi] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 277 muscorum, Leptothorax, in N. Amer 43 ecology of 47 Oxyepoecus 68 provancheri, Pcmphrcdon 80 pulcherrimus, Aulocostethus . . 150 rogersi* Priocncssus (fig.) .. 73 rufa, Formica 52 Sapigidae, key to subfamilies . 233 LEPIDOPTERA Arctiidae caterpillars impaled by shrikes 225 darns huachuca* Epargyreus. 7 Geometridae (see Sperry Coll.) 80 Sperry Collection to Amer. Mus 80 tityrus, Epargyreus 6 ODONATA uhlcri, Helocordulia 53 ORTHOPTERA Acrididae impaled by shrikes . 225 Dermaptera, Resume of 100 years work 85 differentials, Melanoplus .... 1 insolitum, Guaraunia 79 mcxicanus, Melanoplus 1 Sensory pegs in 1 SMALLER ORDERS Achorutcs (Collembola) Ill Anaphothrips (Thysanop.) ... 239 annulipcs, Euborellia (Der- map.) 42 antilopc, Scirtothrips (Thy- sanop.) 242 Anurophorus (Collembola) .. Ill cincticollis, Euborellia (Der- mapt.) 42 Egg burster in Hexagenia (Ephem.) 253 enceliae, Anaphothrips (Thy- sanop.) 242 Entomobrya (Collembola) ... 132 Hexagenia (Ephemeroptera) egg burster 253 Hypogastrura (Collembola) . Ill magnicauda* Tcrthrothrips (Thysanop.) 174 Mecoptera abundant at a motel 262 monotropae, Pseudothrips (Thysanop.) 242 Neanura (Collembola) Ill Plecoptera from Northwest Terr 255 Proscirtothrips (Thysanop.) . 239 scxdentatus firemani* Orcho- peas (Siphonaptera) 138 tricolor, Anaphothrips (Thy- sanop.) 241 zcae, Anaphothrips (Thysa- nop.) 240 NON-HEXOPODA ACARINA americana, Neoschongastia ... 117 brenncni* Neoschongastia ... 114 Ticks from Iraq 189 variabilis, Dermacentor, distri. in Nebraska 153 ARANEAE audax, Phidippus 9 Field observations on 2 sp. ... 9 rimator, Phidippus 9 CHILOPODA ameles, Nadabius 41 bidens, Strigamia 38 bothriopa, Strigamia 38 Bothropolys 107 Chilopoda of Missouri, list ... 36 Chilopoda in Kentucky, check- list 257 coleoptrata, Scutigcra 41 278 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1955 Eupolybothrns 107 European spp. in N. Amer. . . 248 ferrugineum, Pachymcrium . . 37 fulvus, Arctogcophilits 38 hortensis, Cryptops 39 iowcnsis, Nadabius 41 missouriensis, Escaryus 38 mordax, Geophilns 37 multldcntatus, Bothryopolys . . 40 Polybothrus 107 proridens, Sozibius 40 punctivcntris, Connoccphalus . 39 rubiginosus, Scolopocryptops . 39 spinicaudis, T heat ops 39 I'crdescens, Pokabius 40 vcsuviana, Chactechelytm in N. Amer 248 vittatus, Gcophilus 37 voracior, Ncolithobitis 41 watsingus, Arcnophllus 37 NON-ARTHROPODA Aves, mites from 113 Azalea, Mecinus on 209 Cow, tabanids on 77 Mammals, ticks from 189 Shrikes (Aves), insects im- paled by 225 Typha latifolia 22, 93 Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOLUME LXVII, 1956 PHILIP P. CALVERT, EDITOR EMERITUS R. G. SCHMIEDER, EDITOR EDITORIAL STAFF J. A. G. REHN M. E. PHILLIPS E. F. J. MARX H. J. GRANT, JR. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N M, B£t PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA, U. S. A. 1956 The numbers of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS for 1956 were mailed at the Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as follows : No. 1 — January January 9, 1956 No. 2 — February February 3, 1956 No. 3— March March 26, 1956 No. 4— April April 13, 1956 No. 5— May May 5, 1956 No. 6— June May 28, 1956 No. 7— July July 13, 1956 No. 8— October September 24, 1956 No. 9— November October 30, 1956 The date of mailing the December, 1956, number will be announced on the last page of the issue for January, 1957. Have you paid your subscription? January and subsequent issues for 1956 positively not mailed unless subscription has been paid, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS JANUARY 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 1 CONTENTS Rehn — Differential criteria in Cyrtacanthacridinae . . Grants-in-aid at North Carolina Evans — Synonymic notes on nearctic Pompilinae .... Chamberlin — A new Chilopod from Chile — Cryptops gynnis nom. nov Blickle — Life history of Cephenemyia phobifer Stahnke — A new species of Scorpion of the Buthidae .... Engelmann — The feeding habits of Pselaphid beetles 19 Telfer — Review of A. D. Lees: The physiology of diapause in arthropods 25 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. PIT; us: u.5. NAIL: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff : H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers : Domestic, $5.00 ; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII JANUARY, 1956 No. 1 Observations on Several Characters which have been used as Primary Differential Criteria in the Classification of the Cyrtacanthacridinae (Orthoptera; Acrididae) By JAMES A. G. REHN To many non-systematic zoologists classification is regarded as a hide-bound worshipping of morphological characters. The fact is that classification represents, as truly as any other aspect of biological research, a constant and seemingly endless reach- ing for reasonable permanency or for the verities, and this just as impersonally as in any of the other fields of research, which are now so generally and pedantically referred to as "disciplines." The individual freedom of thought or of reasoning, which the inference of discipline proscribes, is a fundamental need in evolv- ing a reasonable solidity or warranty in classification. To achieve this objective it is essential in the light of our constantly broadening knowledge, that we reexamine or weigh anew the relative value, or perhaps more properly the relative soundness, as criteria, features which have either long been used, or may be brought out de novo, as basic analytic characters. While we may not as yet be in the position to substitute other criteria of greater phylogenetic value, we can at least call attention to past misconceptions or over-stressings, and in this way draw atten- tion to matters which may trap the unwary student. The few- features here discussed are presented with that thought in mind. The presence or absence of an apical spine on the external margin of the caudal tibiae has long been considered a major criterion for dividing the "spine-breast" locusts, or I'vrtacan- (1) JAN 13 1956 2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1956 thacridinae, into subsidiary divisions. This feature was first employed by Stal in 1875, x and it has been stressed in most of the classic taxonomic locust studies which have appeared in the past three-quarters of a century. The basic value of this feature, however, has been questioned at times by various authors, and the present one, in studies of several natural groups published in the last dozen years, has shown definitely this spine may be present or absent in genera which clearly are members of the same natural stocks.2 It is quite probable that numerous tribes of locusts differ consistently in the presence or absence of this spine ; it is equally certain that in others its presence or absence has no outstanding phylogenetic value. An appraisal of its worth as a key character hence depends on the particular com- plex involved. Another feature which has been utilized a great deal in the past as a primary character, separating whole assemblages of locust genera, is the presence in certain genera of lamellate ex- tensor margins to the caudal tibiae, the sections between the marginal spines, and especially distad, being very definitely, and sometimes quite strongly, lamellate, occasionally extended ap- preciably laterad. This condition produces marked rims to the transversely concave extensor surface of the caudal tibiae, giving the same the physical characteristics of a spoon oar. We now know that this development is correlated in a number of genera with hygrophilous habits, and it is fair to assume it is so associ- ated in those in which it occurs, as similar habits are known to 1 Discussed in Bihang K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., 3, no. 14, pp. 23-25, (1875). Elaborated in same serial, 4, no. 5, pp. 11, 17, (1876), and 5, no. 4, pp. 1, 7, 11, (1878). Given greater emphasis and primary position by Brunner in 1893 in his classic "Revision" (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Geneva, XXXIII, pp. 133, 137). "The Locusts of the South American Generic Group Tristirae (Or- thoptera ; Acrididae ; Cyrtacanthacridinae)." Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., LXVIII, pp. 31-100, (1942). Variation in presence or absence of apical spine mentioned on page 37 and elsewhere in the paper. "A Review of the Old World Euthymiae (Orthoptera, Acrididae, Cyrtacanthacridinae)." Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XCVI, pp. 1-135, (1944). Reference should be made to page 7 and page 13, on the latter involving two sets of closely related genera. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS be present in certain genera of the Tetrigidae and in the Paulini- inae of the Acrididae, which have such habitat preferences. Sufficient evidence is now available to show that this specializa- tion is not a basic feature, that other genera of the same tribes, probably of less hygrophilous and more generalized habits, do not possess lamellate borders to these tibiae, although in the sum total of their other characters they are closely related to genera which do have these developments. Perhaps the genera lacking these lamellations are more primitive, and hence less divergent from their basic stock. There is also some evidence of an intermediate condition in at least two tribes known to me, i.e.. the Oxyini and the Opshomalini. In some genera of these entities there is a fine but very distinct raised carina present in the usual position of the interspinal lamellations, while in the genera of the same in which the caudal tibiae are typical non- lamellate or non-carinate there is no trace of any sculpture there, and the shaft of the tibiae is evenly rounded in cross-section. In the female sex of certain locusts we find some outstanding parallelisms in the general form and details of the ovipositor valves, clearly indicative of adaptations of these organs to special conditions of oviposition. In the Asiatic, Indo-Malayan, Papuan and Australian genus Gesonula, of the tribe Oxyini, and in the Neotropical genus Cornops, of the tribe Opshomalini, we find marked similarity in the unusual development of the ovipositor valves, although the cerci and subgenital plate development of the male sex are entirely different, and along the basic lines found in the other genera of the respective tribes.3 We know that both of the above mentioned genera are hygrophilous, but their ovipositing process * is probably different from that of other related genera, some of which are known to be equally 3 For further discussion of this parallelism reference is made to a re- cent paper by the author (Trans. Ainer. Fntom. Soc., LXXVIII, p. US. (1952)). Tin- ovipositor valves of Gcxonnla are being figured in the tnvtim-nt of the Oxyini in Vol. Ill of "The Grasshoppers and Locust^ of Australia." no\v in course of publication. 4 According to Ramakrishna Ayyar and Krishna Men-m < Journ. Bom bay Nat. Hist. Soc., XXXYI. p. 517. (1933)) (icsmnila (there discussed as the preoccupied (icsonia) oviposits in the succulent stems of tan>, and by other authors it is stated to be partial to rice fields. 4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1956 hygrophilous, yet have definitely different types of ovipositor development. The placement of the eggs can be a most exacting requirement for the future of the species, and in consequence egg-laying ap- paratus fully serving this purpose, and in the requisite material, is important from the standpoint of survival. In weighing the classificatory value of these features it must be realized that at times we have wTithin a single natural group of genera several lines, each adapted to life in somewhat different environments, and the requisite specialization, as far as appendages is con- cerned, is sometimes as marked in the female external genitalia, which are concerned with oviposition, as in any other structural features. Those ovipositing in grass, in woody fiber, or in soft vegetable tissue, as well as in soils of various textures or hard- ness, often show pronounced modifications of the shape, charac- ter and armament of the ovipositor jaws, as well as of other ap- pendages involved in the process. Grants-in-aid at North Carolina 1956-1958 Eleven National Science Foundation Grants-in-Aid will be made for research work at the Highlands Biological Station, Highlands, North Carolina for the summers of 1956-1958. The proposed research must be concerned with the fauna or flora of the Southern Appalachians and may involve any of the various fields of biology. Applications will be received from any Col- lege or University, and they must be submitted in triplicate not later than March 1 of each year. The following will be available : four (4) postdoctoral grants of $500.00 each, three (3) predoctoral of $400.00 each, and four (4) graduate student grants, open to students who carry out their research proposal under the direct supervision of a principal investigator. Application blanks or information may be obtained from the Executive Director of the Highlands Biological Station, Pro- fessor Thelma Howell, Department of Biology, Wesleyan Col- lege, Macon, Georgia. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Synonymic Notes on Nearctic Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) By HOWARD E. EVANS, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Four years have elapsed since the publication of my taxo- nomic study of the Nearctic Pompilini (1950-51, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 75: 133-270, 76: 207-361, 77: 203-340). During this period I have seen much additional material of the group, necessitating reinterpretation of certain species ; also, a number of new species have been described, some of which require comment. It has seemed desirable to publish these notes at this time in order to make them available for the forthcoming supplement to the Synoptic Catalog of Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico. Perhaps a few preliminary remarks on the subject of intra- specific variation are in order. I know of no character in these wasps which is not subject to variation, and this most certainly includes the male terminalia. Each character of each species must therefore be thought of in terms of a mean and range of variation. As additional specimens are discovered, it is in- evitable that some will extend slightly the known range of variation of certain characters. The indiscriminate naming of such variants as new species adds nothing but confusion to the systematics of an already difficult group. It should also be remembered that each specimen has developed on a single host spider. Anyone who has observed pompilids in the field is aware that a given female may take spiders of many different sizes for provisioning her successive nests. A large amount of variation in size of the progeny is therefore to be expected, and linear measurements of body parts, used by themselves, are of virtually no value as specific characters. While the ultimate decision as to what is a species and what is not is partly sub- jective in a group not readily amenable to experimental work, there is little to justify the naming of isolated specimens on size, on minor differences in head measurements, or on small differ- ences in the shape or number of setae on various parts of the male terminalia. 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1956 Aporus (Aporus) niger (Cresson) Planiceps niger Cresson, 1867, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 1 : 136. Aporus (Aporus} hcrmes Bradley, 1944, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 70: 94-95. $, J. NEW SYNONYMY. As additional material in the genus Aporus has accumulated, it has become apparent that the several characters used to separate hcrmes from niger are all highly variable. These in- clude the shape of the apex of the mesosternum of the female and the shape of the subgenital plate and parameres of the male. The two subgenital plates illustrated by Bradley appear to represent extremes in variation, and most of the males before me fall somewhere between them. Recently Marius S. Was- bauer collected a series of both sexes of niger at Luling, Texas, in which all three of the above characters vary all the way from "niger" type to "herines" type. I can therefore see no alterna- tive to adding hennes to the already rather long list of syno- nyms of the highly variable Aporus niger. Allaporus rufiventris (Cresson) Aporus rufiventris Cresson, 1872, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4 : 207. Euplaniceps aquilonaris Dreisbach, 1952, Ent. News, 63 : 94-97. J1. NEW SYNONYMY. Dreisbach's description of aquilonaris appeared to extend the range of the genus Euplaniceps from South America to Cali- fornia. Although he compared the species with the Chilean E. sausscri (one assumes he meant saussurei Kohl), he failed to mention why it might not be an Allaporus. As a matter of fact, the type and single known specimen (MCZ, no. 29313) is merely a male of the widely distributed A. rufiventris. While it is true that the genitalia of Euplaniceps and Allaporus are strikingly similar, perhaps indicating a close relationship, never- theless there are several excellent generic differences. For ex- ample, the venation of the hind wing of Euplaniceps is of more or less "normal" pompilid type, while that of Allaporus is very different (Evans, 1950, Ent. News, 61 : 4). Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 7 Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) xerophilus Evans Anoplius xerophilus Evans, 1947, Ent. News, 58 : 10-14. Arachnophroctonus gaigei Dreisbach, 1954, Amer. Midi. Nat., 52 : 438-439. J*. NEW SYNONYMY. In the past few years I have seen a number of additional speci- mens of this species, extending the known range well into Mexico and as far east as Pecos and Uvalde, Texas, and also extending the known range of variation of several characters. Dreisbach's gaigei, described from a single specimen from the Davis Mts., Texas, falls well within the range of variation of xerophilus. The differences cited in the width of the volsellae, in the length of the parameres, and in the width of the front and vertex, are all of a very minor nature, and all concerned with characters which exhibit much variation in the series now before me. I have not seen the type of gaigei, which is said to be at the University of Michigan. Anoplius (Pompilinus) clystera (Banks) Pompiloides clystera Banks, 1914, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 22: 302. Pompilinus submarginatus Dreisbach, 1952, Amer. Midi. Nat., 48: 146-147. J*. NEW SYNONYMY. The species submarginatus, described from a single male from Delta, Utah, was compared by the describer with margi- natus Say and truncatus Dreisbach, but not with clystera Banks. The type locality is near the center of the range of clystera and the description and photographs fit that species nicely. Anoplius (Pompilinus) estellina (Banks) Pompiloides estellina Banks, 1914, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 22: 303. Pompilinus utahensis Dreisbach, 1952, Amer. Midi. Nat., 48: 145-146. j>. NEW SYNONYMY. Pompilinus minntns Dreisbach, 1952, Amer. Midi. Nat., 48: 147-148. J1. NEW SYNONYMY. The genitalia of estellina, although showing a certain amount of variation, are highly characteristic, particularly because of the 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1956 abrupt expansion at the apex of the aedoeagus and the straight, somewhat club-shaped parapenial lobes. Although the para- meres of minutus are said to be much narrower than estellina, they are not in fact as narrow as in some specimens of estellina before me. Dreisbach compares utahensis with "P. incitus Evans," apparently a nomen nudum, but strangely enough not with either estellina or minutus. Again it is a case of failing to make allowances for intraspecific variation. The photographs of the genitalia and subgenital plates of utahensis and minutus, published on facing pages, are strikingly similar, and quite like the photographs of estellina which Dreisbach included in an earlier paper. Anoplius (Pompilinus) marginatus (Say) PompUus marginatus Say, 1824, Narr. Exp. St. Peter's River, II, p. 333. Pompilinus basirujus Dreisbach, 1952, Amer. Midi. Nat., 48 : 149-150; Pompilinus basirujous [sic] Dreisbach, 1952, ibid., p. 158. J1 (5 misidentified). NEW SYNONYMY. This species, described from Gainesville, Florida, on the basis of minor differences in the male terminalia from marginatus, in fact falls well within the range of variation of that species. The type, which I have examined in the MCZ (no. 29328), is a male possessing the usual series of short erect hairs on the hind basitarsus which is characteristic of marginatus. The female allotype is, however, a specimen of A. (P.) splendens (Dreis- bach). A. (P.} marginatus is not uncommon in Florida, and males from that state usually have considerable red on the abdomen, as described for basirujus. Anoplius (Anoplius) imbellis Banks Anoplius imbellis Banks, 1944, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 94: 169. Anoplius subimbellis Dreisbach, 1952, Amer. Midi. Nat., 48: 155-156. J1. NEW SYNONYMY. Little comment on this synonymy is necessary except to say that the single specimen on which Dreisbach based subimbellis Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS in my opinion falls within the range of variation of iiiibellis. Although the type is said to be in the MCZ, it has not been deposited there as of this writing, more than three years after the publication of the description. Anoplius (Anoplius) piliventris (Morawitz) Pouipilus piliventris Morawitz, 1889, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 23 : 122. Anoplius basalis Dreisbach, 1950, Amer. Midi. Nat., 43 : 578. <$. NEW SYNONYMY. I have suspected the above synonymy for some time, but only recently have been able to obtain specimens of piliventris for comparison. Raymond Wahis, of Embourg, Belgium, recently loaned me a male and a female piliventris, and these compare favorably in every detail with basalis, including the structures of the male terminalia. Thus piliventris becomes the fourth pompiline wasp known to be Holarctic in distribution. Pompilus (Hesperopompilus) jacintoensis Evans Pouipilus (Hesperopompilus} jacintoensis Evans, 1948, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 50 : 146-148. Pontpilns (Hesperopompilus} evagetoides Evans, 1951, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 77: 217-218. turatus. Centruroides pantheriensis, new species General Appearance: Foundation color of trunk and cauda a yellowish-brown, often referred to as a straw-color because of the perfect blending of a specimen when resting on a bale of straw. Like C. sculpturatus, the adult has no readily observed markings such as dorsal stripes or spots. Fifth caudal segment slightly darker than other segments. Carapace: Entire surface covered with coarse granules inter- spersed with fine granules. All margins equipped with a single row of coarse granules which are largest on the anterior margin, more uniform on lateral margins and most irregular on posterior margin. A ring of diffuse dark brown pigment circles the me- dian eyes, becoming more dense in region of median furrow of ocular tubercle. Median groove well developed and passing rather deeply through ocular tubercle producing pronounced superciliary crests. Anteromedian edge broadly emarginate, making frontal lobes rather angular. Three lateral eyes on each 16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1956 side of equal size, arranged in a straight line and flanked behind by row of coarse granules, many of which are darkly pigmented. Carapace shorter than fifth caudal segment as well as movable finger of pedipalps. Dorsal Preabdoinen: Complete, markedly granular, median keels on all terga except seventh on which this keel extends over only the anterior half. Seventh tergum has, in addition, two well granulated lateral keels on each side of tergum. No dark spots or stripes, or bands on either sex. Ventral Preabdomen: Abdominal sterna, in the main, smooth except for seventh which bears four distinct keels with inter- carinal spaces well granulated. Coarser granules found more laterally. Middle lamellae of pectines unequal and oblong. Number of pectinal teeth : $ 25, J1 28. Male teeth somewhat larger than those of female and extended nearer to proximal end. Anterior and posterior margins of basal piece of male sub-parallel while posterior margin of basal piece of female extends caudally into a rounded lobe, thus making female basal piece longer than genital operculum. Female basal piece also has a short, dis- tinctly marked transverse groove just above the middle. Genital papilla of male not conspicuous. Post abdomen: Superior and inferior keels exceptionally granu- lar and well developed on all segments except fifth. Median lateral keels entirely absent on this segment in both sexes. Male with all fifth-segment keels poorly developed which gives seg- ment a cylindrical appearance. Female with all intercarinal spaces rather densely covered with coarse granules ; male with granules not only smaller but fewer in number. Female with row of larger granules extending about two-thirds the distance anteroposteriorly on each side of inferior median keel of fifth segment ; these granules less noticeable on male. Tel son: Vesicle, or ampulla, of female more globular in shape and somewhat more granular than on male. Both sexes only sparsely covered with moderate-sized to small bristles. Sub- aculear tooth-like protuberance present. Aculeus shorter than ampulla with distal half darkly pigmented. Lxvii | ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 1 7 Pedipalps: Fingers long and quite slender. Interior border of movable one with nine median oblique rows of granules. This includes a short apical row and the more indistinct proximal row. Latter may be indistinctly separate from one immediately distal to it ; especially true on female. These rows flanked on each side by a row of granules that in the main are tooth- like ; from 30-32 such granules on inner row. Most distal point of both movable and immovable fingers with a tooth-like granule much larger than any of other digital granules, and flanked on each side by a thin leaf-like membranous sheath and proximally by two darkly pigmented and very thick bristles. All four structures so closely compact as to give the general ap- pearance of merely a large tooth-like structure. Pedipalps with well developed and heavily granulated keels. Intercarinal spaces of female with more and larger granules than male. Variations: Second instar with fifth caudal segment a dark brown and contrasting strongly with rest of segments. Seg- ments I-IV with only a dark median ventral stripe which gradu- ally becomes fainter anteriorly. Sometimes, pigment around median eyes not formed into a diffuse ring at this stage. In those cases where it is, a diffuse streak may extend toward lateral eyes. Ridges of paired posterior median keels of cara- pace distinctly marked with dark brown pigment. In some cases, this fans out laterally in a rather diffuse manner. Above markings become less distinct in each succeeding instar until adult condition, as described, is reached. Second instar with entire aculeus a reddish brown which sometimes extends dif- fusely into ampulla. Subaculear protuberance appears as well developed, sharply pointed tooth. As scorpion gets older, this tooth-like condition changes to a more papular protuberance. Pedipalps and other appendages of second instar with same general color or very slightly lighter than rest of body. Hands of pedipalps may or may not be slightly darker than fingers and other body parts. Related Species: From standpoint of venom reaction this spe- cies is closely related to C. rittatits and C. chisosarius. In rats, a venom injection of 0.15 mg./lOO gm. weight from any one of 18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jan., 1956 these three species produces only a local swelling of fair pro- portions at site of injection. Leg receiving venom slightly fa- vored ; convulsions or drooling not produced. Venom, in same quantity, of C. sculptnratus and C. gertschi does not produce swelling at site of injection but does produce heavy drooling, violent convulsions and death within one hour. As stated previously, C. pantheriensis closely resembles C. sculpturatiis in overall appearance. Adults of new species dif- fer in having fifth caudal segment very slightly darker in color than segments I-IV and a diffuse ring of pigment circles the median eyes. C. pantheriensis with fewer but larger coarse granules on carapace while on terga of preabdomen coarse gran- ules fewer than on C. sculpturatiis. On C. pantheriensis basal piece of the pectines same length or longer than gential oper- culum. On C. sculpturatiis, basal piece shorter than operculum. Caudal segments and chela hands of pedipalps more robust in C. pantheriensis than in either C. chisosarius and C. sculptur- atus. In color C. chisosarius differs from C. pantheriensis in having other areas besides median eyes marked with dark brown irregular maculations and in having preabdomen in both male and female marked with dark brown longitudinal bands. These bands less distinct on female, and in some preserved specimens may fade so as to be hardly perceptible.1 C. pantheriensis en- tirely devoid of dark markings on the preabdomen in both sexes. From a random sampling the average number of pectinal teeth are as follows : C. pantheriensis $ 24.9, <$ 27.7 ; C. chiso- sarius 5 25.2, £ 27.1 ; C. sculpturatiis $ 21.7, J 24.1. Records: All from Big Bend National Park, Texas. Holo- type 5 1554, Panther Junction, 7/3/55 (collected by David J. Jones). Allotype J1 1620 (Danny Sholly and Bobby Sims) and six paratypes from same locality as holotype: 5 1544, 6/23/55 (Roy Curbow) ; J 1536.2, 6/13/55 and $ 1561, 7/6/55 (D. J. Jones) ; i L. E. rossii is definitely not a straggler in these lowland areas, for it was found constantly in good numbers, flying leisurely, in condition indicating recent emergence. There was no indica- tion of climatic factors (wind, cold) forcing them to the lower levels. Erebia fasciata Butler (E. f. fasciata Butler). Steese High- way : Mile 109, Eagle Summit, 3880', VI-23. McKinley Park : Summit, Polychrome Pass ; West slope of Polychrome Pass, 3400'; W. of Polychrome Pass, about 3000', VII-1 ; East slope of Sable Pass. 3800', VII-1 ; Summit, Sable Pass, 3900'. VII-1 ; E. of Toklat River, 3200', VII-1 ; Wonder Lake. Dawson Road: One mile W. of Border. 4200', VII-9; Four miles E. of border, 3800', VII-9. (68 specimens taken.) Erebia fasciata was the one species studied which appeared to be largely restricted to a true "arctic" habitat. It was found almost exclusively in moist grassy tundra situations, above tree- line. It did not fly over the stands of dwarf birch and willow or over the high dry tundra, which make up the principal al- ternative above tree-line habitats. Individuals were most fre- quent in very moist areas, often in depressions carrying off water from large late-melting snowdrifts. In no case ivas fasciata found in open areas within forest f/rou'th. Erebia yoiingi Holland (E. y. younyi Holland. E. v. rilcvi dos Passes). Steese Highway: North slope of Eagle Summit, nr. mile 110, 3500'. VI-24. McKinley National Park: West slope of Polychrome Pass, about 3000'. VT-27 : E. of Toklat River. 3200', VII-1; Toklat River, 2700'. VII-1; Stony Mt.. 4000', VII-1; Summit. Polychrome Pass; Opposite Muldrow ( Ilacier ; Wonder Lake. Dawson Road: One mile W. of Border: Four miles E. of Border. (52 specimens taken.) 34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 Erebia youngi showed a wider range of habitat preference than jasciata, although it was more restricted than rossii. On Eagle Summit it was found only in an area of dry tundra mixed with patches of dwarf birch just above tree-line. In McKinley Park it ranged more widely, being taken along the highway in the wooded Toklat River Valley and also high on the dry, Drw^-covered tundra slopes. At Wonder Lake it was not taken in timbered areas, but mingled with disa and rossii around damp areas in the road. It was not recorded from the rela- tively heavily wooded Teklanika River Valley, which was the most thoroughly collected locality in the park. In the high altitude areas on the Dawson Road youngi flew in the general vicinity of jasciata but showed a definite preference for drier areas. Erebia theano Tauscher (E. t. alaskensis Holland). Mc- Kinley Park : Toklat River ; Wonder Lake ; Teklanika River, VII-3; Horseshoe Lake Trail, nr. Hotel, about 1800', VII-4. Taylor Highway : Mile 88, 1700', VI 1-9. (24 specimens taken.) Erebia theano was extremely local in its distribution. It was taken in good numbers only in and around a spruce bog on the Taylor Highway. It seems likely that theano was just begin- ning to emerge when the author was in McKinley Park and would probably have been much more abundant later. It was always taken in wooded areas. Erebia epipsodca Butler (E. c. rcmingtoni Ehrlich). Taylor Highway : Mile 88. Dawson Road : Four miles W. of Border, 3000'. VII-9. (4 specimens taken.) Unfortunately time did not permit extensive work on ef>if>- sodca and nothing of significance was discovered to add to Bruggemann's remarks (see Ehrlich, 1955, p. 182). It is in- teresting to note, however, that epipsodea and rossii fly together along the Dawson Road west of the border. Erebia mackinleyensis Guilder. (E. magdalena inackinleyen- sis Gunder?) A diligent search for this insect was carried out in McKinley National Park, including localities ranging from rock-slides at over 4000' to heavilv wooded areas well below 2000'. No sign Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 35 of mackinlcvcnsis was seen. Aside from the possibility that it is exceptionally local, or that it is only common in alternate years, no explanation can be offered for its absence. The flight periods of the Ercbia studied start long before the brief northern summer has gotten into full swing. This would appear to be a device to permit the larvae a maximum period to feed, whether the life cycle requires one or two seasons. It seems likely that the species over-winter as pupae or as ma- ture larvae. Life history studies are badly needed. It is possible for one familiar with them to identify many of the species on the wing. E. fasciata and rossii are fairly easily confused, but the former is a faintly less vigorous flier. E. yonngi is normally smaller than the aforementioned and a faster flier than either. E. rossii appears extremely dark in flight and prefers open areas when in the vicinity of woods. Disa is lighter in appearance and will be seen flitting in and out among the trees. E. discoidalis appears smaller and lighter than either disa or rossii and stays in the open. After collecting the other species, theano seems to be a miniature, bouncing along slowly in a bog like a big, dark, female Plebejus. In the limited time spent observing northern epipsodea no difference was seen be- tween them and rossii. E. fasciata, rossii and yonngi, especially the first two, were quick to use the tundra butterfly's favorite tactic when disturbed — flying straight up, to be carried away by the wind. No predation of any sort was observed, although one speci- men of fasciata bore the marks of a possible avian attack. Ro- dents probably take some toll of adults, but it seems likely that the major factors controlling Ercbia populations operate on the immature stages. Although predation and parasitism doubt- lessly exercise some influence here, climatic factors (amount of cold, snow cover, temperature fluctuations, rapidity of runoff, amount of spring flooding of habitat) would appear to be much more important. Tt is interesting to speculate on the limiting factors in the distribution of the various Ercbia species. Does rossii follow its foodplant into the taiga, while fasciata is restricted to some 36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 plant which does not reach as far south as the tree-line at Churchill, Manitoba? Is jasciata so finely adjusted by selection to the rigors of a strict tundra existence that it cannot compete in the taiga? Is interspecific competition ever a limiting fac- tor (Cause's principle) ? Is the difference in length of day a barrier in preventing the southward extension of arctic species in alpine areas? It seems likely that two factors are very important — the distribution of food plants and the lack of time for post-glacial immigrants to colonize suitable areas. Thanks go to Dr. and Mrs. Floyd W. Preston of Lawrence, Kansas, who were of extensive assistance in the field. LITERATURE CITED CADBURY, J. W. 1938. Lepidoptera collected in northern British Columbia by Miss Josephine de N. Henry. Part I, Rhopalocera. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 89: 387-413. EHRLICH, P. R. 1952. The distribution and subspeciation of Erebia rossii Curtis (Lepidoptera: Satyridae). Trans. American Ent. Soc., 78: 75-88. 1954. Notes on Erebia rossii Curtis (Lepidoptera: Satyridae). Ent. News, 65 : 225-227. 1955. The distribution and subspeciation of Erebia epipsodea Butler (Lepidoptera: Satyridae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 37: 175-194. FREEMAN, T. N. 1948. The arctic Lepidoptera of Baker Lake, North- west Territories. Lep. News, 2 : 63-65. MURIE, A. 1944. The wolves of Mount McKinley. Fauna of the national parks of the United States, fauna series no. 5. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 37 An Extension of Range for the Ant, Pheidole lamia Wheeler (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) By ROBERT E. GREGG, Department of Biology, University of Colorado Additional geographic data for well-known and wide-spread species are usually of minor significance, but in the instance herewith reported the situation is otherwise. Pheidole lamia was described from Austin, Travis County, Texas, by Wheeler (1901), and was redescribed by him also in 1908. Very little is known about the habits of this species, but according to Wheeler, the ant is hypogaeic, living under stones in small colonies. Several nests were taken, and contained from one to four soldiers each. Wheeler suggested, on account of the large size of the gaster and the small numbers of the soldiers, that this caste may function as the queen, but this seems to be an entirely gratuitous assumption considering the very meagre data available. Many other species of Pheidole, which possess queens, exist only as small colonies with but a few soldiers in the nest. The most striking feature of this ant is the phragmotic head of the soldier or major caste, which Wheeler believes is used for plugging the entrances to the nest galleries. He bases this judg- ment on the obviously convergent resemblance of the head of lamia to that of the formicine subgenus, Colobopsis, in which the head of the major is markedly phragmotic and known to be employed for closing the door of the ant nest. Some interest- ing discoveries concerning the ecology of Pheidole lamia await the investigator who receives the opportunity to observe this species in the field and in captive laboratory colonies. Wheeler is doubtless correct in his interpretation of the func- tion of the head of the lamia major, but actual observation of the living ants has been exceedingly difficult owing to their ex- treme rarity. Dr. W. S. Creighton has informed me that he spent a great deal of time and effort searching for the species in the type locality, but without any success. However, the ant has turned up in two other localities, and we now have some 38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 conception of the pattern of its distribution. Dr. M. R. Smith reported in 1931 that a colony which yielded two soldiers and a number of workers was collected at Fayette, in Jefferson County, Mississippi. This station is approximately twenty miles east of the Mississippi River. No ecological informa- tion is supplied other than that the nest was situated at the base of a maple tree. The other record is the latest one known to me and conies from the state of Georgia. Several months ago, Mr. Paul B. Kannowski sent me numerous specimens of Phcidolc from the southeast, and included among them a sample of Ph. lamia. The ants were collected by him on May 27, 1954, and were secured in District 21 of Decatur County, Georgia, approximately one mile north of the town of Chattahoochee, Florida. There are two majors and ten minors in the series. This locality needs some clarification to avoid possible future confusion over the name of the nearby town. The collection was made in the extreme southwestern corner of Decatur County and of the state of Georgia, just over the state line from Chatta- hoochee, Florida. This should not be confounded with Chatta- hoochee, Georgia, which is located in the northern part of that state in Fulton County, near Atlanta. Though only three stations are thus far recorded for Ph. lamia, they are sufficiently separated geographically to permit us to visualize the probable range of the species. Its distribu- tion may be seen to correlate pretty well with the Gulf strip of the Lower Austral Zone, at least as far as the Mississippi and Georgia records show. Austin, Texas is a bit too far inland to be included in the Gulf strip although it is not very much re- moved from the somewhat arbitrary boundary of this strip. Detailed data concerning the vegetation of the three localities has not been furnished, but from what is known of the general plant cover of these sections of the United States, it is safe to assume that the ants were nesting either in moist deciduous forest or in deciduous-coniferous woodland. In the vicinity of Austin, it is probable the nests were taken in oak-hickory groves. While it is possible the ants may have established themselves in areas of disturbed vegetation, it seems more likely they were IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 39 under natural plant growth, or stands showing relatively little disturbance. This is inferred partly from the fact that lamia is such a rare ant. Future collecting in the southern and southeastern borders of the country may give us much needed additional knowledge with respect to the macro- and the micro-ecology of this ant and also of its zoogeography. It should occur in Florida, the coastal areas of Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas, and possibly along the coast into Tamaulipas, Mexico. It would not be surprising if it were discovered eventually nesting at more inland sites of these same states, and extending perhaps through Georgia into South Carolina. REFERENCES FOR PHEIDOLE LAMIA CREIGHTON, W. S. 1950. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 104: 163, 182, 01. SMITH, M. R. 1931. Ent. News, 42 : 21-22. — . 1951. Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico. U. S. D. A., Agric. Monogr. No. 2, p. 803. WHEELER, W. M. 1901. Amer. Nat, 35:534, S, 01. -. 1908. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, 24:477-478, 3, 01. . 1926. Ants. Columbia Univ. Press, p. 212. Two New Species of Lopidea Uhler from Illinois (Hemiptera, Miridae) 1 By THOMAS E. MOORE, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana The species described in this paper have some unusual in- terest in that they both were collected from the same plant, a little more than a month apart. The first specimen of L. chandleri was collected in mid-May, and all of the specimens of L. uistcriae were obtained from the same cultivated Wisteria vine in early July. This is not the first time that such an oc- currence has been recorded for this genus, for in 1918 H. H. Knight described two species of Lopidca from Arizona associ- ated together on Robinia ncomc.vicana. However, it is not 1 This paper is a joint contribution from the Section of Faunistic Surveys and Insect Identification, Illinois Natural History Survey, and the Department of Entomology, University of Illinois. 40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 clear from the literature whether or not both species occurred on the same plant specimen, as in the case at hand. Several species of Lopidea are known to feed on members of the Leguminosae, but these are the first records of any on the genus Wisteria. Males of both of these species will key to couplet 9 in the "Key to Species" for Lopidea, pages 84-87, Knight (1941). Lopidea chandleri new species Closely related to L. aniorphae Knight and L. reuteri Knight, but distinguishable on the basis of characters in the male genitalia. Male. — Size subequal to that of L. reuteri; each antenna red- dish-black with short black pubescence ; compound eyes red ; head red with inverted "V" on front and dorsal basal transverse band black ; tylus and rostrum black ; pronotum red with broad black apical transverse band ; scutellum fuscous-red ; each he- melytron red with apical half of clavus infuscated and membrane black ; legs reddish-black ; venter of abdomen red except for blackish ninth segment; genital structures distinctive as il- lustrated. Female. — More robust than male : coloration similar to male, but dark markings more extensive and generally darker in con- trast ; abdomen red with black around ovipositor on segments 6 and 7, most of sternum of 8 and all of sternum of 9 and third valvulae black. Holotype: J1, Carbondale, ILLINOIS, May 28, 1955, S. C. Chandler, on Wisteria vine. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Lopidea chandleri new species, male. Fig. 1, apex of aedeagus and vesica appendages ; fig. 2, right gonoforcep, outer lateral aspect ; fig. 3, apex of right gonoforcep, oblique inner aspect ; fig. 4, sensory lobe of right gonoforcep, dorsal aspect; fig. 5, left gonoforcep, inner lateral aspect; fig. 6, apex of left gonoforcep, dorsal aspect. Lopidea wisterias new species, male. Fig. 7, apex of aedeagus and vesica appendages ; fig. 8, right gonoforcep, outer lateral aspect ; fig. 9, apex of right gonoforcep, dorsal aspect ; fig. 10, sensory lobe of right gonoforcep, dorsal aspect; fig. 11, left gonoforcep, inner lateral aspect. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 41 42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 Paratypes: Same data as for holotype, 3 $ \ Carbondale, Illi- nois, May 18, 1955, S. C. Chandler, on Wisteria vine, 1 J1 (ten- eral). All types deposited with the Illinois Natural History Survey. This species is named for the collector, Mr. Stewart C. Chandler. Lopidea wisteriae new species As with the above species, closely related to L. anwrphae and L. re uteri, but separated by means of male genital charac- ters. Male. — Size subequal to that of L. reuteri; coloration as in L. chandler! with the following exceptions: Head with a broad black stripe at each side of the front between antennae ; pro- notum with infuscated broad apical transverse band and fus- cous inverted "V" above scutellum ; scutellum darker ; each hemelytron with clavus and inner half of corium generally in- fuscated ; femora more reddish ; abdomen with ninth segment somewhat infuscated ; genital structures distinctive as illus- trated. Female. — Slightly larger and more robust than male ; colora- tion similar to male ; venter of abdomen red with black around ovipositor on segments 6 and 7, segment 8 black near ovipositor and on apical margin, 9 black on basal and apical margins with disc reddish, third valvulae black. Holotype: g, Carbondale, ILLINOIS, July 7, 1955. H. H. Ross and T. E. Moore, on Wisteria vine. Deposited at the Illinois Natural History Survey. Paratypes: Same data as for holotype, 19 J1, 12 J. Specimens deposited with the Illinois Natural History Survey, the U. S. National Museum, and the British Museum (Natural History). REFERENCES CITED KNIGHT, H. H. 1918. Ent. News, 29: 172-176. -. 1941. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv., 22: 84-91. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 43 Some Notes on Boreal American Stagbeetles (Coleoptera : Lucanidae) By BERNARD BENESH, Burrville, Tennessee The present contribution is a partial review of a article by E. Seguy, entitled "Notes sur les Coleopteres Lucanides," pub- lished in the Revue franchise d'Entomologie, XXII (1) 1955, pp. 32-42. I am deeply grateful to Monsieur Melchior de Lisle, directeur des travaux publics, Douala, Cameroun francaise, for notifying me promptly of the appearance of above mentioned article; to M. E. Phillips for his interest in the matter, and am especially thankful to the Librarian of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Mrs. Venia T. Phillips, who was instrumental in making the Revue available for study and transcription. My heartiest thanks to all. Lucanus placidus Say In the "Catalogue illustre des Lucanides du Globe," a joint contribution of Didier and Seguy (1953), but apparently the work of the junior author, appears the following note: "II est evident que le nom : Lucanus lentus Castelnau a la priorite." This suggested synonymy is given a more positive status by the definite assertion of Seguy (1955 : 32) : "Le nom impose a cette espece par Castelnau a la priorite sur celui de placidus Say 1865." The source of above indicated synonymy, not given by Seguy. is evidently the data appearing in van Roon's (1910:9) Lucani- dae section of the Coleopterorum Catalogus, which Seguy, with- out verification, accepts as correct and valid, recording it ver- batim. Such procedure should be condemned, and a man is justified in wondering whether this is actually the "travail sci- entifique" alluded to by Seguy (1953:59), in his criticism of Arrow's actions. It is surprising that Seguy had erred on such a simple prob- lem as the priority of ptacidus. A reference to any one of the 44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 contemporary bibliographies, such as the Horn and Schenkling's Index Litteraturae Entomologicae, would have supplied the data sought. A glance into the Index Litteraturae should have suf- ficed, and disclosed that Thomas Say died 10, X, 1834, and con- sequently could not have had anything published in 1865 ! An- other, much more readily available publication, is the Leng's Catalogue of Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico, published by John Sherman, Jr., Mount Vernon, N. Y. In this publica- tion Seguy would readily discover that placidus Say is followed by the figures 25-202, the first number relating to the year of issue, the figure after the hyphen referring to the page ; in the bibliography, under Say, the number 25 indicates 1825, and the pertaining publication fully given as Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., V, pp. 160-204, which, of course, includes page 202. We offer this lengthy explanation in a cooperative spirit, in the hope that it will be viseful to other workers to acquaint them- selves with the bibliography, which in some instances appears to be overlooked and even neglected. Lucanns placidus was described by Thomas Say in "De- scriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects inhabiting the United States," Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, volume V, 1825, p. 202. and not as given by Seguy in 1865. The second reference to the species appears in LeConte's edition (1859) of Say's Entomology, vol. ii. page 302, with this remark: "(Appears to be the female L. lentus, a species cited from Say, but of which, as Burmeister observes, no description can be found in his writings ; it was first published under that name by Laporte, in his Hist. Nat. 2, 71 (should be p. 171, B. B.). The name placidus has greatly the priority.— LeC.)." Burmeister's reference (Handbuch der Entomologie, Band V, 1847, p. 357), mentioned by LeConte, is the following: "Anm. In den mir zuganglichen Schriften von Th. Say finde ich keinen L. lentus beschrieben. Die Art scheint iibrigens in grosseren Exeinplaren vorzukommen, insofern die 3, welche ich vor mir habe, schon von 14-18'" cliff eriren und mehr den Ein- druck verkiimmerter Individuen auf mich machen." Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 45 We are confident that the foregoing will readily expunge the illusory synonymy, and consign L. lentus Castelnau into syn- onymy, where it rightfully belongs. The references pertaining to L. placidus and its synonym lentus in the "Catalogue illustre" are incomplete, the following having been omitted: LeConte, Say's Ent. (1859), II, p. 302; Fuchs, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., V, 1882, p. 51, where a figure is given of the species, but erroneously designated as L. mazama LeConte ; Wickham, Canad. Ent., xxxi, 1899, p. 22 ; Blatchley, Coleoptera of Indiana, 1910. p. 906; Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., v, 1875, p. 137; Heyne und Taschenberg, Die Exotischen Kafer in Wort und Bild, 1908, p. 50 (according to Blackwelder (1949) the Lucanidae Heft was issued in 1897), the last two citations pertaining to lentus. Dorcus caucasicus Ganglbauer In note 86, Didier and Seguy (1953: 52) state: "Cet insecte provient de Californie (cf. Bedel, Faune, IV, 1911, p. 9, note 3)." A reference to Leng's Catalogue, cited previously, should con- vince Seguy that the genus Dorcus, in Boreal America, is rep- resented by two valid species, both ranging east of the Rocky Mountains, and their distribution carefully plotted by Benesh (1937). D. caucasicus was described by Ganglbauer (1886) from the vicinity of Nucha, Caucasus ; the correctness of the lo- cality is doubtful, as Reitter (1892) denies it, stating: "De- scribed erroneously from Caucasus, its origin is California." Reitter's contribution, the well-known "Bestimmungs-Tabellen," was translated into the French language by E. Barthe and pub- lished in Miscellanea Entomologica, xii, ?1893, where it is stated : "Decrit par erreur du Caucase, est originaire de Cali- fornie." It is from the latter publication Bedel copied the in- formation anent D. caucasicus, adopting it as his own, omitting to give credit where clue, a plagiarism in its ugliest form to be used by a scientist, and recorded, without verification, by Didier and Seguy, as cited above. While there is no valid reason to 46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 excuse the first; some extenuation can be shown to the last (Didier and Seguy), who may be excused, for their apparent ignorance of the entire matter. However, if they were cogni- zant of the evidence, recording it as Bedel had done, then they are as guilty as Bedel, and would deserve severest censure. Hence to correct the citation, instead of Bedel, it will be pre- cise to record the original : Reitter, Abh. Nat. Ver., Briinn, xxx, 1892, in which periodical the Bestimmungs-Tabellen 24, Lucani- den und coprophage Lamellicornen, were issued, in installments, from 1892 to 1897. According to the description, Dorcus cancasicus is a small female, 15 mm. long, which was definitively assigned by Benesh as a synonym of D. brci'is (Say) , and is so recorded in the forth- coming second edition of the Lucanidae part, Coleopterorum Catalogus. BIBLIOGRAPHY BENESH, B. 1937. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 63 : 1-16, 3 pis. BLACKWELDER, R. E. 1949. Coleopterists' Bull., 3 (3) : 44. DIDIER, R. et E. SEGUY. 1953. Catalogue illustre des Lucanides du Globe, Encycl. Ent., A, xxvii, pp. 1-223. GANGLBAUER, L. 1886. Societas Entomologica, No. 11, pp. 81-82. SEGUY, E. 1955. Revue franchise d'Ent., xxii (1) : 32-42. VAN ROON, G. 1910. Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars viii, Lucanidae, pp. 1-70. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 47 A New Texas Agrilus with Notes on Chalcophorella (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) By JOSEF N. KNULL, Department of Zoology and Entomology, The Ohio State University The following paper is the result of further studies of North American Buprestidae. Agrilus chisosanus n. sp. Female. — Dorsal and ventral surfaces shining reddish cupre- ous ; lateral depressions of pronotum, a stripe on each elytron, ventral portion of prothorax, sides of meso- and metathorax and vertical portions of first two abdominal segments with recumbent white pubescence. Head convex, with shallow median depression ; surface finely rugose ; antennae short, reaching to about middle of pronotum when laid along side, serrate starting with fifth segment. Pronotum wider than long, widest in front of middle ; sides subparallel at base, broadly rounded to apex ; when viewed from side marginal and submarginal carinae are separated in front and joined near base ; anterior margin strongly sinuate, median lobe broadly rounded ; base sinuate with feeble median lobe ; disk convex with slight median depression on basal half, lateral depressions well marked, with prehumeral carinae ; surface finely transversely striate, punctures fine. Scutellum finely transversely carinate. Elytra at base narrower than widest part of pronotum ; sides subparallel back of base, feebly constricted in front of middle, expanded back of middle, then obliquely narrowed to rounded serrulate apices ; disk somewhat flattened, sutural margins ele- vated back of middle, basal depressions evident ; surface imbricate. Abdomen beneath finely punctate. Prosternal lobe subtrun- cate in front; prosternal process concave back of coxal cavities. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, cleft, with inner tooth much shorter than outer one and not turned inward. Length 6.3 mm. ; width 1.8 mm. 48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 Holotype female collected in Chisos Mountains, Brewster Co., Texas, July 8, 1955 by D. J. and J. N. Knull and in collection of author. This species runs to A. aeneocephalus Fisher in Fisher's key (1928). It can be separated by the shorter pronotum, finer striations on head and pronotum and lack of short pubescence over dorsal surface. The well marked pubescent stripe on elytron continuing on lateral depressions of pronotum will aid in separation too. Chalcophorella langeri (Chev.) Chalcophora langeri Chev. 1853 : 308. Specimens of what I consider to be this species have been seen from New Orleans, La., Texas and Virginia. The Chev- rolet type was from near New Orleans. An examination of the type of Chalcophorella obsolescens Csy. (1914) from Louisiana in the U. S. National Museum proves to be same. The species lacks the median broad sulcus of both C. campestris (Say) and C. fullcri (Horn), and lateral serrations of elytra near apices are nearly obsolete. LeConte (1859) considered langeri a valid species. The following key should help separate species of Chalcophorella : 1 . Lateral serrations of elytra near apices coarse campestris ( Say) Lateral serrations of elytra near apices fine (2) 2. Pronotum with lateral margins converging from base to apex; median sulcus of pronotum limited to a fine line on a smooth median line langeri (Chev.) Pronotum with lateral margins subparallel near base, then suddenly converging in front of middle : median sulcus of pronotum broad fuller! (Horn) REFERENCES CASEY, T. L. 1914. Mem. of the Col. V : 355-387. CHEVROLET, L. A. A. 1853. Revue de Magasin de zoologie, vol. 5, 308- 309. FISHER, W. S. 1928. U. S. Nat. Museum Bull. 145, 1-347. LECONTE, J. L. 1859. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. XI, 187-258. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 49 A New Collecting Method : The Oatmeal Trail By THEODORE H. HUBBELL, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan Night collecting with the aid of an electric head-lamp has become an indispensible technique in the study of nocturnal arthropods (Wallace 1937, Cantrall 1941), and the use of at- tractant baits in jar-traps or applied to surfaces is well known. Jar-trapping has been the standard method of securing in quan- tity certain kinds of nocturnally active terrestrial insects, such as camel-crickets, cockroaches, certain carabids and other beetles, and representatives of other orders. It has the great advantage of accumulating specimens without requiring the presence of the collector. Descriptions of the jar-trap method and its modi- fications have been given by Hubbell (1936), Hubbell and Goff (1940), Cantrall (1941), and Beaudry (1954). The collecting method here described combines use of the head-lamp with that of bait, and is so effective and so simple that it would be surprising if others have not independently discovered it. I have, however, never encountered any refer- ence to it nor met anyone who had heard of it. My own use of the oatmeal trail technique came about through accident. Encamped with two mammalogists in 1947 on the slopes of Cerro Tancitaro in Michoacan, Mexico, my curiosity was aroused by their complaints that something, presumably insects, was interfering with their catch by eating the bait from and sometimes springing their mouse-traps. That night I followed their trap-lines with my head-lamp, and found swarms of crick- ets, camel-crickets, carabids, cockroaches and ants feasting on the bait, which consisted principally of oatmeal. As soon as I could obtain a supply of oatmeal (which in Mexico is uni- versally known as "tres minutos") I tried using it alone, and found it nearly as attractive as the bait mixture. Filling the pockets of my hunting jacket with the dry oatmeal, I sifted it out of my hand in a thin trail along a half mile of forest path, about dusk. Returning with head-lamp well after dark, I found the trail of white flakes easy to follow, and was amazed 50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 at the numbers of insects that had congregated along it, together with many phalangids. Nearly all could be caught by a quick pounce of the hand, so engrossed were they in feeding ; and in many places they were so numerous that I had no opportunity to rise from a crouching position while slowly advancing along the trail. Many of the beetles, camel-crickets and large ants were caught among the leaves at the sides of the path, hurrying away with a large white flake of oatmeal, or partly hidden under a leaf with the flake protruding to call attention to them. Three trips along the trail at intervals of about an hour yielded several hundred specimens — more than I had obtained in a score of trap- jars left out several nights. By the time the last trip was made most of the oatmeal had disappeared. Since that first experience the "tres minutos" or oatmeal trail has become for me a standard and highly productive field method. Some of my colleagues and students who have used it have had equal success. Like all methods, it has its limita- tions and occasional failures ; when the insects are not moving about, because of low temperature or humidity or for other reasons, they do not find the oatmeal trail. Sometimes, on the other hand, it yields surprisingly large catches. On September 5, 1952, on a trail along Arrowhead Branch in Macon County, North Carolina, I. J. Cantrall and I collected more than a quart of camel-crickets and other insects, including several hundred Hadenoecus puteanus and series of Ceuthopliilus gracilipes, C. uhleri and C. pallidipcs. They were taken in about two hours along half a mile of trail. In Ohio, during the fall of 1955, David Eades, a student at the University of Michigan, collected in three weeks by this method several times as many specimens of Ceuthophilus nigricans and C. thomasi'as all those previously known from that state. Most of the insects collected on the oatmeal trail can be placed directly in alcohol, and later if desired run through xylol for pinning. They have one great superiority over specimens col- lected in the conventional molasses trap, in that they are not coated with and have swallowed no molasses. Unless all mo- lasses is removed from trapped specimens before pinning they become discolored and their pins corrode within a few years. Lxvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 51 REFERENCES CITED BEAUDRY, J. R. 1954. A simplification of Hubbell's method for trapping and preserving specimens of Ccuthophilus (Orthoptera, Gryllacri- didae). Canadian Ent, 86(3) : 121-122. CANTRALL, I. J. 1941. Compendium of Entomological Methods. Part II. Notes on collecting and preserving Orthoptera. Ward's Nat- ural Sci. Est., Inc., Rochester, N. Y. 20 pp. [pp. 12-14]. HUBBELL, T. H. 1936. A monographic revision of the genus Ceutho- philus. Univ. Florida Publ, Biol. Ser., 2(1): 1-551 [pp. 12-14]. — — , and C. C. GOFF. 1940. Florida pocket-gopher burrows and their arthropod inhabitants. Proc. Florida Acad. Sci. 1939 [1940], pp. 127-166 [pp. 146-149]. WALLACE, H. K. 1937. The use of the headlight in collecting nocturnal spiders. Ent. News, 48: 107-111. [Notes by Hubbell on use in insect collecting, pp. 110-111.] On a Collection of Chilopods from Crete By RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN Through the courtesy of Dr. K. Lindberg of Lund, Sweden, I have had the privilege of examining a small collection of chilo- pods made by him on the island of Crete in April and May, 1955. The specimens were for the most part taken in or near various grottos of that island. The species represented are listed below, three of the lithobiids being described as apparently new. Cryptops anomalans labyrinthicus Attems Localities: Grotto Catholico, April 21 (No. 38) ; Colymbari, on stony slopes, April 24 (No. 39). Scolopendra canidens cretica Attems Localities : Grotto of Camillari (near Coubbedes), in entrance, April 1 (No. 27) and April 2 (No. 11) ; Carteros (Heraclion). hillock near the shore, April 4 (No. 61); Grotto Catholico (Gouverneto), exterior, April 21 (No. 8); Carteros, near Heraclion, stony slopes, April 7 (No. 17) ; Psychro (Lessithi ). under stones, April 7 (No. 76) ; Sitia, hillock near the shore. April 10 (No. 71); Pyrgos (Milatos), under stones, April 11 (No. 73) ; Milatos, exterior of the grotto. April 12 (No. 77) ; 52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 between Marathospila and Psychro, April 15 (No. 50) ; Grotto Koutrouli, near Gouverneto, exterior, April 22 (No. 15) ; Colymbari, stony slopes, April 24 (No. 7). Bothriogaster signata graeca Verhoeff Localities: Grotto Catholico, exterior, April 21 (No. 13); Carteros (near Heraclion), stony slopes. April 7 (No. 17) ; Grotto Arkoudas (Gouverneto), exterior, April 21; between Marathospila and Psychro, April 15 (No. 50). Pachymerium ferrugineum (Koch) Localities: Lake Kourna, on the shore, April 18 (No. 14); Carteros, near Heraclion, stony slopes, April 7 (No. 17). Dignathodon microcephalum (Lucas) Localities: Grotto Koutrouli (Gouverneto), April 22 (No. 43) ; Grotto Arkoudas, exterior, April 21 (No. 46). Monotarsobius crassipes (L. Koch) Localities: Grotto Hagia Triada, April 22 (No. 53) ; Grotto of Saint Sophia. Sigibius creticola new species Ocelli, 1+2,3,1. Prosternal teeth, 2 + 2. Articles of an- tennae, 39—41, much short of attaining the middle of the body. Ventral spines of first legs, 0,0,0,0,1. Ventral spines of penult legs, 0,1,3,2,1 ; dorsal spines, 1,0.3,1,0; claw double. None of the coxae laterally armed. Claw of female gonopods tripartite ; basal spines, 2 + 2. Length, 12 mm. Locality: Hellenospila. One female taken April 25, 1955. Apparently closely related to S. pit sill us (Latzel) which oc- curs in southern Austria and has also been previously recorded from Greece. The present form differs from that species in its substantially larger size (120 mm. as against 68 mm.) in the larger number of antennal articles (39 or 41 as against 26—33), in the ventral spining of the penult legs (0,1,3,2,1 instead of 0,1,3,2,0), and in the dorsal spining of those legs (1,0,3.1,0 in- stead of 1,0,2, 1,0 or 0,0,2,1,0). Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 53 Lithobius lindbergi new species Ocelli in three series, 1 + 3,3.2. Prosternal teeth, 4 + 4. Articles of antennae, 45. Posterior angles of tergites 9,11 and 13 strongly produced. Dorsal spines of anal legs, 1,3,1,0; ventral spines. 0,1,3,3,1; claws, 2. Ventral spines of penult legs, 0,3,2,2 ; dorsal spines, 1,0,3,1,1. None of the coxae laterally armed. Claw of female gonopods entire, slender ; basal spines, 2 + 2. Length, 22 mm. Locality: Lake Kourna, on the shore. April 18, 1955 (No. 14). Lithobius sitianus new species Color chestnut brown, with no longitudinal stripes. Ocelli, 1 + 3,3,3. those of the two lower series very small. Prosternal teeth. 3+4. Antennae long, reaching beyond mid- dle of body; articles, 55-57. Posterior corners of tergites 9,11 and 13 produced. Ventral spines of anal legs, 0,1,3,2.1(0); dorsal, 0,0,2,1,0; claws, 2. Ventral spines penult legs, 0,1,3,2(3),!; dorsal, 0,0,2,1,1. Last pairs of coxae laterally armed. Anal lages long and slender, not specially modified in the male. Gonopods of female with claw slender and entire ; basal spines, 2 + 2. Length, 19 mm. Localities: Grotto Megalokatofyngui, May 9, 1955 (No. 70) ; Grotto of Miletos, May 12 (No. 3) ; Carteros (near Heraclion), April 7, on stony slopes (No. 17) ; Grotto of Koutrouli (Gou- verneto), entrance, April 22 (No. 37). Eupolybothrus fasciatus fasciatograecus Verhoeff Localities: Annex to Grotto Camilari (Coubbedes), April 2 (No. 35) ; Grotto koutrouli (Gouverneto), April 22 ( Xo. 43). Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne) Locality: Columbari. April 24 (No. 39). 54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Feb., 1956 Reviews THE MEGACHILINE BEES OF CALIFORNIA (Hymenoptera : Megachilidae). By Paul D. Hurd, Jr. and Charles D. Michener. Bulletin of the California Insect Survey, Volume 3, pp. 1—247. University of California Press, Berkeley, California, 1955. Price : $3.50. The authors essayed "to provide usable keys . . . descriptive comments, and detailed data on distribution and floral visits of certain . . . megachiline bees ... of California." The result is a paper with much new information which will be welcomed by both beginning and veteran bee students. The richness of the megachiline bee fauna is shown by the fact that the 8 genera whose species are given in key form comprise 116 of 154 known North American species. Osniia, Mcgachilc, and Coelioxys are the Californian megachiline genera not treated to the spe- cies level. The genera Fonnicapis and Robertsonclla are re- duced to subgenera of Hoplitis and many new specific synony- mies are made. The discussion of species includes original ci- tation, geographical range, California records, taxonomic and biological notes. The many floral visitational records lend support to the authors' statements that these bees are important in the pollination of the native California flora. A separate in- dex to these records is given — a desirable feature too seldom seen in bee publications. The keys tested are workable and supplemented by 141 line drawings of tergal apices, antennae, etc. A clear-cut, full lateral view of a representative species of each of the 8 genera is given. Distributional maps are in- cluded for each species. These maps would have been adequate at much smaller than the half-or full-page size. Further, the bold lettering of the line drawings frequently dwarfs the struc- ture drawn, e.g., nine small mandibular outlines are given an entire 8% X 1 1 page. The lateral view of Chclostoma cali- fornicitjn showing the principal morphological structures could well have been drawn to show more names of those parts fre- quently used in the keys. A rigorous effort to make a complete, up-to-date work is evident throughout the paper. The format IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 55 is pleasing and the typography is excellent. The drawings them- selves are well done. Minor errors are virtually absent but Labitaceae, p. 44, apparently should read Lamiaceae, the al- ternative name for the Labiatae. The overall excellence of the paper assures it of a place in the library of all serious students of wild bees and others whose interests may touch upon the megachiline bees. — ALVIN F. SHINN. GREAT EXPERIMENTS IN BIOLOGY. By M. L. Gabriel and S. Fogel. Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1955. Pp. xiii + 317. Price: Paper back, $3.95. In this volume the historical development of seven different areas of biology is traced. In each area there is a brief "chron- ology," followed by extracts from the original accounts (trans- lated when necessary) of discoveries as published by the scien- tists themselves. Of interest to entomologists, and illustrating the importance of the study of insects as contributing to the development of general biological theory one may call attention, under "Embryology," to the extract from Francesco Redi (A.D. 1688) telling of his experiments that demonstrated that maggots arise from eggs and are not generated spontaneously in meat, pp. 187-89; and to the extracts, under "Genetics," from Sutton (1902) and Wilson (1905) on the chromosome mechanism in insects as related to Mendelian heredity ; and finally, under "Evolution," to a condensation of an article by Dobzhansky (1947) on adaptive evolutionary changes actually observable in wild populations of Drosophila flies at the present time.— R. G. SCHMIEDER. EXCHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow ; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10? to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bcmbix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Alichener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minutcn pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. .Selected RONALD Books MOSQUITOES Their Bionomics and Relation to Disease WILLIAM R. HORSFALL, University of Illinois A COMPLETE SUMMARY of information now available on the bionomics of the subfamily of mosquitoes. The combined results of re- search by sanitarians, epidemiologists, ecologists, physiologists, etc., are set forth systematically for easy reference. Material arranged accord- ing to accepted taxonomic classifications. General information on the subfamily and each genus precedes more detailed treatment of particu- lar species. "... indicates avenues of research for tomorrow." — AIBS BULLETIN. 206 tables, 723 pp. $16 EMBRYOLOGY of the VIVIPAROUS INSECTS HAROLD R. HAGAN, College of the City of New York PIONEER SOURCEBOOK for entomologists and zoologists, and a valuable reference tool for applied research workers. Presents a com- prehensive bibliography of earlier papers on viviparity, historical intro- ductions to each species or group, and a thorough exposition of the known embryogenies. "One of the truly fine books of recent years." — THE SCIENTIFIC MONTHLY. 167 ills., tables; 472 pp. $6.50 The CULTIVATION of ANIMAL and PLANT CELLS PHILIP R. WHITE, Roscoe B. Jackson Memorial Laboratory THEORETICAL AND TECHNICAL treatment of laboratory culture methods, stressing the cell as a basic physiological entity. Presents in detail major laboratory practices of both plant and animal cell culture, helping investigators in a number of fields to isolate, cultivate, and use cells as research materials and tools. "Will be welcomed by novices as well as established investigators." — SCIENCE. 55 ills., tables; 239 pp. $6 • Send for these books. (We pay postage when check accompanies order) -THE RONALD PRESS COMPANY • 15 E. 26th St., N.Y. 10- MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9.— Pate (V. S. L.)— The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris)— The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET. PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS MARCH 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 3 CONTENTS Benesh — Neotropical stagbeetles Tudd — Dermacentor variabilis in Ontario 68 Braun — A Xe\v Bncculatrix from Florida 69 Stannard— A new Bregmatothrips from the \Yest Sabrosky — A new species of Leptocera 74 Nomenclature notice 76 Entomological Departments Pennsylvania State University Notes and News in Entomology Zoogeography of Pacific insects 79 List of entomologists of the Pacific area 81 Reviews . 82 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40, P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19. 1943. o.s* HMBU m ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies. $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS. INC.. Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII MARCH, 1956 No. 3 Some Notes on Neotropical Stagbeetles, with De- scriptions of New Species (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) My BERNARD BENESH, Burrville, Tennessee In the present contribution the status of Pycnosiphorus nibro- vittatus (Blanch.) (1847) is reviewed and defined, and P. rou- leti (Solier) (1851) declared a synonym, suppressed and rele- gated into synonymy ; three Chilean stagheetles are described as new to entomological science, i.e., P. nun/nificus, brcvicollis and co status, the last two species-catalog bare names of long stand- ing; and a correction on Sclerostomusnitidus Benesh is recorded. The writer is under deep obligation to Dr. G. Kuschel, Uni- versidad cle Santiago, who personally supervised the packing and shipping of the loaned stagbeetles from Museo Nacional, Santiago, Chile. There must also be mentioned the very kind cooperation of Seiior Luis E. Peiia, resident of the same metrop- olis, who, without solicitation, submitted over 500 specimens for study, generously permitting the retention of alternate speci- mens, and acceding even the retention by the author of the types of species herein described. We offer here to both our sincere thanks, with assurance that the kind assistance is greatly appreciated. Pycnosiphorus rubrovittatus (Blanchard) Litcanits rubrovittatus Blanchard, in: Voyage d'Orbigny dans 1'Amerique meridionale, vol. 6, p. 194, tab. 12, fig. 9 5-1 1 According to SHERBORX & GRIFFIN (1934), the Atlas with plates was issued in 1842, and the descriptive text in 1847; this is corroborated by BURMEISTER'S statement (1847: 423) : "Da die Beschreibung der Art (57) APfi 3 1956 58 KNTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 Scortizns rubrovittatus Burm., Handb. d. Ent. V, 1847, p. 423. Dorcus vittatus Solier, in : Gay's Hist. fis. y polit. de Chile, Zool., V, 1851, p. 50. Dorcus Roulcti Solier, loc. cit., V, 1851, p. 53, new synonym. Pycnosiphorus vittatus Didier et Seguy, en pars, Encycl. Ent., A, XXVII, 1953, p. 166, nee Eschscholtz (1822). It is emphasized here that the above cited insect is considered, for reasons unknown, to be synonym of a species, with which the insect has nothing in common, and in fact appertains to an entirely different segment of the genus Pycnosiphorus Solier. The species, originally described as Lucanus rubrovittatus by Blanchard, was denned in this manner : "604. Lucane a bandes rouges, Lucanus vittatus. PI. XII, fig. 9. Eschscholtz, Ento- mogr., p. 9, no. 2 (1822) ; Lucanus rubrovittatus Blanch. (olim.)." "Niger, undique punctatus, thorace bicarinato ; elytris con- vexis vitta sericea rubra. Long. 12 millim. Du Chili." The next reference to the species appears in the Handbuch der Entomologie, Band V, 1847, p. 423, wherein Burmeister de- scribes the species from plate XII, the description had then not yet been issued, as follows: "3. Sc. rubro-vittatus: niger, nitidus, punctatus ; elytris vitta laterali aurantiaca squamosa. Long. 6'". Luc. rubro-vittatus Blanch. 1. 1. fig. 9." It should be noted here that Burmeister had changed the meaning of the description by substitution of "aurantiaca squa- mosa" in lieu of "sericeo rubra." Solier (1851) followed this by repeating Blanchard's Latin diagnosis, correcting it by inserting "laterali" between "vitta sericea," and uniting Lucanus vittatus Eschscholtz and rubro- vittatus Blanch., as conspecific, which was accepted by Lacor- daire (1856: 31) as valid and repeated so ad nauseam to this date. From the preceding we can safely assume that not one of these authors had actually examined the type of vittatus Esch- scholtz, nor had they carefully translated the original descrip- tion, for had they done so it would have been discovered that in dem Text von d'Orbigny's Reisc noch nicht crschienen ist, so kann ich welter keine Zusiitze zur Definition machen." Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 59 two distinct insects were being confused and erroneously combined. Through the kind cooperation of Herr Nagel, I had acquired the transcription of the description of vittatus Eschscholtz (1822) and the late Dr. Walther Horn generously supplied the photostat of a French translation, issued in 1835, which, when carefully translated, indicated that our concepts of the species vittatits were absolutely misleading. Pycnosipliorus fittatns (Eschscholtz) appertains to the lessoni ( -- inandibidaris ) group, with the distinctive mandibles of that group, the head semicircularly excavated, front of the pronotum tuberculate, body parallel and apex rounded, and the most con- fusing character — the so-often mentioned lateral vitta — not "seri- cea rubra" as recorded by Blanchard, but luteo-testaceous. The lateral vitta of vittatus is not on the middle of lateral decliv- ity, but marginal, in the groove of the reflexed portion of the elytra, squamous, as noted by Burmeister, and not the "sericea rubra" or silky (or woolly) red of Blanchard. P. nibrovittatus (Blanch.) must be included in the fcuioralis group, with the head triangularly depressed, pronotum without a frontal tubercle and with a deep discal depression, denned by a rim or crest. The species caelatus (Blanch.), rnbrovittatus ( Hlanch.) and inagnificus Benesh, form a natural and distinct sub-group, having flattened and laterally very declivous elytra, on which are situated the distinguishing vittae. The latter ex- tend from the base to the suture, and, in the middle of the de- clivity, parallel the margins. The male of the species was described by Solier (1851 : 53) under the generic name Dorcits, naming it ronlcti, with "utroque vitta obliqua, sericeo-rufa, lateral! notato." The name rnbro- rittatits proposed by Blanchard in 1847, having several yeai> priority over Solier's ronlcti. invalidates ronlcti, relegating it into synonymy . The species rubrovittatus, as far as I am aware, is the only one with woolly vittae, all the other congeners possessing mar- ginal squamae or other distinguishing characters. The woolly pubescence of the vittae varies from red to blood-red, purple, and 60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 dark purple, and even slightly green. A glance at the original figure will suffice to convince anyone that rubrovittatus has nothing in common with vittatus (Eschscholtz ), which, as indi- cated before, represents and is a member of an entirely different group. Pycnosiphorus magnificus Benesh, n. sp. Allied to the preceding species, but readily separated by its band of coppery or golden squamae, extending the full width of the elytra. J1. Head transverse, twice as wide as long, anterior margin broadly concave, antero-lateral angles obtuse, diagonal to can- thus, canthus opposite the eye rounded, encompassing the ante- rior third of the eye, behind the eye expanded into an obtuse angulation as broad as the canthus ; thence converging to base ; declivous from the occiput to front ; opaque, with a few remote small punctures around and behind the eyes ; anteocular bosses and rim of declivity quite smooth and feebly shining; eyes parallel ; clypeus broad and truncate, inconspicuous. Mandibles shorter than the head, somewhat semicircular in aspect when in repose, rounded externally, sloping inwardly, apices simple, not acute ; inner margin with a broad, tricuspid tooth on the left mandible and a four-cuspid tooth on the right, thence sud- denly deeply excised to base ; on top of the teeth and slightly inward from the cuspidate margins, with a ridge-like elevation, the left bicuspid, the right conical, simple, impunctate through- out, opaque, except the upper ridge-like elevations, which are strongly nitid. Antennae typical of the genus, scape slightly longer than the funicle and clava combined ; funicle twice as long as the clava, first funicular segment club-shaped and longer than the second ; second to sixth of equal length and progres- sively enlarged towards the clava ; clava trilamellate, segments lobate and spongiose throughout. Pronotum one and one-half times broader than long, anterior margin nearly straight, antero-lateral angles advanced and sub- acute, arcuate in first fourth, lateral angle broadly rounded, diagonal and slightly emarginate to basal angles, which are Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 61 O btuse, base slightly concave.- ; disk depressed, depression well defined by crests, semicircular anterad, parallel or nearly so on sides, open behind; declivous on sides. Sparsely punctured throughout except the anterior margin, the crest of the depres- sion and lateral margins, which are impunctate and feebly shin- ing ; the puncturation light, remote, gradually increasing in size towards the lateral margins and the base of discal depression. Scutellum somewhat 'constricted at base (hastate), broader than long, puncturation fine, cribriform, each puncture with short coppery pile. Elytra shield-shaped, broadest in middle, slightly longer than broad, flattened on top, declivous laterally ; closely cribripunctate, the punctures smaller than those of the pronotal base; at the base, extending the full width (including humeri), with a transverse band of orange-red lanceolate squa- mae, which under lens appear like burnished copper or gold ; mediad of the lateral declivity, as in rubroi'ittatns, is a vitta of roundish squamae, of identical coloration as the basal band, extending from the basal band to the apical angles, but not attaining the apical margin or suture. Legs slender, cherry-red, excepting the anterior tibiae, which are darker (reddish-brown) ; anterior tibiae furcate, furcation bent downward, tridentate with subequal teeth between the fur- cation and the knees, with smaller denticles in between ; inter- mediate and posterior tibiae unispinose mediad ; tarsi slightly shorter than the tibiae, piceous, glabrous dorsally, fulvisetous on venter; onychium present. Underneath, dull black ; mentum somewhat trapezoidal, broader than long, laterally rounded, base straight, slightly declivous from base to front, rugulose throughout ; gula feebly depressed mediad and remotely punctured, base elevated and Mii:ioth; genae ser.iicircularly depressed, roughened and coarsely punctured; prosternum coarsely sculptured with close, trans- verse-ovate punctures, gradually reduced in size towards the episternum, which is nearly smooth and feebly shining; pro- sternal process not prominent, rounded behind ; meso- and meta- sternum, as well as the abdominal sterna, punctured laterad, tin- latter somewhat less distinctly ; midsection of meso- and meta- sternnm, as well as of the abdominal sterna, impunctate. 62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March. 1956 Female unknown. Measurements of the typical specimen (in millimeters) : length X width Head 2.4 6.0 Mandibles 2.1 Pronotum 4.4 7.0 Elytra 7.9 6.5 Scutellum 0.5 0.7 Holotypc: A male, Tregualemu, CHILE, 5 Die. '53, 300/500 M., in the collection of the author, ex-coll. L. E. Pefia. Paratopotypc: A male, in the collection of Serior Luis E. Peiia, Santiago, Chile. Pycnosiphorus brevicollis Henesh, n. sp. Sclerognathus brevicollis Germain, Bol. Museo Nacional, San- tiago, III, 1911, p. 66, nomen nudum. Black, subnitid, broadly convex, depressed. <$. Head transverse, twice as broad as long, anterior margin straight, clypeus projecting, broad, feebly tricuspid ; antero- lateral angles obtuse, oblique towards the canthi, canthus nar- row, encompassing the anterior half of the eye : eyes small, parallel; posterior portion behind the eyes produced into a con- spicuous acumination on an even plane (the broadest part of the head) ; front declivous, triangularly depressed from the occiput to front, remotely punctured by fairly large punctures on post-ocular areas, less so and the punctures smaller on the front. Mandibles slightly shorter than the head, wedge-forming when in repose, externally nearly straight, the apices very feebly bent inward, obsoletely keeled on top, above the inner edge, undulate and excised basad. The mandibles, in repose, seem to form a straight line in prolongation with the canthus, the wedge thus formed being about 75-76 degrees, readily differen- tiating this new form from all its known congeners. Antennae as in the preceding species. Pronotum one and one-half times broader than long, anterior margin nearly straight and not projecting beyond the subacute antero-lateral angles, anterior third gently diverging and ar- Ixvii ] KXToMouxiicAL NKWS 63 cuate, center parallel, basal third with the lateral angles obtuse, diagonal to basal angles, the latter rounded, base nearly straight ; disk slightly Battened in the anterior half, sides gently slanting, irregularly punctured within the discal depression and lateral areas, the puncturation gradually increasing in size from the front to base. Scutellum small, triangular in outline, twice as wide as long, the center with a lunate impression. Klytra obovate, longer than wide, broadest beyond the middle (from base), attenuate in apical third and gently rounded ; punctured similarly to the pronotum, but somewhat more strongly in the humeral and lateral areas, the punctures separated approximately by their diameter ; burner i produced, mucronate, right angled, and as wide as the pronotal base. Legs short and stout ; anterior tibiae externally strongly fur- cate, tridentate from distal furcation to the knees, the teeth progressively reduced in size ; intermediate and posterior tibiae with a single median spine, tarsi shorter than the tibiae, glabrous on top, setose beneath ; onychium present. Beneath, the mentum is twice as broad as long, broadly ar- cuate in front, abruptly rounded laterally, base straight, feebly impressed each side of the center, punctured throughout, the puncturation somewhat cribriform. Genae, prothoracic and metathoracic sterna, as well as the sterna of the abdominal seg- ments, laterally strongly punctured, the punctures large, sepa- rated about their diameter, the puncturation smaller and less numerous along the center ; prosternal process flattened between the coxae, narrowing towards the posterior, rounded and lat- erally constricted. 5- Head nearly twice as broad as long, anterior margin straight, clypeus anteriorly bicuspid, antero-lateral angles ob- tuse, diagonal towards the eyes, posteriorly of the eyes straight to the base; front with a conspicuous depression each side of the center, on line with the ante-ocular bosses, within the usual triangular depression ascribed by Benesh (1955) to the fcuioni- lis group; puncturation closer, smaller and coarser than that of the male, contiguous and rugulose in front angles and behind the eyes. Mandibles shorter than the head, externally arcuate, 64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 keeled on top, apices simple, inner margin of each mandible with an antemedian simple tooth, the left somewhat stronger and slightly in advance of the right one. Pronotum narrower in anterior half, diverging to posterior, without the lateral angulation present on the male, basal angles broadly arcuate, the puncturation throughout somewhat coarser. Elytra similar to the male's in form and sculpture, but in pro- portion somewhat broader. Legs stouter than male's, the spination of intermediate and posterior tibiae more distad than in male, and as in all di- morphic lucanids, the tarsi are shorter than in the opposite sex. Underneath, the sculpture is more uniform, especially on the sterna, the puncturation shallow and cribriform in appearance. Measurements of the typical examples (in millimeters) : <$ length X width $ Head 1.9x5.0 1.3x3.3 Mandibles 2.1 X ... 1.1 X ... Pronotum 3.6 X 5.6 3.2 X 5.0 Elytra 6.8 X 5.4 6.6 X 5.2 Scutellum 0.2 X 0.4 0.2 X 0.2 Holotype: A male, Constitucion, Costa de Maule, CHILE, 27 Nov. 1953, in collection of B. Benesh, ex-coll. L. E. Pena. Paratypcs: 2 males, Tregualemu, 9 Die. '53, 300/500 M., in collection of L. E. Peria; 1 male Constitucion, Chile, 27, XI, '53, in collection of L. E. Peria ; 1 male, Chile, Prov. Yaldivia, Panguipulli, Die. -9/51, Gutierrez leg., in collection of A. Mar- tinez, Buenos Aires, Argentina ; 2 males, Constitucion, Chile, 27, XI, '53, 10 Km S., B. Benesh collection, ex-coll. L. E. Pena; 1 male, without data and minus the abdomen, labeled : brevicollis Germain n. n. : Kuschel det. 195., in the collection of Museo Nacional, Santiago, Chile. Allotype: 1 female, without data, in collection of Museo Nacional, Santiago, Chile. Paratypc: 1 female, Constitucion, Chile, 27, XI, '53, in collec- tion of B. Benesh, ex-coll. L. E. Pena. Readily distinguished from other congeners by the wedge- shaped mandibles, sparse puncturation and more nitid aspect. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 65 Pycnosiphorus costatus Benesh, n. sp. Sclcrognathus costatus Germain, Bol. Mus. Nacion., Santiago, III, 1911, p. 66, nomen nudum. J\ Head nearly twice as broad as long, anterior margin slightly sinuous (J*) (straight in female), clypeus fairly broad and produced, with a well-defined tubercle in middle of anterior margin ; anterior angle obtusely angulate, thence oblique (slightly emarginate in center [less so in female]) to canthus ; canthus rounded and encompassing the anterior half of the eye ; post- ocular portion parallel to base ; declivous from the occiput to front, apex of triangular depression (on occiput) deeply hol- lowed, closely and coarsely punctured, the puncturation gradu- ally more diffused and reduced in size towards the front, rugu- lose behind the eyes and the crest of the triangle ; crest with a few punctures on the occiput and around the eyes, impunctate between. Mandibles slightly shorter than the head, falciform, externally rounded, keeled on top, apices simple, closely and deeply punctured, inner edge of each mandible with a strong, antemedian bicuspid tooth, the left stronger but somewhat shorter than the right. Antennae as in the preceding species. Pronotum one and one-half times broader than long, anterior margin nearly straight, antero-lateral angles produced and ob- tusely angulate, extending well beyond anterior margin, broadly arcuate in anterior third, parallel or slightly constricted in center, posteriorly converging and somewhat obliquely truncate to basal angles, which are nearly right, basal margin straight (c^) (slightly produced in middle and broadly arcuate 5) ; disk strongly depressed behind anterior margin to base, strongly crested on sides, center with a longitudinal glabrous and im- punctate narrow strip, extending from base nearly the full length of the depression ; depression irregular in outline, re- sembling somewhat the figure 8, sculptured throughout by large, confluent punctures, the punctures within with tawny down, each bearing central, luteous, tuft-like squamae ; lateral areas similarly sculptured, but somewhat coarser in anterior angles, with similar down and squamae. 66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 Scutellum longer than broad, apex rounded, closely, but not confluently punctured, and on a lower plane than the elytra. Elytra one and one-half times longer than broad, humeri pro- duced and mucronate, sides gently broadening from humeral angles to beyond the middle, thence broadly arcuate and at- tenuate to apex ; suture of elytra with produced costa, and each elytron bicostate, as follows: first costa (humeral) simple, extending from the humeral spine obliquely inward, thence paralleling, in the middle of declivity, the lateral margin, ter- minating in an elongate simple point, about 1.5 to 2 mm. from the apex; second costa (median) closer to the suture, not pre- cisely centered between the sutural and humeral costae, extends from base to apical declivity, ending on or slightly beyond the terminal of the first costa ; this costa is somewhat irregular in outline, being constricted here and there, sometimes with a lat- eral branch or finger, or it may be broken (the type) and the connection feebly indicated. The costae are strongly produced, rounded on top, glabrous, shining ; the sutural costa with a few distant punctures, marginal and intercostal areas are conflu- ently punctured, similar to pronotum but more uniform, the downy pubescence and squamae much clearer, giving the insects a somewhat velvety appearance. Legs slender, without noticeable deviation from the norm ; anterior tibiae fairly broad in both sexes, distal furcation strong but unequal, the front prong twice as long as the hind, with three teeth, gradually reduced in size, between the distal fork and the knee. Intermediate and posterior tibiae unispinose mediad. Beneath piceous, angles of pronotal episternum impunctate and nitid. Punctured throughout, excepting the episternum just mentioned, by fairly large, shallow punctures, separated about their own diameter ; somewhat less shining along the median line and opaque towards margins. §. Female is less distinct from the male than appears to be the case in the other known congeners ; the head is somewhat smaller, more coarsely sculptured, occipital crest not continuous but broken in center and supplanted by a deep, circular, strongly Ixvii I KXTOMOLtHiK'Al, XK\VS 67 punctured pit ; mandibles shorter, the teeth simple and reduced ; pronotum is not parallel as in the male, but broadly arcuate to basal angles, the angles somewhat emarginate and the base slightly produced and broadly arcuate. The elytral median costae are more uniform than those of the male (in the allo- type ) , each one having two forward-pointing outer branches or fingers. Measurements of the typical examples (in millimeters) : $ length X width $ Head 2.2 X 4.3 1.5 X 3.7 Mandibles 1.6 X ... 1.3 X ... Pronotum 4.1 X 6.0 3.9 X 5.7 Elytra 8.1 X 6.2 8.0 X 5.7 Holotypc: A male, without locality, in Museo Nacional, San- tiago, Chile. l\u-at\f>c: A male, without data, in B. Benesh collection, ex-coll. Museo Nacion., Santiago, Chile. Allotypc: A female, Pemehue, Ene. — 1896, in collection of Museo Nacion., Santiago, Chile. Paratypcs: A female, without data, but bearing an ancient label costatiis, in collection of the author, ex-coll. Museo Nacion., Santiago, Chile; 1 female, Pinares, Lonquimai, 15 Enera 1938, Chile, in collection of California Academy of Sciences ; 1 female, Cornell Univ., Lot 606, Ex Museo Nacion. Santiago, Chile, in Cornell University collection ; 1 female, same data as the pre- ceding example, No. 5037, in Chicago Natural History Museum. This remarkable species can be readily separated from all the thus far recorded species, by the costate elytra, tawny down, and squamae ; it is basically dark brown, piceous or black in color, with the distinctive nude crests on the pronotum and the costae of elytra polished and nitid, and the downy vestiture presenting, to naked eye, a velvety appearance. Sclerostomus nitidus Benesh In describing the present species, Benesh (1955) by inad- vertence described the pronotum to be one and one-half times as long as broad : the description should read : one and one-half 68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 times broader than long. This error is obvious, when compar- ing the text with the measurements given, which are : pronotum (length X width) : 3.5 X 5.0 mm. REFERENCES BENESH, B. 1955. Ent. News, LXVI (4), pp. 97-104. SHERBORN, C. D., et F. J. GRIFFIN. 1934. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), XIII, pp. 130-134. A Dog Tick, Dermacentor variabilis (Say), on a Human in Southwestern Ontario In August, 1955 an engorged female tick, Dermacentor vari- abilis (Say), was found attached to the right leg of a man, about 45 years old, employed as a tobacco curer on a farm about 5 miles southwest of Tillsonburg, Oxford County, Ontario. The tick was located over the tibia antero-laterally at the junction of the middle and lower thirds of the leg. It was reported by the man that he was from the southern United States and had recently come north to cure tobacco. It could not be determined whether the tick had become attached to him in the south or after his arrival in Ontario, but in any case the tick was removed from him in living condition. The length of the tick, from the cephalic points of the scapulae to the caudal margin, was 10.2 mm. and its greatest width, at the level of the anus, was 7.5 mm. The specimen is preserved in fluid in the collection of the Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario. Clinical data were contributed by C. C. Lee, M.D., of Tillsonburg and the specimen was given to the writer, for identification, by W. M. Wilson, M.D., Regional Laboratory of Health (Ontario), London, Ontario. — W. W. JUDD, Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario. IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 69 A New Species of Gall-forming Bucculatrix from Florida (Lepidoptera: Lyonetiidae) By ANNETTE F. BRAUN, Cincinnati, Ohio In the Journal of the New York Entomological Society, Vol- ume LVI, March, 1948, pp. 43-50, Dr. James G. Needham published a paper describing the habits and early stages of a new species of gall-forming Bnccitlatri.v on Heliantluts agrcstis Pollard from Florida. As Dr. Needham plans to publish fur- ther details of the life history, the following description of this new species is published in advance of the writer's forthcoming monograph of the genus Bucciilatrix in North America in order that the name may become available. Bucculatrix needhami new species Head white, tuft brown in the center ; antennae pale gray. Thorax white, tegulae shaded with fuscous anteriorly. Fore wings white, marked with irrorated fuscous streaks which may vary in distinctness, or one or more of them be absent. In well-marked specimens, the following markings can be distin- guished : a median streak from base broadening outwardly for about one-third the wing length, its broad portion ending before the black patch of slightly raised scales lying just below the fold ; above the patch of raised black scales this streak continues as an attenuated line to the middle of the wing; just posterior to the raised black scales, a broad streak, parallel to termen, extends to the end of the cell, meeting a small black spot ; costad of the median streak, starting at basal fifth is a narrower streak, its point directed toward the small black spot at end of cell ; below this streak there is usually a short fine fuscous line ; be- ginning just beyond and below middle of costa is a more or less broad very oblique streak which extends into the apical area. Apical costal area dusted with fuscous scales. Scattered fuscous dusting along dorsal margin. Scales along termen black-tipped and forming a more or less conspicuous cluster about half-way along the cilia ; these scales extend along the 70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March. 1956 wing margin to the apex, where the dark color is continued as a blackish pencil in the apical cilia. A line of slender finely dark-tipped scales near base of the cilia extends parallel to termen, converging to apex. Hind wings pale gray, cilia rufous at base. Legs white, with fuscous shading, tarsal segments black-tipped. Abdomen whitish. Alar expanse: 13 to 15 mm. Typc.—J, Englewood, FLORIDA, March 29, 1946 (J. G. Need- ham). Gall on stem of Hclianthus agrestis Pollard. Cornell U. Type No. 3123. Allotype—%, Englewood, FLORIDA, March 24, 1946 (J. G. Needham). Gall on stem of Hclianthus agrestis Pollard. Cor- nell U. Type No. 3123. Paratypes. — 3 J1, 3 $, Englewood, FLORIDA, April 5 to April 17, 1946 (J. G. Needham), 1 9, Sarasota, Fla, March 24, 1946 (J. G. Needham), all reared from galls on stems of Hclianthus agrestis; 6 J1, 3 $, 8 mi. W. of Moore Haven, Glades Co., Fla., ex pupa, April 7 to May 17, galls on stems of Hclianthus agres- tis (C. L. Remington & L. Brass.) ; 1 J1, 1 $, near Hiseville, Barren Co., Ky., imagoes June 3 and June 12, 1941, from galls on stems of Hclianthus angustijolius L. (A. F. Braun) [A. F. B. Coll.] ; 1 ?, Chicago, 111., VI. 3. 04 (G. McElhose) [U.S.N.M.j; 10", Karner, N. Y., April 21, 1903 (N.Y.S. Coll.), "from gall on Hclianthus struinosns" [U.S.N.M.]. Bucculatrix ncedhami is one of a group of closely related spe- cies, all gall-forming or stem-boring, and characterized by the same general type of genitalia and wing markings, but separated from one another by slight but constant differences. In the forthcoming monograph male and female genitalia, wing mark- ings, gall, and cocoon will be figured. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 71 A New Species of Bregmatothrips from the West (Thysanoptera: Thripidae) By LEWIS J. STANNARD, JR., Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana For the most part, representatives of Bregmatothrips are southern insects, inhabiting tropical, subtropical or very warm temperate grasslands. One species in North America is the exception. That species, venustus Hood, extends northward from near Mexico City into central Illinois. To the north this genus is replaced, naturally in Europe and accidentally established by man in North America, by the bio- logically equivalent genera Limothrips and Iridothrips. These equivalent genera are also related to Bregmatothrips. Superficially Bregmatothrips most closely resembles Irido- thrips but the two genera can be easily distinguished by a com- parison of the characteristics listed in the following table. Limothrips differs from either by having accessory sternal setae in addition to the posterior setae. Characteristic Bregmatothrips Iridothrips Mouth cone pointed bluntly rounded Metaspinisternum pointed, fig. 1 truncate, fig. 2 Major anterolateral mesad of anterolateral At anterolateral corner prothoracic setae corner Fore vein of fore wing \\ith interrupted ro\\ with evenly spaced row of setae of setae Abdominal segment X shorter than segment longer than segment IX IX In a collection of specimens received several years ago from my friend Dr. D. M. Tuttle of the University of Arizona, there was included an apparently new species of Bregmatothrips. This species is described herein. Bregmatothrips sonorensis new species Female (macropterous). — Length distended, about 1.5 mm. Generally dark brown in color. Yellow : antennal segments III, three-fourths of IV, and the mid portion to three-fourths of V ; 72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 apical half of the fore tarsi ; extreme apex of mid and hind tarsi ; and all tibiae. Fore wings light gray. Head slightly longer than width across cheeks. Ocelli pres- ent. Interocellar setae well developed, placed one on either side of fore ocellus. Pronotum with two pairs of well developed epi- meral setae ; mid posterior, lateral and anterolateral setae not as long ; anterolateral setae each placed considerably inside anterolateral angle. Abdominal sterna without accessory setae in addition to posterior ones. Male (brachypterous). — Length fully distended over 1.2 mm. Bicolored brown and yellow. Brown : head ; antennal segments I, II except apex, apex of IV and V, and all of VI to VIII; outer edge of hind tibiae; and abdominal segments II to X. Rest of body yellow. Ocelli absent. Abdominal sternal glandular areas absent. Abdominal tergum IX without thorn-like spines. Holotype. — Female ; Yuma, ARIZONA ; University of Arizona Experimental Farm; April 16, 1952; (D. M. Tuttle). Allo- type. — Male; same data as for holotype. Paratypcs. — 2$, 2 J1; same data as for holotype. Types deposited in the collections of the Illinois Natural History Survey. Additional records. — 1 $, 1 J1; Davis, California; July 24 and December 2, 1939; (S. F. Bailey) ; from bermuda grass. Previously the Sonoran populations had been lumped with the midwestern populations under the name venustus. Yet these western populations are more easily differentiated from typical specimens of venustus than the floridian gracilis Hood is from venustus, and if members of the taxon gracilis deserve specific recognition so also do the western forms. Going from west to east, the Nearctic Bregmatothrips become progressively lighter in color, particularly in the female. The western form, sonorensis, has the tibiae dark brown and has a dark apical ring on antennal segment V. The midwestern segre- gate, venustus, has the tibiae mostly yellow and antennal seg- ment V is entirely yellow. Bregmatothrips venustus also shows some evidence of yellow in the basal half of antennal segment VI. Farther to the east, in Florida, gracilis (= Limoccrcyo- Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 73 thrips bicolor Watson) is still lighter in that the base of antennal segment VI is entirely yellow without brown overtones. Other- wise gracilis is almost like venustus. BREGMATOTHRIPS SONORENSIS FIG. I IRIDOTHRIPS IRIDIS FIG. 2 FIG. 1. Brcgmatothrips sonorensis new species, holotype ?. FIG. 2. Iridothrips iridis (Watson), ? specimen from the U. S. National Museum collected in Boskoop, Holland. Abbreviations: Ss — metaspinisternum ; IS — abdominal sternum I; CX3 — hind coxa. The species sonorensis occupies the crescent from Davis, California to Yuma, Arizona; venustus extends from the cen- tral part of the United States of America east of the 100 meridian south to the Mexican state of Morelos ; and gracilis occupies northern Florida. Whether or not any of these species have contiguous ranges or intergrading populations is not known as yet. I strongly suspect that venustus and gracilis are geographical variants of a single species and that in some south- ern state they intergrade imperceptibly from one to the other. Before me is still another species, undescribed, from Chiapas, Mexico. Moulton's record of venustus in Cuba was not veri- fied for this paper. 74 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 A New Species of the Leptocera lutosa Complex (Diptera: Sphaeroceridae) By CURTIS W. SABROSKY, Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, United States Department of Agriculture In 1949 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 51: 1-24, 3 pis.) I pub- lished a revision of a group of fifteen closely related species of Leptocera, twelve of which were new and many of which had been erroneously identified in collections as lutosa (Stenham- mar). Another new species in this complex has been found in Florida, and it is described here. Leptocera weemsi new species Species of the lutosa complex (cf. group characters listed by Sabrosky ,loc. cit., p. 2) with four pairs of dorsocentral bristles, a strong pair of acrosticals, chiefly black antennae, uniformly dark gray to black thorax, and bright yellow halteres. Male, female. — Black to blackish gray, the front anteriorly and third antennal segments mesally toward the base obscurely reddish ; legs brown to blackish brown, the tarsi paler, knees and trochanters yellowish ; wings brownish tinted ; halteres bright vellow. j Interfrontal bristles four in each row, the front and hind bristles weak, the middle two strong, the second from the front slightly stronger than the third ; the gray median stripe of pollen anterior to median ocellus narrow, on each side separated by a dark area greater than its own width from the gray interfrontal stripe ; occiput with two pale gray areas flanking a dark median postocellar area ; facial tubercle narrow, rounded, widening and flattening above between the antennae. Mesonotum with four strong, evenly spaced pairs of dorsocentrals, the posterior pair strongest ; nine rows of acrostical setae between the dorsocen- trals on anterior half of mesonotum ; one well-developed pair of acrostical bristles, slightly anterior to and half as long as the second dorsocentral pair, and flanking the single median Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 75 row of acrostical hairs. Preapical anteroventral bristles on hind femora weak and little longer than clothing hairs ; hind tibiae with only weak appressed hairs anteriorly and antero- ventrally, and the anterodorsal and posterodorsal bristles weak and inconspicuous. Wings similar to "lutosa" as figured by Spuler (1924, Annals Ent. Soc. Amer., 17: plate 18, fig. 1), but the outer posterior corner of discal cell angulate and with short appendage. Male terminalia small, chiefly blackish brown, sparsely set with short hairs; posterior lobe of ninth tergite (cf. terminology of Sabrosky, loc. cit., p. 3) relatively weak; genital forceps slender, almost bristlelike, apically acute ; posterior margin of sternite IV strongly concave, sternite V narrow and padlike. Female terminalia small and inconspicuous ; dorsal aspect similar to that of L. forceps (Sabrosky, loc. cit., fig. 34), but the dorsal plate broad and thus relatively short, three times as long as broad in middle, its posterior apex obtusely angulate, and a pair of strong setae midway on sides of posterior margin as in L. inichigana (Sabrosky, he. cit., fig. 36) ; last visible sternite with hind margin straight, not produced on midline. Length, 1.75 mm. Holotypc male, allotypc, and two paralyses, one of each sex, Alachua County, FLORIDA, Nov. 17, 1953 (H. V. Weems, Jr.) ; paratype male, same locality and collector, Jan. 30, 1954. Type and allotype in the U. S. National Museum (Type No. 63003) by courtesy of the collector; paratypes in the collection of the Florida State Plant Board, Gainesville, Florida. This species is close to the southeastern /.. spuleri Sabrosky, notably in the possession of four pairs of dorsocentral bristles and a posteriorly angulate discal cell. The former of these characters distinguishes spuleri and weemsi from the other spe- cies in the complex, which have five pairs, although the second is usually shorter than the other bristles. However, weenisi is easily distinguished from spuleri by the characters used in the following couplets, which will replace couplet 2 of my pre- vious key : 76 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 2. Dorsocentral bristles in four evenly spaced pairs, all strong 2a Dorsocentrals in five pairs, the second usually weaker than the others 3 2a. No acrostical bristles ; eight rows of approximately equal hairs between the dorsocentrals on anterior half of mesonotum ; third antennal segments distinctly reddish yellow on inner surfaces ; four setae in each interfrontal row, the second long and bristlelike, the others weak; mesonotum light gray with three usu- ally rather distinct stripes, especially when viewed from behind L. spuleri Sabrosky One pair of strong acrosticals, opposite the second dorsocentrals ; nine rows of acrostical hairs ante- riorly, the single median row passing between the acrosticals ; third antennal segments almost entirely black ; four interfrontal setae in each row, the ante- rior and posterior weak, the middle two strong; mesonotum uniformly dark, blackish gray L. weemsi, new species Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked with the Commission's File Number and sent to Francis Hemming, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W. 1, England. Lepisma Linnaeus 1758 (Class Insecta, Order Thysanura), attribution of a gender for, in harmony with accustomed usage (File: Z.N. (S.) 988). For details see: Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Vol. 11, Part 9. Curtis (J.), 1837, A Guide to an Arrangement of British Insects (Ed. 2), suppression of, for purposes of selections of type species of genera (File: Z.N. (S.) 298). For details see: Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Vol. 9, Part 12. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 77 Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. Pennsylvania State University University Park, Pa. Although the Pennsylvania State University was established as the Farmer's High School in 1855 and numerous courses in zoology were taught as early as 1862, no organized department can be recognized until 1890 when Dr. H. T. FERNALD was appointed professor of zoology. Activity in this field is evident from various theses presented, in 1889, "A comparative study of the heart of the ox and the cat" also in 1892 "A comparison of the nervous system of the pupal and adult ant." In 1895 a Department of Zoology was established in the School of Natural Sciences. Dr. Fernald was made head of this department and served until 1901 when he resigned and Dr. H. A. SURFACE was appointed in his place. Dr. Surface's efforts in building our department are still recognized. Later he distinguished himself by his studies and writings in zoology at the Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. During these early days very few students chose the field of biology ; but 1896 was an unusual year and four students graduated in zoology. The first master's degree was conferred in 1906. From 1908 to 1912 W. R. MC€ONNELL was in charge of zoology. The following year M. W. EDDY, now Professor Emeritus at Dickinson College, was appointed head of the de- partment of zoology and served until 1918 when Dr. E. H. DUSHAM, now retired, took his place. In 1924 the department was given its present name, THE DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY, and was trans- ferred to the School of Agriculture. Many new positions in teaching and research were created and the following years marked considerable advance in these fields. The insect collection was initiated In S. W. FROST in l().v. 78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 United States National Museum drawers, museum cases and the unit tray system were adopted. Today the collection is con- tained in 35 cabinets, 420 insect drawers, and consists of ap- proximately 5000 identified species. This does not include nearly 40,000 specimens of immature insects. Dr. B. G. ANDERSON, formerly of the Department of Biology, West Virginia University, assumed direction of the Depart- ment of Zoology and Entomology in 1953. Already consider- able growth is evident. The Fall of 1955 there were 23 under- graduate students majoring in Zoology and Entomology, 26 candidates for the master's degree and 3 students registered for their doctorates. Today we offer fundamental and applied courses in zoology and entomology as follows : In zoology 8 courses are offered on the undergraduate level, 15 courses are open to under- graduates and graduates, and 10 courses are open only to graduate students. In entomology 6 courses are offered to undergraduate students, 8 courses are open to undergraduates and graduates, and 6 courses are open only to graduate stu- dents. We are in a position to offer graduate assistanceships in zoology and entomology. At present there are 10 graduate research assistants, 6 graduate teaching assistants and one fellow- ship. We need and in the future hope to offer further assist- ance. The teaching staff includes Dr. N. D. BLACKBURN (Forest Insects, Insect Control, Immature Insects ) ; Dr. C. W. RUTSCHKY (Insect Taxonomy, and Morphology) ; Dr. B. F. COON, who was recently transferred from the Lancaster field station; Dr. S. W. FROST (General Entomology and Fruit and Vegetable Insects) ; and Dr. HERBERT FRINGS, a zoologist who teaches Medical Entomology. An advanced course in Insecti- cides is taught by Dr. D. E. H. FREAR of the Department of Agricultural Biological Chemistry. Research projects currently pursued include that of Dr. Blackburn on forage insects ; Dr. Rutschky on the corn ear- worm ; Dr. Rutschky, along with Dr. T. H. CHENG, a zoologist, on the flies of cattle ; an extensive one by Dr. Coon on the breeding of insect-resistant plants, especially wheat and corn. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 79 Dr. Smyth is working on the ncurophysiology of insects, and Dr. Frings on the effects of high frequency sounds on animals including insects. Dr. HARRISON TIETZ is interested in the Lepidoptera. Dr. Frost has charge of the insect collections, and has been conducting an insect survey of the State of Pennsylvania. j There are three permanent field stations at which research is conducted : at Arendtsville, where DEAN ASQUITH is working on insects of apple and peach, at North East, Erie Co., for insects on cherry and grape, under JAMES A. Cox, and at Kennett Square where C. A. THOMAS is engaged in research on mushroom insects. THE DEPARTMENT OF EXTENSION ENTOMOLOGY is a large, well organized and separate department under Professor J. O. PEPPER as chairman. This Department was established in 1917 under the direction of Dr. C. H. HADLEY. A year later Professor H. E. HODGKISS took over the direction and served until 1944 when Dr. Pepper was placed in charge. The per- sonnel includes : S. G. GESELL, HENRY MENUSAN, L. E. ADAMS, E. J. UDINE, and W. W. CLARK. S. \Y. FROST. Notes and News in Entomology Zoogeography of Pacific Insects The Entomology Department, Bishop Museum, Honolulu, is embarking on an entomological survey of the major island groups of the Southwest Pacific. The areas to be investigated are those considered important from the standpoint of the origin of the Oceanic, or Micropolynesian, insect fauna. Field work is planned for the islands stretching from the New Hebrides to Southeast Asia, with emphasis on New Guinea and nearby island groups. The National Science Foundation has granted $23,000 to aid the project during the three-year period 1956-1958. These funds will be used for field work and for 80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 continuing the services of Miss SETSUKO NAKATA for the pre- paring of the collections for study. Bishop Museum is supply- ing equipment and additional staff. The project is under the supervision of J. L. GRESSITT, chairman of the department. Mrs. DOROTHY RAINWATER and several museum associates or volunteers are also assisting. Collaboration with other organ- izations interested in the area is being planned. Collecting for the project commenced in 1955 when Dr. Gressitt spent four months as a Guggenheim Fellow in New Guinea and New Britain, mainly in the highlands of NE New Guinea and western Netherlands New Guinea, in areas where little or no insect col- lecting had previously been done. In 1956 emphasis will be on eastern New Guinea, the Bis- marcks, and Solomons. An invitation from the Territory of Papua and New Guinea to make an ecological study of a coconut beetle in New Britain will permit Gressitt's trip at almost no expense to the grant. He will work two months in New Britain, with collecting trips to Guadalcanal, Bougainville, New Ireland and eastern New Guinea. Mr. E. J. FORD, JR., on leave from the USDA, will spend five months in New Britain, New Ireland, Bougainville, and eastern New Guinea. Work is planned for the New Hebrides, Solomons, and New Guinea for 1957, and for New Guinea and Indonesia in 1958. On the return trip from New Guinea in 1955, Gressitt stopped to collect on Vanua Levu Island of Fiji, to help fill a gap in the museum's collections, which are the largest in the world for the oceanic Pacific Islands, particularly for Fiji, Samoa, and SE Polynesia. In early 1955 N. L. H. KRAUSS added to the Fiji, Samoa, and Tahiti collections, and in Janu- ary 1956 Krauss went to collect in Tonga, the only serious gap in the museum's Polynesian collections. It is expected that research on the collections will be done largely by the specialists who are collaborating on the "Insects of Micronesia" project. The present status of "Insects of Micronesia" is as follows : Published: 1 — GRESSITT: Introduction; 2 — ESAKI, BRYAN, GRESSITT: Bibliography; 8 (1) — Ross: Embioptera ; 17 (1)- Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 81 GRESSITT : Chrysomelidae ; 19 (1) — DOUTT : Trichogramma- tidae, Mymaridae; 13 (1) — HARDY: Dorilaidac ; 14 (1)— HARDY and ADACHI : Tephritidae ; 7 ( 1 ) — CARVALHO : Miridae ; 17 (2) — GRESSITT: Cerambycidae. In press: 6 (1) — TAKAHASHI : Aleyrodidae; 6 (2) — Essn; : Aphididae ; 6 (3) — FEXNAH : Fulgoroidea ; 7 (2) — DRAKE: Tingitidae; 12 (1) — R. BOHART : Culicidae; 3 (1) — BEIER : Pseudoscorpionida. Nine additional manuscripts recently re- ceived.— J. L. GRESSITT. "List of Entomologists of the Pacific Area" This is a list of 941 entomologists working in the Pacific area or interested in Pacific insects, and is intended to facilitate closer communication and cooperation. The names are listed under the countries, numbered consecutively, and for each the address is given, and the entomological specialty. In addition to entomologists from countries bordering the Pacific Ocean, there are also included some eastern Americans, South Americans and Europeans who are studying Pacific insects. There is also a list of entomological organizations located in Pacific countries, including research organizations in Uni- versities and museums, as well as other groups that are doing entomological work in agricultural stations and elsewhere. There is a subject index, running from "Acarina" to "Zoraptera," and including also entries such as "Biochemistry of insects", "Biological control", "Coconut insects", "Forest insects", etc. Each such entry gives the serial numbers of those entomologists in the list that are interested in the particular specialty. This list, which comprises 82 mimeographed pages was pub- lished at the Bishop Museum, Honolulu 17. Hawaii. It was prepared by the STANDING COMMITTEE ON PACIFIC ENTO- MOLOGY of the Pacific Science Association, of which Dr. J. L. GRESSITT is the chairman. This association is a non-govern- mental, international, scientific organization, established in 1920 by principal scientific organizations representing countries bor- dering the Pacific or with interests therein. It has a number of standing committees which report to the Pacific Science Con- 82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1956 grasses, the ninth of which is scheduled to be held in Bangkok in late 1957 or early 1958. — R. G. SCHMIEDER Reviews THE WORLD OF BEES. By Gilbert Nixon. Illustrations by Arthur Smith. Philosophical Library, New York, 1955. (Printed in Great Britain.) Pp. 214. Price, $4.75. Gilbert Nixon has been a bee enthusiast since childhood. He here displays a fine gift for telling about his favorites in non-technical language. The early chapters deal with the soli- tary forms, their nest-building (miners, carpenters, masons, plasterers), and their life histories, after which come the social bees (bumble, stingless, honey), and also the parasitic bees. Although attention is called to interpretations of bees' be- havior, the author is primarily concerned with elucidating the facts rather than in solving problems. Each knowledgeable reader will find that one or another important topic has been omitted or slighted, and yet he will find it difficult to find space for it by suggesting what included facts might be omitted. On the whole, the choice of material is excellent and will provide a good foundation upon which anyone can proceed to acquire a more complete understanding. Some will be inclined to censure the anthropomorphisms in the descriptions of bees' activities. Usually the author does not overstep proper limits, unless one objects to such statements as, 'The honey bee cannot resist sweetness, she is made that way." What would be gained by replacing "cannot resist," "sweet- ness," and "made that way," by technical terminology? Cer- tainly not the readability of this book. One idea that is mentioned, though not specifically supported, is that of "nutritional castration," as an explanation of the development of workers. This bit of muddled thinking is too often repeated in books on social insects, usually, but not here, along with that combination of anthropomorphic thinking and Lamarckianism known as "trophallaxis." The implication that Lxviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS insufficient food is the reason for development of workers is not in accordance with our knowledge that every fertilized egg has a dual potentiality and that the presence or absence of a small amount of some still unknown substance in the food pro- vided to the newly hatched larva triggers the development of one or the other caste. Even undersized queens, which occur occasionally, do not, except in size, resemble workers but are "every inch a queen." Finally, in the parasitic hymenoptera, size differences due to food are frequent and striking, and both large and small individuals are fertile and morphologically alike. The solitary bees in this book are British species but are similar in their habits to others the world over. The 16 full- page illustrations include a colored frontispiece and full-page or half-page line drawings of various species, or of their nests, all carefully done in minute detail and printed on special paper. -R. G. SCHMIEDER. CROP PKOTKCTION. By G. J. Rose. Philosophical Library, New York (Printed in Great Britain). Pp. xxi + 223, figs. 113. Price : $10.00. This is a practical guide that considers crop protection in its widest sense, and is designed for world-wide use. It discusses fundamental principles and also provides a great deal of de- tailed information, in concise form, on the chemicals available, their uses and methods of application. The 113 figures are mostly full-page or half-page illustrations showing methods of applying insecticides, weed killers, etc., the machinery used, and detailed views of machine parts and sections to show construc- tion details. They include over 60 half-tone plates (seven col- ored) and many line engravings in the text. — R. G. SCHMTEDER. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow ; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 105C> Ill PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided tor in para- graphs (d-2), Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 19. 1943. nTO ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS. INC., Lancaster. Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII APRIL, 1956 No. 4 New Nearctic Species of Erythroneura (Homop- tera: Cicadellidae) By HERBERT H. Ross, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois During a study of the host relationships of the genus Erythro- neura several species new to science were discovered and are herein described. Types are deposited in the collection of the Illinois Natural History Survey. All these species belong to the maculata group, are of medium size for the genus, ranging from 2.8 to 3 mm., and have the more or less distinct, separate spots and short bars typical of most of the species in this group. These characteristics are not mentioned further in the descriptions. In the case of each spe- cies the diagnostic differences occur in the male genitalia. Erythroneura harpola new species The short, wide aedeagus indicates that the species belongs with parallcla and its allies, from which it differs in the dorsal, out-curved spur of the pygofer hook. Male genitalia as in fig. 1. Pygofer slender and having a dorsal, short, slender process arising some distance before the apex ; this process also curves laterad. Style with long poste- rior point and inconspicuous anterior point ; heel moderately sharp. Phalicata short, truncate at apex, the apical portion armed with minute spines, and the postero-ventral aspect wide and somewhat rectangular. Holotype $. — Kinderhook, ILLINOIS, Aug. 9, 1951, on .leer sacchanun, Richards and Stannard. Paratypes. — Same data, 1 J1 ; Eddyville, 111, Sept. 16, 1954, Mills and Ross, 1 ^. (85) 86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 Erythroneura glicilla new species This species is most closely related to ingrata Beamer, dif- fering in the uniform thickness of the pygofer hook and the wider, more sinuate lateral flanges of the phalicata. Male genitalia as in fig. 2. Pygofer hook extending a short distance beyond apex of pygofer, its lateral aspect of almost uniform thickness, the dorsal aspect moderately sinuate. Style as in ingrata, the posterior point long and slender, the heel pro- jecting as a broad triangle. Phalicata forming only a gentle angle with base of aedeagus ; lateral aspect slightly sinuate, with a dorsal lip at the extreme apex ; ventral aspect with wide and smooth lateral flanges. Holotype J\ — Jonesboro, ILLINOIS, Je. 5, 1951, on Carpinits caroliniana, Ross and Richards. Erythroneura citrosa new species The long posterior point of the style and broad posterior as- pect of the phalicata indicate that this species is most closely related to parallcla McAtee, from which it differs in the elongate lateral aspect of the phalicata. Male genitalia as in fig. 4. Pygofer hook extending a con- siderable distance beyond apex of pygofer, in lateral view slightly sinuate, in dorsal view moderately sinuate. Style with elongate posterior point and inconspicuous heel. Phalicata ex- tending almost perpendicular to the base of the aedeagus ; lateral aspect fairly long and narrow, with conspicuous small teeth at apex ; ventral aspect wide and almost oval. Holotype JV — -Salem, ILLINOIS, Sept. 22, 1948, on Corylus americana, Ross and Stannard. Paratypes. — Same data, 1 J* ; Rocky Branch, Clark Co, 111, Sept. 14, 1949, Stannard and Ross, 1J1; Galena, 111, Sept. 6, 1951, Mills and Ross, 3^; Galena, 111, Jl. 10, 1934, DeLong and Ross, 2 J\ All but the last collection from Corylus americana. Erythroneura callisoga new species The curiously irregular pygofer hook will distinguish this species from its closest allies which belong to the parallcla complex. Ixvii ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 87 FK.S. 1 6. Male genitalia of Erythroneura. .1, pygofcr hook, lateral aspect; H, C, aedeagus, lateral and posterior aspects; D, style; E, pygofer hook, dorsal aspect. Male genitalia as in fig. 3. Pygofer hook moderately short; lateral aspect with basal portion deep, the apical third narrow and twisted ventrad ; dorsal aspect with basal portion narrow and with a prominent widened area just before the tip. Style with long posterior point as in parallda. Phalicata short, projecting at a moderately sharp angle from base of aedeagus which is swollen to form a round shoulder immediately below the phalicata ; lateral aspect of phalicata truncate and spiny, ventral aspect nearly as wide as long and with sharp spines along the edge of the lateral flange. 88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1956 Holotypc J1. — Giant City State Park, ILLINOIS, Sept. 14, 1954, on Acer saccharuni, Mills and Ross. Erythroneura spatulata new species Another close relative of par all da, this species is readily diagnosed by the narrow lateral aspect of the phalicata. Male genitalia as in fig. 6. Pygofer hook fairly elongate, narrow, gradually tapering to apex, the dorsal aspect mod- erately sinuate. Style with long posterior point, almost exactly as in parallcla. Aedeagus with very short phalicata, its lateral aspect very narrow, its posterior aspect wide and serrate. Holotypc ($. — Rock Island, ILLINOIS, Jl. 7, 1934, DeLong and Ross. Paratypcs. — Fox Ridge State Park, 111., Je. 29, 1947, on Carya, Ross and Stannard, 4 J*. Erythroneura norica new species This species probably approaches most closely malaca Knull, differing in the more massive foot of the style and the evenly tapering py gofer hook. Male genitalia as in fig. 7. Pygofer hook elongate, the lat- eral aspect tapering evenly from a stout base to a narrow apex, dorsal aspect evenly and gently sinuate. Style with massive foot and triangular posterior point. Phalicata moderately long, slightly deeper than wide, with only minute lateral teeth, with a pair of narrow lateral flanges, and set at a slight angle from the base of the aedeagus. Holotypc <$. — Forest City, ILLINOIS, Sept. 11, 1951, on Qitcr- cits marilandica, Stannard and Ross. Paratypcs. — Same data, 23 J1; same data but Sept. 8, 1954, 2 J\ Erythroneura alloplana new species A close relative of parva Beamer, this species differs in the stouter phalicata and shape of the pygofer hook. Male genitalia as in fig. 8. Pygofer hook short, the lateral aspect narrow and slightly angled, the dorsal aspect wide, taper- ing sharply to apex, extreme apex curved mesad. Style with very long posterior point and small, angular anterior point. Ixvii J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 89 9E SMITHI FIGS. 7-10. Male genitalia of Erythroncura. Abbreviations as for figs. 1-6. Phalicata short, spinose at apex, the lateral aspect stocky, the posterior aspect with wide basal flanges, the entire structure situated at the dorsal extremity of the aedeagal base. Holotype <$. — Forest City, ILLINOIS, Sept. 11, 1953, on Quercus niarilandica, Stannard and Ross. Paratypes. — Same data, 2^; same but Sept. 8, 1954, 2$\ Meredosia, 111., Oct. 2, 1951, on Quercus marUandica, Sanderson and Stannard, 1 ^; Marshall, 111., Sept. 27, 1934, Prison and Ross, 1 J\ Erythroneura alevra new species Closely related to c.vtcrna Reamer, this species differs in the long posterior point and the- narrow phalicata. 90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 Male genitalia as in fig. 10. Pygofer hook extended beyond pygofer, in lateral view of almost even thickness, in dorsal view sickle-shaped. Foot with moderately long and slender poste- rior point. Phalicata slightly deeper than wide, has fairly wide basal flange, but few spicules. Holotypc <$. — Mt. Vernon, ILLINOIS, Sept. 1, 1950, on Quer- cus alba, Ross and Evers. Erythroneura sandersoni new species The curious tubercles beneath the phalicata separate this species from spinea Knull, the only species to which this ap- pears closely related. Male genitalia as in fig. 5. Pygofer hook with a slender base and greatly expanded apical position, irregular in outline. Foot with very long posterior point. Phalicata massive but short, with wide basal flange ; beneath the phalicata the aedeagal base has a wide prominence bearing a pair of bag-like processes. Holotypc J1. — Elizabethtown, ILLINOIS, Jl. 27, 1951, on Acer, Richards and Sanderson. Paratypc. — Giant City State Park, 111., Jl. 16, 1954, on Acer sacchoniui, Stannard and Ross, 1 J\ Erythroneura smith! new species This species appears closest to nialaca Knull, but differs in the ribbon-like pygofer hooks and narrow posterior point. Male genitalia as in fig. 9. Pygofer hook elongate, slightly angled at middle, the dorsal aspect wider than the lateral. Posterior point nearly as long as the foot, straight and slender. Phalicata much deeper than wide, without flanges but with small spicules toward apex. Holotype <$. — Meredosia, ILLINOIS, Sept. 8, 1954, on Qucrcus mar Handle a, Ross and Stannard. Paratypes. — Same data, 2 J* ; Christopher, 111., Aug. 5, 1954, on Q. marilandica, Ross and Moore, 1 <$. Ixvii I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 91 Exuviation of Subimaginal Ephemeroptera in Flight l By GEORGE F. EDMUNDS, JR., University of Utah Before the nuptial flight takes place the unique subimaginal stage of the Ephemeroptera must exuviate to become an imago. However, there are some exceptional forms in which this final exuviation does not occur. In Plethogenesia both males and females mate and die as subimagos ; while in some other exam- ples, only the male molts to become an imago, as in Ephoron and Tortopus. The subimaginal stage may last as little as five min- utes, in which case it is rather remarkable in that the insect must exuviate twice within a five-minute period. Usually the exuviation of the subimago takes place with the insect resting upon vegetation or the walls of buildings, but some forms exu- viate in flight. McLachlan (1880; Ent. Mon. Mag.) and Grandi (1947; Boll. 1st. Ent. Univ. Bologna, 16: 215) have observed exuvia- tion in flight in Oligoneuriella rhenana (Imhoff), and Edmunds (1951; Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 53: 330) has reported on the same phenomenon in the life of LacJilania powelli Edmunds. Both of these mayflies belong to the remarkable family Oligo- neuriidae in which the subimaginal skin is shed from all parts of the body except the winys. It is therefore only a partial exuviation and is apparently a special adaptation which allows the exuvium to be shed without interrupting the flight. In the one oligoneuriid, Lachlania, that I have observed in its nuptial flight, the mayflies never stopped flying from the time of emer- gence from the nymphal stage until they dropped to the water in a spent condition more than three hours later. At no time was any individual seen to alight — in fact when specimens were knocked to the ground in my attempt to net them they were unable to get back into the air. It is highly probable that all of the subfamily Oligoneuriinae of the Oligoneuriidae have a partial exuviation in flight, but this may not be true of the Pseudoligoneuriinae (Pseudoligoneuria and/or Chromarcys). 1 This research \\a-i supported by a financial tjrant from the University Utah Research Fund. 92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 Burks (1953; Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv., 26 (Art. 1) : 7, 33, 45-47) has now reported exuviation in flight for four additional genera of mayflies that are not members of the Oligoneuriidae, Ephoron ( Polymitarcidae, Polymitarcinae), Tortopus (Poly- mitarcidae, Campsurinae), Cacnis (Caenidae), and Tricory- thodcs (Tricorythidae). The males of Ephoron and Tortopus and both males and females of Tricorythodes shed the subimagi- nal exuvium from all parts of the body, including the wings. This is true also in both sexes of Caenis except that the pellicle is retained on the tails. Thus it is obvious that if exuviation takes place in flight the mayfly must stop flying during the time the wings are being pulled free of the subimaginal exuvium. Presumably the insect would have to get high enough in the air to undergo a period of free fall while the wings are freed from the subimaginal pellicle. Burks (loc. cit.) does not state whether his observations on the males of Ephoron apply to E. album (Say), E. Icnkon Williamson, or to both. In studying Ephoron album in Utah, Edmunds, Nielsen, and Larsen (1956; Wasmann Jour. Biol., in press) found that the male subimago alights for a period of 50 to 80 seconds to shed the subimaginal skin. The only species of Caenis known to occur in Utah appears to be conspecific with the typical Caenis simulans McDunnough, which is the species Burks observed in Illinois. On June 30, 1954, I made a field trip to Haynes Lake near Salt Lake City for the purpose of observing subimaginal exuviation in Caenis simulans. I was unable to observe any case of exuviation in flight but wras able to observe hundreds of specimens of both sexes of Caenis simulans exuviating while at rest. The leeward side of my automobile was nearly covered with the cast exuvia. The difficulty of shedding the exuvium from the wings in flight and my own observations of Ephoron alburn and Caenis simulans exuviating while at rest lead me to suspect that Dr. Burks might have been deceived by mayflies dropping the exuvium in flight only after the major part of exuviation had taken place while the mayflies were at rest. Lyman (1955; Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 48: 389) has come to a similar con- Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 93 elusion from his observations on the exuviation of Caenis siiini- lans in Michigan. The males of Ephoron album usually fly from their resting place as soon as the wings are free and the cast exuvium is carried into the air where it may continue to cling to the cerci for a minute or two. Thus it is often that one sees the cast skin dropped from the insect in flight. Although I have not observed this in Caenis simitlans, Lyman (1955 : loc. cit. ) has reported it, and I have seen the exuvia on the surface of a pond where they were dropped by the flying insects. I am unable to comment on the subimaginal exuviation of Tort opus and Tricorythodcs, but additional observations on these two genera are desirable to determine with greater certainty the method of exuviation of the subimago. Some New Species of Bathypogon (Diptera: Asilidae) By FRANK MONTGOMERY HULL, University of Mississippi The flies of the genus Bathypogon Loew are characteristic members of the dipterous fauna of southern South America and especially of Australia. The following new species are de- scribed from material collected by the author in Australia in 1953-54. Bathypogon rubellus n. sp. Medium sized species characterized by the black bristles of upper occiput, front and vertex. The face is orange yellow, with pale bristles and yellow pubescence. The first t\vo an- tennal segments and the base of the third segment are yellowish. Mesonotum dark, with the humeri and a wide lateral stripe orange brown. Thoracic and leg bristles black. Last four ter- gites of male brownish orange. Length 14-16 mm. Male. Head: vertex and front black with orange brown pollen, its bristles and those of the upper third of the occiput black. The post vertical cluster is composed of seven bristles. Upper occipital pollen orange brown. Face light orange in 94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 ground color, with yellow pubescence. The medial area of the face on the lower three-fourths is raised and set with stout, pale brown bristles. Enclosed sublaterally by a vertical row of more slender, brownish white bristles. The palpi and pro- boscis are black, the former with brownish bristles, the latter with white pile. Pile of the lower occiput white. The first two antennal segments are pale brownish orange, the first narrowly tipped with rust color. The third segment is comparatively short and swollen and brown with the base lighter. Thorax: mesonotum black in ground color, except upon the humeri and the wide lateral margins, which are a light orange brown and overlaid with pale brownish yellow pollen. The pollen over the dark central area is a dark reddish to orange brown. The postcalli and a band in front of the scutellum are orange brown in ground color ; this band is extended forward on either side as a narrow wedge covering the post dorsocentral bristles. The thoracic complement of bristles consists of : one posthumeral, two notopleurals, one supra-alar, two postcalli, two pairs of scutellars and five or six quite long, post dorso- centrals. Pleura chiefly brownish black with the lower pro- pleura, the upper sternopleura, the pteropleura and post meso- pleura and the metapleura orange brown in ground color, but the whole area thickly overlaid with deep brownish yellow pollen. Legs: the femora are almost entirely black; the anterior pair have a small, short, reddish brown streak posteriorly at the apex and another at the base. The middle femora have a posterior and the hind femora have a medial streak of the same color, both quite narrow, indistinct but nearly complete. The tibiae and tarsi are comparatively light in color and are orange brown ; the anterior tibiae are obscurely darker anteriorly, except at the base. The middle tibiae are similar and with the apex quite narrowly and diffusely blackish. Hind tibiae black laterally but dark reddish brown elsewhere. Claws brownish at base. Pile of legs brownish white ; all bristles black. Wings: distinctly tinged with pale brown, the apex darker and villose. All veins including the costa vein quite dark brown. Lower end vein of the discal cell two and a half times as long l.\vii| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 95 as the upper vein (discal cross vein) and not quite aligned with the lower end vein of the fourth posterior cell. Abdomen: first four tergites black; first three narrowly red- dish on the lateral margins ; fifth to eighth tergites brownish orange or red, and slightly darker posteriorly. The whole ter- minalia are brownish orange. Ventral plate without processes. Pile of the abdomen pale ; bristles weak and also pale. Female. Similar to the male. The tarsi and tibiae, while usu- ally of the same color as the male, occasionally are darker ; the narrow, obscure reddish streaks on the femora are usually absent, leaving these totally black. Hind tibiae usually entirely black. Abdomen everywhere quite black. The basal corner of the first and second tergite sometimes a little reddish. Abdomi- nal pile white, the pollen brown dorsally, but quite thin, and viewed from above, it appears to be absent, except on the sides of the first four tergites, where it is greyish white. In an oblique light the first four tergites have thin brownish pollen. Type male, and allotype female : 37 miles southeast of Perth, Brookton Highway, WEST AUSTRALIA, 6, 1, 1954, F. M. Hull collector. I'unityfcs: with the same data, 8 males and 9 females. Bathypogon uncinatus n. sp. A medium sized species. All the bristles of the head white except for two or three dark brown bristles on and opposite the ocellarium. Mesonotal bristles varying from yellowish brown to dark brown with the post dorsocentrals partly brownish black. Scutellars pale brownish yellow. Bristles of legs pale. First two antennal segments black, the third black except at base. Entire mesonotum black except the postcalli and humeri. Im- mediately characterized by the long, posteriorly protuberant, apically attenuate processes of the superior forceps. Ventral plate with hood-like processes. Length 15 mm. Male. Head: black everywhere in ground color. The pollen of the occiput is greyish white ; of the vertex, and of the front, except laterally, dark golden brown. Lateral, front and facial pollen pale greyish yellow, nearly white. Bristles of face brownish white. Palpal bristles white. Proboscis with an 96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 unusually high dorsal ridge or keel. Antennae black, with the apex of the second segment and the narrow base of the third, obscurely brown. Thorax: mesonotum black, including the whole lateral margin, except the humeri, which are chiefly reddish brown and become black anteriorly. There is an obscure, small, reddish brown spot ventrally on the postcalli which encloses the last bristle of the post dorsocentral row. The pollen of the mesonotum is rather light brown ; viewed anteriorly there are two well denned black vittae, rather widely separated; viewed dorsally they are less widely separated. Pollen on the posterior part of the mesonotum and on a large presutural spot much darker and more reddish. Pleura entirely black, with pale greyish yellow pollen, except that on the mesopleura there is a large spot of reddish brown pollen. Legs: the femora entirely black, hind tibiae and tarsi black, the anterior and middle tibiae very dark brown with the base obscurely reddish brown. The tarsi dorsally are also extremely dark brown. Pile of legs pale brownish yellow, with all of the bristles similarly colored. Claws reddish brown at the base. Wings: tinged with pale brown. Lower end vein of the discal cell nearly three times as long as the upper vein (discal cross vein) and forming a low angle with the end vein of the fourth posterior cell. Veins quite dark brown, only the pre- humeral veins orange brown. Abdomen: black, the lateral margins widely greyish white pollinose and all bristles pale. Terminalia black, elongate, the superior forceps with a long and apically attenuate process and the ventral plate with a pair of flat processes which are tri- angular when viewed from the rear, but thin and sharply pointed when viewed from the side. Female. The female is quite similar to the male. As in the male, the pleura are black with thick overlay of greyish white pollen and a large reddish brown spot of pollen on the meso- pleura. The principal difference lies in the tibiae, where the basal third is quite pale and rather yellowish and conspicuously, though diffusely, in contrast to the remainder of the tibiae. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 97 Type male, and allotype female : 37 miles southeast of Perth, Brookton Highway, WEST AUSTRALIA, 6, 1, 1954, F. M. Hull, collector. Bathypogon robustus n. sp. A large species. Related to asiliformis Loevv but without sharp needle-like processes on the terminalia. Characterized by the black antennae, the pale bristles of the face, with the face tending to be reddish ventrally. The mesonotum is every- where black in ground color, except the humeri, which are reddish. Pleura widely reddish in ground color on the posterior part. All femora with complete black dorsal and anterior black stripes, but otherwise light reddish in color. Length 20-23 mm. Male. Head: front and vertex and the upper half or more of the face and the cheeks black in ground color. Face ventrally more or less reddish. Proboscis and palpi black. The antennae are black. The base of the first segment ventrally and laterally is reddish, the apex of the second, and the base of the third seg- ment dark brown laterally. All bristles and pile of head and antennae are quite pale brownish yellow. The middle of the face has numerous, long, moderately stout bristles extending over the lower five-sixths of face. The face is gently elevated shortly below the antennae. Thorax: mesonotum black in ground color. Viewed from above, the pollen is dark olive brown, with an indistinct pair of narrowly separated darker vittae. Lateral pollen of meso- notum including that of the humeri light brownish yellow and similar pollen continued over the pleura. The propleura, sternopleura, lower metapleura and the anterior mesopleura are nearly black in ground color, the remainder light reddish brown. The complement of mesonotal bristles, all of which are long and stout, consists of one posthumeral, two or rarely three noto- pleurals ; one supra-alar, two or rarely three postcalli, and two pairs of scutellars. Legs: femora light brownish red posteriorly on the first four, and medially on the hind pair; the remainder are uniformly 98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 black from base to apex. The anterior tibiae are light reddish, except narrowly at the apex, which is brownish black ; the black color extends medially to the middle of the tibiae. Middle tibiae reddish with only the apex dark brown. Hind tibiae reddish wit lithe lateral surface blackish from middle to apex. All tarsi brownish black dorsally. Pile and bristles of legs quite pale brownish yellow, the middle of the ventral sur- faces of the tarsi with some dark brown bristles and also some golden setae. Claws light brown at base and comparatively blunt, without being obtuse. Wings: nearly hyaline, with a reddish brown tint imparted chiefly marginally and distally. Lower end vein of discal cell and fourth posterior cell aligned. Abdomen: brownish black in ground color, changing to red- dish brown laterally and likewise along the lateral posterior margin, and more narrowly along the basal margins of the seg- ments. The pollen is light brownish yellow, except in an oblique light. Viewed directly above, the tergites have a dark brown appearance with interrupted, posterior, yellow, pollinose margin. Superior forceps black, the posteroventral margin, the apex, the dorsal margin and the medial basal area of the ventral plate diffusely dark reddish brown. These terminalia are without conspicuous protruding processes of any kind. Type male, and allolypc female (in copula) : Canberra, A. C. T., 20-30, XI, 1953, F. M. Hull collector. Paratypes: 43 males and 53 females, all collected at Canberra from November 20 to December 10, 1953. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 99 On Opius ferrugineus Gahan and Two Closely Similar New Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) By C. F. W. MUESEBECK, United States National Museum Opius ferrugineus Gahan has long been known as a parasite of the cherry fruit fly of the eastern states, Rhagoletis eingulata eingulata (Loew). More recently specimens of an Opius have been reared abundantly from the western race of the cherry fruit fly, R. c. indifferens Curran, which were at first identified as ferrugineus and later as a new subspecies of ferrugineus. Now, after further study of more material, it seems to me that this western form is best treated as a distinct species. Although exceedingly like ferrugineus it exhibits certain rather constant differences and, furthermore, it seems to breed only partheno- genetically whereas ferrugineus is a normal bisexual species. A second eastern species, which parasitizes the apple maggot and the blueberry maggot, RJiagolctis poinonellae (Walsh), has also been identified as Opius fcrntgincus in the past but is likewise distinguishable. The three species may be identified by means of the following key. 1. First tergite smooth before posterior margin, the median longitudinal embossed area flattening out on apical third where the delimiting keels disappear ; antennae 33- to 38- segmented, usually 34- to 36-segmented. Apparently breeding only parthenogenetically, no males having been reared. Western U. S muliebris, new species First tergite rugose apically, especially on the median longi- tudinal embossed area, which does not flatten out on apical third but is distinct to apex of tergite, its delimiting keels complete or virtually so ; antennae 34- to 47-segmented, usually with at least 38 segments, llisc-xual species. Eastern U. S 2. 2. Antennae usually 38- to 42-segmented ; metapleuron smooth and polished on anterior half; ovipositor sheath definitely shorter than the body ferrugineus Gahan Antennae usually 43- to 47-segmented ; metapleuron entirely rugulose; ovipositor sheath fully as long as head, thorax and abdomen combined alloeus. new species 100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 Opius muliebris, new species Distinguished from jerrugineus and alloeus as shown in the foregoing key. Female. — Length about 3 mm. Head about as broad as thorax; face twice as broad as long, smooth and shining, with only a few faint punctures laterally; clypeus polished, im- punctate ; a large transverse opening between clypeus and man- dibles; malar space shorter than basal width of mandible; temples receding slightly ; antennae 33- to 38-segmented. Mesoscutum smooth and polished and with a median dimple- like impression posteriorly; notaulices sharply impressed ante- riorly but vanishing before middle of scutum, smooth ; pre- scutellar sulcus usually composed of four large foveae, which are, however, further divided in some specimens ; scutellum polished ; propodeum regulose ; mesopleuron smooth, with a longitudinal foveolate furrow ; metapleuron smooth basally, rugulose apically; second abscissa of radius and first inter- cubitus subequal ; recurrent vein entering second cubital ; post- nervellus weak but distinct. Abdomen in widest part as broad as thorax ; first tergite with a deep basal impression which is bordered on each side by a prominent keel, these keels extending caudad but becoming gradually weaker and vanishing at apical third of tergite; the embossed area between the keels irregularly punctate be- hind the basal impression but flattening out and smooth on apical third of the tergite ; second and following tergites smooth and polished ; ovipositor sheath about as long as abdomen and propodeum combined. Honey yellow ; stemmaticum black ; antenna black, scape testaceous at base and below ; wings hyaline, stigma and veins brown ; legs concolorous with body ; apical segment of each fore and middle tarsus, the hind tibiae more or less, and the hind tarsi entirely, fuscous to blackish. Male. — Unknown ; apparently non-existent. Type.— U. S. National Museum No. 63134. Type-locality. — Ten miles north of White Salmon, WASH- INGTON. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 101 Described from 112 females reared from Rhagolctis c. indij- ferens Curran in July and August 1954, by Kenneth E. Frick. Other specimens, totaling 147 females, have been examined in connection with this study. These include other series reared from R. c. indiffcrcns in Washington and Oregon, some speci- mens from Rhagoletis on Primus emarginata, Placer Co., Cali- fornia, and others labeled "from wild cherry fruit fly pupae, Belknap Spgs., Ore." Opius ferrugineus Gahan Opius ferrugineau Gahan, 1915. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 49: 69, 75. The holotype, an unusually small specimen, has the antennae 34-segmented and the allotype has them 39-segmented. In the remaining specimens with complete antennae that are in the National Museum collection the number of segments in the antennae ranges from 37 to 40 for females and from 39 to 43 for males. The ovipositor sheath is definitely shorter than that of allocus, and about as long as, or indistinctly longer than, that of muliebris. The embossed area on the first tergite is sculp- tured to the apex though not so coarsely as in alloeus, and the keels bounding it are not nearly so prominent on the apical third. The metapleuron is sculptured like that of muliebris. Opius alloeus, new species Distinguished from muliebris especially by its longer antennae and by having the median longitudinal embossed area on first tergite strongly sculptured and sharply defined to the apex, and from ferrugineus as mentioned under that species. Female. — Length about 4 mm. Face twice as broad as long, weakly but distinctly punctate, more completely so than in muliebris; clypeus with some punctures ; a large transverse opening between clypeus and mandibles ; temples receding slightly ; malar space a little shorter than basal width of man- dible ; antennae 44- to 47-segmented in the available specimens. 102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 Mesoscutum smooth and polished and with a median dimple- like impression posteriorly ; notaulices sharply impressed, broad and foveolate in front, extending nearly to middle of scutum ; prescutellar sulcus broad and deep, with four large foveae which are sometimes divided further ; scutellum polished ; propodeum completely coarsely rugose reticulate ; mesopleuron smooth but with a coarsely foveolate longitudinal furrow ; metapleuron finely rugulose ; second abscissa of radius usually slightly longer than first intercubitus ; recurrent vein entering second cubital cell at base ; postnervellus distinct. Abdomen in widest part about as wide as thorax ; first tergite broadly excavated at base, the impression margined laterally by prominent keels that converge to the middle of the tergite and then continue strong and nearly parallel to posterior margin ; the median longitudinal embossed area, which begins behind the basal impression and is bounded by the two strong keels, longitudinally rugulose to apex; second and following tergites smooth and polished ; ovipositor sheath at least as long as head, thorax and abdomen combined. Honey-yellow ; stemmaticum black ; antennae black with scape largely or entirely testaceous ; wings hyaline, stigma and veins brown ; legs concolorous with body, but the hind tibiae apically and the hind tarsi usually somewhat infuscated. Male. — Essentially like the female. The antennae of the available specimens are 43- to 47-segmented. Type.—U. S. National Museum No. 63135. Type-locality. — Orono, MAINE. Described from 4 females and 2 males reared from Rhagoletis pomonclla (Walsh) at Orono, Maine, August 12, 1933; 3 fe- males and one male from R. pomonella, Red Hook, N. Y., July 28, 1930, and 3 females and 6 males from the same host, reared at Wallingford, Conn, in 1922 by B. A. Porter. There are additional specimens in the National Museum labeled as having been reared from Rhagoletis at Jasper, Ascot and Tampa, Florida. lxvii| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 103 A Simple Method for Artificially Feeding Blood Sucking Insects l By ELLICOTT McCoNNELL, Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology, University of Minnesota, St. Paul Several devices have been described which are satisfactory for the in vitro feeding of liquids to positively thermotropic insects. The apparatus described in the present paper is a modification of the one used by Greenberg (1949), and has the advantage that it may be constructed from materials available in the average laboratory scrap pile. The essential part of such a device is the heating unit. If electrically heated coils are used the units are usually made from glass, asbestos, or similar non-conductors. However, as the working temperature for this type of apparatus never exceeds the blood temperature of homoiotherms it is unnecessary to restrict construction to non-inflammable materials. Accord- ingly, the heating elements are made from ordinary cardboard mailing tubes in the following manner. One end of a length of resistance wire is tied securely to a small nut or similar object and placed inside the mailing tube. The other end is led out through a short, longitudinal slit in the lip of the tube and clamped in a vise. When a strain is placed on the wire the nut butts up against the inside lip of the tube, permitting tension on the wire to be maintained. By holding the mailing tube slightly less than perpendicular to the wire and rotating it toward the vise a helical coil can be wound on that part of the tube covered by the top when it is in place (fig. l-(7)). After a coil of the desired length has been wound on the tube the top is slipped over the coil into its normal position. Tension on the wire is maintained until the top is fully in place to prevent displacement of the coils. Next, the metal top of the tube is cut off as close to the end as possible. The end of the tube which does not contain the coil is cut off and discarded. When making the cut care should be taken not to sever the wire. If an ohmmeter is available a final check may be 1 Paper No. 3503, Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Ex- periment Station, St. Paul 1, Minnesota. 104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 made to be certain that none of the turns of wire has been dis- placed against another by the top of the tube. The size of the mailing tubes which are used depends on the diameter of the feeding vials. For effective heat transfer the vials should fit snugly, but not so tightly as to damage the feed- ing membrane. FIG. 1. Feeding apparatus. (1) To power supply; (2) Electric wir- ing; (3) Heating coil; (4) Feeding vial; (5) Insect container ; (6) Ad- justable supports; (7) Detail of coil construction. The completed elements can be arranged in the way most convenient for a particular problem. One end of a bank of tubes used here is shown in the text figure. If a number of the units are to be connected in parallel it is necessary to use equal lengths of wire in the coils to prevent uneven heating. Any variable transformer capable of precise adjustment can be used for a power supply. In determining the proper setting to main- tain a desired temperature it is important that a low initial setting be used. Otherwise, a sudden overload may melt any soldered connections, or ignite the cardboard mailing tubes. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 105 In the present apparatus, which has mailing tubes of about one inch outside diameter and heating coils with a resistance of 30 ohms, a setting of 7.5 volts on a Powerstat transformer main- tains a temperature of 37° C. in the feeding vials. If no varia- ble transformer is available one can either make enough tubes to obtain the desired heat, determining the number needed by testing, or one can introduce standard resistances such as heavy duty room-heating coils into the electrical line. But ease and versatility call for a variable transformer. The body of the apparatus can be made from plywood or similar material. If the insects are to be kept in glass vials or test tubes it is convenient to include an adjustable rack as il- lustrated. For the feeding of mosquitoes in lantern globes an arrangement similar to that used by Greenberg is more desirable. As a final step a coat of shellac or varnish should be applied to the whole apparatus. This provides an easily cleaned surface, and prevents fraying or wetting of the cardboard heating cylinders. LITERATURE CITED GREENBERG, J. 1949. A method for artificially feeding mosquitoes. Mosquito News 9(2) : 48-50. The Neotropic Acanthocinini (Coleoptera: Ceram- bycidae). II. A Further Note on Canidia Allies By LAWRENCE S. DILLON, Department of Biology, A. & M. College of Texas, College Station, Texas Since the genera related to Canidia have been reviewed,1 a new form has been encountered in a miscellaneous assortment received from the California Academy of Sciences. The author expresses his gratitude to Dr. Hugh B. Leech for the privilege of studying these specimens. 1 Ent. News, LXVI, 1955, pp. 141-149, 176-187. 106 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 Pseudocanidia ochreosticticus Dillon, new species Male. Dark reddish brown, head, humeral region of elytra, and pro- and metafemora piceous ; rather sparsely covered with cinereous pubescence ; indistinctly mottled with brown or fus- cous on body beneath, femora, tibiae, antennal scape, and sides of head. Head on vertex, on front, and narrowly behind eyes tinged with ochraceous. Pronotum broadly each side (espe- cially above lateral tubercles, and even more pronouncedly an- teriorly) and narrowly at middle on apical half, vittate with ochraceous. Elytra rather densely sprinkled with fine, vague, ochraceous maculae, maculae nearly wanting from a large area on disk extending from basal third to apical fourth. Antennae sparsely hoary pubescent, segments from third broadly annulate with dark brown apically and from fifth narrowly semi-annulate basally with the same color. Very similar to P. cucrnavacae Dillon in structure except as follows : eye with lower lobe more than one-third again as tall as gena. Pronotum with sides gradually tapering anteriorly from lateral tubercles, which are low, and armed with a rela- tively short, robust spine which is scarcely directed backwards ; disk with tubercles feebly elevated, the two anterior ones ap- pearing more as callosities, the median more prominent, elon- gate, punctation moderately coarse, quite sparse. Elytra with basal gibbosity similarly low and broad, but not provided with a crest or with tubercles ; punctation as a whole rather dense, becoming denser behind basal third, punctures scarcely finer apically ; carinae obsolete ; apices nearly squarely truncate, the angles strongly rounded. Antennae about one-fifth longer than body, beneath with a few long setae ; scape beneath distinctly compressed, with a single prominent carina which runs to the middle of the long, rounded, apical process, above and laterally on apical half broadly sulcate; third segment one-ninth longer than first, arcuate ; rest gradually, rather strongly diminishing in length. Length, 10.6 mm. ; width, 2.8 mm. Holotype: Male; Tancitaro, Michoacan, MEXICO, July 22, 1940 (Hoogstraal expedition) [CAS]. Ixvii I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 107 Remarks : Besides the very different coloration of the hody above and of the antennae, this species is distinct from cuerna- vacac in the structure of the scape. On this organ the apical process is quite elongate, but the chief differences lie in the pronounced carina of its underside and in the two broad, elon- gated impressions, one of which is dorsal and mesial in location, the other being laterad of the carina. Moreover, the pronotal sculpturing is quite distinct, the discal tubercles being much lower, the median one elongate, and the lateral tubercles are likewise poorly elevated and armed with much shorter, scarcely retrorse spine. Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. University of Connecticut Entomological work at the University of Connecticut is or- ganized as an integral part of the Department of Zoology, Entomology and Biochemistry. This integration of activities is consistent with the university policy of training broadly in the fundamental concepts of biological investigation. The University is located in the community of Storrs ap- proximately thirty miles east of Hartford, the state capital, ninety miles southwest of Boston and one hundred and fifty miles northeast of New York City. Thus the location combines the advantages of a school of nearly 10,000 students with a rural New England environment. Entomology has been taught at the university for many years, producing many well known entomologists, but is very young as a graduate unit granting its first Ph.D.'s in Entomology in 1954. This growth of the department has coincided with the rapid growth of the University from a small college to its present size within the past decade. 108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1956 The emphasis of the department organization is upon pro- ducing students broadly trained in entomology and allied disci- plines. Major stress is given to physiology, histology, morphol- ogy, taxonomy, ecology and the more basic aspects of insect control. Members of the staff directly concerned with entomological activity, their areas of teaching and research specialization are as follows : R. M. DECOURSEY, Ph.D. (Illinois). Head of Department. Insect Bionomics : Immature stages of Hemiptera. E. G. BOETTIGER, Ph.D. (Harvard). Physiology. Physiology of Insect Flight. N. T. DAVIS, Ph.D. (Wisconsin). Insect Morphology. Morphology and physiology of reproductive organs of Hemiptera. L. R. PENNER, Ph.D. (Minnesota). Parasitology. Helminthology and Medical Entomology. E. L. SCHMIDT, Ph.D. (Harvard). Histology. Histology and physiology of insect connective and glandu- lar tissues. J. A. SLATER, Ph.D. (Iowa State). Taxonomy; General Economic Entomology. Systematics and biology of Hemiptera. J. MANTER (Professor Emeritus). Economic Entomology. W. TUNIS — -Extension Entomologist : College of Agriculture. Cooperating closely with the formal teaching staff, and serv- ing on graduate committees, are the members of the Connecticut Experiment Station and the Northeastern Forest Insect Lab- oratory at New Haven. As a result of this cooperation gradu- ate programs can be offered that provide opportunities for re- search in a wide variety of fields. The Connecticut Experiment Station staff in Entomology is headed by Mr. Neely Turner and the Forest Insect Laboratory by Mr. Philip Dowden. These active organizations will presumably be discussed in this journal in future issues. Departmental facilities are generally adequate for research work in a variety of fields although space and facilities are somewhat limited at present due to the recent organization of Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 109 the present program and the rapid general growth of the entire university program. The departmental insect collection consists of in the neigh- borhood of 50,000 to 75,000 specimens and at present is in a state of active growth and expansion. It is perhaps strongest in the Hemiptera which have within the past few months been augmented by the purchase of the CO. Esselbaugh collection of Pentatomidae. Included in the material is part of the Schroeter collection of Lepidoptera, the Love collection and parts of the Hart neotropical material. Systematic and faunistic work is encouraged and students properly qualified have access to the collections at all times. Because of the rural setting of the university a very wide variety of fine habitats is available in the immediate vicinity for ecological studies and collecting. The department maintains a small greenhouse, animal and rearing rooms and has use of adjacent orchards and experi- mental field plots. The physical location of the university offers staff and stu- dents the opportunity to utilize the definitive collections and facilities available at such centers as the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, the American Museum of Natural History and other important eastern centers. Departmental assistantships are limited in number but are available to qualified students from time to time and other op- portunities for employment are frequently available. The relationship with the Connecticut Experiment Station and the Forect Insect Laboratory has in the past offered op- portunity for summer employment and the chance to obtain valuable field experience in the applied aspects of entomological activity. We should like to present ourselves to the entomological audience as a relatively new department with both the advantages and disadvantages inherent in such a condition, and with the objective of producing basic scientific work and training in entomology as the best method of contributing to the continued growth of our discipline. — JAMES A. SLATER. 110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1956 Notes and News in Entomology Under this heading we present from time to time, notes, news, and comments. Contributions from readers are earnestly solicited and will be acknowledged when used. Corresponding Members of the A. E. S. Almost one-hundred years ago, in March, 1859, the Baron OSTEN SACKEN, a visitor at one of the early meetings of the American Entomological Society, was elected as the first Cor- respondent of the Society. In 1862, when the Society was incorporated under the Laws of the State of Pennsylvania, its Charter provided for a class of Corresponding Members as well as for Resident Members. Since then, down through the years, outstanding entomologists from all parts of the world have, from time to time, been elected as Correspondents, and have each received an engrossed diploma, and a life-time subscription to the "Transactions" of the Society. The present list of Correspondents is as follows : C. P. Alexander, Amherst G. Arnold, S. Rhodesia J. C. Bequaert, Cambridge, Mass. T. Borgmeier, R. de Janeiro Annette F. Braun, Cincinnati L. Chopard, Paris A. da Costa Lima, Brasil J. A. Comstock, Los Angeles A. E. Emerson, Chicago G. F. Ferris, Stanford W. T. Forbes, Ithaca K. von Frisch, Munchen A. Gibson, Ottawa H. B. Hungerford, Lawrence R. jeannel, Paris O. E. Johannsen, Ithaca K. Jordan, Tring G. A. K. Marshall, London R. Matheson, Ithaca J. G. Needham, Ithaca N. D. Riley, London H. Schouteden, Belgium H. F. Schwartz, New York R. E. Snodgrass, Washington P. H. Timberlake, Riverside B. Uvarov, London E. M. Walker, Toronto H. Weber, Tubingen V. B. Wigglesworth, Cam- bridge F. Zeuner, London. Ixvii | ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 1 1 1 Society Meeting At its meeting February 23 the AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY had as its guest speaker Dr. DALE W. JENKINS, En- tomology Branch, Camp Dietrich, Frederick, Maryland. Dr. Jenkins' subject was "Atomic Radiation and Entomology." In his interesting talk the speaker mentioned the use of radio- isotopes in insect biology as a technique used in studies of physiology, distribution, ecology and control. He also dis- cussed his experiences as a U. S. delegate to the recent " Atoms for Peace" conference held at Geneva, Switzerland. A dis- cussion period followed the talk. Tenth International Congress of Entomology The second circular for the Congress, which will be held at Montreal, Canada, this summer, has been issued by its Secre- tary, Mr. J. A. DOWNES, Science Service Building, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. It consists of 67 pages and gives a detailed account of the arrangements that have been made, including a preliminary program of section meetings and symposia. Appli- cations for membership, a description of the excursions and tours, and applications for accommodations are also provided. These applications, as well as applications for presenting papers should be sent in by April 30th. The Registration Office at McGill University will open Thurs- day, August 16. The opening session on the afternoon of August 17, and the section meetings on Aug. 18 and 20, will also be at McGill University. The meetings of Aug. 22 to 25 inclusive will be at the University of Montreal. Sunday, Aug. 19 is reserved for excursions, including one to Quebec, and Tues., Aug. 21 for an excursion to Ottawa. After the close of the meetings there is a choice of various excursions and tours for collecting, and for visiting entomo- logical institutions. These require from four days to three weeks, the most extended one going to western Canada and as far as Victoria. EXCHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow ; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay W to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix} (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minutcn pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories: Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.)— Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia.Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS MAY 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 5 CONTENTS Roback — Larva and pupa of Calopsectra 113 Emerson and Elbel — A new Mallophagan 117 Meeting of American Entomological Society 120 Reinhard — New Tachinidae 121 Christiansen — A recently introduced Collembolan 129 Hull— Some Asilidae 131 Notes and News in Entomology National Science Foundation grant for Orthoptera 136 Entomological Departments Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas 137 Obraztsov — Hemimene immaculata preoccupied 139 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided lor in para- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 15. 1943. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEUER, Editor. Editorial Staff : H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII MAY, 1956 No. 5 The Larva and Pupa of Calopsectra Confusa (Malloch) By SELWYN S. ROBACK, Department of Limnology, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Malloch in 1915 described Calopsectra confusa from several localities in Illinois and from Washington, D. C. Recently the author reared two male Calopsectra from large algal balls (Nostoc?} found in a tributary of Eleven Mile Creek, Escambia County, Florida. These specimens, though smaller than any in Malloch's type series, agree with Malloch's species in all struc- tural characteristics and are presumed to be small specimens of that species. A comparison of these Florida specimens with the only male paratype of C. confusa from Malloch's series has further confirmed this view. The author is indebted to Dr. Herbert H. Ross of the Illinois Natural History Survey for the loan of the paratype. The following small table compares some of the physical measurements of Malloch's paratype and the Florida specimens. Body Length Wing Length Antennal Ratio Fore Tibia Tarsus 1 Tarsus 2 Malloch 3.0 1.90 1.45 18 53 24 Florida 2.0 1.42 1.20 18 55 25 It can be seen that the leg ratios are almost identical. The smaller antennal ratio of the Florida specimens is consistent with (113) MAY 9 1956 114 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 the condition usually found in the smaller specimens of tendi- pedid species. The male genitalia of the Florida specimens, fig. A, agree with those illustrated by Malloch for the species. The genitalia of the paratype are even closer to the Florida specimens. Some of the slight differences are due to accidents of orientation in mounting the genitalia. The head of C. confusa bears small cephalic tubercles and f-cii is distad of the r-m crossvein (fig. C). This latter char- acter will further serve to distinguish C. confusa from C. flavella (Zett.) in which f-cit is under r-m. Johannsen (1905) has figured the wing of this latter species. The metatibial combs are shown in fig. B. The characters of the larva and pupa place it in Calopscctm s. str. It is closely related to C. longiradius (Kieff.) and C. flavella (Zett.). Larva. — Body about 6 mm. long ; with greenish cast ; antennal ratio 42:16:4:3:1.5; second segment darker than others (fig. F) ; petiole of lauterborn organs .072 mm. long; over three times as long as terminal three antennal segments ; lauterborn organs .0024 X .0018 mm. ; lateral bristle .57 from base of first o antennal segment ; antennal tubercles without apical spurs ; labial plate (fig. D) with eleven dark teeth; median weakly trifid ; paralabials 4.3 times as long as wide ; premandibles with three-four blades; mandible (fig. E) with a long apical, two dorso-mesals and three dark laterals ; anal papillae as long as wide ; with a black pigmented area apically ; eight black apical bristles; longest bristle, .25 mm. long; claws of posterior pro- legs yellow. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Calopscctra confusa (Malloch) FIG. A. Male genitalia, left half FIG. B. Metatibial combs FIG. C. Wing FIG. D. Labial plate of larva FIG. E. Mandible of larva FIG. F. Tip of larval antenna FIG. G. Pupal abdomen FIG. H. Comb of eighth abdominal segment of pupa FIG. I. Detail of spinule band of fourth abdominal segment of pupa Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 115 116 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 Pupa. — Pupal skin 3.0 mm., respiratory organs not found ; cephalic tubercles small, about as long as width at base; sub- apical hair .067 mm. long ; abdominal segment two with scattered shagreen and the usual apical row of recurved spines ; segment three (fig. G) with two caudally divergent longitudinal bands of long spines; segment four with paired longitudinal dark pigmented bands bearing some scattered spinules (fig. I), band about one-fourth length of segment; bands on segment five (fig. G) like four but smaller; segments six — eight without dorsal spine patterns; caudolateral combs of segment eight (fig. H) with five long spines and two-three smaller spurs above these ; anal fins with 40 plus lateral filaments each and two filaments on disc. LITERATURE JOHANNSEN, O. A. 1905. Aquatic Nematocerous Diptera II. Bull. N. Y. State Mus., 86: 76-325, illus. MALLOCH, J. R. 1915. The Chironomidae or Midges of Illinois with particular reference to the species occurring in the Illinois River. Bull. 111. Lab. Nat. Hist. X, art. 6: 277-543, illus. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 117 A New Mallophagan from Southeast Asia By K. C. EMERSON, Stillwater, Oklahoma, and ROBERT E. ELBEL, Lawrence, Kansas The Ischnoceran genus Meropoecus Eichler contains three species found on the avian family Meropidae. The known species and type hosts are: M. caproi Conci, 1941, found on M crops orientalis orientalis Latham; M. debcau.vi Conci, 1941, found on Melittophagus pitsillus pusillus (Muller) ; and M. meropis (Denny), 1842, found on M crops apiaster Linnaeus. A fourth species is described from material in the United States National Museum and from material recently collected in Thailand by one of the authors. Material has been examined from sixteen species and sub- species of Meropidae. That all specimens examined were simi- lar in general form is indicative of an exceptionally compact genus. The specific characters which appear to be of value are : size, chaetotaxy of sternites and tergites, chaetotaxy of ab- dominal terminal segments, and male genitalia. In addition to the new species described, several other forms, not discussed, appear to be new. Key to the Species of Meropoecus Males 1. Tergite IX with 26 or more setae on posterior margin ... 2 Tergite IX with less than 26 setae on posterior margin ... 3 2. Terminal abdominal segment with 14 to 16 long setae smithi Terminal abdominal segment with 8 to 10 long setae meropis 3. Tergite IX with 14 to 16 medium-length and 4 long setae on posterior margin debeauxi Tergite IX with 18 to 20 medium-length and 4 long setae on posterior margin caprai Females 1. Margin of genital opening with more than 30 medium-length setae smithi Margin of genital opening with less than 30 medium- length setae 2 118 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 2. Margin of genital opening with 26 to 28 medium- length setae caprai Margin of genital opening with less than 26 medium- length setae 3 3. Ventrally, a tubercle on each side of abdominal seg- ment IX, each with 3 or 4 long, inward pointing, setae uicropis Ventrally, a tubercle on each side of abdominal seg- ment IX, each with 5 or 6 long, inward pointing, setae dcbcan.vi Meropoecus smithi n. sp. Male. Head short and broad. Hyaline margin wide, ex- panded laterally. Dorsal anterior plate indistinct. Temples rounded and expanded. Antennae filiform, second segments elongated ; without noticeable sexual dimorphism. Prothorax short and narrow. Pterothorax broad ; lateral margins ex- panded posteriorly, with one row of medium-length setae on the posterior margin. Legs normal. Abdomen short and broad. Tergites II-IX with one row of closely set medium-length setae on the posterior margins. Sternites I-VI with one row of sparsely set medium-length setae on the posterior margin. Genital plate bare. Male genitalia as illustrated in figure 3. Chaetotaxy, general shape, and size as shown in figure 2. Female. Larger, but bearing a general resemblance to the male. Anterior margin of the vulva with a row of twenty-six medium-length setae and a row of fourteen short stout setae. Lateral margins of the vulva each with nine medium-length setae. Chaetotaxy, general shape, and size as shown in figure 1 . Type host : Merops leschenaulti leschenaulti Vieillot. EXPLANATION OF PLATE Meropoecus smithi n. sp., drawn to the same scale. FIG. 1. Dorsal-ventral view of female. FIG. 2. Dorsal-ventral view of male. Meropoecus species, male genitalia, drawn to the same scale. FIG. 3. M. smithi n. sp. FIG. 4. M. caprai Conci. FIG. 5. M. mcropis (Denny). FIG. 6. M. debcauxi Conci. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 119 E E 120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 Type material : Holotypc male and allotypc female collected at Arakan, BURMA in April, 1952 by H. M. Smith are in the United States National Museum. Paratypcs: two males and one female collected at Arakan, Burma in April 1952 by H. M. Smith; two males and one female collected at Hinlaem, Trak- hanun, Kanachanaburi, Thailand in November, 1952; two males and two females collected at Ban Khlua Klang, Prachuap Khiri Khan, Thailand in December, 1952; six males collected at Chiang Saen Kao, Chiang Rai, Thailand in February, 1953. All collections from Thailand were from the type host and made by Robert E. Elbel and H. G. Deignan. The male genitalia serve as an additional means of separating the species. These have been drawn to the same scale to il- lustrate the differences. REFERENCES CONCI, C. 1941. Boll. Soc. Ent. Ital., 73: 99-107, pis. I-II. EICHLER, W. 1940. Zool. Anzciger, 130: 97-103. Meeting of American Entomological Society March 22, 1956 The March 22 meeting of the AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY featured MR. MARUCCI, who spoke on "Insects Associ- ated with Blueberries." The speaker illustrated his interesting talk with a series of kodachrome slides showing various insects and their association with blueberries. A general discussion ended the meeting. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 121 New Tachinidae (Diptera) ' By H. J. REIN HARD, College Station, Texas Recent studies of some miscellaneous diptera collections have brought to light a number of interesting and apparently unde- scribed species. Seven of the latter, including one from Korea and six from the United States, are characterized below. Ex- cept as noted, the types are retained in my collection. Cylindromyia arator, n. sp. General habitus similar to C. oniiata Aldrich but with only two marginal scutellar bristles (basal pair lacking) and differing widely in genital features from all other allied American forms. Male. — Abdomen reddish yellow at sides basally with a shin- ing black dorsal vitta extending to middle of second segment where it expands sharply to include posterior half of latter and all of the two following segments ; incisures of intermediate segments and pronotum gray pollinose ; parafrontal and para- facial brassy ; cheek linear in profile ; occiput strongly bulged, lightly gray pollinose on black background and sparsely pale- haired. Genital segments shining black above ; forceps pale yellow, sclerotized and strikingly compressed on basal half, which is rather broad in profile and bears a fringe of fine black hairs on each outer posterior margin, thence glabrous and nar- rowed to tip ; accessory process also sclerotized, plowshare-like in conformation and fully as prominent as forceps ; penis stalk translucent yellow, straight, obliquely truncate at apex from which extends a minute copulatory process ; fifth sternite re- tracted and inconspicuous. Length, 10 mm. Female not known. Holotypc: Chang Hyon, S. KOREA, 9-27-53 (G. Schaeffer), in the California Academy of Sciences Collection. Metavoria latifrons, n. sp. A small moderately shining gray pollinose species, which differs from the genotype, M . oricntalis, most obviously in the 1 Contribution No. 2352, from the Department of Entomology, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station. 122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS I May, 1956 wider front and having the inner orbits subparallel from vertex to cheeks. Other differences are listed below. Male. — Front wide approximating one-half head width (meas- uring 0.48 of same at vertex), densely gray pollinose at sides, reddish frontalia obscured by pollen, widening to twice para- frontal width at triangle; two large verticals and proclinate orbitals ; ocellars long, slightly proclinate and widely divergent ; frontals in a single row, lower one upturned below antennal base; parafacial subsilvery, narrowed downward, beset with black hairs from upper extremity to cheek groove; epistoma gently warped; clypeus moderately depressed; facialia bare; vibrissae on oral margin; antenna but little shorter than face, basal segments red, second two-fifths as long as third, latter wholly black, broader than parafacial below ; arista bare, black, shorter than antenna, thickened to distal fourth thence tapering to tip, basal segments short ; cheek gray pollinose on red ground color, nearly one-third eye height, haustellum slender, three- fourths head height; palpus slender, reddish; eye bare; back of head gently convex, gray pollinose, sparsely pale pilose above and below. Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose, mesonotal vittae narrow and rather poorly defined. Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 3, 3; dorsocentral 3, 3; intraalar 3; supraalar 3 (only middle one large) ; presutural 2; humeral 2-3; postalar 2; pteropleural 1 (small) ; sternopleural 3; scutellum with 2 lateral, 1 decussate apical, 1 smaller preapical besides 1 appressed and 1 or 2 ir- regular erect discal pairs. Legs subshiny black, short, femora moderately thickened ; claws and pulvilli much shorter than last tarsal segment. Wing clear; first vein bare, second setulose about to middle of first posterior cell, which is closed at costa far before wing tip ; last section of fifth vein subequal length of preceding; apical and hind cross veins in same plane and very oblique, latter reaching fourth vein one-half its length before subrectangular cubitulus, which bears a long stump; costal spine minute ; calypters white. Abdomen shining black, broad basal margin of last three segments with thin whitish pollen which is sharply limited at Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 123 the sides leaving venter wholly shining ; no discals on any seg- ment, one median marginal pair on second and a marginal row on last two segments ; sternites covered ; genitalia small and re- tracted ; united forceps short and beaklike, bowed in profile, reddish apically ; accessory process a little heavier than forceps, tapering to a rounded or blunt tip. Female. — As described for male, but the third antennal seg- ment is narrower, barely twice length of second and pale or reddish on posterior basal margin ; first posterior cell narrowly open ; genitalia blackish, tubular and retractile. Length, 6.5 mm. Holotypc male and allotype female, Big Bend Park, TEXAS, July 14, 1937 (C. E. Heard). Paratype: 1 male, same data as type. Metavoria facialis, n. sp. Female.- — Essentially like the preceding species except as follows : Front at vertex 0.43 of head width ; three pairs of large proclinate orbital bristles ; parafacial hairs coarser becoming bristly on lower inner margin ; third antennal segment about three times length of second, pale or reddish beyond arista; cheek one-third eye height ; haustellum slender but short, barely exceeding length of palpus ; third vein setulose far beyond small cross vein ; hind cross vein less than its length from cubitulus ; last section of fifth vein approximating length of preceding ; pollen on abdomen rather sharply limited at sides, venter shining black. Length, 7.5 mm. Male unknown. Holotypc: Fruitland, UT., Aug. 24, 1948 (G. F. Knowlton). Meleterus nuperus, n. sp. Differs from the genotype, M. inontanits Aldrich, in having the parafrontals and parafacials yellow to subgolden pollinose; third antennal segment entirely black; abdominal segments two and three with gray pollen extending thinly to hind margin on each, etc. Male. — Vertex 0.37 of head width, front gradually widening forward into facial angle ; verticals and proclinate orbitals two 124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 pairs ; ocellars slightly proclinate and divaricate ; lowermost frontal upturned at level with apex of second antennal segment ; parafacial with a median row of four or five infraclinate bristles intermixed with scattered black hairs descending almost to lower edge of eye ; face well depressed, gray pollinose ; facialia bare ; vibrissae on oral margin ; antennal segments one and two red, third segment about five times length of second ; arista bare, proximal segments short, thickened on basal half or less ; palpus yellow ; proboscis short ; cheek about two-fifths eye height ; occiput clothed with pale hairs. Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose, notal vittae fairly well defined, median pair narrow before suture and obsolete shortly behind. Chaetotaxy : acrostichal 3, 3 ; dorsocentral 3, 3; intraalar 3; supraalar 3 (middle one large) ; presutural 2; humeral 3 ; posthumeral 3 ; notopleural 2 ; sternopleural 3 ; pteropleural 1 (smaller than hindmost sternopleural) ; scutellum with 3 lateral (hindmost one weak), 1 strong decussate apical, 1 erect somewhat smaller preapical pair besides 4 or 5 irregularly spaced discal bristles ; postnotal slope, propleuron and pro- sternum bare. Wing gray hyaline ; hind cross vein retracted and joining fourth halfway from small cross vein to cubitulus ; latter bearing a long stump ; last section of fifth vein over half as long as preceding ; first, third and fifth veins setulose ; first posterior cell narrowly open far before wing tip ; costal spine small ; calypters white. Legs rather short, moderately bristled, mid tibia with three or more stout bristles on outer front side ; claws and pulvilli subequal length of last tarsal segment. Abdomen black, hind margin of segments two to four mod- erately shining ; no discals on intermediate segments, second bearing a pair of median marginals, third with an incomplete marginal row ; anal segment with a discal and a marginal row ; hairs on upper surface depressed ; hypopygium shining black, rather small and retracted. Female unknown. Length, 7 mm. Holotypc: "Yonah Mt. GA., 8-20-35." Paratypc: 1 male, same data as holotype. Lxvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 125 Euptilopareia vicinalis, n. sp. Differs from the genotype, E. erucicola (Coq.), chiefly as follows: third antennal segment (male) two and one-half times and (female) two times length of second; first abdominal seg- ment without median marginals, fourth with a marginal and two discal rows, etc. Male. — Front broad, at narrowest (before triangle) 0.40 of head width, sides gray pollinose becoming blackish near vertex ; frontalia deep red, wider than parafrontal; one pair strong di- varicate preverticals and two or three proclinate orbitals ; verti- cals two large pairs ; ocellars proclinate and divergent ; two frontals beneath antennal base ; proximal antennal segments red, third wholly black, rather wide and thick ; arista thickened to apical fourth thence evenly tapered to a fine tip, second segment twice longer than thick ; parafacial with a row of about six infraclinate bristles nearer inner margin and beset with fine hairs outside main row from upper extremity to cheek groove ; facialia bearing three to five bristles next to vibrissae, latter on oral margin ; epistoma somewhat warped but not prominent in profile ; proboscis rather slender but much shorter than head height ; palpus slender to tip, yellow ; eye bare ; cheek gray pol- linose on pale background, about two-fifths eye height ; occiput convex, cinereous pollinose and clothed with rather sparse short whitish hairs. Thorax and scutellum subshining black, thinly gray pollinose, mesonotal vittae poorly defined. Chaetotaxy : acrostichal 3, 3 ; dorsocentral 3,3; presutural 2 ; intraalar 3 ; supraalar 3 ; ptero- pleural vestigial ; sternopleural 3 ; scutellum with 3 lateral (hind- most small) ; 1 long decussate apical, 1 preapical and 3 or more longish erect discal pairs ; sides of postnotum beneath calypters setose, polished black. Legs black ; claws and pulvilli exceeding length of last tarsal segment. Wing gray hyaline tinged with yellow at extreme base ; third vein setose almost to small cross vein ; hind cross vein retracted and oblique, joining fourth about midway between small cross vein and cubitulus, latter with a strong fold ; last section of fifth vein a little shorter than preceding ; first posterior cell open far before wing tip ; costal 126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1956 spine strong; calypters smallish and rounded, white tinged with yellow. Abdomen shining black with gray pollen on about basal third of last three segments, hind margin of first segment broadly emarginate at middle ; sternites covered ; genitalia caudoventral, shining black, retracted in repose. Female. — Front narrowest at vertex and 0.41 of head width; third vein setulose to or a trifle beyond small cross vein ; fourth abdominal segment mostly shining black above, the basal discal row incomplete at sides ; claws and pulvilli short. Length, 7-8 mm. Holotvpc male and allotypc female, Sequoia Nat. Pk., CALI- FORNIA, July 30, 1939, without collector's label. Paratypc: 1 male, same data as type. Meledonus albiceps, n. sp. The bright or silvery white head pollen readily distinguishes the present form from M. latipennis (genotype) and M. linden- sis. Male. — Front rather long and wide, vertex 0.38 of head width ; frontals in a single row extending from about mid front to slightly below antennae, prevertical bristle weak, curved out- ward ; ocellars and inner verticals rather long but not very stout ; paraf rental and parafacial sparsely clothed with short black hairs ; face deeply impressed, epistoma subbulbous, as wide as clypeus ; vibrissae well above oral margin, with two or three small bristles next above on facial ridge ; cheek about two- fifths eye height, bare except along narrow lower margin ; an- tenna black, third segment rather stout, a little over twice length of second ; arista black, bare, thickened on basal half, proximal segments short ; haustellum slender, nearly equal to head height ; palpus black, shorter than third antennal segment ; eye bare ; occiput somewhat swollen on sides below middle and clothed with a sparse vestiture of pale pile below the neck and coarser black hairs above. Thorax and scutellum gray pollinose on black background, notal vittae not well defined; acrostichal 1, 1 ; dorsocentral 3, 3; Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 127 intraalar 3; supraalar 3; presutural 1 (outer); pteropleural vestigial ; sternopleural 2, 1 ; scutellum with 2 lateral, 1 weak decussate apical and 1 reclinate discal pair behind middle be- sides scattered suberect discal hairs. Legs black, rather short but not very stout ; mid tibia with two anterodorsal bristles ; claws and pulvilli nearly as long as last tarsal segment. Wing gray hyaline ; first posterior cell open shortly before wing tip ; hind cross vein about two-thirds its length from cubitulus ; third vein with two small setae near base ; costal spine small ; calypter opaque white. Abdomen black, long ovate, segments two to four gray pol- linose with hind margin of each moderately shiny ; hairs on upper surface depressed ; one pair of median marginals on proximal segments and a marginal row on last two besides a submarginal row on anal segment ; hypopygium caudoventral, retracted ; sternites exposed. Female unknown. Length, 7 mm. Holotypc: "Trinity Co. CAL., Eagle Creek, 6-1-41." Eudexia dreisbachi, n. sp. Male. — Front at vertex slightly wider than ocellar triangle and before latter narrowed to 0.13 of head width; paraf rental plumbeous, bearing a sparse vestiture of black hairs ; frontalia red, broad on anterior half but strongly narrowed toward ver- tex ; frontal bristles in a single row extending from narrowest part of front to near antennal base ; ocellar bristles long, pro- clinate, verticals much weaker, outer one barely differentiated ; parafacial gray pollinose on reddish background, bare and dis- tinctly wider than clypeus ; facial carina rounded on crest, widened and flattened below into epistomal plane ; vibrissae well above oral margin, epistoma moderately prominent ; antenna yellow, first segment nearly flush, second widened apically and well over one-half length of third, which is somewhat darker and narrowed at tip ; arista yellow, rather evenly tapered from near moderately thickened base and plumose to tip, basal segments short ; cheek subequal to eye height, with a fringe of black hairs on lower edge, broad red groove above thinly gray pollinose; 128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 haustellum rather slender but obviously shorter than head height ; palpus yellow, long and subcylindric, beset with longish black hairs on apical half ; eye bare ; back of head flattened, gray pollinose sparsely clothed with yellowish hairs which are re- placed with coarser black ones near upper margin. Thorax blackish dorsally with humerus, notopleuron, posterior callus and entire scutellum reddish yellow in ground color, pleural region also predominantly pale reddish ; mesonotum dusted with gray pollen which shows five narrow dark vittae before the suture and four behind. Chaetotaxy : dorsocentral 3, 4 ; acrostichal 2, 3 ; humeral 5-7 ; posthumeral 2 ; presutural 1 (outer ) ; intraalar 3 ; supraalar 4 ; postalar 2 ; pteropleural 2-3 ; sternopleural 2, 1 ; scutellum normally with 4 lateral and 3 or 4 irregularly spaced reclinate discal pairs, apicals absent or hair- like. Legs long and slender, more or less reddish to tarsi, latter black ; claws and pulvilli pallid, greatly elongated. Wing hyaline with a light yellowish tint which is more apparent along the main veins and near base ; first posterior cell open well before wing tip ; cubitulus rounded V-like, near hind margin ; third vein with three to five hairs near base; hind cross vein joining fourth much nearer cubitulus than small cross vein ; costal spine vestigial ; epaulet red, subepaulet yellowish ; postnotal slope, prosternum and propleuron bare ; postscutellum normally de- veloped, brownish, lightly gray pollinose. Abdomen wider than thorax, but rather sharply narrowed to tip, pale translucent yellow with a narrow black median vitta extending from base to infuscated tip ; entirely devoid of pollen but the surface at most feebly shiny ; first segment without median marginal bristles, second with two stout pairs besides three or more pairs of irregular discals spaced along the area of median vitta ; third segment bearing a complete marginal and discal row with latter placed shortly in front of hind margin and two or three pairs of discals on anterior half along median vitta ; anal segment irregularly bristled on entire upper surface beyond narrow basal margin; genital segments black-haired, most reddish in ground color; forceps black, divided beyond middle into acute-tipped, non-divergent prongs ; accessory proc- Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 129 ess shining black, broad or platelike with outer surface convex and setiferously punctate ; penis flattened and ribbonlike, hinged near middle and terminating in a simple tip ; fifth sternite with a V-shaped median excision, lobes blackish, bearing an ordinary vestiture of black hairs, preceding sternites covered. Female. — Vertex 0.28 of head width ; two strong proclinate orbitals but outer verticals vestigial as in male ; frontalia much wider than parafrontal and more noticeably striated ; palpus stouter and more thickened apically ; abdomen not so extensively bristled as described above, genitalia retracted. Length, 12-17 mm. Holot\f>c male, Tzintzuntzan, Michoacan, MEX., Aug. 8, 1954 (R. E. Ryckman, D. Spencer, C. P. Christiansen) and allotype female, Zapatlonego, Mex., Aug. 20, 1954, 5500 ft. (R. R. Dreisbach) in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypcs all from Mexico : 3 males, same data as allotype ; 3 females, 5 mi. E. C. del Maiz, Aug. 23-25, 1954, 4700 ft., 1 female, Tepa- titlan, Aug. 20, 1954, 6200 ft. and 1 female, Lagos de Moreno, Aug. 12, 1954, 6300 ft., all collected by R. R. Dreisbach. In the Snow Collection, Kansas University Mex. Expedition : 2 males and 3 females, 5 mi. E. Ciuclad del Maiz, S.L.P., 4700 ft., Aug. 22, 1954; 1 female, 4 mi. S. Taxco, Guerrero, Aug. 8, 1954, 4900 ft.; 1 male, 17 mi. W. Xilitla, S.L.P., Jul. 22, 1954, 4700 ft. ; 1 male, Puente Grande Jalisco, Jul. 20, 1954, 5000 ft. ; 4 males and 5 females, Morelia, Mich., Sept. 9, 1938 (L. J. Lipvosky). A Recently Introduced Species of Collembolan By KENNETH CHRISTIANSEN, Grinnell College, Iowa In 1930 Stach worked upon a small amount of material col- lected by Dr. F. Haas between 1914 and 1919 in northern and eastern Spain. Among the species described in this work was the striking Entoinobrya itnostrigata. This species was charac- terized by its minute anteapical mucronal tooth. Bonet, in his key to the genus Entou\obr\a, erroneously places the species among the forms having a large anteapical tooth. Stach does 130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 not describe or figure a basal spine on the mucro, and mentions the empodial appendage as smooth. Examination of the type specimens, made possible through the kindness of the Sencken- berg Museum, demonstrated that a definite basal spine was present, and that the internal edge of the empodial appendage was extremely finely ciliated for part of its length. Possibly as a result of these errors or oversights, the species was lost from the literature for many years. A number of collections of the form were made in North Africa between 1937 and 1940 but these were not recorded. In 1950 Mr. R. F. Wilkey (now of Sacra- mento, California) collected a series of this species from Fort Collins, Colorado and recognized its unusual characteristics. In 1952 further collections were made in California by Mr. Wilkey and Mr. W. A. McDonald. In the same year a number of specimens were taken in Kanab, Utah and sent to Mr. D. L. Wray who described them as a new species Drcpanura kanaba (New Synonymy). The species is so striking in its type of pattern and mucronal form that it seems very unlikely that any of the major investigators came across it at an earlier date without publishing upon it. In view of these facts, and its abundant occurrence where it now exists, I feel that it is very likely that this form has been recently introduced into North America. Its present widespread distribution makes it seem likely that its first arrival was considerably earlier than 1950, but its absence in older collections or works makes it appear unlikely that it occurred here twenty years ago. The species is easy to recognize upon two structures : the minute but definite anteapical mucronal tooth, and (in pat- terned forms) the existence of a median dorsal line. I would be very happy to see specimens as they turn up, for this form may give us a chance to learn something about the largely unknown subject of Collembolan distribution mechanisms. REFERENCES STACH, J. 1930. Senkenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-am-Main 42: 62, 63. BONET, M. F. 1933. Eos 9: 153-194. WRAY, D. L. 1953. Nature Notes, Occasional Papers. No. 1: 4. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 131 Some Asilidae (Diptera) By FRANK MONTGOMERY HULL, University of Mississippi This paper describes two new genera from South America and several new species of robber flies from the Australian fauna, collected by the author in 1953-54. Saropogon nigritarsus new species A small species characterized by the brown wings, the black triangles on the posterior tergites of the abdomen and the yellowish brown hypogygium. Length 10 mm. Male. Head: black, the pollen greyish white with a slight brownish tint on the upper part of the occiput. The bristly hair of the upper occiput is strongly proclinate. The antennae are black with black bristles and a few white hairs at the base of the first segment. The style is cylindrical, obliquely truncate at the apex, with central spines. Bristles of face weak and slender, confined to the lower fifth, and white. Palpi and proboscis black. Bristles of vertex and front black. Thorax: black with light yellowish brown pollen. There are four indistinct black stripes on the mesonotum, with reddish pollen and shining in color. The submedial pair of stripes are very narrowly separated and extend from the anterior margin as far back as the anterior edge of the postcalli, where they end in front of the scutellum, as a V-shaped wedge replaced by brownish yellow pollen or micropubescence. Scutellum black with similar pubescence. Bristles of the mesonotum quite weak and slender. The complement consists of two to three on the notopleura, one of them yellow, the remainder black ; one long yellow, slender bristle on the supra-alar region and several long fine black hairs ; one brown bristle on the postcalli, scutellar margin with three or four pair of long slender reddish or brown- ish yellow bristly hairs. There is a distinct row of bristly acrostical hairs and of longer dorsocentrals, increasing in length posteriorly. Halteres brownish cream color, darker at the base and unusually large. 132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 Legs: anterior femora wholly brownish yellow, the middle pair similar in color with a slender black stripe beginning at the apex and extending at the apex from the middle of the anterior surface to the middle of the dorsal surface, becoming more slender and running narrowly along the anterodorsal border, nearly to the base. The hind femora are gradually swollen j o j distally, shining black on the lateral surface, except at the im- mediate base ; the black extends on the distal half over the whole dorsal surface and extends onto the lateral half of the ventral surface. Also, near the middle of these femora the black color gradually extends over the whole ventral surface. The anterior tibiae are wholly brownish yellow, the middle tibiae similar, with the apex narrowly black. The hind tibiae are yellow with not quite the apical half black. Apex of anterior tibiae with a slender, sigmoid spur, their basitarsi with five or six black denticles but no swelling. The anterior basitarsi are yellow, the apex black ; base of the second anterior tarsal segment yel- lowish brown ; the remaining segments and the other tarsi black. Claws slender, black, and extreme base yellowish. Bristles and pile of legs yellowish white. The posterior femora have six lateral bristles. Wings: broad, uniformly tinged with medium sepia brown, the veins of the same color except for the portions of radius and subcosta, which lie before the humeral cross vein and which are more yellowish. The posterior cells and the anal cell are widely open ; fourth posterior cell narrowed to slightly less than half its maximal width. The anterior cross vein is located slightly before the middle of the discal cell. Abdomen: shining black, with pale golden reflections, the sides of all of the segments brownish yellow, narrowly on the first three tergites, more extensively on the remainder. On the fourth and fifth tergites the central black figure is in more or less the shape of an hour glass ; on the remaining tergites the figure is a medial triangle posteriorly extended along the pos- terior margin, or as a medial vitta posteriorly merged with a laterally attenuate fascia. Hypopygium light yellowish brown with a narrow apical and dorsal black wedge on the superior plate, which is undivided and has a lateral posterior extension Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 133 on each side and also has a small, short, basal vitta on the ventral plate. Aedeagus and the protuberances of the ventral plate black ; ventral plate basally swollen. Female. Similar to the male, the fifth tergite with an hour- glass, black spot, the sixth with median vitta and conjoined, posterior, obtuse, triangular fascia, reaching to the base medially. The eighth tergite has the basal half in the middle yellowish brown, gradually extending to the whole length of the segment laterally. Spines of the acanthophorites wholly reddish brown. Abdominal pile yellowish white. Tvpc male, and allotypc female : Canberra, AUSTRALIA, No- vember 1-10, 1953, F. M. Hull collector. Paratypes: males 78, females 51, ranging from November 20-30, 1953 to December 1-10, 1953, collected by F. M. Hull. Saropogon flavofacialis new species A black and reddish brown species characterized by pale golden brown pollen on the face, medium brown wings, reddish legs, disproportionate size between the sexes. The abdomen of the female chiefly reddish. Length of males 1 1 mm. ; of females 16 mm. Male. Head: occiput and vertex and most of the front black in ground color ; occipital pollen greyish white, pollen of vertex and front reddish to golden brown, and immediately above the antennae pale brownish yellow. Whole face and cheeks are brownish yellow except the orbital crease which is pale brown- ish yellow and covered with similar colored pollen. Face apilose, with four pairs of long, slender, brownish yellow bristles above the oral margin. The palpi are yellow with bristly hairs of the same color and several darker hairs. Proboscis black, yellow ventrally on the basal half. The extreme lower occiput is yellow. The first two antennal segments are yellow with black bristles. The third segment is yellowish brown on the basal half, quite dark brown distally, with the two colors divided obliquely ; apex of this segment without a differentiated micro- segment, but darker in color, obliquely truncate with a central spine. The upper occiput has one or two black bristles and several white bristles, all proclinate ; frontal and ocellar bristles black. 134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 Thorax: mesonotum black, except humeri, and with golden brown pollen and a pair of submedial stripes which are poorly outlined except from the anterior view. From dorsal view, they are bordered narrowly on the anterior third by a slender, irregular band of golden pollen ; outside of this band lies a narrow opaque black vitta, which anteriorly curves backward into a hook-shaped figure outlined by golden brown pollen. Humeri reddish brown with golden brown pollen and similar pollen extends over the lateral margin of the mesonotum, to the edge of the first notopleural bristle ; beyond this point the pollen is greyish white, including the pollen of the black scutellum. The mesonotum has black bristles and has a few scattered black setae located chiefly on the anterior third. There is a well de- veloped row of acrostical black bristles and the anterior dorso- centrals are long, becoming still longer behind, but this group also includes some short bristles. Humeri with one long bristle and several setae. The mesonotal complement of bristles includes two notopleurals, one supra-alar, one postcallar and one scutellar pair of black bristles. Pleura black, only the anterior metapleura yellowish brown. Pollen of the mesopleura and narrowly on the anterior pteropleura golden brown ; elsewhere greyish white. Halteres pale yellow. Legs: anterior coxae light brownish yellow, rendered lighter by white pollen. The remaining coxae are light brown with white pollen. Anterior and middle femora, their tibiae and first two or three tarsal segments are light brown with perhaps a slight reddish tint. The last tarsal segment is nearly blackish. The hind femora are very slightly dilated towards the apex. The greater part of the hind femora and their tibiae have much the same color as the anterior legs, only slightly darker. The apices of the femora are black. The apical seventh of the hind tibiae is black, the apical fourth of their basitarsi and the apical half of the next two segments is black, otherwise reddish brown. All pile and bristles of legs black, except the ventral pile on the anterior tarsal segments, the first two middle tarsal segments and the base of the hind basitarsal segments where it is yellow. Wings: uniformly medium brown including all of the veins. Costal setae black. All cells open including the anal cell. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 135 Fourth posterior cell narrowed to one-third its maximal width. Lower end vein of discal cell slightly longer than the upper discal cross vein. Anterior cross vein enters the discal cell at not quite one-third of the discal cell length, measured from the distal end of this cell. Abdomen: shining black with scattered fine black setae; the first tergite has one black and twro pale bristles on each side. The base of the second tergite, when viewed from the rear, has a border of silvery pollen. The lateral margins of all of the tergites are pale orange to reddish brown, widening on the posterior segments. Hypopygium reddish brown laterally and below, but black above, the superior plate completely cleft at the base, but tightly overlapping. Female. On the mesonotum, the reddish ground color of the humeri extends onto a large posteromedial adjacent spot or area as well as more obscurely over the whole lateral margin, almost to the postcalli. The postcalli themselves are very dark reddish brown in color, as are also the lateral calli of the meta- notum, the metapleura and the anterior hypopleura and upper sternopleura. The halteres are rather dark brown, the humeri have two black bristles and the upper propleura have one stout black bristle. The anterior collar of the propleura has black bristles. The abdomen is wider than in the male, much less convex or cylindrical and tapering gradually from the base. First tergite black, the sides narrowly reddish. The second tergite black on the medial third or less and not reaching the posterior margin. The third tergite has a small, central, black spot on the basal half. The fourth tergite has only a trace of such spot. On the fifth tergite, near the base in the middle of the segment, there begins a posteriorly widening, continuous black vitta, which on the remaining tergites covers approximately half of the segment. Terminal spines pale brown. All pile and setae black. Type male, and allotype female : collected 37 miles southeast of Perth, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, on the Brookton Highway, Janu- ary 6, 1954, F. M. Hull collector. Paratypcs: males 3 and female 1, with the same data. 136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 Notes and News in Entomology Under this heading we present, from time to time, notes, news, and comments. Contributions from readers are earnestly solicited and will be acknowledged when used. The National Science Foundation has made a new grant of $36,000 to cover a three-year period for the continued support of the preparation of monograph on the ORTHOPTERA OF NORTH AMERICA. The Curator of Insects of the Academy, Mr. JAMES A. G. REHN, is the Principal Investigator for this project, and Mr. HAROLD J. GRANT, JR., Assistant Curator of Insects of the Academy, is the Junior Investigator. A prior grant, covering a two years' period, permitted the inauguration of this work, which in its earlier stages required the extensive abstracting of relevant literature and the as- sembly of series of specimens from many other institutions, in addition to our own, and also from numerous agricultural sta- tions. Detailed collateral papers made possible by the grant are now appearing regularly, supplying the comprehensive basic information on which the more condensed and summarized treatment of the monograph will be based. The new grant provides funds for necessary aspects of the whole work not covered by the prior one, such as the prepara- tion of illustrations, costs of typing the "Monograph" manu- script, certain travel funds needed to consult type material elsewhere, and also it will permit the needed translation of at least parts of works on the Palearctic Orthoptera fauna which have been published in Russian. The interrelations of the Palearctic (northern Old World) and the Nearctic (North American) faunas are often so involved that a clear knowledge of the Old World literature is mandatory. The present grant reflects the recognition by the National Science Foundation and its advisors of the basic importance of the great collection of North American Orthoptera at the Acad- emy, which has been built up to its present unrivalled excellence in the last fifty-five years largely by field work and laboratory study of the late MORGAN HEBARD and the present Curator of Insects. The volumes of correlated field observations which Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 137 were made by them, collectively or individually, in the course of thirty-four seasons of field work on Orthoptera in various parts of the United States (1902-1955), furnish a vast amount of observational data on general habits, song, actions, abundance, plant preferences and seasonal occurrence. Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas At the A. & M. COLLEGE OF TEXAS, the entomological re- search, teaching and extension programs are currently carried on under the administration of a single department in the SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE. A staff of 25 technical workers (seven of whom are located in five different substations in vari- ous parts of the State) is engaged in a wide range of entomo- logical activities. The DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY was created in 1899 by act of the State Legislature, at which time FRED W. MALLY, who pioneered in boll weevil and other cotton insect studies, was appointed as first Professor of Entomology. In 1915 the research and teaching activities were separated into a Division of Research and Department of Teaching under the direction of F. B. PADDOCK and S. W. BILSING, respectively. Extension activities were initiated in 1917 under the administration of the Extension Service. In 1946 all entomological activities were coordinated into one department under the leadership of Dr. H. G. JOHNSTON, who was succeeded in 1952 by Dr. J. C. GAINES. The department conducts a broad program in instruction, re- search and extension in the identification, biology and control 138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1956 of insects, particularly those attacking cotton, vegetables, pecans, fruits, grain, forage crops and domestic animals. The bachelor's, the master's, and the doctorate degree are offered to students majoring in entomology. Eighteen under- graduate and 15 graduate courses involving the fields of tax- onomy, morphology, physiology, toxicology, economic ento- mology and apiculture are offered to students in either the School of Arts and Sciences or the School of Agriculture. Ex- cellent laboratory facilities and access to field work make it possible for graduate students to conduct research for their theses or dissertations. In most cases, the graduate students are encouraged to work on certain phases of an established Texas Agricultural Experiment Station research project, under the direction of project leaders. The teaching faculty in entomology consists of Professors: J. C. GAINES (Department Head, econ. ent), H. J. REINHARD (Museum Curator, taxonomy), V. A. LITTLE (gen. and econ. ent., apiculture) and D. F. MARTIN (morphology and econ. ent.) ; Assistant Professors: MANNING A. PRICE (medical and veterinary ent.), R. L. HANNA (physiology and toxicology) and DONALD R. KING (gen. ent., fruit insects and ecology). Adequate facilities including library and extensive insect reference collections make possible a broad basic research pro- gram in the fields of insect physiology and toxicology, general economic entomology and apiculture. Hundreds of new chemi- cal compounds and combinations of compounds have been tested and evaluated in the laboratory prior to being used in field tests. Materials which show promise in the laboratory are sent to the various field stations for further testing. This begins with small plots under exacting test conditions, then proceeds to full-scale field tests, with tractors or airplanes making the applications just as they would be used in actual farming operations. Other lines of basic research include problems in apiculture and studies in the laboratory to determine the mode of action of the more commonly used insecticides and the toxicity of organic insecticides to beneficial insects as well as their effect on plants, soils and animals. Important studies on the biology of injurious insects also are being made. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 139 The information obtained from research is made available to the extension entomologists and instructors for their use in education through extension and in formal courses. Extension entomologists devote full time to educational programs through the county extension agents in the entire State. Three of the extension entomologists are located in College Station, while two others are stationed in the various districts. In general, these entomologists present technical information on insect con- trol in such a manner that it can be applied in a practical way. Extension entomology is promoted through district meetings with county agricultural workers, survey reports, newsletters, published recommendations for insect control, radio and tele- vision programs, press releases and on-the-farm demonstrations. -J. C. GAINES. Hemimene immaculata Danil., a Preoccupied Name (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) In the Entomologitshcskoye Obozrenic, Vol. 30, 1948, p. 70, A. S. Danilevsky published the description of a new species from Daghestan, and named it Hemimene immaculata. This species is congeneric with Dichrorampha immaculata McD. from Canada published by J. H. McDunnough in the Canadian Entomologist, vol. 78, 1946, p. 66. The homonymy is evident, and a replace- ment of the junior homonym by a new trivial name is necessary. The purpose of this notice is to avoid a change of the trivial name published by Danilevsky by another person than the author of the species. I am taking the liberty of drawing the attention of the author of the above homonym (the address of Mr. Danilevsky is unknown to me), especially because of my intention to publish in 1957 a revision of the Palearctic Laspey- resiini where the genus Dichrorampha Gn. will be discussed. In case the name is not replaced by Mr. Danilevsky by a new one, I shall have no other choice than to propose in my revision a substitute for the trivial name immaculata Danil. NICHOLAS S. OBRAZTSOV, Sea Cliff, X. Y. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow ; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10£ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix} (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minuten pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. W I L E Y BOOKS Noiv available — the neuu Fifth Edition . . . INSECT PESTS of FARM, GARDEN, and ORCHARD By the late LEONARD MARION PEAIRS, formerly of West Virginia University, and RALPH HOWARD DAVIDSON, Ohio State University. The fifth edition of this widely used text has been almost completely rewritten to take into account the revolutionary changes that have occurred in the science of insect control during the past decade. Written primarily for the first-year student of applied or economic entomology, the work emphasizes the essentials of insect morphology, physiology, and development. It includes information on the place of in- sects in the animal kingdom; tells how insects are classified; out- lines the principal orders and families of insects; and thoroughly treats all the major pest species, stressing distribution, common hosts, life stages, life cycles, and kind of damage done. Since the importance of many pests has increased, the au- thors enlarged their chapters on pest control. Many new phases are treated, with major emphasis on chemical control. The ac- tions of new insecticides are fully explained, as are their avail- ability, cost, toxicity, and residual action. Information on in- secticide formulations, application equipment, dilution tables, compatibility, and other pertinent data has been assembled into a new chapter. 1956. 661 pages. $8.50. Send for an examination copy. JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., 440-4th Ave., New York 16, N.Y. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris)— The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. •~3 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS JUNE 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 6 CONTENTS Smith — A colony of Vespula pennsylvanica 141 Dreisbach — A new species of Evagetes 147 Gary — Phlegethontius caribbeus 152 Walkley — A new tersilochine parasite 153 Chamberlin — Three new Nicaraguan diplopods 157 New Haven Entomological Society 160 Entomological Departments Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station 161 Notes and News in Entomology Professor Needham celebrates 88th birthday 164 Biting flies at Gorgas Laboratory 165 Reviews Die Wanderameisen der neotropischen Region 165 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly nolume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided lor in para- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 19. 1943. DOT.' ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff : H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additional at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. yifpWI^Ilt ;W«&''1F**\ ''JHSV' fiW rv' *£*. --i ^2"*X5i' * - wap-^isz '' Nest of /V.v/> n/< / pennsylvanica (Saussure). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII JUNE, 1956 No. 6 A Colony of Yellow Jackets, Vespula pennsylvanica (Sauss.) By FRANK K. SMITH, Pueblo, Colorado About the first of October, 1955, Mr. G. A. Pauli of Pueblo, Colorado called my attention to a nest of yellow jackets in his yard. Dr. R. R. Dreisbach determined the species as Vespula pennsylvanica (Sauss.). The nest was underground in tight soil and its surface entrance was surrounded by a mound of dried mud, made of earth from the excavation below, mixed with the mouth secretion of the wasps. Though the mound had been completed when first seen, wasps were occasionally observed bringing small balls of mud to the surface and spreading them upon the mound. Usually, however, they flew away with them. The width of this mound in front at the base was three inches ; the length, fovir ; and the height, two and a half. The earth was cut away, January 1, 1956, so as to provide a sectional view through the passage leading to the nest about ten inches below the surface, made and to expose also one-half of the paper envelope surrounding the brood chamber. The entire in- ner wall of the passage was found plastered with mud. A hole through which some of the comb was visible was made acciden- tally in uncovering the nest. Two other holes may have been made in uncovering the nest in October though their margins were smooth, as if finished by the wasps. This envelope did not consist of separate sheets arranged in succession around the brood chamber as in the nest of Vespula uiaculata (L.), but consisted of numerous small pieces arranged rather irregularly, (141) JUN 4 ^ 142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 overlapping each other in a somewhat staggered manner. The edge of each piece was cemented partly or entirely to the surface it overlapped, and air spaces were enclosed between the pieces. On the average about three pieces with the air spaces between them made up the thickness of the envelope. A root, approximately three-fourths of an inch in diameter, extended through the side of the envelope and was cemented to it. On the opposite side of the nest this root again extended through the envelope and was cemented to it. Across the space occupied by the combs, this dead root had been gnawed away, probably by the wasps. With the exception of this root, the envelope was anchored principally to the ceiling of the excavation by a dozen or more stout bands of paper which were much larger than numerous paper rods that attached the layers of comb to each other. Some of these bands were about a third of an inch long and an eighth of an inch thick and held the envelope approximately a fourth of an inch from the ceiling. The earth to which these supporting bands were fastened was plastered with a layer of mud. It seems that the mud and the paper pulp held in common a cementing substance from the mouth secretion of the wasps. About a square inch of the envelope was cemented directly to the mud of the ceiling. A piece of dead root, about a fourth of an inch in diameter and two inches long, was cemented for its entire length into the top surface of the envelope and possibly small branches of this root aided some in anchor- ing the nest. Plate I shows the nest in its natural position with part of the envelope cut away. Seven layers of comb may be seen. On removing the nest from the ground an eighth layer, not pre- viously seen, broke away from the seventh layer to which it was attached by a single rod of paper. All the other comb layers were attached to the part of nest above them by numerous rods. Some of these are seen between the first and second layers. These rods were from one sixteenth to one thirty- second of an inch in diameter. The combs themselves were somewhat oval in outline with their long axes parallel. There Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 143 is reason to believe that there was a bottom opening through the envelope into the brood chamber, but the envelope was too badly broken in removing the nest to permit a definite statement on this point. The wall of the excavation was about a third of an inch from the envelope. In the bottom of the excavation there was an opening approximately three-fourths of an inch in diameter leading into a burrow which was traced for nearly two feet in a gently sloping downward direction. The presence of this burrow led to the assumption that the wasps had enlarged and modified for their nesting site the upper portion of a tunnel made by some animal. In order to protect the entrance from precipitation and to observe these insects as long as possible, the entrance was covered at nights and during two light snows with a piece of tenting. On January 1, 1956, no wasps were observed leaving the nest, and it was at that time the nest was uncovered. The temperature though cool was well above freezing. Some wasps were still alive and capable of flight, but had lost the morale for defending the nest. The live catch consisted of three queens, five drones, and fourteen workers. This seemed to be the entire colony except one worker that was seen flying after the nest was removed the following day. A queen flew from the nest and returned. The drones did not fly from the nest, but crawled over the comb near the break in the envelope, frequently touching the comb with their antennae. Two queens were found dead, one rather decomposed. Two dead drones were collected, one with the genitalia extended. After the nest was brought indoors on January 2, five workers emerged from sealed cells, the last on January 11, and two queens emerged, the last on January 14. This colony, so small when the nest was taken, was in early October one in which wasps were en- tering the nest at the rate of forty-five per minute during mid- afternoons. On January 22, eight days after the last queen emerged, the combs were separated and observed. The following table gives the circumference of each comb layer, the estimate of the num- 144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 her of rods that held each layer to the structure above it, the number and kind of cells by count, and the number and caste of unemerged wasps in sealed cells. Layer from Top Circum- ference Support- ing Rods Queen Cells Drone- Worker Cells Unemerged Drones Workers Queens 1st 23 in. 76 — 1481 4 — 2nd 27 in. 91 — 1837 50 3 — 3rd 26 in. 52 — 1673 85 5 — 4th 28i in. 66 1267 82 1 2 11 5th 28^ in. 60 1258 — — — 11 6th 27 in. 50 1121 — — — 2 7th 21 in. 22 796 — — — — 8th 6 in. 1 72 — — — — Totals 418 4514 5073 140 10 24 The dead drones and workers were in cells that measured about 5.5 cells to the inch, and dead queens were in cells that measured about 4.15 cells to the inch. Reference to the table shows that during the first part of the season until the fourth layer of comb was begun only workers were reared. After the beginning of the fourth layer queen-rearing started, and no doubt about that time some of the cells previously used for workers were used for drones. The ratio of the castes after the nest was brought indoors, including those dead in cells and those that emerged, was 140 drones to 26 queens to 15 workers. Fully one-third of each of the two kinds of cells contained dead larvae on January 22, the date of final examination of the combs. One wonders if the above ratio would have held, in case all of these larvae had developed. Why the number of dead drones so greatly exceeded the number of dead queens is a matter for conjecture. With such a large number of queen cells the colony apparently had had a great queen-rearing capacity. Yet only about three times were queens seen about the entrance. In December two were seen when the piece of tenting that covered the entrance Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 145 was lifted. One was captured and the other entered the nest. On another occasion, as remembered probably in November, one was seen flying from the nest. Though drones were apparently being produced in relatively large numbers in the latter part of the season, only seven were in the nest when it was taken and two of those were dead. What happened to them is a question. In October the wasps were seen carrying insects into the nest but the kind was not determined. During November, as cold weather came, they began to feed upon dead honeybees around hive entrances thirty to sixty feet from their nest. Once they were seen feeding peaceably alongside bees on bits of honey left on the inside of an extractor tank. For a number of days in late November and early December the wasps made frequent forays into hives past bees on guard at the entrances. Often these marauders came out without pursuers ; at other times they were chased out with bees clinging to them. Some of these yellow jackets were observed dead around hive entrances. Oc- casionally one was seen moving slowly, on the ground near a hive, as if reacting to stings. On November 28, approximately at 3:30 P.M., when the temperature was 33° F., wasps were seen entering a hive. Since bees were in a cluster at that temperature, they could not offer much defense. On the after- noon of November 25 bees were flying to some extent and wasps were entering and leaving a hive frequently. By use of a screen cage twenty-three wasps were caught within forty min- utes as they were entering or leaving. In October, when the nest was first opened, smoke was used to disorganize the colony and by digging to one side of the entrance the paper nest-envelope was partially uncovered. The hole was left open for a week or more. In this interval the wasps piled mud, made by mixing earth with their saliva, up around the nest. When dry this mud had a texture not unlike that of the dome over the entrance, an interlacing of tiny ir- regularly overlapping ridges of mud splotches. In thus cover- ing the nest the wasps now left a new opening at the bottom 146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 of the original passage and used both the old and the new en- trance until the hole was refilled. The colony withstood some very cold weather although the piece of tenting previously mentioned gave some protection. November 15th was the coldest on record locally for that date as was also the 16th. On the night of the 15th the mercury dropped to — 4°F. and on the morning of the 16th it was — 11°. The highest on the 16th was 31°. The low on the 17th was 5° and the high was 20°. During this period snow blanketed the ground. The nest temperatures because of underground loca- tion were probably higher than above ground. Observations by Dr. H. B. Hungerford (1930) and Dr. Reece I. Sailer (1950) indicate that Vespula arenaria (F.) is able to modify the temperature of the brood chamber so as to reduce fluctua- tions as compared to outside changes. Possibly Vespula penn- sylvanica (Sauss.) has a similar ability. ACKNOWLEDGMENT Plate I, accompanying this paper, is reproduced from a photo- graph by Mr. G. A. Pauli, to whom the author is grateful. LITERATURE HUNGERFORD, H. B. 1930. An unusual nest of Vespula (Dolichoi'espula) arenaria Fabr. (—V. diabolica de Saussure) Hym. : Vespidae. Ent. News, 41 : 329-330, pi. XXXIV. SAILER, R. I. 1950. Nest temperature of the common yellow jacket Vespula arenaria (F.). Journ. Kan. Ent. Soc., 23: 134-137, figs. 1, 2, and 3. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 147 A New Species in the Genus Evagetes (Hymen- optera: Psammocharidae) with Photomi- crographs of the Genitalia and Subgenital Plate By R. R. DREISBACH, Midland, Michigan Evagetes asignus n. sp. Holotype male : Color black, except just a very faint, white line at the upper, posterior orbits ; in certain lights the body has a very definite purplish color ; a few short, scattered, black hairs on the front, vertex and pronotum, but very few hairs else- where ; very heavy white, silvery pubescence on the clypeus, face, front, pronotum, sides of the scutellum, dorsal surface of the post-scutellum, on the whole propodeum, and in lesser amount on the ventral parts of the coxa and trochanters ; also on the dorsal part of the first tergite and half of the second ; the pronotum covered completely with very brilliant, glistening hairs and the hairs on the side of the scutellum and the apex are rather long and not appressed ; from the front the head is about as long as wide, clypeus truncate in front, vertex in a slight arch above the eyes with no hump at the ocelli, eyes prac- tically parallel except a small indentation above the middle ; from the side the head is very thin, the front very strongly pro- truding above the eyes, the vertex slightly so, absolutely no posterior orbits, no temples, clypeus flat over its whole length ; from the top, the posterior ocelli are on the highest part of the vertex and from the crest this slopes off at an angle giving practically no temples ; ratios of first four and last three an- tennal joints are as: 30:10:15:20:14:14:18; third antennal joint is 1% as long as second, and % as long as fourth ; the inter- ocular distance is 0.62 of the transfacial, and is equal to the vertex width ; length of head to width of head is 0.94 ; inter- ocular at the clypeus is equal to the vertex width ; length of clypeus is equal to % the width of clypeus ; posterior edge of pronotum straight across, short, rising in a smooth, even curve ; dorsal surface of scutellum U-shaped with very heavy glistening band of hair on sloping sides and on the post-scutellum ; very 148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 short longitudinal impression on the dorsal surface of the pro- podeum which is covered with rather long glistening white hairs which are, however, not appressed; wings cloudy with apex beyond the cells considerably darker ; second cubital cell almost rectangular but with the first intercubital bowed at the center, concave on inside of cell ; third cubital cell with the sides meet- ing on the radial vein, or in a few cases not quite meeting, thus triangular ; first recurrent vein meets second cubital cell at the apical fourth, the second recurrent meeting the third beyond the center ; basal vein slightly basad of the transverse in fore wings and in the rear wings the subdiscoidal and cubital veins are interstitial ; in reflected light the first abdominal segment and the basal anterior half of the second one, completely covered with beautiful white glistening hairs ; the rest of the abdomen not with the glistening pubescent hairs ; legs spined about as in the other species ; the ratios of the length of the joints of the posterior legs from the femora on are as 62:61:42:21:16:11:9; subgenital plate rather narrow, triangular without any trace of the basal black teeth which are on genital plate of every other species; normally these teeth are just at the base and about % of the way in from the sides ; rather broad longitudinal ridge in the center of the plate to about the apical fourth ; length of thorax and head 3.63 mm., length of abdomen 3.63 mm., length of forewing 5.30 mm., rear wing 4.0 mm., length of genitalia 1.0 mm., width 0.60 mm., length of subgenital plate 0.79 mm., width 0.33 mm. Holotype male : Kill Devil Hills, NORTH CAROLINA, VIII- 3-52, K. V. Krombein (USNM). Allotype female : Color black with very deep purplish reflec- tions over the whole body except mandibles, and a very short white line on upper posterior orbits, which are reddish ; pro- podeum with a few short hairs ; very closely appressed white hairs on the clypeus, face, on the anterior orbits to the antennae, with much more brilliant sericeous hairs on the sides of the scutellum and the dorsal part of the postscutellum ; otherwise the body almost completely covered with reddish brown hairs very closely appressed, giving it a purplish, sericeous appear- Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 149 1. Evagetes asiynus n. sp. Genitalia X 60. 2. Evagetes asignus n. sp. Subgenital plate X 60. ance ; when seen from the front apex of clypeus is very slightly curved, but practically transverse, vertex at the eyes not higher than the eyes but the ocellar triangle is slightly raised, eyes prac- tically parallel with the exception of a slight indentation above the middle of the head ; when seen from the side, the front is slightly raised above the eyes but the vertex is not, clypeus slightly convex, no posterior orbits and no temples ; the relative lengths of the first four joints and the last three antennal joints are as 22:9:20:20:16:13:15, thus the third and fourth are of equal length and the second about half as long as the third; the two posterior ocelli are located just exactly their diameter from posterior edge of the vertex where it slopes off to the posterior part of the head ; pronotum is slightly concave on the posterior surface with no trace of angulation and a few appressed white hairs at the outer corners of the pronotum and the rest colored with slightly reddish hairs ; the raised part of scutellum U-shaped, dorsal part much higher than the sides, the sides are almost vertical, covered with the glistening white hairs as noted before ; propodeum slightly slanting on the dorsal surface, but rather perpendicular on the posterior surface with the posterior surface concave and the sides slightly extended 150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 beyond the center parts ; the wings very dusky over the whole surface, but much darker beyond the cell, the hind wing almost hyaline on the basal three quarters, third cubital cell is slightly open on the radial vein, second cubital almost rectangular but with the first cubital strongly bowed toward base, therefore con- cave on inside of cell ; basal vein basad of the transverse vein in fore wings ; in rear wings the cubitus is slightly basad of the subdiscoidal vein ; first tergite slightly concave at the base in front, the abdomen widest about the middle of the second seg- ment ; a strong tarsal comb on the fore tarsal joint with 4 spines which are much longer than width of joint, the first one being smaller than the last three, these spines have a slightly reddish tint, especially at tip, the apical spine almost as long as the second tarsal joint ; legs well spined similar to the other spe- cies of the genus ; femora has very short hairs widely scat- tered; the ratios of the joints of the last leg beginning with the femora are to each other as 57:40:35:35:20:13:16; the inter- ocular distance is 0.74 of the transfacial, and is 0.9 of the vertex width ; length of head is 0.9 the width, the distance of the ocelli from the eyes is the same as that between the ocelli ; the clypeus is 4 times as wide as long ; the longest spur of the posterior tibial joint is % the metatarsal ; length of head and thorax 5.30 mm., length of abdomen 5.30 mm., length of fore wing 8.30 mm., length of rear wing 6.62 mm. Allotype female: Kill Devil Hills, NORTH CAROLINA, VIII- 4-52, Karl V. Krombein (USNM). There are 105 female and 35 male paratypes from ten states extending from Fla. to Mass, along eastern seaboard to Mich, Kan., Texas and on to Colo. Paratypes: 6 males, Alachua Co., Fla., IV-7-54, IY-12-52, H. E. Evans and N. Dennis (H.E.E.) ; 1 female, Alachua Co., Fla., H. V. Weems (H.V.W.) ; 5 females, Arcadia, DeSoto Co., Fla., IV-2-53, VI-2-53, Evans (H.E.E.) ; 2 females, Arcadia, Fla., VI-2-53, K. V. Krombein (K.V.K.) ; 1 female, Olga, Fla., 1 1 1-30-54, K. V. Krombein (K.V.K.) ; 2 females, Miami, Fla., 111-20-30-53, Krombein (K.V.K.); 1 female, Juniper, Marion Co, Fla., IV-5-53, Evans (H.E.E.) ; 1 female, Ala- bama Post, Mobile Co, Ala, IV-2-48, G. D. Valentine IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 151 (H.E.E.) ; 2 males, Kill Devil Hills, N. C, V-30-4S, VII-9-50, Krombein (H.E.E.) ; 7 females, Kill Devil Hills, N. C., V-27- 48, VIII-4-52, V-25^8, Krombein (K.V.K.) ; 73 females, Kill Devil Hills, N. C., VI-23-54, VII-1-54, VII-5-21-50, VI-26-50, VIII-1-4-52, VII-28-52, VI-2-4S, IX-16-55, K. V. Krombein (58 K.V.K.) (15 U.S.N.M.) ; 1 male, Green- ville, N. C., VII-6-06 (M.C.Z.) ; 1 male, Beltsville, Md., VI- 17-50, D. R. and S. Shappirio (D.R.S.) ; 1 male, Cape May Point, N. J., R. G. Schmieder (R.G.S.) ; 1 male, Browns Mills, N. J., VIII-15-21, F4272 (Am. Mus.) ; 1 male, Springfield, Mass., Allen (M.C.Z.) ; 5 males, Kane R., Manhattan, Kan., VI-4-50, VII-16-50, Evans (H.E.E.) ; 1 male, Reno Co., Kan., VI-18-50, Evans (H.E.E.) ; 4 males, 6-10 mi. \V. Ft. Davis, Tex. on Tex. 166, VII- 15-23-^4-8, on Sphaeralcea augiis- tifolia (Cave) Evans (H.E.E.) ; 2 males, 1 female, Conlen, Tex., VIII-7-52, R. R. Dreisbach (R.R.D.) ; 4 males, 2 fe- males, Lake Co., VII-20-46, Midland Co., VII-13-43, VII- 13-37, Arenac Co., VII-26-51, females, Midland, VII-14-37, Benzie Co., VII-28-40, all Mich., Dreisbach (R.R.D.) ; 1 male, Washtenaw Co., Mich., VII-23-27, N. K. Bigelow (U. of M.) ; 1 male, Shenandoah, la., VIII-16-46, H. B. Green (la. State) ; 1 male, 9 females, Gt. Sand Dunes, Alamosa Co., Colo., VII- 20-54, Evans (H.E.E.). The hairs on the legs of the females do not approach in length or in number those of E. bradlcyi (Banks). This species is easily distinguished in the male from the other species of the genus by the absence of small teeth near base of subgenital plate, the narrow sickle-shaped volsellae of genitalia, and by the bril- liant silvery pubescence as noted in description. The female is distinguished by the very short, sparse hairs on the legs, the lack of temples back of eyes, the short length of third cubital cell on the radius, the deep concavity of first intercubital vein in the first cubital cell, and the fact that the cubital vein in rear wings meets subdiscoidal just apicad of subdiscoidal. Dr. K. V. Krombein and H. E. Evans have discussed this species in the literature as follows : KROMBEIN, K. V. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 10: 319, 1953. "Eva- gctes, new species (manuscript of R. R. Dreisbach). Four males (May 24 to June 5), 6 females (May 26 to June 5), 41 females (June 26 to July 22) ; predominantly in woods, but occasionally on barrens; 2 females on foliage of Q. 152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 landica. This may be E. brevicornis (Cresson), but that can- not be determined until it is possible to dissect the genitalia of the type specimen, a male." KROMBEIN, K. V. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 55: 130, 1953. "Evagetes, n. sp. (MS. of R. R. Dreisbach). 29 females, 3 males, July 28-August 4; the majority on barrens; 6 fe- males, 1 male on Q. virginiana; most specimens worn." KROMBEIN, K. V., and EVANS, H. E. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 56: 230, 1954. "Evagetes, n. sp. (Dreisbach MS.). Miami (2 females), Arcadia (6 females), Juniper Springs (1 fe- male) ; mostly on sand flats." KROMBEIN, K. V., and EVANS, H. E. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: In Press, 1955. "Evagetes, n. sp. (Dreisbach MS.). Marco (2 males), Olga (6 females, 9 males), Ft. Pierce (2 females, 1 male)." These were all taken on sand covered with sparse vegetation. Phlegethontius caribbeus Gary. Discovery of a Second Specimen (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) In October 1952, in Vol. Ixiii, No. 8, of the ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS I described a new species of Sphingid, caught by me in Haiti in March 1952, naming it Phlegethontius caribbeus. This was a female caught at Petionville, a town 1,600 feet high, very near to Port au Prince. This specimen, the type, is in the Type Series at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia. A young Yale Senior named John G. Coutsis was collecting Lepi- doptera for Yale in May, 1954, and found this second specimen, a male, at lights in the country halfway between Port au Prince and Petionville, but also in high hill country. The male is somewhat smaller than the female, but is a perfect, unrubbed specimen. Inasmuch as it is risky to describe a new species from one insect only, it is well to record the second of this species, in very much the same locality. MARGARET M. GARY Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 153 A New Tersilochine Parasite of the Rose Curculio (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) By LUELLA M. WALKLEY, Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, United States Department of Agriculture Some time ago Dr. W. V. Balduf sent for identification a number of specimens of a parasite he had reared from the rose curculio, Rhynchites bicolor (F.). He is preparing for publi- cation a paper on the "Rose Hip Community," including in it the biology of the rose curculio and its parasites. The parasite received from him represents a genus and species of Tersilochini new to the described Nearctic fauna. This new species fits the description given by Foerster, 1868 (Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinlande u. Westphalens 25: 148) for Temelucha, a genus described without included species. Unfortunately the first species included in Temelucha, and thus its genotype,1 was Temelucha philippinensis Ashmead, 1904 (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 12: 18), ~ a cremastine actually belonging in the genus Cremastus Gravenhorst. H. L. Viereck's 1914 designation (U. S. Nat. Mus. Bui. 83: 144) of Temelucha plu- tellae Ashmead, 1904 (Canad. Ent. 36: 101 ),;i the second in- cluded species, as genotype of Temelucha, is invalid. Szepli- geti was the first European author to include tersilochine species in the Foerster genus without question (1905, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 3: 531-532). Most of the later European authors have treated Temelucha as a tersilochine genus but since Temelucha is a synonym of Cremastus Gravenhorst, a new genus is needed for species fitting the characterization given by Foerster. A revision of the tribe Tersilochini based on a study of the type specimens of the genotype is needed before many of our Nearctic species, described and undescribed, can be correctly placed or genera adequately defined. For this reason the fol- lowing new genus is described only in comparison with other tersilochine genera whereas the species description is complete. 1 Zool. Nomencl. Bui., vol. 4, 1950, pp. 160, 346. 2 Received at Smithsonian Institution March 28, 1904. 3 Mailed April 6, 1904. 154 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 LUCHATEMA, new genus Genotype : Luchatcma baldnfi, new species. The upcurved ovipositor, the polished abdomen, the thickening of the basal vein of the fore wing where it joins the stigma, the right angle formed by the two abscissae of the radius, and the broad clypeus with an apical fringe of hairs are all characters which place this genus in the Tersilochini. Luchatema may be separated from Barycnemis Foerster, Leptopygus Foerster, and Cratophion Thomson by the shape of the thorax, which is almost as high as long in both sexes (ratio of approximately 7:8) whereas in the other genera mentioned the thorax is almost twice as long as high in the females and at least one and a half times as long as high in the males. The basal area of the propodeum is approximately only one-sixth as long as the petiolar area. In these respects Luchatcma resem- bles Tcrsilochus Holmgren, Heterocola Foerster, Allophrys Foerster, Aneuclis Foerster, Isurgus Foerster, and Ischnobatis Foerster (as represented in the U. S. N. M. Collection). The median basal carina of the propodeum and the position of the propodeal spiracle (distant by at least its diameter from the pleural carina) separate this new genus from Tcrsilochus; from Aneuclis it can be distinguished by the longer ovipositor which is at least as long as the whole body; from Isnrgns and Allo- phrys by the longer antennae (28-33 segmented) ; from Hetero- cola by the shorter palpi (in Heterocola the palpi are fully as long as head is high), and by the postfurcal second recurrent (in Heterocola proboscidalis (Thorns.), genotype of Heterocola, the second recurrent is antifurcal) ; and finally from Ischnobatis by the more or less rugulose propodeum. Luchatema baldufi, new species Holotype $ : Length of body 7 mm., ovipositor 7 mm., antenna 3.4 mm., forewing 5 mm. Black except clypeus, mandibles, palpi, legs, abdomen, and ovipositor which are reddish brown with the antennae, legs, mandibles, clypeus, and mouth parts more testaceous. The holotype and several other specimens have a reddish tinge on the propodeum and mesopleura. Head transverse, broader than long and broader than thorax ; IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 155 eyes slightly convergent, temples full, nearly as long as eyes; ocelli small, the two lateral ocelli closer to each other than to compound eyes ; clypeus more than twrice as broad as long, the apical margin rounded but with the middle third somewhat trun- cate ; malar space nearly as long as basal width of mandible ; palpi very slender, maxillary palpi 4-segmented, labial palpi 3-segmented ; tongue as long as labial palpi ; upper tooth of mandible longer than lower tooth ; antennae 29-segmented ; an- tennal crypts separated by about 21/^ times their diameter, but distant from eyes by slightly less than their diameter ; face rather closely though finely punctate ; clypeus very sparsely punctate with fringe of hairs on median apical third. Thorax at least seven-eighths as high as long, polished, pubes- cent, and finely but densely punctate ; notaulices faintly im- pressed only anteriorly and bordered on the upper side by a very irregular carina. Scutellum with sides carinate only on basal half or less, scutellar fovea crossed by seven short carinae (in the paratype series these vary in number from 5 to 8) ; mesopleural fovea and mesopleural suture also crossed by simi- lar carinae ; propodeum rugose and rugosely punctate, with a short median basal carina meeting the one transverse carina where the propodeum becomes abruptly declivus, the petiolar area divided into three distinct areas by two longitudinal carinae, a small round, propodeal spiracle at the end of a short carina (at least as long as the diameter of the spiracle) extending from near the anterior end or base of the lateral carina ; wing vena- tion characteristic for the tribe, the veins reddish brown and the stigma darker except for small anterior and posterior portions yellowish, tegulae testaceous ; so-called second trochanter of legs not distinct ; hind basitarsus nearly as long as remaining segments combined, tibial spurs short and subequal; abdomen polished lacking pubescence, with long slender petiole about two-thirds length of thorax, elongate gastrocoeli of second seg- ment nearly as long as half the width of base of segment, epi- pleura of abdominal tergites not separated by a fold or carina ; ovipositor about as long as body, slender, up-curved, with apical notch shallow ; sheaths blackish with reddish tinge, slender, sparsely hairy and ridged. 156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 Allotype male: Length 7 mm., antennae 31 -segmented. Ex- cept for usual sex differences similar to female. Additional material, which includes 66 £$ and 92 $$> shows the body length to vary from 4.2 to 7 mm. in the <$$ and from about 4.3 to 7 mm. in the $$. The number of antennal segments varies from 28 to 33 in the <$<$, and from 28 to 31 in the $2- Variation also occurs in both sexes in length of median basal vein and in rugosity of sculpture of propodeum ; in the distance of the propodeal spiracle from the pleural carina ; and in the elevation of the propodeal carinae ; in the extent of black on the petiole and blackness of thorax (some specimens have a reddish tinge while others are jet black, the latter with the browns also darker). Holotype $, allotype g, and 134 paratypes (54 Jtf, 80 $$ ) are in the U. S. National Museum Collection under Type No. 62981. Twenty-four paratypes (\2^^, 129$) were sent to Dr. Balduf. Several specimens with head or abdomen missing are not included in the type series. Type locality : Chetek, WISCONSIN. Paratypes came also from the following localities : Black River Falls, Solon Springs, and Endeavor, all in Wisconsin ; Ely, Minnesota ; Saskatoon, Saskachewan; and Urbana, Illinois. In the U. S. National Museum Collection are 25 specimens from Massachusetts, New York, Iowa, South Dakota, and Wyoming which I believe are this species. Host: Rhynchites bicolor (F.), the rose curculio. Reared by Dr. Balduf. Three specimens from Virginia with no definite median, basal longitudinal carina on the propodeum belong either in the genus Luchatema or Tersilochus. The elongate gastrocoeli make me believe the species they represent is not Tersilochus but until I can see the genotype, Tersilochus locator (Grav.), I cannot be certain of the characters that identify the genus. Finally a single specimen, from Pringle, South Dakota, with a definite median longitudinal carina on propodeum may possibly belong in the new genus, but, because of the shorter gastrocoeli and ovipositor, placement must await a revision of the tribe. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 157 Three New Nicaraguan Diplopods By RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN Among myriopods collected in 1955 by Borys Malkin, in connection with ethnozoological studies among Indians of Mex- ico and Central America, were representatives of three new spe- cies described herewith. Rhinocricus malkini n. sp. Metazonites above reddish chestnut in bands that narrow down the sides; the prozonites where exposed on sides and below of a brownish color. Legs pale brown. Antennae very crassate, with the sixth article broader than the fifth ; sensory cones very numerous. Clypeal foveolae 2-2. Surface of head smooth and shining. The median longitudinal sulcus fine, interrupted near middle of length as usual. Eyes widely separated; composed of about 32 ocelli arranged in six transverse series. Segmental sulcus fine, touching, or nearly touching, the pore opposite which it is angled, obscure or absent in middle of dor- sum. Prozonites and metazonites longitudinally striate only be- neath, the surface otherwise smooth and shining. Scobina small and widely separated much as in R. nicaraguanus, present for a considerable distance beyond middle of body ; fovea elliptical ; striate area narrowing to an angle caudad. Anal tergite rounded behind; smooth excepting a cross stria or furrow near middle of length ; much surpassed by the valves, which are smooth, compressed and protruding along medial border. Gonopods of the male as shown in figs. 1 and 2. Number of segments 42. Width, 10 mm. Locality. — NICARAGUA: Musawas, Waspuc River. Male holotype taken by B. Malkin, Sept. 17-30, 1955. Close to R. nicaraguanus in structure of scobina and antennae, but with the anal scale triangular instead of trapeziform. The reddish chestnut annuli of the metazonites are broader, embrac- ing the segmental sulcus instead of lying behind it. 158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 Aceratophallus sumucus n. sp. Tergites orange, the middorsal area of a darker, more brown- ish shade than the keels. Legs yellow and the antennae yellow of darker shade. Collum with anterior and lateral margins together forming an evenly convex curve ending on each side at the caudal angle which is acute ; caudal margin widely incurved at middle and again incurved or indented more lightly toward the angle on each side. Tergites with keels moderately elevated ; lateral margin of keel smooth ; anterior margin convex and corner well rounded ; caudal corners angular, the angle more strongly produced and acute in proceeding caudad ; caudal margin concave mesad of the process and convex toward mesal end ; lateral border thick- ened, more strongly so about pore, the latter directed dorsad. Surface of tergites smooth and shining. Gonopods of the male in general structure nearest to those of A. lainellifer Brol. but having the distal lobe of the telepodite more prolonged and acuminate, much exceeding the soleno- merite in length rather than being about equal to it as in lamellijcr. See further Fig. 3. Width, 6.2 mm. ; length, about 40 mm. Locality. — NICARAGUA : Musawas, Waspuc River. The holotypc is a male taken Sept. 17-30, 1955. The species is substantially larger than A. lamellifer Brol. Platydesmus nicaraguse n. sp. Dorsum uniform brown, without markings except a median longitudinal light line. Legs yellow. Head brown above, yellow below. The rounded lateral ocelliform prominences without pigment. Collum nearly completely covering the head from above ; anterior margin acutely incised at middle, convex each side between the forwardly directed keels the outer margin of each of which parallels the longitudinal axis of the body. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 159 The two rows of tubercles on the ordinary tergites composed of 10-12 well denned tubercles laterad of which the tubercles are reduced and merge in a field of granules over the keels. Last tergite surpassed by the keels of the preceding segment, ending caudally in a laminate process which bears on its caudal margin a transverse series of four teeth; a larger tooth each Rhinocricus malkini n. sp. Fig. 1. Posterior gonopod. 2. Anterior gonopod. Accrotophallus sumucus n. sp. 3. Gonopod. side of base of the process much as in P. pcrpictus but the caudal lamina narrower at base than in that species. Length, 24 mm. ; width, 7 mm. Locality. — NICARAGUA: Musawas, Waspuc River. Many specimens taken Sept. 17-30, 1955. Most readily separated from other known species from the Central American area by the characteristic form of the collum. 160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 The New Haven Entomological Society The New Haven Entomological Society is too young to have acquired tradition, but it is active and vigorous. Sparked by an organizing committee composed of C. L. Remington, P. B. Dowden, and R. L. Beard, the first meeting was held October 18, 1949, with 31 charter members. Membership in the Society is more cosmopolitan than the name might suggest. New Haven is not a large city, but three institutions employ entomologists, who make up a fair share of the membership. These are The Connecticut Agricultural Ex- periment Station, the Forest Insect Laboratory of the North- eastern Forest Experiment Station, and Yale University. In addition, a number of active and loyal participants are outside the immediate New Haven area. These include teaching and student entomologists from the University of Connecticut at Storrs and the New Britain State Teachers College, profes- sional entomologists from several industrial laboratories, and a number of amateur insect collectors. Evening meetings are held once a month, on the third Friday, from October through May. One meeting a year is held at the University of Connecticut, and one is held at the Forest Insect Laboratory. The other meetings are held at either the Connecticut Station or at Yale University, whichever seems most appropriate for any given meeting. Usually a formal paper or lecture is given. This is followed by an informal discussion period when members exhibit interesting specimens, discuss recent entomological literature, meetings, etc. Light refreshments are served. For the last three years the members have prepared and served a regular dinner at their annual meet- ing in April, at which time a semi-popular lecture is given and members' wives (or husbands) and other guests are encouraged to attend. The success of these meetings indicates the proba- bility of their becoming an annual event. The May meeting is strictly informal. Most of those present usually participate by telling about some interesting entomological observation. The regular programs have been quite varied. Some excellent papers have been presented by members and a number of outstanding ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 161 entomologists have been guest speakers. A rough breakdown into subject matter indicates that approximately the same num- ber of papers have been given on insect taxonomy, physiology, biology, ecology, economic entomology and miscellaneous sub- jects. There are now 57 members representing 8 institutions. Attendance at meetings has steadily increased with the last year's average being 36. Annual dues are only $1.00. Visitors are most welcome. The present officers are J. Peter Johnson, President; Norman Davis, Vice-president; Franklin B. Lewis, Secretary; and S. F. Potts, Treasurer. J. PETER JOHNSON Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. Entomology in the Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station The CONNECTICUT AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION was established by the Connecticut Legislature in 1875 as an inde- pendent state research institute for agriculture. Entomology received some attention early in its history, but was a minor field of research before the appointment of W. E. BRITTON as horticulturist. Dr. Britton's interest in insects and the arrival of San Jose scale in the State resulted in the establishment of a DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY in 1901. This department was given the responsibility for regulatory work, research and ex- tension. The establishment of the Federal Extension Service eventually removed the necessity for extension. In the early years of the Department, the principal work was regulatory, but there were many studies of life history and dis- tribution of economic pests. A collection of Connecticut insects was started, and taxonomic studies encouraged. A check list of 162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS I June, 1956 the insects of the State was issued, and monographs on the Orthoptera, Odonata, Hemiptera and Hymenoptera published as bulletins of the State Geological and Natural History Sur- vey. Publication of the Diptera of Connecticut is still in progress. Research on a large scale was started in 1919 by the appoint- ment of PHILIP GARMAN. Dr. Garman worked on the Odonata and has devoted much time to the taxonomy of mites. His experimental work on biological control has been outstanding, and he is a leading authority on control of fruit insects. The staff was enlarged during the period 1920-1930. In 1940, the character of the research of the department was altered under the leadership of Dr. ROGER B. FRIEND. He added staff members for fundamental investigations, particularly in physiol- ogy and ecology. The economic workers were encouraged to devote part of their efforts to investigations of a lasting character. The present organization is as follows : Regulatory and Service W. T. BRIGHAM, B.S., Deputy State Entomologist, in charge of nursery and apiary inspection. O. B. COOKE, Deputy in charge of Gypsy Moth Control, also supervising blister rust control and inspection for aircraft application of insecticides. His office has 16 field men. J. P. JOHNSON, B.S., in charge of identification and service. B. W. MCFARLAND, photographer. Research PHILIP GARMAN, Ph.D., mite taxonomy and biology and control of fruit pests. ROGER B. FRIEND, Ph.D., forest entomology. RAIMON L. BEARD, Ph.D., insect physiology, toxicology. JOHN C. SCHREAD, M.S., biology and control of pests of ornamental plants. JAMES B. KRING, Ph.D., ecology of wireworms and aphids, control of pests of tobacco and potatoes. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 163 RICHARD QUINTON, Ph.D., biology and control of pests of forage and vegetable crops. ROBERT C. WALLIS, Sc.D., ecology, medical entomology. CALVIN A. LANG, Sc.D., biochemical phases of physiology. DOUGLAS O. WATERHOUSE, Sc.D. (Asst. Chief, Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., Australia). Visiting scien- tist, insect physiology. NEELY TURNER, M.A., Chief entomologist, insecticide toxicology. Four full-time laboratory technicians. Three summer technicians. Two secretaries. The entire staff is on a full-time basis, and there is no teach- ing. Much of the fundamental work makes use of insects of economic importance. The individual researchers are responsi- ble for the planning and execution of their work ; however, consultation with other workers handling similar problems has proved to be very fruitful. The physical facilities include some ten office rooms, six mod- ern laboratories built since 1947, six air-conditioned rooms for a temperature range of 32° F. to 80° F., a battery of incubators for more accurate temperatures, and a large greenhouse. The collection of Connecticut insects is reasonably complete, and is being transferred to Cornell-type drawers. The library is ade- quate, and includes full sets of most American entomological journals. Informal cooperation with Osborn Zoological Lab- oratory of Yale University on journal subscriptions makes available an unusually large collection. Additional office and laboratory space will be available in about two years when a new station research laboratory building, now in the final plan- ning stages, will be completed. Facilities for field experiments are available at the Mount Carmel Farm, about six miles north of the Station, and at the Windsor Tobacco Laboratory in the Connecticut River Valley. — NEELY TURNER. 164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS IJuilC, 1956 Notes and News in Entomology Under this heading we present, from time to time, notes, news, and comments. Contributions from readers are earnestly solicited and will be acknowledged when used. Professor Needham Celebrates 88th Birthday. Professor JAMES G. NEEDHAM, Professor Emeritus of Entomology at Cor- nell University, passed his 88th birthday on March 18th. Prob- ably the most widely known and loved of American entomolo- gists, his interests as shown by his publications have ranged over a very wide field, from highly specialized taxonomic papers to broad fundamental work on insect wing genealogy, and to text-books for the use of students. His main interest has been the aquatic insects, their classification and their ecology. Of the 25 books he has written some are text-books — on insects, on general biology, and on fresh-water biology — some are of a general nature (Natural History of the Farm, The Animal World, About Ourselves) ; then there are the monographs (usually in collaboration with other specialists) on the aquatic insects of New York, on may-flies, on stone-flies, on leaf-miners, and on dragonflies, and finally there is a volume of verse, "Ontario and other verses." His most recent work (with M. J. Westfall, Jr.) is "A manual of dragonflies of North America." This fine volume of 615 pages was reviewed in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS for April, 1955. The many friends who knew of Professor Needham's recent illness will be happy to learn that, beginning February, he has improved so greatly that he has returned to serious work on his proposed text-book on "Animal Ecology."- -R. G. S. Report on Biting Flies from Panama. In the Annual Re- port of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory for 1955, Dr. GRAHAM B. FAIRCHILD states that the work on Phlebotomus has con- tinued through the year, and over 10,000 new specimens have been processed and identified. Compared with the 16 species reported from Panama for 1948, a total of 39 has now been described. There still remain about 20 species from Panama and an equal number from other parts of Central America which remain to be described. Work was completed on a study of the general classification Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 165 of Phlebotomus and their relationships with other Psychodidae. The Phlebotomus of the world are divided into 5 subgenera, 3 of which occur in the Western Hemisphere. The subgenera are in turn divided into groups and series, the New World species comprising 11 groups and 15 series. A considerable collection of Phlebotomus was received for identification from the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory through T. H. G. AITKEN. This included 6 species, 4 of them previously unrecorded from Trinidad, but all known from the South American mainland. The work on Tabanidae, resulting from Dr. Fairchild's trip to European museums in 1953, was finally completed and sub- mitted for publication. Study of the type specimens of nearly 400 species has shown the necessity of changing the names or taxonomic positions of about 70 species of Neotropical horse- flies. Based partly on this study, a contemplated series of revisional papers on Neotropical Tabanidae in collaboration with Dr. C. B. PHILIP of the Rocky Mountain Laboratory of the National Institutes of Health was initiated, the first paper, on the genus Chlorotabanus, being completed. In addition, a number of collections of Tabanidae from Zenezuela, Brazil, Peru, and Trinidad were received from various agencies and individuals for determination. The Gorgas Laboratory has been active since 1929 and at present has a staff of six scientific workers under Dr. CARL M. JOHNSON, Director. In addition to Dr. Fairchild there are two other medical entomologists, Dr. MARSHALL HERTIG, who was absent over two years directing the work on the hemorrhagic fever in Korea, and Mr. PEDRO GALINDO. — R. G. S. Reviews DIE WANDERAMEISEN DER NEOTROPISCHEN REGION, by Thomas Borgmeier, O. F. M. Studia Entomologica, Nr. 3. (Editora Vozes Limitada, Caixa Postal 23, Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.) 717 pp., 87 pi., paper. 1955. Price, $15, U. S. This is the masterwork of a distinguished entomologist. It deals with the New World army ants, around which his inter- ests have centered for half his lifetime, and, accordingly, it 166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [June, 1956 amounts to an encyclopedia of these insects. It completes and summarizes his revision of the New World dorylines up to the present with exemplary thoroughness and clarity, yet without excessive detail. The keys work, at least as far as I have tried them ; a workable key is still unusual enough among publica- tions on ants to attract special attention, but it is also the re- flection of a sound and natural system. The arrangement of the material in the text is orderly and sensible, and the figures are both very abundant and fully relevant. The long essay near the front of the book entitled "Grund- fragen der Systematik" favors separation of taxonomic from evolutionary studies, and generally deprecates the neodarwinian approach and "the new systematics." After this introduction, however, we enter with the author the sound and orderly world of the new army ant system, of which Father Borgmeier has so largely been the architect. Here the intellectual "Grund- fragen" are usually hard to follow among the fascinating reali- ties of structure, distribution and affinity so clearly revealed among the New World Dorylinae. The author has completed his job not only with rare precision and thoroughness, but also with the advantage of a well-developed "taxonomic instinct." The resulting treatment, with few exceptions, would satisfy most neodarwinists, and its general tone reveals that Father Borgmeier is perhaps more strongly influenced by neodarwinian views and practices than his introductory remarks would seem to allow. The systematics of army ants is peculiar in that one set of species was early based on the males and another on the worker caste ; in only a fraction of the cases have the male-worker asso- ciations been confirmed. This means that a large proportion- perhaps one-third — of the 140 species names recognized by Borgmeier in this classification will fall as synonyms when all associations are finally made. This circumstance seems un- avoidable in a group where either sex is commonly found sep- arately by the usual collecting methods, but in which the asso- ciation can be made only when whole colonies are taken at restricted seasons. Borgmeier has dealt with the two castes separately in large part, but always with an eye to confirmed and probable associations between them. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 167 In the course of preparation of the work, nearly all relevant type material was examined, and the complete synonymy attests the author's sure handling of the excess nomenclature. Some 60 names fall into the synonymy in this work and in the "Vorar- beiten" by the same author, brought out in 1953. Many others are treated as subspecies, usually equivalent to the geographical races of current practice. The treatment of each species is accompanied by special notes, where there is anything to be said, with the headings, "Diskussion," "Synonymic" "Biologie" and even — luxury of luxuries — "Originalbeschreibungcn." The characterizations make extensive use of quantitative data, and are for the most part quite definite about points of specific dif- ferentiation. Descriptions and keys extend to all known castes of each species. Notes are given on inquilines and parasites of each species for which they have been studied. The text and captions are remarkably free of typographical errors, at least to the extent that my reading has reached, and the German sentences are mostly short and clear. I think that most Latin American and North American users of the book will have little difficulty in reading it. It appears that ant systematics is entering a period of inten- sive revision and consolidation marked by the appearance of exhaustive works of the "reference monograph" type. Father Borgmeier's book is an outstanding example of this kind of work, for long so rarely produced by ant specialists. In view of the great interest these army ants have for biologist and lay- man alike, it is indeed gratifying to have at hand for the first time such a complete yet compact summary of their classification and biology. This book, along with the well-known detailed biological studies by T. C. Schneirla and his colleagues, brings our knowl- edge of neotropical army ants up to a position at least even with that for most of the familiar northern ant groups. It will be indispensable, not only to myrmecologists, but also the students of the varied and remarkable insects that live with army ants, and to students of insects and evolution everywhere. — W. L. BROWN, JR., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge 38, Mass. EXCHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow ; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10^ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minutcn pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories: Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan) — The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS JULY 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 7 CONTENTS Calvert — Dr. Charles Christopher Adams 169 Kring — A double monster larva 171 Elbel and Emerson — A mallophagan from the white pelican .... 173 Laboratory training courses 176 Nomenclature notice 176 Alexander — Eastern crane-flies. Part XII 177 Hoffman — Identity of Polydesmus leachii Gray 186 Riegel — Zoraptera from Missouri 188 Fox — Aphididae in Makino's atlas of chromosome numbers .... 189 Barnes — Minnesota Mecoptera 191 Frost — Bibliography of insects on postage stamps 192 Notes and News in Bdtomology Prof, von Frisch awarded Magellanic Prize 193 Review : Matching the hatch 195 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster. Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided tor in para- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 15. 1945. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additional at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII JULY, 1956 No. 7 Dr. Charles Christopher Adams Dr. Charles Christopher Adams died at Albany, New York, May 22, 1955. A "resolution of respect" concerning him was published in the Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America for September, 1955. As a founder of that Society and a past president, this resolution naturally emphasizes his ecological interests. It mentions that he served as assistant entomologist with the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History from 1896 to 1898, a period which partly overlaps his early interest in the Odonata, an interest which deserves more than a fleeting notice. He and I corresponded actively from as early as Janu- ary, 1895, and until his interests became absorbed in general problems of ecology beginning with the mollusks. Only one brief paper by him on Odonata from Marion County, Arkansas, appeared in dragonfly literature (Ent. News xii : 621-622, Dec. 1900), but he amassed an extensive collection of these insects which he presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil- adelphia in 1946. It includes many specimens from Blooming- ton, Illinois, where his early collecting was done, Odonata from the upper waters of the Cumberland and Tennessee Rivers when he was gathering material of the gasteropod lo for the earliest of his ecological studies. He corresponded with dragon- fly students such as J. G. Needham, E. B. Williamson, Rene Martin in France. He urged upon me the importance of deter- mining centres of distribution when I was working on the Odonata for the Biologia Centrali-Americana, but I reported back to him that the geographic data were too few and too scattered to make that possible. (169) JOl 2 0 1956 170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [JUb'> 1956 As Curator of the University Museum of the University of Michigan, Adams was instrumental in organizing an ecological surevy of the Porcupine Mountains in Ontonagon County and on Isle Royale in 1904. A report on the work done was pub- lished in 1906 at Lansing. Adams wrote the Introductory Note in which he said, "The aim of the present expedition was not directed primarily along the lines usually followed by nat- ural history surveys. The aim was to secure ecological facts and relations concerning the plants and animals of the regions visited. In order to accomplish this it was necessary not only to collect specimens but also to make observations concerning the relation of plants and animals to their environment. Mr. Ruthven was therefore instructed to run lines of survey across the region examined in such a way as to include examples of all the representative habitats or environments. These habitats were then to be examined in as much detail as time permitted. In this study attention was directed particularly to the forces and conditions composing the environment in order that the dominant forms might be clearly recognized. This involves a careful analysis of the conditions, as it is only by such means that the laws of change can be recognized, and the dynamics of the habitat be understood. In this way, the habitat can be stud- ied from the standpoint of processes rather than from that of the end result or effects of such forces, for it is very evident that if the habitats are to be understood it must be by a study of their laws of change." Adams wrote also the Notes on the Mammals of the Porcu- pine Mountains and Isle Royale of this report. After he became Director of the New York State Museum at Albany in 1926, Adams prepared the Annual Reports of the Museum. A reading of some of these makes it evident that administrative duties of a varied character absorbed his time and energies. His report for the year 1942-43, page 66, contains "an interesting personal item" describing the first time he came within the sphere of influence of the State Museum in 1891. He retired from the directorship in 1943. He was born at Clinton, Illinois, July 23, 1873. IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 171 Adams' daughter, Miss Harriet Dyer Adams, presented his library to the Western Michigan College at Kalamazoo, Michi- gan, in preference to the University of Michigan, Harvard. Yale, Cornell and the University of Illinois, according to an unsigned illustrated article in the Western Michigan News Magazine, number for Winter, 1956, pages 7-8. This article contains an engaging portrait of Dr. Adams. The College has established the Charles C. Adams Center for Ecological Study, and Dr. Daniel F. Jackson, director of the Center, states that "This material will be available to anyone desiring to use it." PHILIP P. CALVERT A Double Monster Larva of Limonius agonus (Say). (Elateridae, Coleoptera) By JAMES B. KRING, The Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station Among newly hatched larvae of the eastern field wireworm, Limonius agonus (Say), Mr. A. DeCaprio found a dead two- tail individual (fig. 1). In the excellent discussion of teratology in the Coleoptera by Balazuc (1948) a somewhat similar larval monster is classified as a double monster anadidyme. Balazuc and Variot (1952) in describing an adult double monster catadidyme of Goliathus goliat/nts reported that only three double monsters were known in the Coleoptera, two Scarabaeridea adults and one Elateridae larva. The double monster Elateridae larva was reported by Wood- worth (1932). It was a newly hatched two-tailed larva of the Pacific Coast wireworm, Liuioniits conns Lee., in which the body division occurred in the sixth abdominal segment. This larva was killed shortly after it was discovered to prevent its loss. The double monster larval anadidyme (L. ac/onus) reported here differs from the somewhat similar anadidyme (L. ctnuis ) of Woodworth in that body division occurred in the eighth ah- 172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [u. 1956 dominal segment. This division resulted in partial duplication of the eighth segment and complete duplication of only the ninth abdominal segment. Twinning in this instance occurred at a later development stage. It is unfortunate that neither larva lived. Larval monsters of this type have not been reported from field collections. This could be expected since mortality is very high among first instar larvae and it is unlikely that a malformed larva of this type would long survive. The L. agonns larva hatched from a group of 169 eggs that were deposited during a four-day period by three adult click beetles. This was the only malformed larva in the group. While the exact number of eggs laid by the parent of this ab- normal larva is not known, adult females of L. agon us under similar laboratory conditions lay average numbers of eggs vary- ing from 124 to 194 eggs per female (Kring, 1955). The eggs were recovered from the oviposition substrate by flotation with saturated sodium chloride solution. They were handled with soft camel's hair brushes and with scoops ham- mered from laboratory probes. Hatching took place in distilled water at 70° F. constant temperature. Since all eggs received similar treatment and this was the only abnormal larva it is doubtful that this abnormality resulted from shock administered during development. Several thousand elaterid larvae were examined during a three-year study period and only this one monster was found. The rarity of discovery of insect larval abnormalities of this type is the basis for reporting this double monster larval anadi- dyme of Limonius agonns (Say). In addition this specimen differs from the only previous description of a larval abnormality of this type in that the division is less complete and represents a separate species. LITERATURE CITED BALAZUC, JEAN. 1948. Mem. Mus. nat. Hist, nat, N. S. 25 : pp. 63-67. BALAZUC, J., and R. P. VARIOT. 1952. Revue Francaise d'Entomologie 19(2) : 128-130. KRING, J. B. 1955. Ent. News 66(7) : 187-189. WOODWORTH, C. E. 1932. Psyche 39(1-2): 37-40. Ixviil ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 173 . FIG. 1. Double monster first instar larva of Limonius agonus Say. A New Mallophagan from the White Pelican By ROBERT E. ELBEL, Lawrence, Kansas, and K. C. EMERSON, Stillwater, Oklahoma The genus Pectinopygus Mjoberg, 1910, is found on hosts of the Avian order Pelecaniformes ; the species found on the peli- cans being included in the subgenus Epipelicanus Harrison, 1935. Pectinopygus (Epipelicanus) occidcntalis Thompson, 1948, is normally found on the California and the Eastern Brown Pelicans. When Thompson described that species, he ex- pressed an opinion that the species found on the White Pelican was probably new. Lacking sufficient material, the form found on the White Pelican was not included in his study. In our opinirn, tlic f rm represents a new species and is herewith de- scribed and illustrated. Pectinopygus (Epipelicanus) tordoffi n. sp. Male. As illustrated in figures 1, 3, and 4. Head slightly longer than broad. Dorsal anterior plate nearly one-fifth length 174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS |Jul>'> 1956 of head, postero-lateral margins rounded and posterior margin medially pointed ; ventral anterior plate one-fourth as long as dorsal anterior plate and with postero-lateral margins rounded. First antennal segments enlarged, each bearing an appendage ; third segments produced beyond point of articulation with fourth. Prothorax twice as broad as long with two small dorsal setae in the postero-lateral margins. Pterothorax longer than broad, with chaetotaxy as shown in figure 1. First seven (apparent) abdominal tergites divided medially ; second to seventh abdomi- nal sternites each transversely continuous. Abdominal chae- totaxy as shown in figure 1, that of the terminal segment as shown in figure 3. Parameres of genitalia smooth, curved, and with free distal ends ; as illustrated in figure 4. Female. As illustrated in figures 2, 5, 6 and 7. Similar to the male in general structure and chaetotaxy of head and thorax. Antennae filiform. Thoracic sternite elongated posteriorly. Abdomen with small oval-shaped lateral sternal plates. Ab- dominal terminal segments as illustrated in figures 5 and 6. Discussion. This species is closely related to Pectinopygus (Epipelicanus) occidentalis Thompson, 1948. The parameres of the male genitalia are fused at the distal ends and have lateral projections in occidentalis; they are free at the distal ends and smooth in tordoffi. In addition, the two species can be separated by : ( 1 ) the lateral lobes of the terminal abdominal segment of the male, each have five short stout spines in tordoffi, while these structures possess seven in occidentalis; (2) the setae in the ventral chaetotaxy of the terminal abdominal segment of the female, are longer and more numerous in tordoffi; and (3) the thoracic sternal plate is longer and more pointed posteriorly in tordoffi, EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Pectinopygus (Epipclicanus) tordoffi n. sp. Figures 1 and 2 drawn to same scale, figures 3 through 7 drawn to same scale. FIG. 1. Dorsal-ventral view of male. FIG. 2. Dorsal-ventral view of female. FIG. 3. Terminal abdominal segment of male, dorsal-ventral view. FIG. 4. Male genitalia. FIG. 5. Terminal abdominal segment of female, ventral view. FIG. 6. Terminal abdominal segment of female, dorsal view. FIG. 7. Female thoracic sternite. Ixvii ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 175 176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July> 1956 Type host : Pclecanus erythorhynchos Gmelin, White Pelican. Type material : Holotype male and all o type female collected at Lawrence, KANSAS by Dr. Harrison Tordoff in October, 1954, have been deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypes: 15 J1, 9§ collected at Lawrence, Kansas by Dr. Harrison Tor- doff in October, 1954; 6 J1 collected at Washington, D. C., on August 25, 1925; 8 £, $ collected at Dallas, Texas by O. G. Babcock on October 13, 1922; 3 J1 collected at the mouth of Bear River, Utah on July. 22, 1914; J* collected at Topaz, Cali- fornia by Webb and Waite on August 21, 1918; 4 <$ collected on Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon by G. M. Gjullin on October 24, 1932 ; 2 J\ 2 $ collected on Lake Malheur, Oregon ; J\ $ col- lected at Rosedale, Mississippi by M. G. Vaiden ; and 2 <£ col- lected at Lawrence, Kansas by F. H. Snow in October 1873. REFERENCE THOMPSON, G. B. 1948. Notes on species of the genus Pectinopygus (s. /.) (Mallophaga)— IV. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (11) XIV: 317-327, 15 figs. Laboratory Training Courses The Department of Health, Education, and Welfare of the Public Health Service has again scheduled a series of 22 re- fresher training courses to be given September 1956 to March 1957. These deal with the diagnosis of bacterial, rickettsial, virus and mycotic diseases and run from one to four weeks. Write : Communicable Disease Center, Chamblee, Georgia. Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked with the Commissions File Number, and sent to Francis Hemming, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W. 1, England. daea Dampf, 1910 (Palaeopsylla) (Class Insecta, Order Siphonaptera), determination of (File: Z.N. (S) 846). For details see: Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Vol. 11, Part 11. Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 177 Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the East- ern United States and Canada (Dipt.: Tipuli- dae). Part XII By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding part under this general title was published in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 61: 163-171, 1950. Where not indi- cated to the contrary the types of the novelties herein described are preserved in my personal collection of these flies. Two interesting species were taken at and near Indian House Lake, northeastern Quebec, during the summer of 1945 by my friend Mr. Roland C. Clement, a former student at the Univer- sity of Massachusetts. Mr. Clement has supplied me with a detailed account of the station and it is expected that this fuller discussion will be published in a later report. At this time I wish to extract some of the more pertinent information from this excellent account. Indian House Lake lies at 56° 08' N.Lat., 64° 44' W.Long., in the valley of the George River, at an altitude of approximately 1,000 feet. Concerning the Ti- pulidae, Mr. Clement writes as follows : "Many of these flies were taken at light in one of the weather bureau buildings, some in a tiny cove exposed by receding lake waters, others in the rocky gulch of an active brook that runs by the station, and a few on the barrens and small bogs to the southwest of the station." Besides the two species described at this time, there were some further species of interest, some of which remain undetermined. Other species found here are the fol- lowing. Tipnla (Vestiplex} platyniera Walker. East barren, 1,500 feet, June 21. T. (Orcomyza} tcrnariaLoew. June 19. T. (0.) trivittata Say. July 7. T. (Lunatipnla} macrolabis Loew. July 25-August 4. C\lindrotoina distinctissiina ainericana Osten Sacken. July "18. Dactylolabis rhicnoptiloides (Alexander). July 18. Cliionca valga Harris. November 22, 1944. Erioptera (Syinplccta) can a (Walker). June 21-28. 178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Jub', 1956 Tipula (Vestiplex) breviligula n. sp. Belongs to the jitncea group ; general coloration gray, the praescutum with four brown stripes ; dorsopleural membrane yellow ; wings grayish yellow, stigma pale brown ; Rs long, exceeding the distal section of M±, ni-cit at or only a short dis- tance beyond the fork of M ; abdominal tergites chestnut, with a conspicuous black central stripe ; male hypopygium with the tergal horns short ; inner dististyle without a long-produced outer basal lobe ; ligula of eighth sternite short and broad, transverse, the apex very gently notched, the margin with abundant pale setae. $. Length about 17-18 mm.; wing 13.5-14 mm.: antenna about 5.5-6 mm. 9. Length about 20-22 mm.; wing 15-16 mm.; antenna about 2.8-3 mm. Frontal prolongation of head obscure yellow, pruinose above at base, nasus short and stout, especially in the female ; basal two segments of palpi obscure yellow, outer segments darker. Antennae of male relatively long ; scape and pedicel brownish yellow, flagellum black, segments moderately incised longer than the verticils ; antennae of female short. Head brownish gray, front and orbits broadly light gray ; a conspicuous brown stripe from between the antennal bases back to the occiput, darkest mid-dorsally. Pronotum brownish gray, variegated by paler gray ; scutellum yellow. Mesonotal praescutum gray, with four brown stripes, the lateral pair less distinct ; scutum gray, each lobe with two darker areas ; scutellum brownish yellow, parascutella clearer yellow ; postnotum light gray. Pleura gray ; dorsopleural mem- brane light yellow. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob dark brown. Legs with coxae gray; trochanters obscure yel- low ; femora brownish yellow, the tips narrowly darker brown ; tibiae light brown, vaguely darker apically ; tarsi dark brown ; claws of male with a conspicuous spine. Wings grayish yel- low ; stigma pale brown ; cell Sc more yellowed ; veins pale brown. Venation : Rs long, exceeding the distal section of vein M4 ; cell M^ longer than its petiole ; ui-cn at or close to Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 179 fork of M, in cases beyond at fork of M3+4, the latter thus short to very short, in some specimens m-cu on M±. Abdominal tergites chestnut, with a conspicuous black cen- tral stripe that is narrowly broken by pale yellow posterior borders, the latter more extensive on the outer segments; sternites pale brown, the posterior borders yellowed; ninth tergite and eighth sternite darker ; remainder of hypopygium more chestnut-brown. Ovipositor of the juncca type ; cerci short, untoothed. Male hypopygium with the posterior border of the tergite blackened, the lateral angles extended into short black horns, their tips truncate. Ninth sternite with a small cylindrical lobe below the insertion of the dististyles, this pro- vided with long setae. Outer dististyle relatively long; inner style with the beak slender, outer basal lobe not long-produced, as in other members of the juncca group. Eighth sternite with the apical ligula very short and broad, transverse, the apex very gently notched, the margin with abundant pale setae. Habitat. — NORTHERN ONTARIO, MICHIGAN. Holotype: $ , Cape Henrietta Maria, Hudson Bay, Ontario, July 6, 1948 (Miller); University of Michigan. Allotopotype: 9. Para- topot\pcs: 1 6 on microscope slide, Roger's No. 4637 (blue label 2093) ; 1 6,1 $ , July 6-12, 1948 ("W.Y.W."). Para- types: 1 6,2 9 $ , Pentwater, Oceana Co., Michigan, June 24-26, 1936 (Henry Dybas) ; male returned to Camras. This fly is readily told from the other regional members of the juncea group by the genital characters, as diagnosed above. It is the first member of the group to be found in the eastern United States. What I believe represents this same species, but which has not been confirmed to this date, has been taken along the south shore of the Gaspe Peninsula, in eastern Quebec, and along the Little Smoky River, near Triangle, Alberta, all taken by the present writer. Tipula (Arctotipula) tribulator n. sp. Allied to bcssclsi and sitttoni; general coloration gray, the praescutum with four brown stripes, the intermediate pair separated by a broad brownish gray line; antennae black 180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Juty. 1956 throughout, flagellar segments short, strongly incised ; femora obscure yellow, tips black, claws of male toothed ; wings with a grayish brown tinge ; stigma dark brown, conspicuous, pre- ceded and followed by extensive pale areas ; outer section of vein R4+r> with a series of trichia, Ri+.2 entire ; male hypopygium with the caudal margin of the tergite with a deep quadrate notch, the lateral lobes large, obtusely rounded ; a transverse flattened four-spinecl plate on ventral face of tergite ; inner dististyle with beak long-extended, its outer basal portion obtuse, not spinous. $. Length about 11-13 mm.; wing 13.5-15 mm.; antenna about 4-4.5 mm. Frontal prolongation of head dark brownish gray; nasus stout ; palpi black. Antennae black throughout, scape and pedicel pruinose ; flagellar segments short but strongly incised ; longest verticils subequal in length to the segments. Head brownish gray, the front and orbits clearer gray. Pronotum brownish gray, the sides of the scutellum obscure yellow. Mesonotal praescutum in front brownish gray, more yellowish gray on the interspaces ; four brown stripes, the inter- mediate pair about as wide as the brownish-gray central area, lateral stripes with their outer portions clearer gray ; vestiture long and pale ; posterior sclerites of notum gray, the scutal lobes more yellowed on mesal part and here with a small brown spot ; scutellum and mediotergite with a central brown line. Pleura and pleurotergite gray, the katapleurotergite more yel- lowish gray ; dorsopleural membrane more huffy yellow. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob moderately infuscated. Legs with the coxae light gray, with abundant long pale setae from small black punctures on outer face ; trochanters gray ; femora obscure yellow basally, passing into yellowish brown, the tips black, the amount subequal on all legs ; tibiae yellowish brown or light brown, the tips darker, tarsi passing into black; claws of male toothed. Wings with a brownish or grayish brown tinge, the oval stigma dark brown, conspicuous ; pre- arcular region whitish subhyaline ; extensive pale areas before and beyond the stigma ; obliterative area across base of cell Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 181 1st M2 restricted and inconspicuous ; wing tip in outer radial field strongly infuscated ; veins brown, yellow in the brightened areas. Veins beyond cord glabrous, outer section of Ri+. with a series of trichia over the entire length. Venation : R1+2 en- tire ; petiole of cell A/\ a little longer than in ; cell 2nd A broad. Abdominal tergites dark brown, the caudal margins very narrowly pale, more or less interrupted ; lateral tergal borders broadly buffy ; sternites gray, the caudal borders narrowly yel- low ; hypopygium brownish gray, the outer dististyle yellow. Male hypopygium with the caudal margin of the tergite with a deep quadrate notch, the lateral lobes large, flattened, ob- tusely rounded, fringed on mesal edges with long black setae; a conspicuous blackened plate on ventral surface, provided with four spines, the lateral pair longer. Outer dististyle broadly flattened, the tip obtuse; inner style with the beak long-ex- tended, its outer basal portion obtuse, not produced into a spinous point as in besselsi and suttoni; dorsal crest with abundant erect setae, the outer ones shorter, stouter and darker. Habitat. — NORTHERN QUEBEC. Holotype: $ , Indian House Lake, George River, June 27, 1945 (Roland C. Clement). Paratopotypcs: 5 $ $ ; at camp brook. There are other high Arctic species of the subgenus having a four-spined ventral plate on the ninth tergite of the male hypo- pygium. Among such Arctic American species, the present fly is closest to Tipnla (Arctotipula} besselsi Osten Sacken and T. (A.) suttoni Alexander, differing especially in the details of coloration and in the structure of the male hypopygium, par- ticularly the tergite and the inner dististyle, as discussed above. Dicranota (Dicranota) dementi n. sp. fienernl coloration gray, praescutal stripes poorly defined; antennae of male relatively long, the flagellar segments oval ; legs blackened, femoral bases broadly yellow ; wings with a weak dusky tinge, cells C and Sc, with a broad seam along Cn, darker ; stigma dark brown, conspicuous ; Rs subequal in length to the second section of R.2t:, ; male hypopygium with the inter- base and inner dististyle unusually slender. 182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS I ]"!>', 1956 $ . Length about 7 mm. ; wing 7 mm. ; antenna about 1.6 mm. Rostrum brown ; palpi black. Antennae black, relatively long, as shown by the measurements but shorter than in bhnacnlata or notuiani; flagellar segments oval, strongly nar- rowed at the ends, verticils shorter than the segments. Head above chiefly dark brown, the posterior orbits more yellowish gray. Thoracic dorsum chiefly gray, the praescutal stripes poorly defined, only the median one clearly indicated ; postnotum and pleura clearer gray. Halteres yellow, knobs very weakly in- fuscated. Legs with the coxae gray pruinose ; trochanters yel- low ; remainder of legs blackened, the femoral bases broadly yellow, including more than one-half of either the middle or posterior femora (fore legs broken). Wings with a weak dusky tinge, restrictedly patterned with darker, including cell C and cell Sc as far distad as Sc2 ; stigma still darker brown ; moderately broad and conspicuous brown seams along vein Cu and adjoining membrane and over the cord; veins brownish black, narrowly yellowed at wing base. Venation : Rs of moderate length, about equal to the second section of vein R2+3 ; Sc.2 a distance before origin of Rs a little greater than the length of the latter ; R2+3+i shorter than basal section of R- ; R._. close to extreme tip of vein 7?1 ; cell Mv present ; m-cn about one- third its length beyond the fork of M ; vein 2nd A curved gently to the margin. In one wing of the type, an adventitious crossvein in cell Sc a short distance beyond arculus. Abdominal tergites gray, with a broad brown median stripe ; basal sternites plumbeous gray, the outer ones extensively yel- lowed ; outer segments and hypopygium more uniformly brown- ish black. Male hypopygium with the inner clististyle un- usually long and slender, more so than in the other Nearctic mem- bers of the subgenus, only slightly widened outwardly, the length five to six times the width near apex. Interbase likewise unusually slender, the tip subacute. Phallosome evidently destroyed in the unique type. Habitat. — NORTHERN QUEBEC. Holotypc: $ , Indian House Lake, George River, July 2, 1945 (Roland C. Clement). Ixvii I ENTOMOLOGICAL NK\VS 183 I am pleased to name this fly for the collector of the present very interesting series of crane-flies from northern Quebec, Mr. Roland C. Clement. When compared with the various other Nearctic species, it is most similar to Dicranota (Dicranota) fmnipcnnis Alexander and D. (D.) notmani Alexander, differ- ing from both in the coloration and in the structure of the antennae and male hypopygium, particularly the inner clististyle and interbase. Among the western Palaearctic species, it is closest to D. (D.) bunaculata (Schummel), differing in the shorter antennae and in the structure of the male hypopygium. Erioptera (Erioptera) georgei n. sp. Belongs to the chlorophylla group ; most like chlorophylla Osten Sacken and viridula Alexander, differing evidently and conspicuously in the structure of the male hypopygium. $ . Length about 5.3-5.5 mm. ; wing 5.8-6 mm. General coloration of head, thorax and abdomen light green, paling to buffy in dried specimens. Legs yellow, strongly tinted with green. Eyes of male relatively large, broadly con- tiguous beneath. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle gently dilated outwardly, the outer apical angle produced into a blackened point, the lower angle rounded ; inner style subequal in length, narrower, a little expanded outwardly, bifid at tip, including an upper acute blackened spine and a lower obtuse lobe, the two separated by a small notch. Gonapophysis a slender smooth horn, narrowed to the acute tip, pale, with the apex narrowly blackened. Habitat. — MICHIGAN. Holotypc: 6 , The E. S. George Reserve of the University of Michigan, Livingston Co., at trap- light Xo. 2, June 23, 1947 (J. Speed Rogers) ; Rogers No. 37 A. Paratopotypcs: 3 $ $, July 23-29, 1947; 4 ; $ on slide, August 21-22, 1950, in Alexander Collection through Rogers. Paratypcs: Abundant £ $ , all from the George Re- serve, collected by Rogers and assistants, all in the University of Michigan collection. I am very pleased to dedicate this interesting crane-fly to the late Colonel Edwin S. George, through whose interest and gen- 184 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS U"ly> 1956 erosity the magnificent natural preserve that bears his name was presented to the University of Michigan. For a discussion of the Reserve and its ecology, an important paper by Rogers may be consulted.* Erioptera (Illisia) venusta nubilosa n. subsp. Quite as in the typical form excepting for the very distinctive wing pattern. The entire wing surface, except for the restricted base, equally narrow apex, cells C and Sc, and a small costal invasion just beyond the fork of Rs, uniformly brown, slightly more suffused in the stigmal area ; the exceptions above noted are pale yellowish white, the basal area continuing into the costal, which ends at the dilated part described, with a further axillary prolongation into cell 2nd A, extending to just beyond the anal angle ; the costal invasion above mentioned in one wing does not reach Rs, in the other it crosses this vein and involves a narrow strip in cell R ; wing tip narrow, extending from cell 7?2 to M3, broken by small brown marginal spots at ends of veins R4) M1+.2 and Mn ; veins darkened in the infuscated parts, paler in the whitened areas. Habitat. — MICHIGAN. Holotype, a $ , mounted on micro- scope slide, Lake Co., July 12, 1936 (Townsend) ; Rogers No. 3967, University of Michigan. This puzzling fly, known only from the unique type, as described, proved baffling both to the late Professor Rogers and myself. In its general appearance it differs widely from all of the hundreds of specimens of typical venusta that have been seen by us and because of this distinctness it is believed advisable to provide a name for the fly. Genus Cryptolabis Osten Sacken Subgenus Phantolabis n. subgen. Vestiture of the legs relatively sparse and inconspicuous. Wings with Rs long, gently arcuated, in longitudinal alignment * ROGERS, J. SPEED. The crane-flies (Tipulidae) of the George Re- serve, Michigan. Univ. Michigan, Mus. Zool., Misc. Publ. 53 : 1-128, 2 tab., 1 map, 8 pis. ; 1942. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 185 with ^2+3+4 >' -^2+3 a little shorter than R.2 ; tips of veins 7?, and Rt strongly upcurved, that of R^ straight ; cell M2 open by atrophy of ni ; vein 2nd A straight. No macrotrichia in wing cells, those of the veins likewise lacking or very reduced in size and number, even on veins C and R where usually they are most persistent. Male hypopygium with the styli large and fully exposed ; a single dististyle, terminal in position. Gonapophyses undeveloped. Aedeagus long and slender, at near midlength profoundly split into three branches, suggestive of the condition in several groups of Cylindrotominae and some other Tipulidae. Type of subgenus. — Erioptera (Psiloconopa) lacustris Alexander. (Eastern Nearctic Region). The species was described (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 33: 76-77; 1938) from material taken at Raco, Chippewa County, in the northern peninsula of Michigan, not far from Lake Su- perior. Later it was found in the southern peninsula by Rogers who found it in numbers along small clear streams, a habitat not unlike that of the type of Cryptolabis, C. par ado xa Osten Sacken. Ever since I described the species and assigned it to Erioptera, it has been realized that this was a highly aberrant fly that did not fit well into this genus. As more material be- came available and the species was re-examined, it was ap- parent that it could not be retained in Erioptera and evidently was closer to the genus Cryptolabis, particularly to the subgenus Baeoura. I am herewith proposing a new subgeneric group in Cryptolabis for the fly, realizing that later it may well be found to represent a valid genus. Unfortunately the female sex is unknown to me and the nature of the ovipositor cannot be stated. The structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the phallosome, including the aedeagus, is entirely different from that of any of the other subgenera of Cryptolabis so far defined, including besides the typical subgenus, Procryptolabis Alexander (Neotropical) and Baeoura Alexander (Eastern Palaearctic, Oriental, Ethiopian; a single aberrant species in South Chile). 186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1956 The Identity of Polydesmus leachii Gray, 1832 (Polydesmida: Euryuridae) By RICHARD L. HOFFMAN, Blacksburg, Virginia, and ERNEST BROWNING, British Museum (Natural History) Polydesmus Leachii Gray,1 one of the oldest names proposed for a polydesmoid diplopod, has remained inqulrendmn for 125 years although its generic position is readily deducible from the drawings that constitute the original description of the spe- cies. It is equally remarkable that apparently no one has here- tofore consulted Gray's type specimen, which has been con- tinuously available in the collection of the British Museum. An account of the status of leachii was drawn up several years ago as part of a revision of the genus to which the species belongs. But since completion of that project still seems as remote as ever, we take this occasion to explain the usage of the name leachii in the forthcoming ''Checklist of the Diplopoda of North America." It is quite apparent from the original drawings (here repro- duced) that Polydesmus Leachii was based upon a milliped of the genus now known as Euryurits Koch. These illustrations clearly show the body form, quadrate telson, prominent sub- antennal swellings, color pattern, and a notch near the anterior corner of each paranotum, as well as a good impression of the gonopod structure. An early inference of the true identity of the species was completely confirmed by examination of the type, and the accompanying figure of the right gonopod further demonstrates beyond any doubt that the name leachii repre- sents the Euryurus population of eastern central United States which has been recently re-named Eutlicatiis acitlcatns by Causey.- Comparison of our illustration with that of the gono- pod of aculcatus reveals a close concordance in nearly every detail, including the anisoramose tibiotarsus, and the subtri- 1 J. E. GRAY, in: The Animal Kingdom arranged in Conformity with its Organization by the Baron Cuvier, etc., by Edward Griffith and others, London, 1827-35. Diplopoda, vol. 15, pi. 135, 1832. -' Nell B. Causey, Chicago Acad. Sci. Nat. Hist. Misc., No. 106, pp. 1-11, 1952. Ixvii ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 187 FIG. 1. Euryurus leachii (Gray). Left, ventral aspect of right gono- pod of type specimen ; right, photostatic copies of the original drawings depicting, from top to bottom, the entire animal in dorsal aspect, the front of the head, the seventh segment in ventral aspect, and a midbody seg- ment in dorsal aspect. angular, lamellate projection from the end of the femoral region. Unfortunately no more precise locality than "North America" is entered for the leachii type in the records of the British Museum. Since the specimen was at the Museum prior to 1832, and since it must have come from a locality in midland United States, there is a good possibility that it was among material from Indiana sent to Dr. Leach by Thomas Say. But 188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July> 1956 speculation on this point is futile and since the type is extant, there is little necessity for the establishment of an arbitrary type locality. Euryurus leachii Gray (new combination) is known to occur from Illinois to western Pennsylvania and south through Kentucky into Tennessee. Zoraptera from Missouri By GARLAND T. RIEGEL, Eastern Illinois State College, Charleston On May 21, 1955, specimens of Zorotypus hubbardi Caudell were collected at Gar wood (Reynolds Co.) and Piedmont (Wayne Co.), Missouri, by Riegel, Mortweet, Moulder and Isley. In both cases old sawdust piles was the source of the insects. At Garwood 3 winged females were taken, while at Piedmont 1 winged female, 1 apterous male, and 1 apterous fe- male were found. These localities are about 12 air miles apart in the Ozark hills. Piedmont is 37.8° N. and 90.41° W. with an elevation of 504 feet. Garwood is southwest of Piedmont and at a higher elevation. Apparently these are the first records for Missouri, and the farthest northwest the species has been reported. The records given by Gurney (1938) for the vicinity of Washington, D. C. (38.55° N.), place the known limits farther north in the east- ern states, and the record for Houston, Texas (95.22° W.), farther west in the southern states. On May 21, 1954, another field trip group from the Zoology Department at Eastern found numerous specimens of Z. hub- bardi in a sawdust pile at Ridgely in western Tennessee. No winged individuals were taken, although several had wing pads. On the basis of published reports Z. hubbardi is now known from the states of Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina. Georgia, Florida, Kentucky, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, Texas, Arkansas and Missouri. Repeated searching of sawdust piles in southern Illinois has so far failed to show this interesting insect present in this state. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 189 Comments on Aphididae List in Makino's Atlas of Chromosome Numbers in Animals By JEAN W. Fox, The Liberian Institute of the American Foundation for Tropical Medicine, Harbel, Liberia, West Africa Sajiro Makino's compendium, An Atlas of Chromosome Numbers in Animals, is a valuable contribution for the use of those interested in checking cytological references and analyzing phylogeny. However, in the order Homoptera, the information as presented could lead to some false conclusions. Since the references are probably more likely to be used by cytologists than taxonomists, it is important to emphasize that all the spe- cies he lists under Aphididae are not considered members of that family according to most modern usage. There are basic differences in life history, as well as chromosome organization, which make distinction among the aphids, adelgids and phyl- loxerans imperative. A check of Makino's records for ninety-three species shows at least thirty-one counts which are useless because of insuf- ficient identification or should not be included under the family Aphididae. Nine of the species now belong either in the Phyl- loxeridae or the Adelgidae. Two appear under generic name only, and tw-enty-one are based on Stevens' studies from 1905 to 1909. The pioneer work of Stevens in this field was very stimulating and covered over twenty different aphids. Unfor- tunately, in checking her original papers, one finds only Aphis oenothcrac sufficiently identified to be accepted as a known species. For the rest, she gives only host plant and sometimes a few brief words of description so it is impossible to place them taxonomically. It is quite probable, for this reason, that some of her work has been duplicated. There is mistaken authorship of work on two of the species mentioned. Morgan's (1909) paper dealt with Aphis salicola and even cites von Baehr on A. salcceti. It was von Baehr (1908, '09, '12) who made the detailed study of A. salcceti which Makino attributes to Morgan or Stevens. This may be 190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS fju'y. 1956 the same "Harpswell willow Aphid" reported on by Stevens (1906, '09), as stated by Makino, but on the basis of her papers there is no evidence to support such a synonomy. She herself points out in the 1906 paper that the species she studied were not named because of inadequate classification of aphids at that time. Her publication in 1909 is simply a re-examination of the same material in the light of Morgan's results with Phyl- loxera. In it the "Harpswell willow Aphid" is referred to without any more definite speciation. It would appear that there is also some duplication in the list. Amphorophoro (Necterosiphuin) rilricola is quoted as Shinji's work in 1931 ; further on he is credited with a count for Necterosiphuin ribicola in 1923. These entries would seem to refer to the same species. Since Makino never cites the original author of a species, it is impossible to check this beyond doubt without recourse to papers presently unavailable to the author. An addition should be made to the list: Shinji's paper in 1931 included Amphoroplwro lespedezac which showed six chromosomes in the primary spermatocyte with the X-chromo- some unpaired. REFERENCES BAEHR, W. B. VON (DE). 1908. Zool. Anz., 33: 507. -. 1909. Archiv. f. Zellforsch., 3: 269. -. 1912. La cellule, 27: 383-450. (This is a further study and review of papers published as von Baehr in German.) HONDA, H. 1921. Biol. Bull., 40: 349-369. LAWSON, C. A. 1936. Biol. Bull., 70: 288-307. MAKING, S. 1951. An atlas of chromosome numbers in animals, xviii- 290 pp. 2nd edition, 1st American. The Iowa State College Press, Ames, Iowa. MORGAN, T. H. 1909. Jour. Exp. Zool., 7: 239-352. -. 1910. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 7(4) : 161-162. -. 1915. Jour. Exp. Zool., 19: 285-323. SHINJI, O. 1931. Jour. Morph. Physiol., 51(2): 373-433. STEVENS, N. M. 1905a. Jour. Exp. Zool., 2: 313-333. -. 1905b. Cam. Instit. Wash. Publ, 36: 32 pp. -. 1906. Cam. Instit. Wash. Publ., 51 : 21 pp. -. 1907. Science, N. S., 26 : 216-218. -. 1909. Jour. Exp. Zool., 6(1) : 115-124. Ixvii) ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 191 Notes on Minnesota Mecoptera * By JOHN W. BARNES, Department of Entomology and Eco- nomic Zoology, University of Minnesota Specimens of five species of Mecoptera (Panorpa signifcr Banks, P. speciosa Carp., P. sigmoides Carp., P. venosa Westw. and Bittacus strigosus Hagen) have been collected in Minnesota (Carpenter, 1931 and Byers, 1954). Specimens of four additional species are present in the De- partment of Entomology's collection on the St. Paul Campus of the University of Minnesota. These additional records raise the number of species of Mecoptera collected in the state to nine. It is probable that Panorpa canadensis Banks and P. ncbulosa Westw. will also be found in the state as Carpenter listed speci- mens collected from counties in Wisconsin which border on Minnesota. Species not previously reported from Minnesota are : Merope tuber New. 1J\ Gwinn's Bluff, 12f?] miles south of Winona, Winona Co., July 27, 1941, Ray Lindeman. 1$, Bailey's Nursery, Grey Cloud Island, Washington Co., July 6, 1954, collected in a European chafer trap operated for the Division of Plant Industry of the Minnesota Department of Ag- riculture by the author. Several attempts at light trapping in subsequent years in the vicinity where the first specimen was collected have yielded negative results. However, the collection of a second specimen of this species in Minnesota as well as several records of the insect from Michigan (Byers, 1954) indicates that the range of this species is more widespread than previously supposed. Both Minnesota specimens were col- lected in the vicinity of the Mississippi River in mixed hardwood stands. Panorpa submaculosa Carp. 1J1, Twin Bluffs f Gwinn's Bluff ?], Winona Co., July 20, 1942, C. E. Mickel. 1 Paper No. 3494, Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Paul 1, Minnesota. 192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July. 1956 Bittacns pilicornis Westw. 3$$, Preston, Fillmore Co., June 1, 1941, C. E. Mickel. Bittacns stigmatenis Say. 1§, Scott Co., Aug. 13, 1932, D. Denning. REFERENCES BYERS, G. W. 1954. Notes on North American Mecoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 47: 484-510. CARPENTER, F. M. 1931. Revision of nearctic Mecoptera. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 72 : 205-277. A Bibliography of Insects on Postage Stamps By S. W. FROST, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pa. The literature on this side-line of entomology is gradually increasing and deserves some consideration. It represents only one of many phases of the use of insects in art and a part of the broad subject of general entomology. At least twenty-four in- dividuals are making special studies along this line and several are well known entomologists or biologists. Evidently the first reference to this subject was by the well known entomologist, the late W. S. Blatchley, who in an obscure article in 1935 made an appeal to entomologists to watch for insect stamps. Dr. Blatchley evidently made a rather extensive collection of these stamps but no one seems to know the final outcome of his efforts. To give some idea of the extent of this subject, the writer has 504 of the 508 known stamps bearing insects. These repre- sent insects, beehives and famous entomologists represented on stamps as well as a large number of stamps printed on paper watermarked with honeycomb. Various interesting studies of these stamps will appear in the future. The following list of references may help others. BLATCHLEY, W. S. 1935. A veteran's appeal. Ent. News 46(4) : 107. FROST, S. W. 1955. The bee on postage stamps. Stamps 92(8) : 226-228. — . 1956. United States post marks bearing insect names. Stamps 94(1) : 20-21. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 193 MONTGOMERY, B. S. 1937. Insect stamps. Ent. News 48(7) : 184-186, 218-219. JONES, H. L. 1953. Butterflies and moths. Topical Time 4(6) No. 22: 158. — . 1954. Insects on stamps. Topical Time 5(4) No. 26: 165. ROTH, A. 1955. Insects on stamps. Topical Time 6(2) No. 30: 66-67. SMITH, M. E. 1954. Additions to check list of butterflies and moths on stamps. Topical Time 5(4) No. 26: 133. — . 1955. More butterflies and moths on stamps. Topical Time 6(2) No. 30: 67. STEINHAUS, E. A. 1954. Insects on stamps. Weekly Phila- telic Gossip 56(6) : 172-175. WAY, D. W. and O. D. STANDEN. 1953. Zoology on stamps. Philosophical Library Inc. 113pp. Notes and News in Entomology Under this heading we present, from time to time, notes, news, and comments. Contributions from readers are earnestly solicited and will be acknowledged when used. Professor von Frisch awarded Magellanic Prize. For his researches on the senses and on the language of the honey bee, this gold medal has been awarded to KARL VON FRISCH by the AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY at its meeting on Friday, April 17, in Philadelphia. Professor von Frisch richly deserves this honor. Without doubt he is one of the most outstanding scientists in Europe today, as he has been for the past 40 or more years. His genius and skill as an experimenter was immediately apparent in his earliest publications on color-vision in bees, in which he com- pletely upset the beliefs of the then current authorities. Since then, his work has maintained a uniformly high level of excel- lence, or has even, in the past ten years, attained greater heights. Each publication is perfect in itself and may serve as an example of how a scientific problem is properly attacked and resolved ; and each bears the stamp of his clear-thinking, modest, and objective personality. For over 20 years, in my course in general zoology at the University of Pennsylvania, I have de- 194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1956 voted most of the first two lecture periods to an elucidation of von Frisch's work on the bee language, in order to give the students an understanding of the scientific method — of how our knowledge is gained by means of observation and by reason- ing, by hypotheses and their testing — and to show that patient work over a period of years may gradually serve to replace incomplete knowledge with a more complete understanding. To give some idea of the spirit and personality of von Frisch I will quote (translating) a paragraph from the close of an address by the Professor to a meeting of the Bavarian Academy of Sciences last year. "Experiments with animals are often like a quiz game. In our language the bee will, tell us nothing. She will only say either 'Yes/ or 'No,' as a positive or a negative answer to the question posed by the experiment. The carrying on of such a dialogue with bees has to me always been the most enjoyable conversation. It is free of the unstraightforwardness of human conversation. And if misunderstanding should arise, the fault lies with the interrogator. The fascination of experimentation lies in the art of avoiding a misunderstanding. An experiment, correctly devised, is the magic key that compels the animal to give an answer to the question posed, and in answering it, the animal never lies." The presentation of the Medal was made by Professor HAR- LOW SHAPLEY of the Harvard University Observatory, and the Medal was received, in the absence of Professor VON FRISCH, by a representative of the German embassy. The address of Professor von Frisch was read to the Society by Professor DONALD R. GRIFFIN of Harvard University. In passing, it may be of interest to readers of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS to know that Professor Shapley had read the articles on von Frisch's work that appeared in our journal, and that he very kindly wrote to its editor, inviting him to be his guest at the meeting of the Philosophical Society. The editor, in accepting, included some statements on von Frisch, and was later surprised and pleased to hear Professor Shapley quote these in his brief presen- tation address. These statements are reprinted in the three preceding paragraphs above. — R. G. S. Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 195 Reviews MATCHING THE HATCH. A practical guide to imitation of insects found on eastern and western waters. By Ernest G. Schwiebert, Jr. Pp. x + 221. Illustrations by the author. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1955, $7.50. This book, written by an architect, deals with what may be called a branch of applied entomology ; it is on those insects that anglers seek to imitate in their artificial flies. Short introduc- tory chapters take up the history of fly fishing, the habits of trout, and their selectivity in feeding. It is said that during the progress of a "hatch" (i.e., during the period of emergence of large numbers of a given species of mayfly or other aquatic insect) trout will feed exclusively on the particular insect and will accept no artificial fly that does not accurately imitate (in the eyes of the trout) the color and form of this species. The book then proceeds to acquaint the reader writh the important hatches of may flies, stone flies, caddis flies and other aquatic insects. Of the first group, 46 species are described (naked eye diagnoses), and their habits discussed. For most of these col- ored illustrations are provided of all four forms ( J1 and $ duns, or sub-imagos, and J1 and 5 spinners, or images). In addition to the 120 figures on the four colored plates there are also 41 black and white figures. A hatching calendar (bar-graphs) is provided and many pages are devoted to names and specifica- tions for the artificial flies, and to a tabulation of the forms of each species and the fly that imitates each. One error found (p. 15) is the old belief (perpetuated even in college text-books of 1955) that fish do not hear sounds, but only "vibrations" in the water, which they perceive by their lateral line organs. Twenty-five years ago KARL VON FRISCH, of bee-language fame, showed that fish are easily trained to respond to the sounds of tuning forks and pitch pipes, and was able to prove that they hear by means of the same parts of the inner ear, as does man, with no help from the lateral line.— R. G. SCHMIEDER. JEX CHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10^ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minuten pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories : Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) .. 2.50 9.— Pate (V. S. L.)— The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — -The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.)— Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. \ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS OCTOBER 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 8 CONTENTS Brown— John Clark 197 Hall — A new Anastoechus, with notes 199 Gojmerac — Sugar beer root maggot, Tetanops 203 Alexander — Western crane-flies. Part XVI 210 Clarke — Jones Collection to Smithsonian 217 Entomological Departments State Plant Board of Florida 217 Review The butterflies of the Malay Peninsula 221 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly iralume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster. Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided tor in para- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 15. 1943. ax?; nu 0.8. RAIL; m&, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; SO copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additionals at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII OCTOBER, 1956 No. 8 John Clark Notice has been received from Melbourne of the death of John [S.] Clark of Mooroolbark, Victoria, Australia, at his home on June 1, 1956. Mr. Clark was born in Glasgow, Scot- land, on March 21, 1885. His interest in entomology continued from his early years in Scotland through his adult life in Aus- tralia, but it was not until 1920 that he was able to find employ- ment near to his preferred field — as Assistant Entomologist to the Western Australian Department of Agriculture. During this period, he was the author of a series of papers on Aus- tralian forest insect pests and also began to publish basic articles on ants. In 1926, he became Entomologist to the National Museum of Victoria at Melbourne, a position he held for nearly twenty years. After World War II, he began work on an ambitious monograph of the ants of Australia, in this supported by grants from the Australian Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization. To date, a single volume of this project has seen print, covering the characteristically Aus- tralian bull-ants (subfamily Myrmeciinae), and it is not known at this writing whether further volumes will be released. Aside from the forest insect notes and a couple of papers on myrmecophilous beetles, Clark published almost entirely on the taxonomy of Australian ants. The most significant result of his life work adds up to some twenty articles and monographs, all published in Australia. He described somewhat more than 200 new species of ants, but probably half ojf these will prove to be synonyms^__Although he worked in all of the main Aus- tralian ant groups, his most extensive revisionary efforts dealt with the Cerapachyinae (especially Phyracaccs), the Myrme- ciinae, the genus Rhytidoponcra and the Australian Dolichoderini. (197) SEP 9 9 I95b 198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 Clark was greatly handicapped, both in earning his livelihood and in pursuing his research, by the sketchiness of his formal education. It is a pity that he never received early training commensurate with his intelligence and drive. He suffered a number of personal and family calamities that cut seriously into his time and opportunities for research, and finally led to his living more and more the life of a recluse during his declining years. His most notable single achievement was the discovery of the remarkable Nothomyrmecia macrops, probably the most generalized member of the family Formicidae yet found, living or fossil. This ant, which he described from two worker speci- mens sent him from an unknown locality in southwestern Aus- tralia, has since been the much-publicized object of a half dozen expeditions to the empty sandplain and mallee country to the east of Esperance. All of these searchers, Australian, English and American, have so far been unsuccessful in finding any trace of Nothomyrmecia, but the ant has a fascination for formicid specialists that is comparable to the excitement aroused among students of vertebrate evolution by the discovery of the living coelacanth. At the time I visited him in 1950, Clark had among his work- ing collections several other undescribed Australian ants of a totally unexpected nature, and it is hoped that the CSIRO authorities will be able to recover these samples for future study. The bulk of the Clark types are in the National Museum of Victoria at Melbourne, and many of them are also deposited in the British Museum (Natural History) and in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard. The type material of species described in his final monograph of the Myrmeciinae is deposited mostly in the collections of the Division of Entomol- ogy, CSIRO, Canberra, and it is assumed that this will be the place of deposit of the extensive collections he held at the time of his death, since many of the samples were the original prop- erty of the Division. The entomological publications of John Clark for the earlier Australian period, 1921 through 1930, are listed by Musgrave Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 199 in his Bibliography of Australian Entomology, 1775-1930, pub- lished by the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales at Sydney, 1932 (pp. 48-49, 240). Clark's publications be- tween 1930 and the time of his death, so far as known, are listed below. 1934. Notes on Australian ants, with descriptions of new spe- cies and a new genus. Mem. Nat. Mus. Viet., Melbourne, 8 : 5-20, PI. 1, 1 text-fig. 1934. New Australian ants. Ibid., pp. 21^7, Pis. 2, 3. 1934. Ants from the Otway Ranges. Ibid., pp. 48-73, PI. 4. 1936. A revision of the Australian species of Rhytidoponera Mayr (Formicidae). Ibid., No. 9, pp. 14-89, Pis. 3-6, text- figs. 1-4. 1938. The Sir Joseph Banks Islands. Reports of the McCoy Society for Field Investigation and Research. Part I. Formicidae (Hymenoptera). Proc. R. Soc. Victoria (n.s.), 50 : 356-382, 20 figs. 1941. Australian Formicidae. Notes and new species. Mem. Nat. Mus. Viet., Melbourne, 12: 71-94, PI. 13. 1941. Notes on the Argentine ant and other exotic ants intro- duced into Australia. Ibid., pp. 59-70, figs. 1-3. 1943. A revision of the genus Promyrmecia Emery (Formi- cidae). Ibid., No. 13, pp. 83-149, Pis. 12-17, text-fig. 1. 1951. The Formicidae of Australia. Volume I. Subfamily Myrmeciinae. CSIRO, Melbourne. 230 pp., 193 figs. W. L. BROWN, JR., Harvard University. A New Species of Anastoechus Osten Sacken with Notes on the Congeners By J. C. HALL, University of California Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, California The following description is given at this time in order to facilitate the return of borrowed material and to make the name available for future publications The genus Anastoechus was described by Osten Sacken in 1877 with a single species, barbatus. Tucker in 1907 described 200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 melanohaltcralis. These two species, up to the present time, were the only two representatives of the genus in North America. A. barbatus is the most widespread representative of the genus and it is very common in the western states. Anastoechus can be easily separated from its nearest relative Systoechus by the extremely dense pile on the face and the ob- tuse distal end of the discal cell. The three species in the genus Anastoechus may be separated by the following key : 1. Knob of halteres white or yellow Knob of halteres black; wings brownish on at least the basal half melanohalteralis 2. Abdominal segments five and six, sometimes seven, with black hair ; a large species dcserticola, n. sp. Abdominal segments five, six, and seven with a few black hairs mixed with the white, black hairs usually white basally, a smaller species barbatus Anastoechus deserticola n. sp. The most easily recognized species within the genus, it differs from both barbatus and melanohaltcralis by the broad band of black hairs on the distal segments of the abdomen, and by the larger size. Female: Ground color black, apex of femora, all of tibia and tarsi yellowish-brown. Front gray cinereous, dense whitish pilose, long white tomentose, a few black hairs above antennae at sides, tomentum wanting medially between antennae and ocelli. Face densely covered with long, thick, white pile and tomentum. Proboscis projecting at least the length of the thorax beyond the oral opening. Occiput nearly entirely cov- ered with white pile and tomentum, except on vertex where to- mentum is wanting. Antennae black, first segment nearly four times longer than second, both with long, white hair ; third segment about as long as basal two together, gradually and evenly tapering from moderately broad base to narrow, pointed apex, wjthout pubescence. Thoracic dorsum and scutellum white pilose, without tomentum ; bristles white ; pleurae and coxae with snow-white pile and tomentum. Fore and middle femora with yellow scales on antero-dorsal surface, rest white Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 201 tomentose, white pile below ; hind femora with yellow scales on antero-ventral surface, white scales elsewhere ; tibiae with whit- ish-yellow scales overall, bristles yellow, except for a few black ones on apical half of hind tibia. Wings hyaline, veins yellowish-brown ; costal, basal part of marginal and first basal cell yellowish; widened base of costa with long black hair on anterior edge, \vhite scales in middle and a narrow band of yellowish scales basally ; first posterior cell closed and petiolate, anal cell broadly open. Halteres yellowish. Abdomen with erect whitish hair, not dense, more or less con- fined to middle of segments ; posterior margin of fourth segment with a single row of long bristle-like hair whose basal half is white, apical half black, and extreme tip white ; fifth and sixth segments with a broad crossband of black hair, a few white hairs intermixed, bristle-like hair on posterior margins of fifth and sixth segments black except white tips ; hair on segments five, six, seven directed backward forming a rosette around genital opening ; segment seven orange with white pile ; abdominal tomentum wanting except for a very few scales forming an ob- scure median line from segment two to segment four ; venter black, posterior margins of all segments white, white pilose and tomentose, a few hairs near tip of abdomen with black tips. Length 10-12 mm. Male: Nearly identical to female, but differing in the following ways in addition to the usual sexual differences : Tomentum of front wanting ; black hair on front extending downward along eye margin to approximately middle of face. Bristles of hind tibia entirely yellowish. Abdomen with a larger number of black tipped hairs, a few being present at sides of second segment and increasing in extent posteriorly. Venter yellowish-brown, each segment with a broad, white posterior margin. Genitalia orange, harpagones with short, white hair. Variations: The extent of variation in the specimens studied is very slight. The main variations are in the color of the wing infuscation, from yellow to brown, and in the number of black- tipped abdominal hairs anterior to the fifth segment. Holotype female, Picacho Pass, Final Co., ARIZONA, 9-13-54 (J. C. Hall) ; allotypc male, 10 mi. W. of Blythe, Riverside Co.. 202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 California, 10-2-54 (J. C. Hall). Both in the California Acad- emy of Science, San Francisco, California. Paratypes, I g, same data as allotype; 2 J1,^ , S. Lancaster, Los Angeles Co., California, 9-46 (F. R. Cole); 1$, Oro Grande, San Bernardino Co., California, 10-28-34 (P. H. Tim- berlake) ; 1 J\ 10 mi. E. Tucson, Arizona, 9-24-47 (E. R. Tink- ham), all in the Author's collection; 1 J1, San Xavier, Arizona, 10-10-47 (E. R. Tinkham) ; 1 $, Trans-Pecos, Franklin Mts., Texas 10-8-46 (E. R. Tinkham), in the collection of E. R. Tinkham ; 1 J*, 9 mi. W. Blythe, Riverside Co., California, 10-2-54 (P. H. Timberlake), in the collection of P. H. Timberlake. Anastoechus barbatus Osten Sacken 1877. Western Diptera. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. Survey of Terr. 3 : 252. A considerable amount of controversy exists in the literature as to whether or not this species is the same as the European A. nitidulns (Fab.). Coquillett, 1894, considered the two to be the same. Cresson, 1919, noticed that all the Old World species seen by him possessed tomentum on the abdominal dorsum ; while very little if any tomentum exists on the abdomen of the North American specimens. I have not seen any of the Euro- pean specimens, but from the available descriptions I am in- clined to agree with other workers who have followed Cresson's findings in that the two, while similar, are distinct. A. barbatus is found almost everywhere in the West. While nothing is known concerning the biology of this species, I have collected them many times in association with grasshoppers. It is believed that they are predaceous upon the egg pods. Anastoechus melanohalteralis Tucker 1907. Some results of desultory collecting of insects in Kansas and Colorado. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 4 : 89. This species, while not as common as barbatus, is widespread at least throughout California, Arizona, Nevada, Colorado, Utah, and New Mexico. The easiest character used for separating Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 203 this species from barbatus is the black halteres. The infuscated wings are subject to some variation and are therefore not too reliable for separation. The resemblance to barbatus is rather remarkable in both size and pilosity. Nothing is known about the life history, but I can seen no reason for not accusing this species of also being predaceous upon grasshopper egg pods. Description of the Sugar Beet Root Maggot, Teta- nops myopaeformis (von Roder), With Ob- servations on Reproductive Capacity t By W. L. GOJMERAC * The sugar beet root maggot has been receiving considerable attention in North Dakota. This insect has been identified as Tctanops myopaeformis (von Roder), Family Ortalidae.** According to published information the sugar beet root mag- got has been previously associated with sugar beets grown under irrigation in several western states and Canadian provinces. Regulation of soil moisture supplemented with seed treatment has been a means of controlling this insect ( 1 ) . Rather severe outbreaks of the sugar beet root maggot occurred in North Da- kota during 1954 and 1955. Serious damage was also re- ported in several Canadian provinces during 1955. Controls under dryland conditions were studied in North Dakota during 1955 (2,3). This insect was originally named and described by von Roder in 1881 as Eurycephala myopaefonnis from California (4). He placed it in the Subfamily Ulidiinae, Family Ortalidae. The genus was preoccupied so Hendel in 1907 proposed to change the name to Eurycephalomyia (5). Williston in his 1908 manual t Approved for publication by the Director of the North Dakota Agri- cultural Experiment Station as a contribution from the Department of Entomology (Project BJ-5,44). * Assistant Entomologist, North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station, Fargo, North Dakota. ** By Insect Identification & Parasite Introduction Section, P. W. Oman, Head. 204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 of Diptera, using only descriptions, placed the genus among the Ulidiinae (6). In 1900 Coquillett redescribed myopaeformis as polita, placing it in the genus Tetanops. His description was based on three females from Colorado (7). The genus Teta- nops was described by Fallen in 1820. In 1911 Hendel gave this insect its third name, Tetanops aldrichi, basing his descrip- tion on specimens from Idaho (8). Aldrich, in 1931, on check- ing von Roder's description believed all the above names were synonyms. Confusion arose from having Eurycephalomyia in the wrong subfamily. According to Aldrich it belongs in Ortalinae (9). A check of the common names of insects reveals that no name has been accepted for Tetanops myopaeformis. The name "sugar beet root maggot" has been in use for a number of years, and has been submitted to the Committee for recognition and approval.* No descriptions of the immature forms of this insect are found in the literature which would aid in recognizing or distinguishing these from other soil-inhabiting Diptera. Coquillett's descrip- tion of the adult fly with additional descriptions and illustrations will be helpful in separating this fly from others. Observations on the reproductive potential were also made. Results of these findings are reported here. METHODS Larvae and adults were preserved in 70 per cent alcohol. To study larval characters, larvae were heated in a dilute solution of potassium hydroxide, washed, passed through a series of alcohols and xylol, then mounted in balsam. Others were dis- * Submitted by J. A. Callenbach, Entomologist, N. Dak. Agric. Exp. Sta., to Committee on Common Names of Insects, Entomological Society of America, on March 24, 1955. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 1. Mature maggot. 4. Anterior spiracle 2. Posterior spiracular plate. 5. Cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton. 3. Posterior spiracular slit. 6. Puparium. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 205 / IIS 2. 4. 5. 6 206 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 sected and parts mounted in balsam without clearing. Adult flies were dissected in 95 per cent alcohol. Drawings were made with the aid of a microprojector. Eggs. The eggs are slightly curved, white, and approxi- mately 1 mm. long. Larvae. Only mature larvae will be described. Though many small larvae were collected, no distinct morphological differences were noted to permit separation into instars or stages with any degree of accuracy. Variations in size were noted. Therefore, all measurements should be considered as approximate. The larvae are muscidiform (fig. 1), 10-12 mm. in length ; intersegmental constrictions are distinct, each inter- segmental region bearing a network of minute spines. The caudal end terminates in two elevated oblique spines. The dor- sal surface of each spine bears an oval spiracular plate (fig. 2). Distance between spiracular plates 0.133 mm. Diameter of spiracular plate at narrowest point 0.1 mm. Spiracular slits are arranged subparallel, 0.04 mm. in length (fig. 3). Pro- thoracic spiracle yellowish, usually eight digits (fig. 4). Cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton black (fig. 5), length from tip of mandibular sclerite to posterior end of pharyngeal sclerite 0.6 mm. Width of pharyngeal sclerite 0.2 mm. Pupae. On the puparium the spiracles are apical (fig. 6) ; the spines are distinctly visible. As in the larvae, the interseg- mental constrictions are distinctly visible. Puparium is approxi- mately 8 mm. in length. Adults. Coquillett's description of Tetanops polita is similar tc that of Tetanops myopacjornris found in North Dakota (figs. 7 and 8). His description is as follows: "Front wrinkled, wholly punctured, not pruinose, yellowish-brown, the upper part of the sides dark brown, face, cheeks and lower part of occiput yellowish-white, a brown spot on either side of center of face, EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 7. Adult. 10. Ovipositor extended. 8. Wing. 11. Posterior end of male. 9. Posterior end of female. 12. Male genitalia. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 207 9 10 II 208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 upper part of occiput polished brown, antennae brown, the first two joints yellowish, proboscis brown, palpi yellowish; body polished black, mesonotum finely punctured; legs brown, the knees and bases of tarsi yellowish, halteres pale yellow ; wings grayish hyaline, the base to slightly beyond humeral cross-vein pale brownish, a pale brown crossband nearly fills the first costal cell and extends to the fourth vein slightly beyond base of discal cell. Length, 5.5 mm. Habitat: Colorado. Three females. Type No. 4470, U. S. Nat. Museum." In addition to the above features the genitalia are worthwhile noting. The female is characterized by a long ovipositor, the tip of which possesses four spines (fig. 9). The ovipositor can be extended to nearly twice its length at resting position (fig. 10). The male genital region is asymmetrical (fig. 11). The phallic organs are in a pouch on the right side. The aedeagus is a long, slender coiled tube (fig. 12). At rest the aedeagus is turned forward in the phallic pouch above the eighth sternum. Flies were caught between June 14 and June 22 by sweeping a net over beets in a heavily infested sugar beet field. Six such 20 It 18 n K B CO UJ 13 10-20 3I-4O 5I-6O 71-eo snog 111-120 151140 I3I-16O 171-160 191-200 2H-220 21-30 41-50 61-70 81-90 IOPIIO 121-130 141150 161170 I8I1W 801'tlO NUMBER OF EGGS FIG. 13. Histogram illustrating reproductive potential. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 209 collections were made. Four hundred eighty-eight flies were captured. Of these, 298 were males and 190 were females. Whether this is an accurate estimate of the sex ratio is not known since it was impossible to make studies on the behavior in the fields this last year. One hundred sixty-five females were dissected to determine the reproductive potential. It is not known whether some flies caught and dissected had already laid a portion of their eggs. Flies were then divided into classes according to the number of eggs. The histogram (fig. 13) summarizes the data, and shows the mode of between 101-110 eggs per female. One fe- male contained 219 eggs. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS Outbreaks of the sugar beet root maggot have occurred in North Dakota and the western provinces of Canada during 1954 and 1955. A review of the literature reveals that this insect has been described as Eurycephala myopaefonnis, subsequently named Tetanops polita, Tetanops aldriclii, and finally Tetanops myo- pacfonnis. Descriptions of the stages in the life cycle are given along with appropriate illustrations. Observations on the reproductive capacity of captured flies reveal a modal value of approximately 100-110 eggs per female. A few females were found to contain over 200 eggs. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author is grateful for the constructive criticism offered by Dr. J. A. Callenbach, North Dakota Agricultural College, and Dr. C. T.. Fluke, University of Wisconsin. LITERATURE CITED 1. JONES, E. W., J. R. DOUGLAS, C. P. PARRISH, and V. JENSEN. 1952. Proc. Amer. Soc. Sugar Beet Tech., p. 490-496. 2. GOJMERAC, W. L. and J. A. CALLENBACII. 1956. The Sugar Beet Root Maggot in North Dakota. Bimo. Bui. of N. D. Agr. Exp. Sta. 18: 4 210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 3. CALLENBACH, J. A., W. L. GOJMERAC, and D. G. OGDEN. 1956. Proc. Amer. Soc. Sugar Beet Tech. (in press). 4. VON RODER, V. 1881. Berliner Ent. Zeitr. 25: 211. 5. HEXDEL, F. 1907. Wien Ent. Zeitung 20 : 98. 6. WILLISTON, S. W. 1908. Manual of North American Diptera. James T. Hathaway, New Haven, Connecticut. 7. COQUILLETT, D. W. 1900. New York Ent. Soc. 8: 22. 8. HEXDEL, F. 1911. Wien. Ent. Zeitung 30: 20. 9. ALDRICH, J. M. 1931. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 33: 120-121. Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from the West- ern United States and Canada (Dipt.: Tipulidae) Part XVI By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding part under this general title was published in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, 66: 125-132, 1955. At this time I am discussing certain species of the genus He.vatonia, most of which were sent to me for determination by the late Professor James Speed Rogers, who had received them from the Univer- sity of Kansas. The types of these species will be returned to the University of Michigan for re-distribution. One further species from Oregon was collected by Mr. Kenneth M. Fender and is preserved in my personal collection of these flies. Hexatoma (Eriocera) pacifica new species Belongs to the spinosa group ; general coloration gray, the praescutum with four brownish black stripes, additional to the lateral borders ; antennae long, approximately twice the length of the body, with long setae virtually to the tip ; head and thorax with long erect setae, postnotum and pleura chiefly glabrous ; fore femora obscure yellow, with more than the outer half black ; wings relatively short and broad ; outer radial branches, includ- ing R3 and R4, with conspicuous trichia. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 211 c?. Length about 12-14 mm.; wing 14-16 mm.; antenna about 22-25 mm. Rostrum black ; palpi long and conspicuous, black. Antennae of male elongate, nearly twice the body ; scape brownish yellow, blackened above, pedicel dark brown, flagellum black; flagellar segments very elongate, the more proximal ones with strong emergence bristles, on the outer segment becoming much longer and more delicate, persisting virtually to the end of the organ. Head dark brown, more fulvous on either side of the large ver- tical tubercle ; vertex with abundant erect setae. Pronotum brownish gray. Mesonotum grayish yellow, with four brownish black stripes, additional to the darkened lateral borders ; each scutal lobe with a comparable brownish black area ; scutellum more brownish yellow pollinose, postnotum black ; praescutal interspaces and scutellum with conspicuous erect pale setae, postnotum glabrous. Pleura black, with a brownish yellow pollen in places. Halteres dark brown, base of stem obscure fulvous. Legs with all coxae dark brown, trochanters more fulvous beneath ; fore femora obscure yellow basally, with more than the outer half black, posterior femora brownish yellow, with about the outer fifth blackened ; tibiae and basitarsi reddish brown, tips narrowly darkened ; remainder of tarsi passing into black. Wings relatively short and broad, as compared with solor; membrane strongly darkened, especially adjoining the veins; stigma darker brown; veins dark brown. Outer medial veins without trichia ; outer radial branches, in- cluding /?., and R+, with conspicuous trichia. Venation : Cell 1st M2 long, its inner end arcuated ; cell M\ present. Abdomen brownish black, the tergites sparsely hairy; hy- popygium more reddened. Habitat. CALIFORNIA. Holotypc: ^, Pacific, El Dorado County, August 9, 1940 (L. C. Kuitert). Paratopotypes: 3 ££ (L. C. Kuitert & L. ]. Lipovsky). The most similar species in Hexatoma (Eriocera) solor Alex- ander, which differs in the shorter male antennae, coloration of the body and legs, and in the trichiation of the wing veins. 212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 Hexatoma (Eriocera) beameri new species General coloration of entire body orange or chestnut, the thorax with the exception of the praescutum more pruinose; abdomen elongate, with a subterminal blackened ring ; antennae with basal segments yellow, outer ones black; vertical tubercle deeply divided ; femora black, bases narrowly yellowed ; wings weakly tinged with brown, vaguely patterned with darker brown ; veins unusually glabrous. <$. Length about 12-14 mm.; wing 10-14 mm.; antenna about 3-3.4 mm. J. Length about 19-20 mm. ; wing 14 mm. ; antenna about 3 mm. Rostrum short, yellow, narrowly blackened above ; palpi brownish black. Antennae of male 7-segmented, of female 11- segmented, short in both sexes ; basal three segments yellow, succeeding ones black; flagellar segments cylindrical, the first exceeding in length the succeeding two combined ; setae short. Head orange, more pruinose on genae ; vertical tubercle deeply divided into two halves by a narrow notch. Pronotum light brown, pruinose. Mesonotal praescutum light chestnut, the lateral margins pruinose ; scutal lobes chest- nut in front ; remainder of notum similar but the color more obscured by pruinosity. Pleura brownish yellow, sparsely prui- nose. Halteres with stem yellow, knob dark brown. Legs with the coxae yellow to brownish yellow ; trochanters yellow ; femora black, the bases narrowly yellow; tibiae brownish yel- low, tips narrowly blackened ; tarsi passing from light brown to brownish black. Wings with a weak brownish tinge, pre- arcular, costal and stigmal areas slightly darker brown, in cases with a weak brown cloud over anterior cord and adjoining veins ; veins pale brown, darker in the patterned areas. Veins unusually glabrous ; a few scattered trichia on distal section of vein RI. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sc1 ending shortly be- yond level of r-m; .ff1+2, R2 and R.2+3 all subequal ; basal sec- tion of Rr> in cases twice as long as r-m; cell Ml lacking; ni-cu at near one-third to one-fifth the length of the subrectangular cell 1st M2, longer than the distal section of Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 213 Abdomen long in both sexes, fulvous, in some males with the posterior borders of the basal and intermediate tergites weakly darkened; segments six to nine chiefly blackened, with reddish tints ; sternites chiefly reddish yellow, the seventh segment black, ninth sternite fulvous; other males and the female with the abdomen chiefly fulvous, with a subterminal blackened ring; genital shield fulvous, tipped with black ; ovipositor with cerci long, sclerotized, blackened. Habitat. TEXAS. Holotype: Concan, Uvalde County, July 6, 1936 (R. H. Beamer). Allotopotype: $. Paratopotypes: I am very pleased to dedicate this species to Mr. Raymond H. Beamer, Curator of the Snow Collection of the University of Kansas for many years, and most diligent collector of insects in many groups. The fly is quite distinct from anything in the Nearctic fauna, being more like Hexatoma {Eriocera} obsoleta (Williston), of Honduras, and a few allied forms in Tropical America, differing from all in every detail of coloration. Hexatoma (Eriocera) fulvomedia new species General coloration of head fiery orange ; vertical tubercle conspicuously bifid ; antennae with basal and outer segments dark brown, the intermediate flagellar segments yellow : nieso- notum with a broad orange or fulvous median stripe extending the entire length, the sides of the sclerites darker ; pleura liver brown, more or less variegated by brighter areas ; femora yel- low basally, the tips broadly blackened ; wings strongly dark- ened, especially the prearcular and costal fields ; abdomen orange, in male with the terminal segments darkened, in the female with slight indications of dark color on tergites six and seven. <$. Length about 11 mm.; wing 9.5 mm.; antenna about 2 mm. $. Length about 18-19 mm.; wing 13.5-15 mm.; antenna about 3 mm. Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae short in both sexes ; in male, scape and pedicel light brown, flagellum obscure yellow ; in female, scape and pedicel dark brown, base of flagel- 214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 lum yellow, the terminal three segments dark brown; antennae 7-segmented in male, 9-segmented in female ; flagellar segments with coarse setae but without spines. Head above, including the conspicuous bifid vertical tubercle, fiery orange ; sides of vertex and genae dark brown, more extensively so in the male. Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum with the cen- tral area fulvous brown in female, less brightened in the male, evidently including a pair of more grayish intermediate stripes that are divided by a more reddened to infuscated line, best indicated in front ; sides of praescutum brown ; central region of scutum, including more than the inner half of each scutal lobe, the scutellum and the postnotum yellow or orange, most brilliant in the female. Pleura and pleurotergite more liver brown, in cases with vague more brightened areas on the pleuro- tergite and sternopleurite, in cases the latter more conspicuous. Halteres infuscated. Legs with the coxae dark brown, more or less pruinose, the fore pair more brightened apically ; tro- chanters yellow ; femora yellow basally, the tips broadly black- ened, in the male more uniformly light brown; tibiae and tarsi brown, darker in the female. Wings strongly darkened, espe- cially the prearcular and costal fields; less evident darkened seams over the radial field and along vein Cu in cell M; veins brown. Veins beyond cord virtually glabrous except for very sparse trichia on distal section of vein R5. Venation : Rl+2 sub- equal to or a little shorter than R2+3 ; fork of Rs acute ; cell M1 lacking; in-cu about one-third to one-half times its length be- yond the fork of M. Abdomen orange, in male with the fifth and succeeding seg- ments dark brown to form a broad ring, in the female this merely indicated by darkened areas on segments six and seven, not or scarcely including the whole segment ; genital shield of female orange, yellow pollinose; ovipositor with cerci relatively short and stout, straight. Habitat. ARIZONA. Holotype: $, Chiricahua Mountains, Cochise County, July 8, 1932 (R. H. Beamer). Allot opotypc: J. Paratopotypes: 5 $?, July 4, 1940 (R. H. Beamer, D. Elmo Hardy and L. J. Lipovsky), July 3, 1947 (R. H. Beamer). Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 215 There is no very close relative in the Nearctic fauna. It ap- pears to be most nearly allied to Hexatoma (Eriocera} rubri- nota (Alexander), despite the different coloration. Hexatoma (Eriocera) velveta apache new subspecies Very similar to the typical form in the short stiff black erect to subproclinate bristles on the vertex and the virtually glabrous mesonotum. Lateral praescutal stripes and darkened areas on scutal lobes much less conspicuous, dark gray instead of brown. Legs black, the proximal third (fore legs) to half (hind legs) of the femora yellow. In typical velveta only the femoral tips are darkened. Habitat. NEW MEXICO. Holotype: <$, Mescalero Apache Reservation, Sacramento Mountains, near Cloudcroft, Otero County, 7,000 feet, June 1, 1942 (C. P. Alexander). Hexatoma (Eriocera) dorothea new species General coloration gray, the praescutum and scutum pat- terned with black; antennae of male 8-segmented; vestiture of head long, black, of the praescutal interspaces long and pale; legs black, the femoral bases rather narrowly yellow, including about the proximal half; wings brownish yellow, with a re- stricted darker brown pattern; macrotrichia of veins very sparse ; cell 1st M2 elongate, its inner end arcuated. J1. Length about 13 mm.; wing 13 mm.; antenna about 3 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae of male 8-segmented, black throughout; first flagellar segment about as long as the succeeding two combined, with about four strong bristles ; re- maining segments with fewer such bristles; terminal segment subequal in length to the penultimate. Head dark brown behind, more pruinose on genae and in front, including the vertical tubercle ; anterior vertex broad, the eyes correspondingly small ; vestiture of head black, relatively long and conspicuous, longer than in velveta. Prothorax gray, dark brown on sides. Mesonotal prae- scutum light gray with four conspicuous nearly black stripes, 216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 the intermediate pair separated by a ground area that is fully one-half as wide as either stripe ; lateral border behind the fovea not darkened ; interspaces with abundant long pale setae ; posterior sclerites of notum light gray, each scutal lobe with a conspicuous dark brown area; postnotum glabrous. Pleura gray ; dorosopleural membrane dark brown. Halteres with stem light brown, knob dark brown. Legs with the coxae gray pruinose, with long pale setae ; trochanters dark brown ; re- mainder of legs black, the femoral bases yellow, including about the proximal half only, still narrower on the fore legs. Wings brownish yellow, with a restricted darker brown pattern, in- cluding the stigma and narrow seams at origin of Rs, over cord, and at outer end of cell 1st M2 ; veins brown. Macrotrichia of veins very sparse, beyond the cord and behind Rl including only a sparse series over most of the length of the distal section of vein R-. Venation : Scl ending shortly before the fork of •^2+3+4* $C2 opposite midlength of this vein; Rl+2 about three times R2 ; cell 1st M2 elongate, its inner end arcuated, about in transverse alignment with cell Rt, the cell about equal in length to the distal section of vein M1+2 ; cell M^ lacking ; m-cn at near two-fifths M3+t or nearly in alignment with r-m. Abdomen black, gray pruinose; transverse basal impressions of the tergites black, distinct. Habitat. OREGON. Holotype: $, Happy Valley, near Mc- Minnville, Yamhill County, May 12, 1946 (Kenneth M. Fender). I am very pleased to name this species for Mrs. Dorothy McKey-Fender (Kenneth Mark Fender), student of the west- ern American Annelids and certain groups of fire-flies. The type specimen had been recorded earlier (Amer. Midi. Nat., 51 : 68, 1954), as being Hexatoma (Eriocera} velveta (Doane), which is the nearest ally, differing in the nature of the vestiture of the head and thorax, coloration of the legs, and in the vena- tion. It is now apparent that various species have been con- fused under the name of velveta. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 217 Outstanding Collection to Smithsonian Institution DR. FRANK MORTON JONES, Wilmington, Delaware, spent over 60 years gathering a superb world collection of Psychidae (bagworms), some of which are important as pests of orna- mental trees and shrubs. This collection consists of 4400 speci- mens of which 1174 are adult, winged males, 2133 consist of bags showing the many forms resulting from differences in food plants, 820 are immature forms and, in addition, there are ap- proximately 1000 microscope slides. There are 6 holotypes. In connection with rearing these moths Dr. Jones acquired 273 parasitic Hymenoptera, all associated with their hosts. With this collection has come 36 volumes pertaining to the Psychi- dae, numerous separata and many unpublished drawings and photographs. Dr. Jones' collection was assembled with painstaking care and the specimens are carefully prepared. The Jones Collection, combined with material previously assembled, gives the Smith- sonion Institution the foremost American collection of this group of insects. J. F. GATES CLARKE, Curator, Division of Insects Entomological Departments Believing such material to be of interest to its readers, ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS herewith solicits articles similar to the one here presented and giving information on the organization and activities of entomologists in colleges, universities, museums, and in government and other groups. Entomology Department State Plant Board of Florida The State Plant Board of Florida was created by Legislative Act on April 30, 1915. Citrus canker, a bacterial disease of citrus, was threatening the industry, and an immediate function of the Board was to look to the eradication of this disease and the prevention of its further spread. The eradication of this disease from Florida in 1932 constituted the first complete 218 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 eradication of a bacterial disease from an extensive area. Suc- cess in this campaign formed the basis for eradication of the Mediterranean fruit fly in 1930 and the citrus black fly in 1938. The Act creating the State Plant Board stipulated that its offices should be provided by the UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA at Gainesville. The Board was to be the regulatory agency for all plant diseases and pests in Florida. Under the direction of a plant commissioner there were formed departments of Ento- mology, Nursery Inspection, Port and Railway Inspection (which later became the Quarantine Inspection Department) and Plant Pathology. Dr. E. W. BERGER was appointed as Entomologist in Charge of the ENTOMOLOGY DEPARTMENT, with A. C. MASON as As- sistant Entomologist. Mr. Mason was succeeded in this post by Mr. C. E. WILSON, who in turn was succeeded by Mr. F, F. BIBBY. Both Wilson and Bibby entered military service in 1918, and the post was filled by Mr. GEORGE B. MERRILL, who later was to become Chief of the Department and who retired in January, 1956, after forty years of service. In 1919 the Florida State Legislature passed The Bee Disease Act, and the APIARY INSPECTION DEPARTMENT was created. C. E. BARTHOLOMEW became Assistant to the Plant Commis- sioner on July 1, 1919, and thus became the first Apiary In- spector in Florida. He shortly resigned, and was succeeded in turn by CHARLES A. REESE, J. C. GOODWIN, R. E. FOSTER, and finally, in 1948, by the present Chief Apiary Inspector, Mr. H. S. FOSTER. The Entomology Department remained unchanged under the direction of Dr. Berger until his retirement on January 1, 1943. Dr. Berger's investigations and work with entomogenous fungi had won him international recognition. He had been active in the eradication of a bacterial disease, as well as the eradication of two insect pests, from the State of Florida. Upon Dr. Berger's retirement, Mr. Merrill became Chief Entomologist. Mr. Merrill made notable contributions to a knowledge of the scale insects of Florida. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 219 After the close of World War II, Mr. GEORGE W. DEKLE, who had been associated with the Board prior to the war, became Assistant Entomologist. Expansion of the Entomology Department took place in 1953, when three entomologists were added to the staff, making a total of five. In 1955, a sixth entomologist joined the staff. Under the direction of Dr. Berger and Mr. Merrill, the State Plant Board had built one of the finest entomological libraries in the Southeast. The library has complete sets of most of the American entomological journals, as well as many of the for- eign publications and many separates, reference and text books. Since the State Plant Board Department of Entomology is providing an insect identification service for Florida, a com- prehensive insect collection became essential. The reference collection which in 1953 numbered about 30,000 specimens has since been expanded and now numbers more than 90,000 pinned specimens, plus nearly 10,000 slide mounts and vials of insects preserved in alcohol. The 15,000 Syrphidae in Dr. WEEMS' personal collection are also available for study. The State Plant Board intercepts many insects at the ports of entry, and collec- tions by the approximately 100 port, nursery, and grove in- spectors have aided considerably in the building of the reference collection. The objective is to develop a comprehensive collec- tion, primarily of Florida insects, and representatives of foreign insect species which pose a threat to Florida agriculture. Em- phasis is on economic groups, such as scale insects, aphids and some of the fruit flies. Since January, 1954, the Department has been conducting an insect pest survey, a project co-ordinated by the federal govern- ment. Weekly mimeographed bulletins, averaging three to four pages, are issued by the Department to Plant Board field men, as well as other entomologists in the State. An annotated check list of Florida Lepidoptera, compiled by Mr. C. P. KIMBALL, of West Barnstable, Massachusetts, and Sarasota, Florida, is now in manuscript form, and its publica- tion is expected within a year. Other check lists of Florida insects will follow. 220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 In collaboration with the Statistical Laboratory at the Uni- versity of Florida, Plant Board entomologists have developed a system of recording insects, together with host, ecological and distributional data, as they are collected by inspectors and the departmental staff. The system, based on the IBM method of coding material, is proving to be highly efficient in the assem- bling of data and the statistical analyses of such data. During the first eighteen years of its existence the State Plant Board published a quarterly, and later a monthly, bulletin, through which inspectors, as well as the public, were kept well informed on problems in its several departments. (Back vol- umes are available to libraries on an exchange basis.) Under the direction of the present Plant Commissioner, Mr. ED L. AYERS, seven bulletins have been published since 1953 (with three more in press) on entomological, as well as other, problems. The Department is quartered in the John F. Seagle Building of the University of Florida, occupying most of one floor of that building. Members of the staff, except student assistants, are on a full- time basis, with no teaching. They are as follows : HAROLD A. DENMARK, B.S., M.S., Acting Chief GEORGE W. DEKLE, B.S. FRANK W. MEAD, B.S., M.S. ROGER A. MORSE, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. HOWARD V. WEEMS, JR., B.A., M.S., Ph.D. One laboratory technician Two part-time student assistants Three secretaries The Apiary Inspection Department is composed of the Chief Apiary Inspector, Mr. H. S. FOSTER, nine apiary inspectors and one secretary. — ROGER A. MORSE Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 221 Review THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA by Steven Corbet, D.Sc., Ph.D. (London). British Museum (Natural History), and H. M. Pendlebury, Director of Museums, F.M.S. 1938-45 (First Edition, 1934). Second Edition, re- vised by Steven Corbet, British Museum (Natural History), and edited by N. D. Riley, C.B.E., F.R.E.S., F.Z.S., Keeper of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History). Published by Oliver and Boyd, Edinborough : Tweedale Court, and Lon- don, 39a Welbeck St. W.I, 1956. 537 pages and 55 plates (8 colored). Price, $15.00 U. S. In the preface to this revised edition Steven Corbet speaks of the death of his partner in the revision, H. M. Pendlebury before its completion, and Mrs. Corbet records the premature death of Steven Corbet in May 1948 when the revised edition was going to press; so that the task of editing fell to Mr. N. D. Riley, Keeper of Entomology at the British Museum. It is indeed sad that neither author of this exhaustive work on the Butterflies of the Malay Peninsula, lived until it was published. The ground covered in this book is the Malay Peninsula in- cluding islands in the Langkawi group, the Island of Penang, the islands of the Tioman and Aor groups, and Singapore. The Malay Peninsula south of latitude 10° N. is the special study, but all Malaysia, which embraces not only this section of the Malay Peninsula but includes also all the islands on the Sunda Shelf, such as Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Bali, and many smaller islands such as Christmas and Cocas-Keeling, etc., is consid- ered. While the authors make many references to the whole territory of Malaysia their collecting was confined chiefly to the Peninsula. As late as the Pleistocene the present Malay Penin- sula and the larger islands were united to form a continent called Sundaland, most of which now lies under a shallow sea. It seems certain that the Malay Peninsula was formerly separated from the Asian mainland by an arm of the sea, and the presence of a number of Burman butterflies in the Malay Peninsula that are absent from the Sumatran fauna would indicate that the final union between Malaya and the Asian continent took place 222 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Oct., 1956 after the separation of the Peninsula proper from Sumatra, Borneo, etc. This is important in the explanation of the dis- tribution of butterflies, because those from Burma are quite few, keeping strictly to the north of the Peninsula and mainly in the highlands, while there has been a strong invasion of Sunda island species in the Peninsula. Nearly 85% of Malayan butter- fly species occur also in the islands of Sumatra and Borneo, while those from Burma in the north are not found south of Singapore. Significant to the collector are the associations of certain groups of butterflies with special plant zones of the Peninsula. In the careful description of these the authors are, as always, consistent to make their work understandable to the amateur as well as to the research entomologist. To this reviewer this is an outstanding achievement since none of the scientific aspects of the study are thereby sacrificed. They speak, on pages 32-35, of the Mangrove Association, the Lowland Open Country Zone, the Lowland Forest and the Highland Forest Zones, naming groups of butterflies found in each. As we would expect from the geologic history and from the geography, "the conditions obtaining in Malaysia have been highly favorable to the formation of well defined geographical races (or subspecies as they are usually termed), and indeed in most species of butterflies, it is found that each large island of the Archipelago has developed its own distinctive subspecies." There are several types of variation such as seasonal forms due to long ages of environmental influence ; while the sexual dimorphism and polymorphism are due to inherited characters, "and are examples of genotypic variation. It may be taken as certain that the races which are widely separated geographically are also reproductively isolated." There follows a chapter on the many earlier butterfly col- lectors in the Malay Peninsula, beginning in 1751, when a pupil of Linneaus, one Olaf Toreen, spent two weeks there and end- ing in 1939 when Pendlebury and Corbet worked the territory so thoroughly. After this come chapters on equipment, label- ling, mounting, preservation of insects, etc. Although these are of universal application to all butterfly collectors, there is much Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 223 of special interest for those working in tropical or sub-tropical regions. There is also a valuable section on traps and baits. From page 87, where Part II begins, to page 432 where this section ends, there is a discussion of species with keys to all the families found in the Peninsula, giving the range of each species. This is the heart of the book, the same procedure being followed for all families and all genera. However, to this reviewer, Part III which deals with "A Synonymic List of the butterflies of the Malay Peninsula with particulars of their dis- tribution and references to figures in Distant's Rhopalocera Malayana (1882-86)" is unique in its value to student and col- lector. In this synonymic list, letters are used to refer to dif- ferent parts of the Peninsula, and numbers refer to the plant association where the butterfly is found. This detailed work really distinguishes this book from any other book on Lepi- doptera that I have seen or used, and is of immense value to all future workers in this region as well as to those research students who want to make further study of certain species with- out collecting over the whole Peninsula. On page 481 there is a Census of the Species and Races of butterflies recorded from the Malay Peninsula, and this is fol- lowed by a list of food plants of Malayan Rhopalocera. In the clear and simple treatment of the geologic history and of the plant associations, and here in the list of specific food plants of each family, the authors have again made their book avail- able alike to amateur and advanced student. I think this is the special genius of the book. There follow an exhaustive bibli- ography, various indices, and plates "illustrating genitalia of each family, eight colored plates including a frontispiece illus- trating a number of genera and species selected because of their rarity, beauty, or the difficulty of indicating their specific dif- ferences in black and white, or to illustrate geographical varia- tion." There are also 26 plates in black and white of the better known Malayan butterflies. While this large volume can in no sense be called a "Field Guide" I think it would have to be in the "base camp" of every Malayan collector. In other words this is not a book for ento- mological libraries only, but it should also belong to the indi- vidual worker in the South Asian field. — MARGARET M. GARY. EXCHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10# to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minuten pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, t>0 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories: Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2,00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings ( 134 pp., 13 pis., 1951 ) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. J. V Subscriptions for 1957 Are Now Due Subscription Blank Enclosed ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS NOVEMBER 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 9 CONTENTS Curry — Ecology and taxonomy of Tendipes staegeri 225 LaRivers — New genus and species of Naucorid 237 Nomenclature notice 245 • Warner — Nomenclature of Sternochetus mangiferae 246 Notes and News in Entomology Tenth International Congress of Entomology 247 Taxonomy project at University of Michigan 249 Review Snodgrass : Anatomy of the honey bee 250 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER, BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $5.00 domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided tor in part- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948. authorized April 19. 1943. IiOV:' IIJ3, NATL,, ™~ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers: Domestic, $5.00; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $9.06. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additional at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII NOVEMBER, 1956 No. 9 Notes on the Ecology and Taxonomy of the Midge Tendipes (Tendipes) staegeri (Lundbeck) — Chironomus staegeri Lundbeck (Diptera) By LA\~ERNE L. CURRY, Central Michigan College, Mount Pleasant, Michigan Up to the present time it has been very difficult, if not im- possible, for the average field worker to determine the imma- ture forms of many of the fresh-water midges, especially those of the subgenus Tendipes. This difficulty is due, in part, to the lack of literature describing these forms and to confused determinations of both adult and immature stages. For these reasons the larva of Tendipes staegeri (Lundbeck) is difficult to recognize today. The species has a history of confusion. It was represented in the series on which Staeger (1845) based his description of liyperborens. Lundbeck (1898) recognized the distinctions of this species and described it as staegeri. Since that time, addi- tional erroneous determinations have been published. Malloch (1915) identified adults of staegeri as rip amis Meigen, which he then synonymized with fasciventris Malloch. Eggleton (1931) reported C. fasciventris and gave notes on its biology. Johannsen (1937) described pupae which were apparently ob- tained from samples taken by Eggleton from a lake in Wash- tenaw County, Michigan. However, Malloch (1915) recorded that some error had been made earlier in the observations of F. M. Van der Wulp (1874) and H. Weyenbergh (1874). Their descriptions of the larva do not agree with that given more recently by Johannsen (1937) as C. jasciventris. It is the purpose of this (225) OCT 3 (- /956 226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 paper, then, to clarify the descriptions of all stages of T. staegeri. Further, a method is introduced for the identification of larvae in the genus Tendipes, which is simpler than that employed in existing keys of this genus. Methods Larvae of this species were collected from several aquatic habitats in Michigan by Ekman dredge during the summer of 1955. They were brought into the laboratory and placed in trays cooled in a tank of running water. Water in the tank had a temperature of about 15° C, while that in the tray was about two to three degrees higher. Experience showed no need to maintain temperatures within narrower ranges. Greater variations in tank and laboratory temperatures, up to 20-25° C., caused a high mortality in both the larval and pupal forms. As the pupae formed they were placed in rearing containers con- sisting of a small baby food jar inverted over a larger one. The method varied but slightly from that recorded by the author (Curry, 1954). About 50 c.c. of water was taken from the rearing pans and placed in the jars for the pupae. The con- tainer was then partially immersed in running water in the pupae tank where the temperature was about 18° C. Emerged adults were isolated by inserting a filter paper between the upper and lower jars. Adults were kept alive for 24 hours to permit development of mature coloration, then killed by fumes of carbon tetrachloride and mounted on minuten pins. All cast larval skins, puparia, and larval cases when found, were pre- served in 70% alcohol when positively associated with their adults. The mounting technique is a modification of that de- scribed by Townes (1945). The casts and larval cases were run up through 100% alcohol, xylol, and mounted in balsam on the slide with the adult male genitalia. Care was exercised to observe that the comb, bar, and plate had uniform orienta- tion. The male genitalia were removed by cutting the penulti- mate abdominal segment, and were then cleared in \0% KOH, washed in water, then WQc/< alcohol, cleared in xylol, and mounted in balsam. Legs and antenna were mounted in balsam Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 227 on the slide only when necessary. The adult was then deter- mined, and the series completed. Acknowledgments: I am indebted to the Atomic Energy Commission for financial aid supporting the study on which this paper is based. I am also indebted to the following: Mr. Gale R. Gleason, Jr. and Miss Sue Zahn Mitchel for prepara- tion of material ; Miss Shirley Clarke for typing ; Miss Marilyn Miller and Mr. Richard Martens for preparation of certain plates ; Dr. Justin W. Leonard, Michigan Department of Con- servation, for critical reading of the manuscript ; Professor Byron Clendening for photographs ; the University Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark, for supplying study material of Tcndipes hyperboreus (Staeger) ; and Drs. Allan Stone and Willis W. Wirth, Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D. C., in checking determinations of the several stages of T. staegeri. Ecology The larvae of T. staegeri have been identified from dredgings taken from several lakes and a pond in central Michigan. The depth ranged from 1 to 16 inches in the pond to 52 feet in the deepest lake. The deepest record for the benthos was found in Big Silver Lake, Clare County, Michigan. The bottom deposit at the collecting site was composed of silt with occasional bits of macroscopic plant detritus. The larvae were found more or less concentrated near the center of the lake. Larvae were also found in a "concentration zone" 8-10 feet wide at a depth of 13 to 20 feet in Campau Lake, Isabella County, Michigan (Curry, 1952. Unpublished doctoral thesis). The larvae were associated with those of other midge species including T. tentans, T. riparius, T. plnmosus and a few T. decorus. Algae (Phormidium sp.) and ciliate protozoa (Oph- rydhnn sp. ) were also concentrated here. This zone was located at the base of a drop-off which was covered by a dense mat of Chara sp. The bottom deposit in which the "concentra- tion zone" was located was similar to the gyttja deposits of Scandinavian lakes as described by Ruttner (1953). This specific hydrosol was composed of participate marl with a glue- 228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 like texture. Intermixed within this deposit were micro- and macroscopic bits of plant detritus. Small twigs, leaves and cones of tamarack (LarLv) made up a major portion of the macroscopic detritus. Of the animal remains, snail shells made up the greatest percentage. Some silt was evident, especially in the upper one-half inch of the particulate marl. The larvae taken from the millpond were found at depths from 1 to 16 inches. The bottom deposit was composed of silt, pulpy peat, and plant detritus in the form of partly decomposed leaves and stems. The aquatic plants, Ceratophyllum sp., Pota- mogcton sp., and Vallisneria sp., were growing at this sampling site. Larvae were also identified from dredge samples taken at depths of 3 to 6 feet in the littoral zone of Coldwater Lake, Isabella County, Michigan (Curry, 1952). The bottom deposit in this area was composed of microscopic bits of marl and silt. Intermixed in the hydrosol were macroscopic bits of marl derived from snail shells and stems of Chara. The larvae formed their tubes from the silt at the base of clumps of Chara sp. which grew sparsely in the littoral zone at the south end of the lake. Eggleton (1931) also recorded this species from depths of 19 to 59 feet, it being most numerous at depths of 19 to 39 feet. The bottom deposit was composed of mud. Eggleton also found the species associated with the larvae of a similar midge, T. utahensis. The cases observed were constructed from the silt within the bottom deposit. They were very flimsy and disintegrated easily when handled. Cases from the deeper portions of the lakes were more delicate than those obtained from the littoral zone. The tubes were approximately 25 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, and were obtained by screening. Swarming and Oviposition Egg masses were never collected in this investigation. How- ever, egg-laying flights of females and swarms of males were observed to have formed as early as 4:00 P.M. on Campau Lake as compared to the early evening flights of T. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 229 described by Needham (in Hankinson, 1908). The swarms were 7 to 15 feet above the lake surface. Characteristically, they would make horizontal sweeps up to 30 feet, after which they would drift to near their starting place. These flights, most numerous in late afternoon and evening, were observed even on moderately windy days as the lake was protected by a growth of cedars to its margin. Females were observed to enter the swarm, pair off with a male, then to leave the mass of insects, copulating while in flight. After copulation the female either flew to adjacent shrubbery, or to the surface of the water to oviposit, and the male returned to the swarm. No information was obtained regarding the number of times a single male copulated with females entering the swarm. The restricted area in which the adult midge is able to copu- late and oviposit is illustrated in the following controlled rear- ing condition. Larvae of T. decorns were placed in finger bowls 10 cm. in diameter. The bowls were filled with water one inch deep and covered with a bell jar 15.5 cm. in diameter by 21 cm. high. One male and one female adult emerged from the larvae. Copulation and oviposition by the female took place in the small space. Egg masses were found deposited on the edge of the finger bowl below the water surface. The egg masses were 1 to 2 mm. in diameter and 20 mm. long. The egg masses were much longer and narrower than those described by Branch (1931). A gelatinous string was attached to one end, the other end being quite blunt. To the string, which was quite extensible — being capable of being stretched up to 5 cm. — a gelatinous disc was attached. The larvae were collected on April 10, 1951 ; adults emerged and eggs were laid 14 days later. It required 4 days for all the eggs to hatch. Larva The immature stages of T. stacycri have been associated in a previous study (Curry, 1952). Adults were reared in the laboratory from larval samples dredged from a small dystrophic lake, the hydrosol of which has been previously described in this 230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 paper. Larval and pupal exuviae and the hypopygium for each adult were mounted on slides. The adults were pinned on minuten pins, and the immature stages were then associated through adult male determinations based on Townes (1945). Tendipes staegeri larvae are blood red in color and possess two pairs of ventral blood gills. A lateral gill-like process is present on the margin of the tenth abdominal segment. The anterior portion of the head capsule is almost as broad as long, and rounded. There are two pairs of black eye spots which are vertically paired and reniform in shape, but show some variation, at times being circular. The individual eye spots are separated by a distance greater than the diameter of either. In making larval determinations the head is mounted ventral side up to reveal the morphological features employed in con- temporary keys. One conspicuous structure thus exposed is the labial plate (fig. 2e). The form of the labial plate of staegeri serves to place it in the genus Tendipes since it has a typical trilobed middle tooth as do T. hyperboreus and T. tentans (figs. le and 3e). For species determinations, it is believed that larvae can be identified by using the combination of characters presented by the epipharyngeal apparatus and labial plate. Under proper light the comb, bar, and plate (fig. 2b, c, d, fig. 9 a, b, c) can be seen. The comb, a chitinized armature attached to the roof of the mouth at the junction of the labrum and epipharyngeal area, is the "anterior comb" of Needham (in Hankinson, 1908). The bar is Needham's "anterior cross bar." The plate, a small median lobe on the posterior surface of the labrum, is Needham's "posterior comb." It may or may not bear teeth. In addition, the underside of the labrum bears the usual spines and bristles. As stated above, the labial plate serves to place the larva in the genus Tendipes. In the case of T. staegeri, the tri-lobed middle tooth is generally wider than high with the lateral teeth distinctly separated from the median tooth (fig. 2e). Varia- tions occur in the width and height ratio of the tri-lobed tooth for each species. Some larval forms of T. staegeri which were examined had the tri-lobed tooth narrower and higher than is found in T. tentans (fig. 3e). Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 231 If the epipharyngeal plate of T. staegeri (fig. 2d, 9c) is ob- served by critical light it will be found to differ from the other species of Tendipes. This plate is believed to be characteristic of T. st eager i. The plate is long and narrow. It bears 13 rather short, sharp teeth along the posterior border. The teeth van- in length along the plate. Careful focusing brings out a narrow transverse band of light which is detected near the base of each tooth (fig. 9c). It has been found that the teeth are consid- erably thicker at their bases than at their apices. About mid- way from the base of each tooth the thickness is reduced con- siderably. Some specimens have the thickness reduced more in the center of each tooth than is illustrated in fig. 9c. It is in this region that, due to refraction, the narrow band of light is observed. The teeth of the epipharyngeal plate of T. hyperboreus (fig. Id and fig. lOc) are narrower and more blunt at their apices. There is an occasional large tooth in the plate. Further, the plate is decurved in the center. The epipharyngeal plate in T. tentans (fig. 3d and fig. lie) has teeth which are short and stouter than T. hyperboreus, and lack the distinct differentiation in thickness of T. staegeri. Some specimens of T. tentans will have the sides of the teeth uniformly parallel and with blunt ends. The comb of T. staegeri (fig. 2b and fig. 9a) when in proper position to be viewed is depressed in the center and decurved toward the ends. The ends may or may not be recurved. T. hyperboreus has a comb (fig. Ib and fig. lOa) with a greater curvature in the center, whereas T. tentans (fig. 3b and fig. lla) is similar to T. staegeri. The bars for each species are slightly decurved, and when viewed vertically are as narrow at the base as at the center. The ends are closely adjacent on the median line. The bars for each species are enlarged in figs. 9, 10, and 11 for comparison. The mandible (fig. 4) is 0.4 mm. long, being twice as long as wide. All the teeth are black, except a pale dorso-mesal tooth. The accessory tooth is short and ochraceous in color. A compound brush is present and there are 1 1 bristles in the preapical comb. The premandibles (fig. 5) have two short, 232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 rounded digits. The antenna (fig. 6) is 16 mm. long and the segments bear the ratio of 100:30:12:10:6 to one another. The blade is located at the base of the second segment and extends to the base of the fourth segment. A pair of small Lauterborn organs are located at the base of the third segment. The ring organ is located beyond the basal third of the first segment. Some measurement data for length increment of T. staegeri have been recorded in a previous study (Curry, 1952). From these measurements it is estimated that staegeri has two emer- gences per year. Percentages of individuals within specific length classes were obtained from a larvae sample taken on June 21, 1950. The distribution of lengths is listed in the following table : Length in millimeters 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Number of Individuals 6 9 17 32 55 54 26 31 7 2 Percentages 2.5 3.7 7.1 13.3 23.0 22.5 10.8 12.9 2.9 0.8 From the above figures it appears that the larvae attain an average length of 14-15 mm. prior to pupation. Pupal trans- formation occurs in larvae having lengths of 15-17 mm. This fact was easily observed when sorting larvae as more individuals 15-17 mm. long had enlarged anterior segments than did the longer larvae. Of larvae taken on April 26, 1950, 25.8% had a length of 14 mm. 1. Mouth parts 2. Mouth parts 3. Mouth parts 4. Mandible of 5. Premandible 6. Antenna of 7-8. Spur on a, margin b, comb c, bar EXPLANATION OF PLATE used to identify Tcndipcs hypcrborcus (Staeger). used to identify Tcndipcs staegeri (Lundbeck). used to identify Tcndipcs tcntans (Fabricius). Tcndipes staegeri. of Tcndipcs staegeri. Tcndipcs staegeri. eighth abdominal segment, T. staegeri pupa. of labrum d, plate with tectli e, labial plate Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 233 234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 Pupae The pupa has been described briefly by Johannsen (1937). One pupal case preserved in the author's collection is 14 mm. long as compared to 10 mm. as listed by Johannsen. Spurs were also found on segment 8. However, one pupa had a spur composed of 13 fused spines (fig. 7), and another of 9 spines (fig. 8), as compared to 8 by Johannsen. This variation is believed to be due to the development of the spines within the spur of the puparium. Three partially developed spines can be seen along the lateral border of the spur (fig. 8). There are over 100 filaments in the fringe of the lobe of segment nine. Adult The adult has been described by Townes (1945, 1952). The ground color is a light pruinose brown, often with a greenish tinge when alive. The pedicel, flagellum except the base, cly- peus, and mouthparts are dark brown. Additional dark brown markings are found on the thorax and tergites of the abdomen. Wing length varies from 4.8 to 5.7 mm. The fore tarsus is about Vs longer than the fore tibia with a short beard on its outer side, the hairs appressed all in one plane ; mid and hind legs with long hairs only. Townes considers the short beard, all on the outer side of the tarsus, as distinctive. Geographical Distribution Townes (1945) lists the following distribution for the spe- cies. Greenland, North West Territories, British Columbia, Ontario, Manitoba and Labrador. On the Atlantic Seaboard from Massachusetts, New Hampshire and New York, south to Washington, D. C., and North Carolina, westward through the central states including Pennsylvania, Michigan, Illinois, Minne- sota, South Dakota, Missouri, Iowa, Kansas to Washington and as far south as Louisiana. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9. Mouth parts used to identify Tendipcs staegcri. 10. Mouth parts used to identify Tendipcs hypcrborcus. 11. Mouth parts used to identify Tendipcs ten tans. a, comb b, bar c, plate with teeth Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 235 II 236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 Seasonal Distribution Adults of T. staegeri were collected from April to October in Isabella County, Michigan. From length increment data obtained from larval collections taken over a two-year period it is believed that there are two generations per year. Townes (1945) lists collecting dates for the adults as March 3 in North Carolina ; March 28 in British Columbia ; April 1 in Montana ; April 5 in Iowa; May 3 in New Hampshire and September 15 in New York. Summary Collecting and rearing procedures for larvae of T. staegeri are described. A description of the larva is provided in an attempt to clear up existing confusion with those of several other species of the subgenus Tcndipcs. Characters of the epi- pharyngeal comb, bar and plate believed to be specific for staegeri, are described. T. staegeri is a rather common species in the northern parts of the United States and Canada. It is found throughout the growing season. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, F. S. 1937. Medd. om Gronland. 116: 1 S. 1-95. BRANCH, H. E. 1931. Trans. Kansas Acad. of Sci. 34: 151-157. CURRY, L. L. 1952. An ecological study of the Family Tendipedidae of two fresh-water lakes in Isabella County, Michigan. Doctor of Philosophy Thesis, Michigan State College, Unpublished. -. 1954. Ecology 35 (4) : 541-550. EGGLETON, F. E. 1931. Ecol. Monogr. 1 : 231-332. HANKINSON, T. L. 1908. Rep. Biol. Surv. State of Mich. (1907) : 153-288. JOHANNSEN, O. A. 1937. Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. 210: 1-52. LUNDBECK, W. 1898. Vidensk. Meddel. Nat. For. Kobenhavn 50: 271. MALLOCH, J. R. 1915. Bull. 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 10: 273-543. RUTTNER, F. 1953. Fundamentals of Limnology. Univ. of Toronto Press, Toronto. 242 pages. STAEGER, R. C. 1845. Naturh. Tidssler. (n.s.) 1 : 349. TOWNES, H. K. 1945. Amer. Midland Nat. 34: 1-266. -. 1952. State Geol. and Natl. Hist. Surv. No. 80: 1-256. VAN DER WULP, F. M. 1874. Tijdschr. Ent. 17: 109-148. WEYENBERGH, H. 1874. Tijdschr. v. Ent. 17. lxvii| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 237 A New Genus and Species of Naucorid from South America (Hemiptera) By IRA LA RIVERS x Subfamily NAUCORINAE (Stal) 1876 Division Naueoraria, Stal, 1876: 142. Subfamily Naucorinae, Montandon, 1897: 125; / 1909A: 55; / 1909B : 316. Sub- family Naucorinae, Champion, 1900 : 360. Subfamily Nauco- rinae, Bueno & Brimley, 1907 : 434. Subfamily Naucorinae, Van Duzee, 1917: 457. Subfamily Naucorinae, Usinger, 1937: 299; / 1941: 8. Subfamily Naucorinae, La Rivers, 1949 (1948): 371; / 1953: 84. PLACOMERUS genus novum - The characteristics of Placements which distinguish it from the genus Pelocoris, which it superficially resembles, can be conveniently set forth in couplet form : Propleura not raised from the prosternal floor, and not free from the prosternum, about on an even plane with the tubular median sclerite which lies posterior to the prosternum. Legs robust. Mesofemora greatly flattened dorso-ventrally, their dorso-posterior 3 margins extended into thickened, flap-like projections and equipped with fine brush; as a consequence of this dorso-posterior marginal elongation caudally, the ventro-posterior margin is offset cephalad and appears as a line of prominent but short, thickly set reddish spines ; meso- femoral widths always more than 30% of their lengths. Me- sotibiae short and stout, their widths always more than 20% of their lengths ; no suggestion of definite transverse rows of spines at distal tips, the spination here the same as that oc- curring over remainder of tibiae. Metafemora not propor- tionately as broad as those of the midlegs, their widths always, however, more than 25% of their lengths ; no distinctive trans- verse terminal spination. Meso- and meta-coxae, particularly the former, with large, weakly curved reddish spines. Meso- and meta-trochanters, particularly the former, with distinct 1 Biology Department, University of Nevada, Reno. -TrXat, flat and /-njpos, Iliit/li, referring to the characteristically flattened construction of the middle and hind legs. :i Leg oriented at right angles to the long axis of the body. 238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 angulations at postero-lateral corners, breaking an otherwise smooth union with the corresponding faces of the femora. Metalegs with femora longer than tibiae. Tarsi of meso- and meta-legs (with claws) longer than their corresponding tibiae. Male basal edeagal plates complex in full outline (see illus- tration). Female first valvae broad at base, narrowing rap- idly to long, tooth-like, slightly incurving, points ; second valvae united into a long, narrow, organ equipped with short, blunt tubercles along lateral margins, and with irregularly spaced median tubercles, all placed toward the tip (genotype Placomerus micans) Placomerus Propleura raised and free from the prosternal floor at postero- internal margins, the tubular median sclerite posterior to the prosternum, as a consequence, having a sunken appearance. Legs slim. Mesofemora not flattened or margined as de- scribed for Placomerus; mesofemoral widths never 30% of their lengths. Mesotibiae long and slim, their widths never 20% of their lengths ; as in the genus Ambrysus, and others, the distal tips always have one or more distinctly character- istic transverse terminal rows of spines, thickly set across the tibiae which contrast with the usual longitudinal spination present along the tibial lengths. Metafemoral widths never 25% of their lengths. Meso- and meta-coxae with tiny red- dish spines, reduced in size so as to be little else than tubercles. Meso- and meta-trochantefs with no conspicuous angulation at postero-lateral corners, forming an essentially smooth out- line at their union with the posterior margin of the femora. Metalegs with femora shorter than, or subequal in length to, the tibiae. Tarsi of meso- and metalegs (with claws) shorter than their corresponding tibiae. Male basal edeagal plates simple in full outline (see illustration). Female first valvae non-toothlike, being moderately broad thin structures, heavily spined on their external (ventral) convex surfaces; second valvae united into a broad, flat organ only microspinulate (genotype Pelocoris femoratus (Palisot de Beauvois) 1805) Pelocoris From Atnbrysus, the only other major genus in its area, Pla- comerus can be separated on a number of points. The super- ficial, but traditional setting of the posterior part of the head into a corresponding well in the median anterior outline of the pronotum will set Ambrysus apart from Placomerus in the great majority of cases, but it is now apparent that this char- acteristic will have to be abandoned as a means of diagnosis for Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 239 the genus Ambrysus since some material is known in which this does not hold true. More specific but less well known differ- ences involve the genitalia, as in the cases of Placements and Pelocoris above. The male basal edeagal plates of Ambrysus are generally simple in outline, but in some South American species become more complex in that the plate may become almost horseshoe-shaped. However, no known Ambry si ap- proach Placomerus in basal edeagal plate structure. In the case of the female differences, the first valvae of Ambrysi generally are more like narrow versions of the Pelo- coris first valvae and bear no resemblance to the construction of these organs in Placomerus. The same holds true for the second valvae. And finally, the legs of Ambrysi are essentially indistinguishable from those of Pelocoris, and so immediately differentiated from Placomerus legs. The genus Cryphocrlcos in this area is so divergent from the above types that comparative notes are superfluous. Oddly enough, in casting about for relatives of Placomerus, an European genus stands out as exhibiting more of the typical features of these small naucorids than any other group known to me. While Placomerus is, from the dorsal surface, a Pelo- coris at first glance, attention to the ventral and genitalic de- tails shows a pronounced incongruity existing between Placo- merus and all its American naucorid congeners, most decided in the case of the legs, which exhibit none of the proportions or details of other American species. Ilyocoris cimicoides (Linnaeus) is a large naucorid averaging 13-14 mm. in length and widespread in the palearctic. It is currently placed in the subfamily Naucorinae, where probably neither it nor Placomerus belong.4 Despite the disparity in size, which is not important, these two genera resemble each other more closely than either does anything else in the family on the following points : 4 Evidence is accumulating to suggest that there is less basic differ- ence between the genera Pelocoris and Ambrysus than previously thought —these two seem to be more closely allied to each other than do other elements in the Naucorinae as now accepted. It is more logical to place Ambrysus in the Naucorinae than it is to retain Ilyocoris there. 240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 (1) Proportions of the labrum (longer in relation to width than is the case in Pelocoris) ; (2) Structure of the prothoracic ventra (propleural-pro- sternal relationships, less pronounced prosternal ridge, etc.); (3) Proportions and spination of the legs (the most striking agreement) ; (4) Narrowness of the pronotum (i.e., along the lateral axis). No relationships can be postulated, with my present material, either between these two genera, or others, on the basis of male genitalia. The basal edeagal plates of both Placements and Ilyocoris are complex in different patterns. In the matter of accessory female structures, Placements stands pretty much alone in the shape of its first valvae ; these structures are quite similar between Pclocoris and Ilyocoris. Placements, it can be suggested, probably lays its eggs in plant tissues or in tight cracks in submerged vegetation, while the other two genera appear to have ovipositors so constructed as to make the inser- tion of eggs into plant tissues difficult. Naucoris likewise shows close agreement with Pelocoris and Ilyocoris in the matter of the first and second female valvae, the specimens I have dis- sected being broader versions of Pelocoris in this respect. However, the above remarks anent relationships are still only tentative, since a great deal more needs to be known about the comparative anatomy of these naucorids before conclusions could be reached. Placomerus micans species novum General appearance: A small species, 6.5-7.0 mm. long and 3.5-4.0 mm. wide, only very slightly larger than Pclocoris ini- nittus Montandon 1895. Predominantly a dark colored spe- cies, somewhat lighter anteriorly, highly polished overall and strongly convex. Head: Yellow-brown in color, profusely brown-dotted. Eyes convergent posteriorly and anteriorly (i.e., inner edges curved), with no suggestion of elevation above the plane of the head sur- IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 241 face when viewed obliquely from behind ; lateral and posterior edges of eyes forming perfectly smooth, curving unions with no suggestions of angulation. Labrum wider than long, triangular- shaped and merging to a broad point in front ; length-to-width ratio 25 : 50 (50%), whitish-yellow in color. Mouthparts dark- ening toward tip. Antennae short, undistinctive, three-seg- mented. Head ratios are : (1) Total length to width (including eyes) 35 : 58 (60%) (2) Anterior distance between eyes to posterior distance 23: 30 (77%} (3) Anterior distance between eyes to inner eye length 23: 30 (77%}. B FIGURE 1 A. Basal edeagal plate of Placomerus micatis, holotype. B. Basal edeagal plate of Pelocoris femoratus. C. Basal edeagal plate of Ilyocoris cimicoidcs. D. Basal edeagal plate of Naucoris sp. Pronotum: Comparatively long, glossy, convex, the lateral edges smooth and non-pilose ; background color light yellow, sur- face profusely brown-spotted, the dotting more concentrated centrally, each dot the seat of a shallow puncture ; lateral edges very narrowly margined ; antero-lateral angles sharp, postero- 242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 lateral angles blunt ; lateral curvature slight. Venter whitish- yellow with four brown areas; keel lower than head keel, the two keels forming a distinct discontinuity, with the posterior end of the head keel accordingly appearing elevated; propleura fused to prosternum. Pronotal ratios are : (1) Width between anterior angles to width between poste- rior angles 60 : 85 (71%) (2) Median length to greatest width 35 : 85 (41%) (3) Distance between anterior and posterior angles on same side to perpendicular distance between anterior angle and baseline of pronotum 43 : 43. Scutcllum: Uniformly reddish-yellow in color, with brown- dotting ; ratio of three sides, anterior and two laterals, is 50 : 38:38. Hemelytra: Deep reddish-brown to blackish in color, polished, white-punctured, lighter in color on embolia. Embolium long, narrow, rather markedly widened posteriorly, with the posterior margin slanting off oblique-caudad to the lateral edge ; em- bolium not inflated, the lateral margin smoothly and weakly curved; length to width (latter measured at broadest point posteriorly), 52: 15 (30%); lateral emboliar edge narrowly margined, surface otherwise smooth and unbroken. Hemelytra attaining abdominal tip and moderately exposing the broken, spinose, connexival outline ; region of the claval sutures smooth and unbroken, the sutures themselves visible only as very faint lines. Hindwings vestigial, non-functional, extending poste- riorly only to the junction of abdominal segments I-II. Venter: The prothoracic venter has been discussed above. Venter yellowish colored, that of the abdomen only slightly darker than remainder. Connexival margins broad, progres- sively spinose from front-to-rear, the postero-lateral angle of abdominal segment I being smoothly appressed against the antero-lateral angle of segment II and accordingly non-spinose ; postero-lateral angle of II is slightly protuberant and spinose, that of III moderately so, while IV bears the most prominent spine of all. Abdomen rather strongly, but not sharply, keeled. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 243 The terminal outline of the female subgenital plate is rather distinctive, unlike the same structures in Pelocoris; the plate is relatively narrow, somewhat resembling, in this respect, that of Ambry sus vanduzeei Usinger, 1946, tapering from a wide base to a narrow, slightly concave tip ; the flanks of the plate near the tip bear each a subsidiary point breaking the otherwise smooth lateral outlines (see illustration). There is no sugges- FIGURE 2 A. Right first valva of Placomerus micans, allotype, showing valve in lateral view. B. Fused second valvae of Placomerus micans, allotype, dorsal view. C. Right first valva of Pelocoris femoratus, showing valve in lateral view. D. Fused second valvae of Pelocoris femoratus, dorsal view. E. Subgenital plate of Placomerus micans, allotype. tion of a male genital process on the right lobe of the 5th tergite. Male edeagus long, narrow, pointed, typically and undistinc- tively leaning to one side; basal edeagal plates complex (see illustration), similar. Female first valvae very distinctive, their construction readily separates Placomerus from all related nau- corids known to me (see description under generic synopsis above, and also illustration) ; second valvae fused into a long, 244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 narrow, heavily sclerotized organ set with short, blunt, spine-like tubercles along each lateral margin and with irregularly spaced, median tubercles. Legs: Forelegs yellowish to greenish. Coxae prominent, elon- gate. Femora markedly incrassate, flattened, ratio of length-to- width 115: 68 (60%). Tibiae long, slender, brownish, curving weakly to their single-segmented tarsal points, tibiae-tarsi, when closed, not attaining basal end of femur. Tarsi relatively long compared with most naucorids whose forelegs are of this exag- gerated incrassate type. Midlegs: Coxae-trochanters conspicuous and long. Femora generically distinctive, much more flattened than in the gen- era Pelocoris and Ambrysus, to name two, and with the dorso- posterior margin flattened into rather flap-like caudal areas medially, areas which are equipped with thick brushes of short pile ; the more normal ventro-posterior margins of femora beset with short, reddish spines; ratio of length to width 120: 48 (40%}, length 1.6 mm. Tibiae distinctively greenish in my specimens, short, stubby, thickly beset with long, reddish spines along margins, spines which may be nearly half as long as the tibiae; a shorter row of spines is borne at each tibial tip; ratio of length to width 72:20 (28%), length 1.0 mm. Tarsi long, narrow, greenish, each tipped with two light amber, nearly straight claws, and with moderate spination below; each tarsus three-segmented, the first segment basal and small. Hind legs: Broadly similar to the midlegs in general conspectus and color. Femoral ratio of length to width 138:44 (32%), length 2.0 mm. ; dorso-posterior margins normal, not flattened and prolonged as in midfemora, both dorso- and ventroposterior edges carrying short, reddish spines. Tibial ratio of length to width 122:22 (18%), length 2.0 mm. Tarsi similar to mid- tarsi, but much larger. Material examined: Holotype male, PARAGUAY, Paso-Yobay, Villarrica; allotype and 17 paratypes from the type locality, col- lected by F. H. Schade during February, 1952 (from the au- thor's collection) ; five paratypes from BOLIVIA, Santa Cruz, collected by J. Steinbach (Univ. Kansas collection) ; three para- Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 245 types from BRAZIL, Pirassununga, in the State of Sao Paulo, collected by H. Keerekoper in 1941 (No. 313b, Univ. Kansas collection) ; two paratypes from BRAZIL, Itaquaquecetaba, col- lected by W. O. Townsend during July, 1933 (Univ. Kansas collection). Location of types: Holotype and allotype in the entomological collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. Remaining 17 paratypes from the type locality as follows : Ten in the collection of the writer, Reno, Nevada ; two each in the Snow Museum of the University of Kansas, Law- rence and in the collection of Robert L. Usinger, Berkeley, Cali- fornia ; one each in the collections of the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. ; American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y. ; British Museum (Natural His- tory), London, England. Four paratypes from Bolivia (above) in the Snow Museum, University of Kansas, and one in the writer's collection. Two paratypes from Brazil (Pirassununga) in the Snow Museum and one in the writer's collection. Two paratypes from Brazil (Itaquaquecetaba) in the Snow Museum. Etymology: From the Latin inicans meaning "sparkling" or "glittering," in allusion to the high degree of dorsal polish. Acknowledgment: I should like to express my appreciation for the aid given this study by Dr. W. E. China and Dr. R. J. Izzard of the British Museum of Natural History. Their com- parison of my material with British Museum types has been most helpful. Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked with the Commission's File Number and sent to Francis Hemming, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W.I, England. Campsicnemus Haliday, 1851, validation of (Class Insecta, Order Diptera) (File: Z.N. (S) 1080). For details see Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Vol. 12, Part 6. 246 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 Nomenclature of Sternochetus mangiferae (F.), the Mango Weevil (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) By ROSE ELLA WARNER, Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture The mango weevil, originally described from India, is a serious pest of mango, especially in Hawaii. It now inhabits all mango-growing regions which border the Indian Ocean, the East Indies, Philippines, Madagascar, Labuan (Island off North Borneo), and South Africa. Different technical names have been applied to the species, but at present it is called Cryptor- hynchus mangiferae (F.) by most workers. Its correct name, not generally adopted, appears to be Sternochetus mangiferae (F). The following facts form the basis for this conclusion. In 1807, Illiger, Magazin fur Insektenkunde VI, p. 330, es- tablished the genus Cryptorhynchus for a number of species, without designating a type. The basis for the change in inter- pretation of Cryptorhynchus and its emendation Cryptorrhyn- chus is the fact that Latreille in 1810 designated "pericarpius Fab.," which is identical with pericarpius L., as genotype of Cryptorhynchus. This is discussed by Pierce in Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 21, No. 2, Feb., 1919, p. 25. The species peri- carpius L. belongs to the subfamily known as Ceutorhynchinae (or Ceutorrhynchinae) ; therefore the generic name Cryptor- hynchus 111., 1807, should be transferred to this subfamily. Such a procedure is in accord with the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, though the change is not acceptable to most workers, who continue to use Cryptorhynchus (Cryptorrhyn- chus} for mangiferae, lapatJri, and allied species. As to the use of Sternochetus (not Stcrnochestus and not Sterrochaetus, as it is misspelled in Proc. Hawaii. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, No. 2, July 1926, p. 293), Pierce, in his "Manual of Dangerous Insects * * *," U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 143-144, figs. 71-72, issued Aug. 1917, validated this name. Pierce placed Curculio mangiferae F. and Curculio gravis F. in Sternochetus and also indicated that these were formerly placed in Crypt or- IxviiJ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 247 hynchus. Buchanan, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 41, No. 3, Mar. 1939, designated mangiferae F. 1775 (Syst. Ent., p. 139) as genotype of Sternochetus Pierce, 1917. Unless the Rules are suspended, a change of generic name seems unavoidable. As a search of literature has failed to reveal an earlier name, Sternochetus Pierce, 1917, is to be used for both lap at hi (L.) and mangiferae (F.) as well as all other species listed under Cryptorhynchus or Cryptorrhynchits in the recent Schenkling Catalogue (pt. 151, 1936, p. 216). Notes and News in Entomology Under this heading we present, from time to time, notes, news, and comments. Contributions from readers are earnestly solicited and will be acknowledged when used. Tenth International Congress of Entomology The Tenth Congress, held at Montreal, August 17th to 25th, was an outstanding success ; it was an entomologically edifying as well as a thoroughly enjoyable experience. During the first half of the Congress, section meetings were held at McGill Uni- versity. Here, the charming, shaded campus area served as a delightful informal gathering place at noon and at other times for those personal contacts and tete-a-tetes with entomologists from all corners of the world that made attendance at this Con- gress such a satisfying and rewarding experience. On Tuesday the Congress made an all-day excursion to Ottawa. During the remaining four days the large and more austere building of the University of Montreal provided the necessary meeting rooms, cafeterias, etc., all conveniently under one roof. Preliminary figures kindly made available by the Secretary of the Congress, Mr. J. A. Downes, show an attendance of about 1400 members. The fact that ca. 300 of these were from overseas made this Congress a truly international one. The others were Americans and Canadians in a ratio of about 2:1. In addition, there were 200 more, mainly overseas members, 248 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 who could not come to Montreal, making a total registration of 1600. The number of scientific papers read exceeded 750, and the time consumed in giving them about 320 hours, with papers of course running concurrently in the various sections. The exhibits on display numbered 30, and the films 37. In spite of the size of the Congress there was no confusion at any time and everyone was comfortable. Evidently the committee had foreseen every need, and had planned every detail with great care. We who attended wish to express our sincere gratitude to our Canadian hosts for the grand manner in which they provided for our needs and for our pleasure. Especially remembered is the memorable buffet supper atop Mount Royal and overlooking the city and harbor of Montreal ; also the great banquet at the Hotel Windsor, and the other social gatherings, the vin d'honneur and the smokers, all pro- vided without charge. In order to give an idea of the proportional representation of the various fields of study we have counted up the number of papers as listed in the printed program in each section and compared it with the total number of 728 papers. Thus we obtained the following percentages : Systematics 9.0 Forest. Ent 6.5 Morph. & Anat 3.9 Medical & Vet 10.1 Physiol. & Tox 12.1 Biol. Control 12.4 Behavior & Social 5.1 Apiculture 5.7 Ecology 5.5 Stored Products 3.0 Geogr. Distr 5.8 Arachnida, etc 2.3 Genetics & Cytol 5.0 Paleontology 0.7 Agricultural 12.8 The President of Congress, Dr. W. R. Thompson, has written a brief history of the Congresses (see: Canadian Entomologist 88(7) : 285-289), and from this we learn that the first of these Congresses, at Brussels in 1910, came to be through the per- sonal initiative of Dr. Karl Jordan of Tring. Since then Dr. Jordan has always had an active part in the organization of Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 249 these meetings, and we well recall him as one of the leading spirits of the Fourth Congress at Ithaca in 1928. This time, at Montreal, he was not able to be physically present ; however, it was unthinkable that he should not take some active part, and this was made possible through a tape recording, and we heard his address in his own voice at the plenary session on Wednes- day afternoon. This brief report would not be complete if it omitted to state that American and overseas members alike were amazed and greatly impressed by the tremendous development of entomology in Canada during recent years, and by its high attainments. The stature of Canadian entomology was plainly evidenced by the prominent part Canadian entomologists took in so many of the meetings and symposia. They have made outstanding con- tributions in systematics, distribution (particularly in the Arctic region), physiology, genetics, behavior and other phases of pure entomology as well as in agricultural, forest and other subdivi- sions of applied entomology. An excellent account of the his- tory and development of Canadian entomology may be found in an article compiled by Robert Glen and appearing in Canadian Entomologist 88(7) : 290-371.— R. G. S. Insect Taxonomy Project at the University of Michigan The Dow Chemical Company has set up a project for the study of parasitic Hymenoptera at the University of Michigan, as a means of supporting basic research in the field of agricul- ture, with particular reference to the relation of chemical to natural control of insect pests. Dr. HENRY TOWNES is em- ployed in the project and is working on revisions of the Nearctic Ichneumonidae. A study of the subfamily Metopiinae is near- ing completion and a study of the Pimplinae is being started. 250 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Nov., 1956 Review ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE. By R. E. Snodgrass. Pp. xiv + 334, 107 text-figures. Comstock Publishing Associates, a division of Cornell University Press. Ithaca, New York, 1956. Price: $6.00. "An insect is a living machine ; no other animal is provided with so many anatomical tools, gadgets, or mechanisms for doing such a variety of things as is a winged insect." With these words Dr. Snodgrass begins Chapter II (The Body Wall and the Muscles) in a book that proceeds to give a marvelously clear and concise account of all the various ana- tomical features of the bee, their structure, and how they func- tion. For, although the preface disclaims an attempt to treat function — "the field of physiology is now best left to physiolo- gists"-—the author does indeed carefully describe the operation of the various gross anatomical and even of the microscopic parts that comprise the insect. It is evident that he has gone over carefully the mountain of recent literature with all its detailed data and has boiled down and refined all its profusion and confusion to the basic essential facts which he presents with amazing clarity and simplicity. The physiology that is omitted is that of metabolism, and cellular physiology generally. Although it covers much the same ground, this book is not a mere revision of the 1925 "Anatomy and Physiology of the Honeybee." The arrangement is quite different, more attention is given to the immature stages, and a chapter on endocrine organs, unrecognized in 1925, has been added. Even where the data are still the same as they were 30 years ago, they are described in fresh, new language ; literally every line is new. Many of the figures of the older book are used but all are newly engraved, and larger in size. Many new ones have been added. For example, in describing the mouth structures 67 separate drawings are used as compared with 24, for the legs 48 com- pared with 19 in the earlier book. Surprizingly, these additions do not make the reading more tedious but, on the contrary, much easier and more pleasant. While the descriptions of the Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 251 gross anatomy and the mechanics of the ectoskeletal parts have been perfected, the microscopic structures are also carefully explained, including the wax and other epidermal glands (with the "queen substance"), the sense organs, and even such micro- scopic details as the arrangement of the retinulae in the com- pound eyes that explains the ability of the insect to analyze polarized light. Little space is given to theory as such ; the impasse as re- gards the evolution of the head is very neatly told in a few words (p. 32) : "most students of arthropod 'head segmenta- tion' . . . contend that the cephalic lobe itself must have origi- nally been formed by the union of several primitive segments . . . others interpret the embryonic cephalic lobe ... as an unsegmented prostomium. If there was ever a stage in the evolution of arthropods when the cephalic lobe was segmented, the animals lived in remote Pre-Cambrian times and probably will never be brought to the witness stand." Thus, Dr. Snod- grass does not insist strongly on his own interpretation, and suggests that one cannot be sure. As we know, morphologists continue to debate the problem, somewhat as in a kind of parlor game in which each player selects certain of the available data and builds his own theory. It should be stressed that this is not just a technical reference book on honey bee anatomy. It is far more, it is essentially a treatise on entomology, using one species as the example, and including a discussion of the fundamentals of embryology, de- velopment and metamorphosis as well as anatomy. The sub- ject of each chapter is approached from the broadest evolutionary point of view, and its horizon includes all the arthropods and beyond, so that the bee really typifies animal life in general. Finally, the language of the book is such that it can be read straight through with pleasure, and with not too much skipping of details. It is a delight to follow the author through this complete examination of one insect : how it develops, how it grows and how it operates, for, as he says : "The anatomy of an animal is merely the machinery by which the animal lives. ."— R. G. Schmieder. This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 10^ to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minuten pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories: Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society offers for sale the 14 numbers of this im- portant and steadily growing series of longer monographic works, all numbers of which are still in stock. 1. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera (141 pp., 1916) $ 3.00 2. — Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of North America, North of the Mexican Boundary (284 pp., 10 pis., 1917) 5.50 3. — Munz (Philip A.) — A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera (Odonata), with Keys for the Identification of Genera (78 pp., 20 pis., 1919) 2.00 4.— Hebard (Morgan)— The Blattidae of Panama (148 pp., 60 pis., 1920) 3.00 5. — Cresson (Ezra T.) — The Type of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson (90 pp., 1928) 2.00 6. — Rivnay (Ezekiel) — Revision of the Rhipiphoridae of North and Cen- tral America (Coleoptera) (68 pp., 4 pis., 1929) 2.00 7. — Leonard (Mortimer D.) — A Revision of the Dipterous Family Rhagionidae (Leptidae) in the United States and Canada (182 pp., 3 pis., 1930) 4.50 8. — Rehn (James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H.) — The Eumastacinae of southern Mexico and Central America (84 pp., 6 pis., 1934) . . 2.50 9. — Pate (V. S. L.) — The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species (103 pp., 1937) 2.50 10. — Huckett (H. C.) — A Revision of the North American species be- longing to the genus Pegomyia (131 pp., 9 pis., 1941) 3.00 11. — Townes (Henry K., Jr.) — Catalogue and reclassification of The Nearctic Ichneumonidae (925 pp., 1944) 15.00 12. — Phillips (Venia Tarris) — The Biology and Identification of Trypetid Larvae (161 jj., 16 pis., 1946) 5.00 13. — Braun (Annette F.) — Elachistidae of North America (Microlepi- doptera) (110 pp., 26 pis., 1948) 4.50 14. — Rehn (John W. H.) — Classification of the Blattaria as indicated by their Wings (134 pp., 13 pis., 1951) 5.00 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Have you paid your subscription? January and subsequent issues for 1957 positively not mailed unless subscription has been paid. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS DECEMBER 1956 Vol. LXVII No. 10 CONTENTS Clarke — Microlepidoptera of Argentina, VI 253 Bradley — On use of "Cresson" as generic name 257 —Distribution of northeastern insects 257 Frost — The insect repellant lamp 261 Barber — Lectotype for Kleidocerys franciscanus 264 Notes and News Centennial News 266 Civil Service positions 266 Nomenclature notice 267 Books Received 267 Indexes and title page of Volume LXVII 269 PUBLISHED MONTHLY, EXCEPT AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER. BY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY PRINCE AND LEMON STS., LANCASTER, PA. AND 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. Subscription, per yearly volume of ten numbers: $S.OO domestic; $5.30 foreign; $5.15 Canada. Entered as second-class matter April 19, 1943, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Acceptance for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in para- graphs (d-2). Section 34.40. P. L. & R. of 1948, authorized April 19, 1943. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly, excepting August and September, by The American Entomological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. PHILIP P. CALVERT, Editor Emeritus. R. G. SCHMIEDER, Editor. Editorial Staff: H. J. Grant, Jr., E. J. F. MARX, M. E. PHILLIPS, and J. A. G. REHN. Subscription price, per yearly volume of 10 numbers : Domestic, $5.00 ; Foreign, $5.30; Canada, $5.15— U. S. Currency. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. ADVERTISEMENTS: Rate schedules available on request. Address, Fred B. Jacobson, Advertising Manager, Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to R. G. Schmieder, Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pa. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. If not accepted, authors will be so advised and postage requested for return of manuscripts. Articles longer than six printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay for the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS. Authors will be charged as follows: For text- figures, the cost of engraving; for insert plates (on glossy stock), the cost of engraving plus the cost of printing. The size of text-figures or plates when printed must not exceed 4x6 inches. All blocks will be sent to authors after publication. It is not advisable to print half-tones as text-figures. TABLES: Authors will be charged the setting of all tables exceeding 2 inches in height. SEPARATA: Twenty-five extras of an author's contribution will be given free. They will be "run of form," without removal of extraneous matter, folded but not bound, uncut and without cover. Authors wishing more than the 25 separates must so advise the Editor or the printer. See bottom of this page. The Editor requests that authors state the number of separates desired in a letter accompanying their manuscript. SEPARATES of articles without covers, without extraneous matter, will be furnished by the printer at the following prices: 1-4 pages, 25 copies, $3.13; 50 copies, $3.13; 100 copies, $3.75. 5-8 pages, 25 copies, $5.00; 50 copies, $5.00; 100 copies, $5.94. 9-12 pages, 25 copies, $7.81; 50 copies, $7.81; 100 copies, $906. Covers: first 50, $3.44; additional at .025 cents each. Plates, printed on one side: first 50, $2.50; additional at 0.188 cents each. Transportation charges will be extra. THE LANCASTER PRESS, INC., Lancaster, Pa. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. LXVII DECEMBER, 1956 No. 10 Microlepidoptera of Argentina, VI (Oecophoridae) By J. F. GATES CLARKE, United States National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. The following species are described to enable Mr. Fernando Bourquin, Buenos Aires, to publish the life histories. Ectaga lenta, new species Plate 1, figures 1, 3, 3a Alar expanse 13-14 mm. Labial palpus dull fuscous irrorate with cinereous on second segment, the pale scales forming three ill-defined pale, transverse bands ; third segment with broad, sordid whitish, basal and subapical bands. Antenna cinereous banded above with fuscous. Head and thorax light fuscous irrorate with cinereous. Fore wing ground color brown, faintly streaked and irrorate with fuscous and cinereous ; at basal two- fifths a large, outwardly oblique fuscous spot of raised scales bordered outwardly with cinereous ; at end of cell a similar, smaller spot ; cilia fuscous mixed with cinereous and brown, tornal cilia paler. Hind wing grayish with yellowish-fuscous cilia. Legs fuscous, irrorate and banded with cinereous. Ab- domen mixed yellowish-fuscous and cinereous. Male genitalia : See figure. Female genitalia : See figure. Type: rf, Tigre, ARGENTINA, 15.V.54, Fernando Bourquin. (USNM No. 63271.) Paratypes: 2^^, 4$$, same data as type. Paratypes in U. S. National Museum and the collection of Fernando Bourquin. (253) nrr c .. 254 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 This species is strikingly similar to E. promeces Walsingham (figs. 2, 4, 4a), but has a much paler hind wing and lacks the strong, dark shade of the costa. The figures demonstrate clearly the differences between the genitalia of the two species. PSEUDEROTIS, new genus Type of the genus : Pscuderotis cannescens, new species Head slightly roughened ; antenna serrulate in male, simple in female, basal segment without pecten but with row of spread- ing scales at base ; maxillary palpi developed, filiform ; labial palpus long, recurved, extending beyond vertex ; second segment slightly roughened beneath ; terminal segment acute, nearly as long as second. Thorax smooth. Forewing elongate ovate, apex rounded, 12 veins; Ib furcate; 2 arising well before angle of cell ; 3, 4 and 5 closely approximate ; 6 to termen scarcely below apex ; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa ; 9 approximate to stalk of 7 and 8; 11 from basal third. Hind wing with 7 veins; 2 remote; 3 and 4 coincident; 5 connate (or very closely approxi- mate to) with 3 + 4; 6 and 7 stalked. Abdomen not depressed, not spinous. Male genitalia symmetrical ; harpe simple ; uncus bifid ; gnathos a broad, spined plate. Female with signum. This interesting genus is nearest the old world (Ceylon, Rhodesia) Erotis Meyrick from which it differs by the absence EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1. Ectaga lenta, new species : Right harpe. 2. Ectaga promeces Walsingham : Right harpe. 3-3a. Ectaga lenta, new species : 3, Bursa copulatrix and anterior por- tion of sclerotized ductus bursae snowing single thorn-like spine ; 3a, signum. 4-4a. Ectaga promeces Walsingham : 4, Bursa copulatrix and anterior portion of membranous ductus bursae. 5. Pscuderotis cannescens, new genus and species : Wing venation. 6-6a. Pseuderotis cannescens, new genus and species : 6, Ventral view of male genitalia with left harpe and aedeagus removed ; 6a, aedeagus. 7. Pseuderotis cannescens, new genus and species : Ventral view of female genitalia. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 255 256 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 of rough scales on foretibia, the presence of vein 4 of forewing and the stalking of veins 6 and 7 of hind wing. The genus contains, at present, the single species described below. Pseuderotis cannescens, new species Plate 1, figures 5-7 Alar expanse, 16-21 mm. Labial palpus white ; second seg- ment strongly suffused with fuscous outwardly and below, ex- cept apex; third segment likewise strongly infuscated except at base. Antenna with basal segment sordid white with fuscous suffusion above ; remainder of antenna sordid white almost wholly suffused with pale fuscous. Head, thorax and ground color of forewing sordid white, all suffused or marked with fuscous ; extreme base of costa fuscous ; from basal fourth a broken, oblique, fuscous band extends obliquely and outwardly to fold ; inside costa, slightly before middle, a fuscous spot ; across end of cell a transverse series of more or less well de- nned fuscous spots followed by subterminal and terminal series of similar spots ; costal and dorsal areas broadly suffused with grayish ; cilia mixed grayish and fuscous. Hind wing yellowish- fuscous cilia somewhat paler with a very light basal line. Legs white suffused and banded with fuscous. Abdomen sordid white mixed with fuscous. Male genitalia : See figure. Female genitalia : See figure. Type: $, Tigre, ARGENTINA, Fernando Bourquin. (USNM No. 63272.) Paratypes: J*, $, same data as type; J1, Pelotas, Brazil, 28.X. 52. C. Biezanko. Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 257 On the Use of "Cresson" as a Generic Name (Hymenoptera : Sphegidae) By J. CHESTER BRADLEY, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York V. S. L. Pate (1938, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 64: 153) pro- posed the name Cresson for a genus of wasps allied to Nysson. As a footnote he remarked, "I take great pleasure in dedicating this peculiar and interesting group to the late Ezra Townsend Cresson, Sr., in recognition of his excellent work upon the aculeate Hymenoptera and the Nyssonids in particular." It may have occurred to Dr. Pate that if "Nysson" could be used as a Latin or Latinized word, so could "Cresson." Such conclusion was an error. "Nysson" may be compared to the Latinized Greek word Ilion and is a Latinization of the Greek word vvaaw. "Cresson" as an English name can not be Lat- inized by leaving it unchanged. In that form it is a vernacular name and can not enter into zoological nomenclature. The International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature provide as a mandatory rule that a generic name must be either a Latin word or a Latinized word or an arbitrary combination of letters treated by its original author as being such a word. They further provide that infractions of this rule must be corrected, when noticed, but attributed to the original author and date. Since Cressonia is preoccupied by Grote and Robinson, 1865, and Crcssona by Dallas, 1851, I hereby propose the following spelling : Cressonius Pate, 1938, correction of Cresson Pate 1938. The Distribution of Northeastern Insects By J. CHESTER BRADLEY In recent years I have had occasion to review the distribution of several thousand species of insects each of which at some point or other enters the northeastern United States. I wish to illustrate the more frequently repeated distributional patterns and to show why the usual methods of stating distribution fail to indicate distributional trends. 258 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 Before proceeding further let me define two terms that I shall use : "austrad" meaning proceeding towards areas of increasing warmth, and "boread" meaning proceeding towards areas of decreasing warmth. One can not accurately use southwards and northwards because other factors, such as altitude and dis- tance from tempering bodies of water, not only operate but may overshadow and even reverse those directions. Our North American biota consists of two opposing elements : 1 ) a boreal element, many species of which are circumpolar, and 2) an austral element, which finds its closest affinity in the Neo- tropical Region, from which many of its species emanate. The former, which I term thermophygic, find their maximum abun- dance in cold regions, and push austrad along the highlands until they reach conditions of temperature too high for their existence. The latter, the thermophilous forms, at their maxi- mum in warm climates, extend boread along the Coastal plain and water-courses until they in turn reach barriers where tem- perature conditions are too rigorous for their existence. Carabus chamissonis is an arctic beetle, reaching the United States only on the summit of Mt. Washington. Its distribution is typical of arctic species, which frequently are also circum- polar, and often occur on Mt. Katahdin, the higher Aclirondacks and Northern Michigan. This range is extended by other spe- cies farther austrad on the highlands, until such a distribution pattern is reached as represented by : Carabus maeander maeander. The southern range of this subspecies includes Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Maine, south- ern Ontario, southern Michigan, and northern Illinois. But it also extends down the Rocky Mountains into Colorado. Monochamus scutellatus shows still further extension aus- trad, and has a range typical of innumerable boreal forms. From arctic America to Connecticut, thence in the highlands to north- ern Georgia (often in such cases also northern Alabama), and southwards in the Rocky Mts. to New Mexico. Carabus taedatus exemplifies a boreal species that extends austrad on the Pacific Coast and in the Rocky Mountains, but that eastward has pushed only as far as Minnesota and Lake Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 259 Superior. This occurs so frequently that it need never be a cause for surprise when one of the boreal species of the western mountains turns up in northern Michigan. Montezumina modesta is primarily a species of the Austro- riparian fauna, but it extends boread in diminishing numbers along the coastal plain to southeastern Virginia and in the Mississippi Basin to southern Illinois. Such species frequently reach the District of Columbia in the east. Canthon pillularius is a typical species of the Austral Sub- region. It extends from ocean to ocean along the entire south- ern border of the United States, boread on the coastal plain to Rhode Island, and up the Hudson River as far as Albany. In the Mississippi Basin it extends up the Ohio River to the vicinity of Pittsburgh, and along Lake Erie (probably on the north side) to Buffalo, to central eastern Michigan, Iowa, Kansas, and Colorado, but it does not occur on the Appalachian highlands. A surprising number of such species are also re- corded from Quebec, and probably have followed down the St. Lawrence, without being known from central or northern New York and New England. It is to be noted that this species reaches well up into Michi- gan, and it is astonishing the number of really southern species that have been recorded from the south shore of Lake Superior, where they mingle with boreal forms from the north. Probably in this mixing ground they have established local biotypes, as Hulten points out has been done in plants, that have no corre- spondence eastward, but in Michigan are capable of existing in the more rigorous Alleghanian Fauna and even the Canadian Zone. The grasshopper Conocephalus spartinae is an austral spe- cies that occurs from Texas to Florida, and then boread to Maine but not at all up the Mississippi Basin. Mecas bicallosa on the contrary is an austral species that occurs eastwards to Georgia, but boread only in the Mississippi Basin where it reaches Wisconsin, North Dakota, and Colorado, and into the Great Basin. This is a typical prairie and plains species distribution, although a little unusual in reaching Georgia. 260 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 Finally Calosoma scrutator is an austral species that has thoroughly established itself in the Alleghanian Fauna. From Mexico it extends to California, and along the Gulf Coast to Florida, thence boread to New Hampshire, central New York, Quebec, Ontario, northern Michigan, Iowa, and Nebraska. This is an exceedingly common distributional pattern. Let us again look at the distributional map of the boreal or thermophygic Monochamus scutellatus. Many an author would summarize it as : New England and South Atlantic States to the Rocky Mts. and Canada, or perhaps just Atlantic States to the Pacific Coast. The austral or thermophilous Canthon pillularius would be summarized in the same way : New England and South Atlantic States (or just Atlantic States) to the Pacific Coast. Each statement totally fails to suggest the true distributional pattern. I wish to suggest that in stating distribution one should al- ways attempt to determine first whether the maximum abun- dance is in the north (thermophygic species) or in the south (thermophilous species) ; that in the former case he should begin by stating the northern limits of distribution (as Alaska, Quebec, and Labrador) followed by the austral limits (as Connecticut, mountains of n. Ga. and n. Ala., Ohio River, Iowa, North Dakota, Rocky Mts., and north Pacific coast). If the species is holarctic, its occurrence in Europe or Asia should be noted at the outset. In the case of an austral species I suggest that one first state the areas south of the United States, if any, in which it occurs, then its most southern limits within the United States, possibly from west to east (since more enter from Mexico than from Cuba), then its limits boread east of the Appalachian moun- tains, and finally its limits in the Mississippi and Ohio River basins, the St. Lawrence Basin, and the Great Lakes, unless the species concerned extends far enough to the north to include the Appalachian mountains themselves, in which case the limits boread all the way across from east to west may be stated. Thus for Canthon laevis one could say, "Southern California, New Mexico, Texas, Louisiana, Alabama, and Florida to Rhode Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 261 Island, the Hudson River Basin to Albany, and in the Missis- sippi and St. Lawrence Basins to southwestern Pennsylvania, central eastern Michigan, Iowa, Kansas and Colorado." But for Calosoma scrutator one would say, "Mexico; California, Texas, Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida to New Hampshire, central New York, Quebec, Ontario, northern Michigan, Iowa, and Nebraska." By this method a much truer picture of the distribution pat- tern and faunal affinities can be indicated. The Insect Repellent Lamp? * By S. W. FROST, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Pennsylvania State University During the summer of 1955 the response of insects to a 100- watt inside-frosted white lamp was compared to that of a 100- watt yellow lamp. The latter was selected as a logical substi- tute for a 100- watt white lamp where insects are a problem and it is desirable to reduce the insect nuisance. Such a lamp has been used commonly as an "insect repellent" light. Each lamp was placed in a Minnesota light trap and the two were hung within ten feet of each other. The traps were operated for 17 consecutive nights from June 15 to July 1. Both were operated for the same period from 8 :30 P.M. to 8 A.M. The bulbs were interchanged every two or three days to compensate for slight differences in the construction of the traps and to avoid a favored position for either. The insects captured in the cyanide jars of the two traps were sorted and identified * daily to the outstanding orders. Although insects are generally attracted more strongly to the blue, violet and ultra-violet end of the spectrum, it is known that some insects respond to yellow. Milne f stated that Einpoasca * Authorized for publication on October 1, 1956, as paper No. 2096 in the journal series of the Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station. * The traps were operated by Arnold Ecklund, a student at the University. t MILNE, L. J. and M. J. MILNE (1945), Ent. Americana 25(2) : 47. 262 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 fabae unmistakably selected yellow in preference to other lights. E. O. Essig suggested yellow paint for his shallow water traps to capture aphids. Bees, in feeding, are known to come to yellow. No. Comparative total catches of orders separated 5600 White lamp Yellow lamp 1600 1200 800 400 at t-, a> 43 a at t-, IT n. Ck a. o e o a> at •o a. at at W t* at > U< 3 o t, o 4J cu o c 6 K o a The catches from the two light traps clearly indicate that many insects respond rather freely to yellow. As a matter of fact about 30 per cent of the number of insects attracted to the white light came to the yellow light. A total of 2607 insects Ixvii ] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 263 were taken at the yellow light and 8741 at the white light. The results are presented in two graphs. The Homoptera consisted chiefly of leafhoppers and is one of the groups most strongly attracted to yellow light. Individual counts were made of the Tipulidae which seems to indicate that they came more freely to the yellow light; however, the numbers were too small to be significant. No. 1200 looo 800 600 400 200 Comparative dally total catches White lamp Yellow lamp I 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2? 28 29 30 1 > It is very evident that a yellow lamp does not repel insects but simply attracts fewer than a white lamp of equal wattage. 264 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec, 1956 Lectotype Designated for Kleidocerys franciscanus (Stal) 1859 (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) By HARRY G. BARBER, Collaborator, Entomology Research Branch, Agr. Res. Serv., U. S. D. A. Several species of Kleidocerys occur in California, two of which, franciscanus (Stal), 1859 and modcstus Barber, 1953, are so closely related as to be confused by systematists. Addi- tional complications have resulted from study of type material of franciscanus. It is now clear that Stal's orignal series in- cluded two species and that most of the specimens remaining in the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum at Stockholm do not agree with the description of franciscanus. In 1932, Dr. O. Lundblad informed me that Stal's "type" of franciscanus was missing ; however, as the result of a second inquiry in 1949, Dr. Rene Malaise loaned me a "type" which bore a label number 159. A specimen now in the United States National Museum was compared with that "type" and is francis- canus sense of Barber, 1953. In 1949 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash, 51 : 273-276) I reported on the identity of Cymits franciscanus Stal and on the basis of the specimen bearing the pin label number 159 removed franciscanus from synonymy with resedae (Panzer) and reported it to be close to ericac Horvath of Europe. In 1953, when I revised the genus Kleidocerys (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash, 55: 273-283), I used Stal's description and the specimen compared with the "type" and a second specimen in the United States National Museum to establish the identity of franciscanus, and described the related species as modestus n. sp. This second specimen came from P. R. Uhler's Collec- tion and bears the label "S. Francisco, California — No. 280." The character of the label and style of mounting suggest that it was sent to Uhler by Stal and may have been part of the original series. More recently Mr. Peter Ashlock requested the loan of the type of franciscanus and Dr. Malaise sent three specimens, one bearing a "typus" label and two bearing "paratypus" labels. Ixviij ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 265 All three are niodestus Barber. Dr. Malaise reported that the specimen bearing the "typus" label was the same as the one sent to me in 1949 and added that one additional specimen of the franciscamts series remained in the collection. Dr. R. I. Sailer requested the loan of the fourth and last specimen in the series. It arrived without a "paratypus" label. It is mounted in the same manner as the other three specimens. All four specimens bear "California" on the uppermost label, the first three all bear a second label "Kindb." and the one labeled "typus" has in addition a long handwritten label "fran- ciscanus Stal" and a pink label bearing the numbers 64—55. The fourth specimen bears only one additional label (pink) reading 103, 56. This specimen agrees with Stal's description in all particulars and is the species I treated as franciscanus in my 1953 revision of the genus. Since the specimen bearing the "typus" label does not agree with Stal's description of franciscanus and since it has not officially been made a lectotype, stability of the names involved will best be served by disregarding this "typus" label and desig- nating the fourth specimen (i.e. that bearing pink label 103-56) the lectotype of Cymus franciscanus. In this connection it should be pointed out that Stal did not designate type specimens in the modern sense of holotype. If he had more than one specimen of a new species they were "types" in the syntype or cotype sense. Subsequently "typus" and "paratypus" labels have been placed on specimens as seemed logical or proper by various museum workers. Other things being equal, a specimen bearing the "typus" label should receive first consideration for designation as lectotype ; however, should such designation upset an established species concept that could be conserved by fixing another of the syntype series as the lecto- type; this is not only permessible under the present rules but should be done. 266 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 Notes and News in Entomology Under this heading we present, from time to time, notes, news, and comments. Contributions from readers are earnestly solicited and will be acknowledged when used. Centennial News The committee for planning a centennial commemoration, in 1959, of the founding of the AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SO- CIETY has received a generous response to the letter sent on August 20 to all society members soliciting contributions. To date the sum of $742 has been received and a smaller additional amount has been pledged. Donations range from $2 to $500, and at present about 10 percent of the Society members have contributed to this special fund. Those interested in subscrib- ing to this fund should send their contributions to the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa. Those who have donated are : Dr. C. P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass. Dr. H. W. Allen, Moorestown, N. J. Dr. J. Chester Bradley, Ithaca, N. Y. Dr. Annette F. Braun, Cincinnati, Ohio Mrs. C. Reed Gary, Philadelphia, Pa. Mr. Thomas Dolan, Philadelphia, Pa. Mr. Carl W. Fenninger Dr. Elizabeth G. Fisher, Baltimore, Md. Dr. Jean L. Laffoon, Ames, Iowa Dr. Frank M. Jones, Wilmington, Del. Dr. Selwyn S. Roback Dr. Herbert F. Schwarz, New York, N. Y. Mr. Lewis J. Stannard, Jr., Urbana, 111. Dr. Henry K. Townes, Ann Arbor, Mich. Dr. Neal A. Weber, Swarthmore, Pa. Civil Service Positions Applications are now being accepted at Atlanta, Georgia, by the Communicable Disease Center's Board of U. S. Civil Service Examiners for research positions as Medical Microbiologists (including Parsitologists), Public Health Biologists and Medi- cal Entomologists. Salaries range from $5,440 to $11,610. In- Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 267 formation and forms may be obtained from many post offices and from U. S. Civil Service Commission, V/ashington 25, D. C. Nomenclature Notice All comments relating to the following should be marked wi'.h the Commission's File Number, and sent to Francis Hemmmg, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W. 1, England, Cupido Schrank, 1801, designation of a type species for, in harmony with accustomed usage (Order Lepidoptera) (File: Z.N.(S.)H38. jurtina Linnaeus, 1758 (Papilio}, grant of precedence to, over janira Linnaeus, 1758 (Papilio) ; EPINEPHELDI Tutt, 1896, suppression of (Order Lepidoptera) Z.N.(S.) 1142. Attention is also drawn to the proposed adoption of a Declara- tion regarding the method to be followed in determining the relative precedence to be accorded to two or more names for family-group taxa published in the same book and on the same date Z.N.(S.)H41. For details see: Bull. Zool. Nomencl. Vol. 12, Part 10. Books Received PEAIRS, L. M. and R. H. DAVIDSON. Insect pests of farm, garden, and orchard. 5th ed. Pp. ix + 661 ; figs. 577. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1956. Price : $8.50. COTTON, R. T. Pests of stored grain and grain products. Revised edition. Pp. 306. Burgess Publishing Co., Minneapo- lis 15, Minnesota, 1956. Price: $4.00. ACWORTH, B. Bird and butterfly mysteries. The truth about migration. Pp. 1-303, illus. Philosophical Library, N. Y., 1956. Price: $7.50. SAVORY, T. H. The biology of spiders. Pp. xx + 376. Sidgwick and Jackson, Ltd., London, 1928. (This is an import distributed by Macmillan Co., X. Y., 1956. Price: $4.00.) TIMBERLAKE, P. H. A revisional study of the bees of the genus Perdita Smith, with special reference to the fauna of the Pacific coast. (Hym. : Apoidea.) Part II. University of Cali- fornia Publications in Entomology. Vol. 11, No. 5, pp. 247- 350, pis. 27-41, 1956. Price: $2.00. EXCHANGES This column is intended only for wants and exchanges, not for advertisements of goods for sale or services rendered. Notices not exceeding three lines free to subscribers. These notices are continued as long as our limited space will allow ; the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, only when neces- sary those at the top (being longest in) are discontinued. Conopidae of the World wanted. Will pay 1(W to $1.00 for pinned and labelled specimens. S. Camras, 4407 N. Milwaukee Ave., Chicago 30, Illinois. Anisoptera — Nearctic sp. wanted for exchange, espec. Ophiog., Arigom., Aeschna, Neurocor., Somatoc., Cordulia, Dorocor., Leucor. R. D. Cuyler, Dept. of Entomology, N. C. State College, Raleign, N. C. Bembicini and Stizini (Hym., Sphec.) of New World wanted for revis. study. Will return upon request or at end of project. James E. Gillaspy, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. Texas, Austin 12, Texas. Agapema galbina. Will exchange cocoons of this moth for nature books. E. Frizzell, Route 4, Box 96, San Benito, Texas. Wanted — Data on exact location of colonies of Epibembex (olim Bembix) (Hymenoptera), any species, any part of country, for biological studies. Howard E. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Fanniinae wanted on loan (nearctic and holarctic), and information on collections. James G. Chillcott, Dept. Entom., Univ. of Kansas, Law- rence, Kan. (Loans may be charged to Dr. C. D. Michener.) Tenebrionidae of the World wanted, in exchange for insects of Argen- tina and neighboring countries. Horacio J. Molinari, Av. Lib. Gral. San Martin 55, Acassuso (Buenos Aires), Rep. Argentina. Original Karlsbader DURABILE Insect Pins First class, hand made pins. Now, again, in sizes No. 000 to 7. Price US $2 per 1000, f.o.b. Eschwege. Minimum order 5000, less 5% on over 50,000. Minutcn pins, price US $1.20 a thousand. Send postal money, or check with order, or use confirmed' bank credit (Bank Cto. 5593 Com- merz-u. Creditbank, Eschwege/Werra. Send for samples and detailed price lists. FELIX SAVAETE, Eschwege/Werra, Germany. INDEX TO VOLUME LXVII (* Indicates new genera, names, etc.) ALEXANDER, C. P. Undescribed species of crane-flies from the eastern United States and Canada (Dipt.: Tipuli- dae) Part XII 177 Undescribed species of crane-flies from the western United States and Canada (Dipt. : Tipulidae) Part XVI. 210 BARBER, H. G. Lectotype designated for Kleidocerys fran- ciscanus (Stal) 1859 (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) 265 Notes on Minnesota Mecoptera 191 BENESH, B. Some notes on boreal American stagbeetles (Coleoptera : Lucanidae) 43 Some notes on neotropical stagbeetles, with descriptions of new species (Coleoptera : Lucanidae) 57 BLICKLE, R. L. Notes on the life history of Cephenemyia phobifer Clark (Diptera) 13 BRADLEY, J. C. On the use of "Cresson" as a generic name (Hymenoptera : Sphegidae) 257 The distribution of northeastern insects 257 BRAUN, A. F. A new species of gall-forming Bucculatrix from Florida (Lepidoptera : Lyonetiidae) 69 BROWN, W. L., JR. John Clark (Obituary and bibliogra- phy) 198 Review: Die Wanderameisen der neotropischen Region. 165 BROWNING, E. (See under Hoffman, R. L.) CALVERT, P. P. Dr. Charles Christopher Adams 169 GARY, M. M. Phlegethontius caribbeus Gary. Discovery of a second specimen (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) 152 Review : The butterflies of the Malay Peninsula 221 CHAMBERLIN, R. V. A new geophilid chilopod from Chile 1 1 Cryptops gynnis nom. nov. (Chilopoda) 12 On a collection of Chilopods from Crete 51 Three new Nicaraguan diplopods 157 CHRISTIANSEN, K. A recently introduced species of col- lembolan 129 (269) 270 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 CLARKE, J. F. G. Microlepidoptera of Argentina VI. (Oecophoridae) 253 Outstanding collection to Smithsonian Institution 217 CURRY, LAV. L. Notes on the ecology and taxonomy of the midge Tendipes (Tendipes) staegeri (Lundbeck)- Chironomus staegeri Lundbeck (Diptera) 225 DILLON, L. S. The neotropic Acanthocinini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). II. further note on Canidia allies .... 105 DREISBACH, R. R. A new species in the genus Evagetes ( Hymenoptera : Psammocharidae ) with photomicro- graphs of the genitalia and subgenital plate 147 EDMUNDS, G. F., JR. Exuviation of subimaginal Ephe- meroptera in flight 91 EHRLICH, P. R. Ecological observations on Erebia (Lepi- doptera : Satyridae) in northwestern America 29 ELBEL, R. E. and K. C. EMERSON. A new mallophagan from the white pelican 173 (See also under Emerson, K. C.) EMERSON, K. C. and R. E. ELBEL. A new mallophagan from southeast Asia 117 (See also under Elbel, R. E.) ENGELMANN, M. D. Observations on the feeding behavior of several pselaphid beetles 19 EVANS, H. E. Synonymic notes on nearctic Pompilinae (Hymenoptera : Pompilidae) 5 Fox, J. W. Comments on Aphididae list in Makino's atlas of chromosome numbers in animals 189 FROST, S. W. A bibliography of insects on postage stamps 192 Pennsylvania State University 77 The insect repellant lamp ? 261 GAINES, J. C. Department of Entomology, A. and M. Col- lege of Texas 137 GOJMERAC, W. L. Description of the sugar beet root mag- got, Tetanops myopaeformis (von Roder), with obser- vations on reproductive capacity 203 GRANT, H. J. Society meeting Ill, 120 Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 271 GREGG, R. E. An extension of range for the ant, Pheidole lamia Wheeler (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) 37 GRESSITT, J. L. Zoogeography of Pacific insects 9, 79 HALL, J. C. A new species of Anastoechus Osten Sacken with notes on the congeners 199 HOFFMAN, R. L. and E. BROWNING. The identity of Poly- desmus leachii Gray, 1832 ( Polydesmida : Euryuridae) . 186 HUBBELL, T. H. A new collecting method: The oatmeal trail 49 HULL, F. M. Some Asilidae (Diptera) 131 Some new species of Bathypogon (Diptera: Asilidae) . . 93 JOHNSON, J. P. The New Haven Entomological Society . 160 JUDD, W. W. A dog tick, Dermacentor variabilis (Say), on a human in southwestern Ontario 68 KNULL, J. N. A new Texas Agrilus with notes on Chal- cophorella (Coleoptera : Buprestidae) 47 KRING, J. B. A double monster larva of Limonius agonus (Say), (Elateridae : Coleoptera) 171 LA RIVERS, I. A new genus and species of naucorid from South America (Hemiptera) 237 MCCONNELL, E. A simple method for artificially feeding blood sucking insects 103 MOORE, T. E. Two new species of Lopidea Uhler from Illinois (Hemiptera : Miridae) 39 MORSE, R. A. Entomology Department, State Plant Board of Florida 217 MUESEBECK, C. F. W. On Opius ferrugineus Gahan and two closely similar new species (Hymenoptera: Bra- conidae) 99 OBRAZTSOV, N. S. Hemimene immaculata Danil., a pre- occupied name (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) 139 REHN, J. A. G. National Science Foundation 136 Observations on several characters which have been used as primary differential criteria in the classification of the Cyrtacanthacridinae (Orthoptera: Acrididae) 1 REINHARD, H. J. New Tachinidae (Diptera) 121 272 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 RIEGEL, G. T. Zoraptera from Missouri 188 ROBACK, S. S. The larva and pupa of Calopsectra con- fusa (Malloch) 113 Ross, H. H. New nearctic species of Erythroneura (Ho- moptera : Cicadellidae) 85 SABROSKY, C. W. A new species of the Leptocera lutosa complex (Diptera : Sphaeroceridae) 74 SCHMIEDER, R. G. News: Corresponding Members of the American Entomological Society 110 Prof, von Frisch awarded Magellanic Prize 193 Prof. Needham celebrates 88th birthday 164 Report on biting flies of Panama 165 Tenth International Congress Ill, 247 Reviews : Anatomy of the honey bee 250 Crop protection 83 Great experiments in biology 55 List of Pacific entomologists 81 Matching the hatch 195 The world of bees 82 SHINN, A. F. Review: The megachiline bees of Cali- fornia 54 SLATER, J. A. University of Connecticut 107 SMITH, F. K. A colony of yellow jackets, Vespula penn- sylvanica (Sauss.) 141 STAHNKE, H. L. A new species of scorpion of the Buthi- dae : Centruroides pantheriensis 15 STANNARD, L. J., JR. A new species of Bregmatothrips from the west (Thysanoptera : Thripidae) 71 TELFER, W. H. Review : The physiology of diapause in arthropods 25 WALKLEY, L. M. A new Tersilochine parasite of the rose curculio (Hymenoptera : Ichneumonidae) 153 WARNER, R. E. Nomenclature of Sternochetus mangi- ferae (F.), the mango weevil (Coleoptera: Curculioni- dae) 246 Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 273 GENERAL SUBJECTS American Entomological So- ciety Centennial News : contribu- tions 267 Corresponding members of . 110 Society meeting Ill Civil service positions 267 Collecting, a new method of . 49 Collections Jones Collection of Psychi- dae 217 Comments on Makin'o list of chromosome numbers 189 Departments of Entomology A. & M. College of Texas . 137 Connecticut Agricultural Ex- periment Station 161 Pennsylvania State Univer- sity 77 State Plant Board of Flor- ida 217 University of Connecticut . . 107 Diapause, essay review 25 Distribution of northeastern insects 257 Double monster larva 173 Ephemeroptera, exuviation in flight 91 Feeding bloodsucking insects . 103 Frisch awarded Magellanic Prize 193 Grants-in-aid 4 Insect repellant lamp 261 International Congress .. Ill, 247 Laboratory Training Courses. 176 New Haven Entomological So- ciety 160 Nomenclature notices 76, 176, 267 Oatmeal for collecting 49 Pacific insects, zoogeography of 79 Postage stamp insects 192 Tenth International Congress of Entomology Ill, 247 Yellow jackets, colony of 141 OBITUARY NOTICES Adams, C. C 169 Clark, J 197 PERSONALS Adams, L. E. Aitken, T. H. G. Alexander, C. P. Anderson, B. G. , 79 165 110 78 Arnold, G 110 Asquith, D 79 Beard, R. L 162 Bequaert, J. C 110 Bibby, F. F 218 Blackburn, N. D 78 Boettiger, E. G 108 Borgmeier, T 110 Braun, A. F 110 Brigham, W. T 162 Cheng, T. H 78 Chopard, L 110 Clark, W. W 79 Comstock, J. A 110 Cooke, O. B 162 Coon, B. F 78 Costa Lima, A. da 110 Cox, J. A 79 Davis, N 161 Davis, N. T 108 DeCoursey, R. M 108 Dekle, G. W 219 Denmark, H. A 220 Dowden, P 108 Downes, J. A Ill, 247 Eddy, M. W 77 Emerson, A. E 110 Fairchild, G. B 164 Ferris, G. F 110 274 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 Forbes, W. T. . , Ford, E. J., Jr. , Foster, H. S. Frear, D. E. H. Friend, R. B. . . , Frings, H , 110 80 220 78 162 78 Frisch, K. von 110, 193 Frost, S. W 77 Galindo, P 165 Gaines, J. C 137 Garman, P 162 Gesell, S. G 79 Gibson, A 110 Grant, H. J 136 Gressitt, J. L 80, 81 Griffin, D. R 194 Hanna, R. L 138 Hertig, M 165 Hodgkiss, H. E 79 Hungerford, H. B 110 Jeannel, R 110 Jenkins, D. W 110 Johannsen, O. E 110 Johnson, C. M 165 Johnson, J. P 161, 162 Johnston, H. G 137 Jones, F. M 217 Jordan, K 110, 248 Kimball, C. P 219 King, D. R 138 Krauss, N. L. H 80 Kring, J. B 162 Lang, C. A 163 Lewis, F. B 161 Little, V. A 138 McFarland, B. W 162 Manter, J 108 Marshall, G. A. K 110 Martin, D. F 138 Marucci, P. E 120 Mead, F. W 220 Menusan, H 79 Merrill, G. B 218 Muesebeck, C. F. W 99 Nakata, S. 80 Needham, J. G 110, 164 Paddock, F. B 137 Penner, L. R 108 Pepper, J. 0 79 Philip, C. B 165 Potts, S. F 161 Price, M. A 138 Quinton, R 163 Rainwater, D 80 Reese, C. A 218 Rehn, J. A. G 136 Reinhard, H. J 138 Riley, N. D 110 Rutschky, C. W 78 Schmidt, E. L 108 Schouteden, H 110 Schread, J. G 162 Schwartz, H. F 110 Shapley, H 194 Slater, J. A 108 Smyth, T., Jr 79 Snodgrass, R. E 110 Stahnke, H. L 15 Thomas, C. A 79 Thompson, W. R 248 Tietz, H 79 Timberlake, P. H 110 Townes, H 249 Tunis, W 108 Turner, N 108, 163 Undine, E. J 79 Uvarov, B 110 Walker, E. M 110 Wallis, R. C 163 Waterhouse, D. 0 163 Weber, H 110 Weems, H. V 220 Wigglesworth, V. B 110 Zeuner, F 110 REVIEWS Books received 269 Borgmeier : Die Wandera- meisen der neotropischen Region 165 Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 275 Corbet and Pendlebury : But- terflies of the Malay Penin- sula 221 Gabriel and Fogel : Great ex- periments in biology 55 Gressitt : Entomologists of the Pacific Area 81 Lees : Physiology of diapause in arthropods 25 Michener : Megachiline bees of California 54 Nixon : The world of bees ... 82 Rose : Crop protection 83 Schwiebert : Matching the hatch 195 Snodgrass : Anatomy of the honey bee 250 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION Argentina : Lep 253 Arizona: Dipt. 201, 214; Thy- sanop 72 Australia : Dipt 95, 97, 98, 133, 135 Burma : Malloph 120 California: Dipt. .. 126,127,211 Chile: Chilop. 12; Col 57 Florida : Dipt. 74 ; Lep 70 Georgia : Dipt 124 Illinois : Hemip. 39 ; Homop. 85, 86, 88, 89, 90 Kansas: Malloph 176 Korea : Dipt 121 Maine : Hym 102 Mexico: Col. 106; Dipt 129 New Mexico : Dipt 215 Nicaragua : Diplop 157 North Carolina : Hym 148 Ontario : Acarina 68 Ontario: Dipt 179 Quebec: Dipt 177, 181, 182 Oregon : Dipt 216 Paraguay : Hemip 244 Texas: Col. 47; Dipt. 123, 213 ; Scorp 18 Utah : Dipt 123 Washington : Hym 100 Wisconsin : Hym 156 COLEOPTERA agonus, Limonius, double mon- ster 173 Biblioplectus 23 bicolor, Rhynchitcs 153 brevicollis* Pyconosiphorus . 62 caucasicus, Dorcus 45 chamissonis, Carabus 258 chisosanus* Agrilus 47 costalis, Tmesiphorus 23 costatus* Pycnosiphorus .... 65 Euplectus 23 globosus, Batrisodes 23 lacvis, Canthon 260 langcri, Chalcophorella 48 macandcr meander, Carabus . 253 magnificus* Pycnosiphorus . . 60 mangiferae, Stcrnochctus, no- menclature of 246 modcsta, Montczumina 259 nitidus, Sclcrostomiis 67 ochrcosticticus* Pscudocanidia 106 pillularis, Canthon 259 placidus, Lucanus 43 Pselaphidae, feeding habits ... 19 rubrovittatus, Pycnosiphorus . 57 scrutator, Calosoma 260 scutcllatus, Monachannts 258 spinosus obsolctus, Cedius ... 21 tacdatus, Carabus 258 DIPTERA albiceps* Mclcdonus 126 Anastocchus, key to species . . 200 arator* Cylindromyia 121 barbatus, Anastocchus 202 bcamcri* Hcxatoma 212 brcviUgula* Tipulct 178 276 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [Dec., 1956 dementi* Dicranota 181 confusa, Calopscctra, larva and pupa 113 dccorns, Tendipcs 227 deserticola* Anastoechus .... 200 dorothca,* Hexatoma 215 drcisbachi* Eudexia 127 facialis* Metavoria 123 flavofacialis,* Sarapogon 133 julvomedia* Hexatoma 213 gcorgci* Erioptcra 183 hypcrborcus, Tendipes, larva of 233, 235 lacustris, Cryptolabis (Phan- tolabis*} 184 lacustris, Erioptcra (Psiloco- nopa) 185 latifrons* Metavoria 121 melanohalteralis, Anastoechus. 202 myopaeformis, Tetanops, larva, adult, and reproductive ca- pacity of 203 nigritarsus* Sarapogon 131 nupcrus,* Meleterus 123 pacifica* Hexatoma 210 Phantolabis* (subgenus) 184 Phlcbotomus, report on 164 phobifer, Cephcnemyia, life his- tory 13 plmnosus, Tendipcs 227 rub ell us* Bathypogon 93 riparius, Tendipcs 227 robustus* Bathypogon 97 staegcri, Tendipcs, ecology and descr. of larva 225 tentans, Tendipcs, larva of . . 233, 235 Tipulidae, list of species from Indian House Lake, Quebec 177 tribulator* Tipula 179 uncinatus* Bathypogon 95 velvcta apache* Hexatoma . . 215 •venusta nobilosa* Erioptcra . 184 vicinalis* Euptiloparcia 125 •uueewisi* Lcptocera 74 HEMIPTERA chandleri* Lopidea 40 cimicoidcs, Ilyocoris 239 franciscanus, Kleidocerys .... 265 micans* Placements * 240 modcstus, Kleidocerys 265 Pclocoris 237 Placomerus * 237 wistcri,* Lopidea 42 HOMOPTERA alevra* Erythroneura 89 alloplana* Erythroneura .... 88 Aphididae, chromosome num- bers in 189 callisoga* Erythroneura 86 citrosa* Erythroneura 86 glicilla* Erythroneura 86 harpola* Erythroneura 85 norica* Erythroneura 88 sandersoni* Erythroneura ... 90 sinithi* Erythroneura 90 spatulata* Erythroneura .... 88 HYMENOPTERA allocus,* Opius 101 aiwinalns, Pompilns 9 arctus, Pompilus 10 asignus* Evagctcs 147 baldufi* Luchatcma* 154 Bees, book review 82 Clark, John, bibliography of . 199 clystera, An o plius 7 Cresson 257 Cressonius * correction 257 Dorylinae, review of book . . . 166 estellina, Anoplius 7 fcrrugincus, Opius 99 Honey bee, anatomy and de- velopment 250 Ichneumonidae, study in prog- ress 249 Ixvii] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 277 imbellis, Anoplius 8 iacintoensis, Pompilus 9 lamia, Pheidole, range of 37 Luchaetema * (Ichneum.) .... 154 marginatus, Anoplius 8 Megachiline bees of California (book review) 54 mellifica, Apis, book on 250 muliebris* Opius 100 niger, Aporus 6 Pennsylvania, Vcspula, nest of 141 piliventris, Anoplius 9 Pompilinae, synonymic notes. 5 rufivcntris, Allaporus 6 xerophilus, Anoplius 7 LEPIDOPTERA Butterflies of the Malay Penin- sula, book on 221 cannescens* Pscudoerotis . . . 256 caribbeus, Phlcgethontius 152 Cupido nomenclature notice . . 267 Erebia spp., ecology of in n.w. America 29 immaculata, Hcmimene 139 jurtina, Papilio, nomenclature notice 267 lenta* Ectaga 253 ncedhami* Bucculatrix 69 Pscudorotis * 254 Psychidae, Jones collection to Smithsonian 217 ORTHOPTERA Ceutophilus, collecting method 49 Cornops 3 Cyrtacanthracidinae, criteria in primary classification of ... 1 Gcsonula 3 Orthoptera of North America, Grant in support of 136 spartinac, Conoccphalns 259 SMALLER ORDERS daca, Palaeipsylla (Siphonap- tera), nomenclature notice . 176 Ephemeroptera, book on 195 Ephemeroptera, exuviation of subimagos in flight 91 hubbardi, Zorotypus (Zorap- tera) 188 kanaba, Drepanura (Collem- bola) 130 Lcpisma (Thysanura) 76 Mecoptera, list of Minnesota . 191 Meropoecus (Mallophaga) key to species 117 Plecoptera, book 195 smithii* Meropoecus (Mallo- phaga) 118 sonorcnsis* Bregmatothrips . . 71 tordoffi* Pcctinopygus (Mal- lophaga) 173 Trichoptera, book 195 unostrigata, Entomobrya (Col- lembola) 129 tuber, Merope (Mecoptera) . . 191 NON-HEXOPODA ARACHNIDA panthcriensis* Ccntrur aides 15 variabilis, Dermacentor 69 DIPLOPODA leachii, Euryurus n. comb. ... 188 leachii, Polydcsmus, identity of 186 malkini* Rhinocricus 157 nicaragusc* Platydcsmus 158 snmucus* Aceratophallus .... 158 Important Mosquito Works MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part I. The Nearctic Anopheles, important malarial vectors of the Americas, and Aedes aegypti and Culex quinquefasciata MOSQUITO ATLAS. Part II. The more important malaria vec- tors of the Old World: Europe, Asia, Africa and South Pacific region By Edward S. Ross and H. Radclyffe Roberts Price, 60 cents each (U. S. Currency) with order, postpaid within the United States; 65 cents, foreign. KEYS TO THE ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD With notes on their Identification, Distribution, Biology and Rela- tion to Malaria. By Paul F. Russell, Lloyd E. Rozeboom and Alan Stone Mailed on receipt of price, $2.00 U. S. Currency. Foreign Delivery $2.10. For sale by the American Entomological Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa., U. S. A. Just Published New Classified Price Lists Available separates from the TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY and ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, and all titles of the Society's MEMOIRS have been catalogued by author in twelve special price lists in the following categories: Coleoptera Neuroptera and Smaller Orders Diptera Odonata Hemiptera Orthoptera-Dermaptera Hymenoptera Arachnida and Other Classes Lepidoptera Bibliography-Biography Memoirs General Lists will be mailed free upon request. Please state specifically which list or lists you require. The American Entomological Society 1900 RACE STREET PHILADELPHIA 3, PENNSYLVANIA Just Published MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Number 15 251 pages of text, 19 pages of tables, 7 maps, 47 plates, 3 pages of contents and index THE NEOTROPICAL SPECIES OF THE 'SUBGENUS AESCHNA' SENSU SELYSII 1883 (Odonata) By Philip P. Calvert This paper presents an account of the Neotropical species referred by de Selys in 1883 to his subgenus Aeschna and of some species un- known to him. His subgenus is here divided into three genera, Aeschna, Coryphaeschna, and Castoraeschna, Aeshna in its turn be- ing subdivided into the subgenera Aeschna, Hesperaeschna, Rhio- naeschna, Schizuraeschna, Mannar aeschna and Ncureclipa. These five subgenera include 2, 15, 1, 3, 4 and 5 species and subspecies respectively. Coryphaeschna embraces 9 species and subspecies, Castoraeschna 5. Larvae of 2 species of Hesperaeschna, 1 species of Schisur aeschna, 1 species of Neureclipa and 6 species of Cory- phaeschna are described and figured. Generalities are discussed under the headings : Relationships of the Neotropical Aeshnas to the North American fossils ; Relations of the South American Aeshnas to the Palaearctic and Australian species ; The geological age and geographi- cal distribution of the ancestors of the Odonata and of the Mammalia ; Relations of the Neotropical Aeshnas to each other; The seasonal distribution of the Neotropical species of Aeshna. Forty plates in black and white illustrate the structural and colorational features of the adults, seven those of the larvae. Nineteen tables show the varia- tions in size and in venation of the adults. Six maps show the geo- graphic distribution of all the species concerned. There is an alpha- betical index of species, subgenera, genera, authors quoted, and topics. Price $10.00 postpaid THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA 3, PA. /v QL461 E831 v. 66-67 Ent, AUTHOR TITLE Entomological News SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 3 9088 00844 5546